EW SERIES, VOL. LXIV. CCCALYV. JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL, Vol. LXIV, Part II, No, 2.—1895. EDITED BY | JHE Natura Jtistory PECRETARY. HH HG “ The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by man or produced by nature.”—Siz WILLIAM JONEs, *,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc., to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or care of Messrs. Luzac ¥ Co., 46, Great Russell Street, London, W. C., or Mr. Otto Harrassowitz, Leipzig, Germany. CALCUTTA: PRINTED AT THE PAPTIST MissI1on PRESS, AND PUBLISHED BY THE pxSIATIC SOCIETY, 5j, PARK STREET, i. <4 ay > . ‘a et _—«* Price (exclusive of postage) to'Subscribers, Re. 1-8,—To Non-Subscribers, Rs, 2. : Price in England, 3 Shillings, Issued July 18th, 1895, Norice. Foreign Societies who favour the Asiatic Society of Bengal with their publications are informed that they may be sent either to the address of the Society at Calcutta, or to the Agents of the Society in London, Messrs. Kegan Paul, Trench, Tribner & Co., Ld., Paternoster House, Charing Cross Road. AVIS. Des Sociétés Etrangéres qui honorent la Société Asiatique de Bengale de ses publications, sont priées de les envoyer ou directement 4 l’adresse de la Société, 57, Park Street, Calcutta, ou aux Agents de la Société 4 Londres, Messrs. Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner et Cie, Paternoster House, Charing Cross Road. ANZEIGE. Auslindische Gesellschaften welche die Asiatische Gesellschaft yon Bengalen mit ihren Publicationen beehren, sind hierdurch ersucht dieselben entweder direct an die Adresse der Gesellschaft, 57, Park Street, Calcutta, oder an deren Agenten in London, Messrs. Kegan awe Trench, Tribner & Co., Ld., Paternoster House, Charing Cross oad. JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL. eed t0cee— Vol. LXIV. Part IIl—NATURAL SCIENCE. No. II. —18985. Notes on the bleaching action of light on colowring matiers.— By ALEXANDER Peprer, F.R.S., &e. [ Read, 6th Feb. ] That many colours fade when exposed to sunlight is a fact which is only too frequently observed, and which admits of no doubt. The colours which are thus bleached are almost invariably of organic nature, while coloured substances of inorganic character are, as a rule, practically unaffected by the action of light. The exact cause of this bleaching action of sunlight on organic colouring matter is, however, not well understood, and the experiments summarized in this note were conducted to add to the sum of our knowledge on this subject. They are, therefore, published not with the hope that they will set the question of the cause of the bleaching action of light at rest, but rather because they strengthen the conclusions which appear to have been arrived at by previous workers on this subject, and to exist in a more or less in- definite form in chemical literature. That the subject of the bleaching of colours by light is not yet in a satisfactory condition may be judged by the following quotation from a work published as recently as 1890, by Professor EK. Hjelt of Helsingfors, the well known Sweedish chemist, who in his work on “ General Organic Chemistry,” in the chapter on the “Chemical Action of Light,” writes *:— “A considerable number of organic colouring matters lose their colours and become bleached by the action of sunlight; the process by * General Organic Chemistry, by Hjelt. Translated by Dr. Tingle, 1890, J. u. 18 if dj 10 Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. [No. 2, which the colours are destroyed is unknown. The action of light upon sensitive organic substances has been little investigated generally, but a number of single observations of an interesting nature have been lately made on this subject,” etc. Hence it would appear there is still room for further experimentation on this subject. The bleaching effect of sunlight or diffused light on colours or coloured fabrics, may be due to several causes. These causes may, per- haps, be summarized as follows :— . 1. The bleaching may be due to a decomposing action of the light itself, unaided by any chemical action of the oxygen, carbon dioxide, moisture, ozone, etc., present in the air, or even, though not at all pro- | bable in the great majority of cases, the loss of colour may be due to the colouring matter itself being volatile. 2. The bleaching may be caused by the light inducing some chemical action due to the oxygen, carbon dioxide, moisture, ozone, etc., of the air. 3. Or in the case of dyed colours, the bleaching may be due to some action between the organic matters of the fabrics, and the colouring matters under the influence of light, or to a similar action accompanied by a chemical action due to the oxygen, carbon dioxide, moisture, etc., contained in the air. 4. Also the bleaching action may be due to changes connected with the growth of certain low forms of life, such as germinate when bodies in a favourable condition are freely exposed to ordinary air, in which such germs of life practically always exist. To test these propositions early in 1891, the following sets of experiments were started. A series of six colouring matters representing roughly different parts of a spectrum was taken. The colours were Purple as represent- ed by neutral Litmus, Blue by Methyl Blue, Green by Methyl Green, Orange by Methyl Orange, Pink by LEosine, and Red by Rosaniline Acetate. Solutions of these substances were taken of definite strength (4 grams inalitre of water), so that they could be always reproduced when required. With these solutions specimens of pure cotton-wool as representing organic matter such as used in various dyed fabrics, and asbestus, representing an inorganic surface, which would have no practi- cal chemical action on colouring matters, were dyed, and afterwards carefully dried. With these three sets of materials, ¢.e., the solutions, the dyed cotton, and the dyed asbestus, the following principal sets of experiments were made :— A. The solutions were placed in tubes stoppered merely with cotton-wool, and were then exposed freely to the action of the air and 1895.] A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. 141 of any germs floating in the air at the time of preparation, and they were placed (a) one set in direct sunlight, (b) one in diffused day- light opposite a window with a north aspect, and (c) one set in perfect darkness. Fifteen experiments of this kind were started. B. A set of solutions was taken as in A, except that the tubes containing the solution were thoroughly boiled for from 15 to 20 minutes in order to kill any germs likely to produce any action. While the solutions were still boiling the tubes containing them were plugged well with cotton-wool. Sets of these tubes were also exposed in parallel series (a) in direct sunlight, (6) in diffused daylight, and (c) in dark- ness. Highteen experiments of this class were started. C. Sets of the solutions were placed in tubes drawn out at one end and connected with the Sprengel mercurial pump. The solutions were boiled for 15 to 20 minutes, so as to free them from all dissolved oxygen and from all living germs, etc., and they were then completely exhausted of air and hermetically sealed. Sets of the solutions in these tubes were exposed (a) in full direct sunlight, (b) in diffused daylight opposite a north window, and (c) in total darkness. Highteen experiments of this class also were started. D. Specimens of cotton-wool, dyed with solutions of the six colours and then thoroughly dried at 100° C, were placed in test tubes, plugged at their mouths with cotton-wool, and then while thus freely exposed to air in its ordinary hygrometric condition, they were placed (a) in direct sunlight, and (0) in total darkness. Twelve experiments of this class were started. E. Sets of dyed cotton-wool dried at 100° C, were placed in tubes rendered vacuous by the Sprengel pump, and then hermetically sealed and exposed (a) to direct sunlight, and (6) in total darkness. Twelve experiments of this class were started. F. Specimens of asbestus were freed from organic matter and from any organisms, etc., by ignition, and dyed with the colours and carefully dried at 100°C. Specimens were placed in test tubes freely exposed to the air in its ordinary hygrometric state, and plugged with cotton-wool only. These were placed one set (a) in full direct sunlight, and (b) in total darkness. Ten experiments of this class were started. G. Similar sets of asbestus specimens dyed with the colours and dried, were placed in tubes carefully exhausted by the Sprengel pump and hermetically sealed. One set was placed (a) in full direct sun- light, and a second set (b) in total darkness. ‘Twelve experiments of this class were started. The above sets of experiments were allowed to continue for periods varying in some cases up to nearly three years. In addition also some 142 A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. [No. 2, sets of experiments were tried in which coloured substances were exposed to the action of sunlight after being moistened with water, and the bleaching under these circumstances compared with that produced by sunlight when the coloured bodies were kept free from water and only exposed to moist air. In all cases the presence of evaporating water rendered the bleaching much more rapid. It will be seen that in the above list, A to G inclusive, no less than 97 experiments were started, and in addition to these a good many others were made, which are not reproduced in detail. Hach experi- ment was examined every few days at first, and later on every few weeks, and the condition of the specimens was compared with freshly prepared specimens when necessary, and the results carefully recorded. Hence a large mass of facts was obtained. It will be seen that it would be impossible to describe the detailed results of each individual experiment, as this would take a large amount of space, nor indeed are the results of sufficient value to make the publication of the details necessary. Hence the main results only of the experiments are sum- marised in seven tables, A to G, which are printed below. It may be convenient here to explain that the comparative results shown in tables A and B, are intended to differentiate between the causes referred to in 4 previously. The comparison of the results in B and OC, is intended to differentiate between the causes referred to in land 2. The comparison of the results given in D and EH, and given in F and G, is again intended to differentiate between the causes referred to in 1 and 2, and finally the results of D and E together, compared with those of F and G together, will enable a conclusion to be obtained with reference to cause 3. 143 1895.] A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. *sSOTTMO]OO |'poyoreq 4]q| *poyovelq qsoumyy | -ezepisuog | AT[eqaeg sf oe WY ae ¢ a oe oulson *480] “OAISNTOUOO quomnodxiy | -urqjusey |‘peyove,qua ss es ee of ss a “* esuei9 [ANION Mil WOI4n{OS ° 9 . 4JOT nooo | “yy, anojoo | *poyqovoyq ‘i x " a ‘ 1 oadad ae ueels ON | wootson | ATeaeg *peyorolq Ayeyazeg | peyqovelquy| poqove|quyp|‘peyove|quy |'poqovequy|poyove;quy} peqovelquy |poyove;quy|'poyorequy| ** eurg [AqIeW “‘peyore[q o4inb syjuoW Z UL ‘shep moy |'otdand ozour|‘eydand o10m qoeqye youe,q}] A;4usI78 ATaysts “poqovetg | ‘poyovelg | 0} uvseg |poyoeelquy |peyouoquy | poyoRequy| peyore;quy| poqovequy|peyoverquy| ** SUULT “I04Ze "1094728 "Taqye 10478 1047 *104jB "10478 "1047B "10478 sy4uo0uL SY JUOUL sy }uOUL sqyuouL sy} uoUL sy} uoUL sy} u0UL syjuow syjuOUL *posn ano[op PT OL SG la! or rg ia! or G “MOGNIM HLYON V “SSUNHUVG IVLOT, N GLIsOddoO ‘LHDITAV( GHSOdAIG NT a LNT “EHSTINAG LOWUIG OL ATIVa Adsoaxy "qoom-u0jj09 fo bnyd » yzum pasono hydiuas pun ‘burprog ynoygum saqng 980g wr poond ‘wagom wr UorUnjos U2 sinojoo WW" W A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. [No. 2, 144 ‘ego ,du00 "qJO] IMOTOD | You 4yuq jo gunowe | surqoee,q | ‘suryove|q | “pornojoo Tews S104 | poproog peploeg | Su0r14s TIME |peyovetquy|‘poyovetquy| peyqove;quy |poyove;quy|‘poqoverquyl ** OUISO HT ‘du potq |poqovorquay poyovetquy |‘poyovetquy |‘poyoverqu py} peqove,quy | peyoro|quy|'peyoveiquy| ** eSueag Anew *INO[0o weers SurAls 1OH Ut ‘JOS “g1sodep “prog YOR FITAs Appuw yor[q SSOLINOT ysintq doop v -00 4s0ule 6 sé 0} posueyy ; poqove[quy|‘poqovelqu yp |*peqove,quy, a “ uorynjog |‘ woory [AqQo77 *Su0.148 *Bu01498 I1!98 MOTO | T1148 ANO[OH |‘ poyove|qup| peqove|quy | peyowequy |peyovequy) s mr “ enrg [AqIe pT *peqowelq eyinb sqjuom Zz roqze ‘skep] ‘ystdand | ‘qsijdand moyaoqye | Ayes | ApqysIIs ; youoelq M0[09 m0[090 ‘poyoretg | ‘poyovelg | 04 uvsog Jpoyovoquy |poyovelquy | peyowequy| peyovelquy |‘peqove,quy|poyorerquyl °° SnU4QUT “1097e 109478 *104J8 “1942 *104j@ “10478 *104J8 “1048 sqquouL syWOUL syqguouL sq}uouL sqjuour syjuoUL syju0m syjuout *IMo[OH vl OT PL ot 3 PL Ol 3 “MOGNIM HIYUON V “LHSIINAG LOWMNIG OL ATIVA CHsodxy ALISOddO LHOLIAV GESosaIa NJ ‘SSUNHUV IVLO, NJ ‘9a ‘sutab wmouf poasf quazwa yoa1b v 02 waaq poy spnby ay7 auofosayy, *bryd yoom -409}09 D YR pasoja aqny ay} Burprog aprym pup saynurw GT 4of payrog suorgnjos £ vezDM UA WoLNpOs WL sunojoD YY “| 145 1895.] A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. peqoweq| peyore[q| poyoueq] poqovesq| poyove|q| poyovesq|peyorerq| poyovasq -u9) m9 09 0, “uf “uy -u “un iM Wi ce ** O9eqJO0V OUl|IUBsoyy 101908 "7101908 sul sul ‘esuByo | esuvyo | ‘esueyo | -youoTq | ‘osueyo | ‘osueyo | ‘osaeyo | -yorolq yeory | yeorg, | uory | = peony | peory | peor | eo | eon -ovid ON] -ovad Oj] -ovad ony] -ovrd ON] -ovad ON] -oward On| -ovad ON, -ovad on se ss We ee ** 9uIsOm cc 6 ce cc 6c (T3 6c 66 6 ce (13 fee esurigQ «cc 73 ¢e 6c cc « 66 6 ‘“ 6c 7 G29 ||c00 weer4) 7 peyovelq) poyoueyq) poyoroq| poyouerq| poyore|q| poyovorq| poyove,q ae a0 “0 “un 0) 719 un) s i He oe eng 1AT79°1 ‘aMo[OO UL WOT4 “TurmIp peyove[q) peyovelq FSS |poyovetq| poyoveq| poyovesq Ayyerqaed| ATpey42ed| poyovetq| Apyuoa |-un ATpeo| AQqSrs | 4[9yS11s |poyovoyq A4IuO Aug | 4 qsig -eddy | -ovrg | AroA\ Ara A “Uf), | peyove[quy |peyove|quy |peyovo|quy| *** “* SnUIqIT "rq ye “10472 “10478 "T0478 *10qye “194 7B ‘10478 *104}@ *Taqye "104 Fe “10978 SqZUOU | S4AUOUL | SYJUOUL | syQUOUL | SYQuOM | SyquOM | syquOM | syyUOmM | sy QUOTE syquo0UL sq} u0UL *Ino[opD cs PL OT 6G cS PL OL G PI OL G *MOCNIM HLYON : V @L1SOddO LHOITAV( GdsaTaIq NT li i i a nnn ‘pasopo fiyynoyomsay wayr pun “yoy adom spinby apym pajsnnyae Ajaardiuoo exam saqng ay yorym sagfo ‘sagnurw eT “of a720q ways suorgnjos ‘dung pobuaudy yyim popoouuoo pun yno wmnup saqng we poompd ‘saynm wr wornjos ur sunojoo yy "O *LHSTINAY LOWYIG OL ATIVG Gasoax A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. [No. 2, 146 “yovorq 09 ss ss SuLlouemum0p ss “ s ese aL oyeqjeoV OUl[raesoy “‘poyoreq 66 “ Ajea14 09 qsoully “ 13 ‘“c vee evo eos euIsom “c 6c 6c cc 73 “ see ooo esuRIO 13 *poyoro[q ce «“ Ajosre'T ‘73 ‘cs cc ree eee meer) it3 A[qearoprtsuo0o 13 cc poyouelg “ “ “ oo eee eee eng [Aq90T *poyoreq *poyore|q *‘poyore|q Ajorrqgagy Ajorqugy Ajosre'T ‘peqovelquy | ‘peyoreyqua | “poyovolquag | °" ao or snulyy “194 JR *1aqJe “104 Je 1098 “19qye "10948 syquoUL sq} u0UuL sqjuoUL syjuouL sqjuouL sqjuoul “moon ize OL G Va’ Or 3 ‘LHDIINAG LOGYIG OL ATIVG ags0axy ‘SSHNHUV(] IVLOY, NT ‘suoyrpuos orujawowbhy anurpso wr sv 09 hpaosf auofosay pasodawa ‘joom -409}09 ysum pobbnid saqng ysaq wr paonpd ‘hzynfauno pap pun ‘sinojoo Jo suorznjos uous yzum pahp joom-uoxog " 147 1895.] A. Pedler—Bleaching action of ight on colouring matters. ‘posuvyoug | ‘poyorequy, “‘poyoverg “‘peyoolg “payoreyq Ay[eoyoerg *pa.mojoo A[su0a4s [14g “anojroo qULey sey [{t9s8 qnq poyoreq “peqove,q Ajeayue ATpeoroearg “peyoreq Ajoarquy *‘peqovelq Ajoaryue Aypeorovag “Surqovalq 04 Aouspuey IY SITS ‘IMO[OD an{q qysIy ser [p48 quq peyove[q ‘payovequy | peyovelquy | “poyavelq Ajearyue qsowly “payore[q Apqourgstq, ‘pororarq A[qeaapisuoy|ATqvaropisuoy, query [Eq OS JOU INOTOO|UT suIYORaTG ‘SuLqovalq 09 Aouwo =pue} Isis *pojareqs oT AA Wey OS SseT qnq ‘porno -o0 Aysu014s “SULTOVOT poeproep A190 A ~pto} 41,51[8 Ayquornddy (3 ce “ce (79 iT ce 66 ToyyARA [TG |A[su0a4s [PMS] peyorarquy | peyoverqug | :peyovelquyg | peyoverqua Alqetepisuog | A[qeaepisu0y *r04j7e “1904 Je “19q Fe syguouL SyqymoUL syquour SE VL Ot “THSTINAY Lou OL ATIVG GHsoaxg a ‘paynas fizypouamsay way) saqng ayy pun ‘dung jabuasdgy hq snonova "1947 sy yuo UL ce “104 7Fe sy 9 uoUL VL “10 Je Spo UL OL ‘SSUNUUV( IVLOT, NT “reqye STQUOUL G oor 04BjooY ouliuesoyy guTsOm esawig = mea «=F eng [AqI°N ve smUNqrry *INO[OD palapuas avon yorym saqne ur poonjd pun hjybnowoy, parup uays ‘s.nojoa Jo suorgnjos buowgs yzum palip yoom-uozzoQ “AT Fl eeg tegen BY) A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. [No. 2, 148 e4v}OOV OUIpIUBsOYy ‘poyovetg | “peyorerg ‘peqoueyq ‘peqovelq | ‘peqororq qsomy | peyoweiquy | ‘peyouerquy | ‘peqovequy | peyouerquy Aor ay Ajpeorqovag ee “se OUIBONT ‘Opell O10M SJUOMIIOdxe OU BDNUA «‘[[oA\ [[B4e SNyseqsy oAp Jou seop 1N0]/09 sIqy, | *** esunly “ 1PEeselg *poqove]q *peyore|q Ajeatyue ‘6 “cc “ “ see 0014) “ Ajoarqugy Ajorqugy Alperyred ‘posueyo | ‘posuegoun | ‘pesaeyoun | ‘:pesueqoun erg Aroq | ysouly sow y qsoul[ y « an eng [AqI0}q ce iii “ “peyowe|q Peyqowelq “‘peqove[q Ajoarqug Ajoryug = | A[qvaopisuog | ‘poyqove|quy | ‘peyovelquy | *poyovequy | “peyovolquy) f°" snunqry = | 1047" "10478 "1047 "1904ye “109 JB “19472 *199Je *Iogye sy}uOu syjuo0uL Sq} UOUL syquour syquou syquoUL syjuoul syyuo0ul *SINO[OD ce PT Oot a SE FL OL G ‘IHDIINAG LOGYIG OL ATIVE AdsodxT ‘SSUNHUV(] IVLOJ, NT rr LS ‘goom-uojj09 yum pabbnjyd hijpdrurs avam yory.n Jo syjnow ayp ‘saqny 4saq wr paonjd sajduvg “paiup pun sunojo9 snoiwwa fo suoynjos buows yzm palip pun pajo0o uayz puv yooy pas yjnf v 07 4noy wo wof payubr snysaqsp 149 1895.] A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. ‘poyoroyq | ‘surove)q *pa.mojoo “queqy /30u 4nq query jou yng 4uKIy 4jSu0.14s — |-[11q os oqb |-[11q os e4jinb |-]11q os eytmb Atoa TYG | 40umojog | you IMojog you anojop Fe 33 zt tf 00 ‘"99B400Y OUI[IUesOry peyorolq peyoresq peyqoreyq peyovelq | poyovelq | peyovelq | peyovorq | porovolq dh “es0 “ial sa} “a -af} esa EOL say ‘eS Co RACICT “Pelt JOU oIOJoIEY} SJUOWIIodx| ‘snaseqsy eAp you seop anojoo SIT, es 200 Gkelemh(gy Ue Surqoverq Jo | Surove,q zo peamojoo uoljoR Sut junowe qunome Apsuoays [g|-yowrqqysyg] qySiTg Teas 2 % : ge i. MOREE is “ cc (73 19 (13 (13 (73 6¢ vee eee oul [Au79 WwW peyqove[q peyorelq peyovelq peyorstq =f peyowelq | peyovelq | peyoeelq | peyoeo[q 19 -u9 -uy) -u9 719 uy) un -un se ve “SMUTqUT *104JB "1947e "1947 “104Je *194}B *1047R *104J@ *19qye sq} u0UL sq u0uL 8y9U0UL sy} U0UL Sq qu0uL sqju0UL sy} uOUL sy} u0uL *sANO0[OQ, SE PL OT G Gé PL OT G ‘IHDIINAG LOWAIG OL ATIVE aasoaxT i onthe ance “hynoyomsay paynas way, puv dung yobuasdgy fq paysnnywa ‘saqng ur paonjid sardwng ‘parup puv s4n0}09 snorwna fo suornjos buowgs yz pafip pun pe1009 uay? pun yoay pa. Unf 07 wnoy wy sof pazrubs sngsaqgsp “xy ‘SSANWAVG IVLOT, NT 150 A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. [No. 2, The general results shown in the foregoing seven tables may be fairly accurately summarized in the following small table. General results of experiments on the bleaching action of Sunlight on Colowrs. In Dark-| Diffused | In Sun- ness. Day- light. Solution of colours exposed to air. Solution unboiled... Un- Un- All bleached |bleached |bleached of a + - boiled ... Aa | 55 Partial bleach- ing. 5 in vacud ae Peeh s ¥ Un- bleached Colours on cotton-woolin air,in ordinary hygrometric state 7 = Bleached " a in yacuo ... ane ‘0 *) Partial bleach- ing. ,, OD asbestus iv ai’, in ordinary hygrometric state 4 T, Bleached . ie in vacud ae aes se ” ” Un- bleached The following general conclusions appear to follow from the above experiments taken in conjunction with a number of others which can- not be described in detail :— 1. Organic colours, both in solution in water or on dyed fabrics inorganic or organic, exposed freely to the action of air in the presence of the usual atmospheric conditions of moisture, etc., are practically unacted on in darkness even when exposed to these conditions for nearly three years. 2. Organic colours in the conditions mentioned in 1, are also practically unaffected by diffused daylight opposite a north window, even for the same period of nearly three years. 3. Organic colours in the conditions mentioned in 1, when exposed to the direct rays of the sun are all bleached, but with varying rapidity. 4. In the absence of air (moisture, etc.) strong sunlight, even for a period of three years, has practically no bleaching action on organic colours either in solution in water or used as dyes on inorganic fabrics. In the ease of organic fabrics partial bleaching occurs. 5. It hence follows from 4 that the bleaching is not due to any action of light alone or to any volatility of the colouring matters. 1895.] H. H. Godwin-Austen—WNotes on Indian Land Mollusca. 151 6. The bleaching of colours takes place less rapidly when the colours are in solution than when they are dyed on fabrics. 7. The bleaching of colours in solution takes place less rapidly if the living germs or organisms in the solutions ave destroyed by boiling than if they be not so destroyed. 8. The bleaching action of light appears to be more powerful if the colours are in contact with an organic fabric than if they are used to colour inorganic materials (asbestus), 9. The bleaching action of light in presence of air is much facili- tated by the presence of moisture in contact with the colours and more particularly of evaporating water in contact with dyed fabrics. 10. There can therefore be little doubt that the bleaching action of light on ordinary organic colouring matters is usually due to oxidation. This oxidation when facilitated by evaporating water is probably or almost certainly due to the action of ozone, for Gorup von Besanez has shown that ozone is invariably formed when water evaporates in the air.* It therefore appears highly probable also that the action of the sunlight on the oxygen of the air brings if into an active condition (resembling perhaps that of ozone), and that the bleaching of organic colours is due to oxidation from this cause; for ordinary oxygen uninfluenced by sunlight does not bleach. No. 3. Notes on, and drawings of, the animals of various Indian Land Mollusca (Pulmonifera).—By Linut.-Cotonet H. H,. Gopwiy- Austen, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. [Read 3rd April. ] Plate VII. Continued from J. A. S. B., Pt. w., Vol. LI, 1882, p. 71. After the long lapse of 12 years since publishing my second paper (in 1882), on the drawings of Indian Land-Mollusca made by native artists under the superintendence of Ferdinand Stoliczka, I now forward a third, with the hope that it will lead some of our younger naturalists to make notes and drawings, and if possible dissections, of Indian species, so that they may be more accurately placed in generic position. The first I have to notice and reproduce on Plate vii, fig. 1, is No. 29 of Ferd. Stoliczka’s drawings, a very careful and accurate one of Helix octhoplaz, with his MS. note attached,—‘ Asalu; sent down by Major Godwin-Austen.” In 1869 I was surveying in the Naga Hills and * Ann. Chem. Pharm. clxi. 282; also Roscoe and Schorlemmer Treatise on Chemistry Vol. I., p. 200. 152 H. H. Godwin-Austen—WNotes on Indian Land Mollusca. [No. 2, was able to send a large number of species alive to Calcutta, by packing them in hollow green bamboos. In this way they travel well. No wet moss is necessary, and should be excluded. Green leaves or grass are best, and with the present rapid transit they might in the autumn months reach England in safety. A collection made in Aden reached me all in a living state, and survived a long time, and bred, being viviparous. Sub-family Helicea. Sub-Genus Evcocuitas, Theobald. Uatalogue Land and Freshwater Shells of British India, August 1876, p. 26. No description is given, so I add one below. Type of genus Helix octhoplax, Benson. Plate VII. fig. 1. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1860. from Pegu, (Theobald). Description of Genus. Animal.— A true Helix; jaw grooved (according to W. T. Blanford, vide Nevill’s Hand List, p. 81); foot very flat and oval when fully extended ; tentacles rather thick, surface granulate, no defined pallial line. Shell. — Large, solid, closely umbilicated, depressed, convex above and below, keeled, aperture broadly lunate, peristome slightly expanded, reflected near the short solid columella, margins joined by a slight callus. Ranges from the North Khasi Hills eastward. Theobald gives Moyang Khasi Hills as the habitat, and as the type shell described by Benson came from him, Pegu, I think, must be a mistake. Description of H. octhoplax from Moyang, northern side of the Khasi Hills, in my note book: “of a rich dark madder brown colour, base of foot and its narrow edge of same colour but lighter, when partially with- drawn into shell the foot is much flattened and crinkled up along the margin, foot rounded at extremity with no gland above.” In the drawing of the animal there is a well marked pale line on the dorsal side of the neck, formed by three strong parallel ruge or lines, broken up into large tubercles. This is a very distinct genus, and the animal of very striking and beautiful appearance, if we can apply such a term of praise to a snail, and it is unlike any other Helix I have seen in this part of India. It is very rare and local on the North-East Frontier, and I never obtained it on the south of the water-parting. I have it from the north of the Garo Hills, Moyang in the Khasi Hills, and Asalu in the Naga Hills. 1895.] H. H. Godwin-Austen—Notes on Indian Land Mollusca. 153 Nevill suggests in his Hand List, that it “is probably closely allied to Stylodon (Stylodonta?) possibly not separable.” This can only be settled after a comparative examination of the anatomy of the animals. It would certainly be a very interesting fact with regard to distribu- tion, to find a genus of the Seychelle Islands extending to Eastern India. I hope before long to receive specimens in spirit from the Khasi Hills. H. illustris Pfr. from Cambodia is very close to H. octhoplaz, and Nevill includes bougainvillei, Pfr. from the Solomon Islands. Benson taking shell characters alone into consideration and, no doubt, thinking it one of the Zonitidex, placed it near cycloplax of Sikkim. It grows toa large size. My finest specimen measures, major diam. 61:0, minor diam. 51:0, alt. axis 25:0 millim. Benson’s type measures, major diam. 46, minor diam. 26, alt. axis 25°0 millim. Since commencing this paper I have received another and distinct species of this genus, from my old friend and former assistant in the Indian Survey Department, Colonel Woodthorpe, C.B., who got it on the eastern frontier of Burmah, beyond Fort Stedman; and I am about to describe it in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. It is preserved in spirit, so that I have been enabled to examine its anatomy. It appears to me far nearer to such forms of Cochlostyla as C. cineracea, Semper ; and if I should be correct in this view, it would be an interesting extension westward of that group of shells. Genus PLEcTOPYLIS, Benson, Type achatina, Gray. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., April 1860.* This genus has been treated of by Mr. W. T. Blanford, in Annals and Mag. Nat, Hist., April 1861, and J. A. S. B., Vol. XXXIV, 1865, p. 73. In the P. Z. S., November 1874 and January 1875, and in this Journal for 1879, a number of species both old and new were described and figured with some detail by myself, especially as regards the very pecu- liar and characteristic internal plication. This genus is anatomically described most admirably by F. Sto- liczka from the type species, in this Journal for 187], p. 217. How far it differs from Corilla of Ceylon, to which it must be closely allied, has still to be made out; as also the true affinity with retifera from the Nilgherries, and with clathratula from Ceylon, which is still more remote. Stoliczka, from his observation and knowledge of the animal, con- sidered this genus related to Clausilia. The genus is ovo-viviparous as observed in three species —achatina, cyclaspis and pinacits—jaw grooved. * Fie. 56 of Stoliczka’s Drawings, Moulmain, PI. vii. fig. 5. 154 H. H. Godwin-Austen—WNotes on Indian Land Mollusca. [No, 2, Helix (Plectopylis) minor, Godwin-Austen. Plate VII. figs. 3 and 3a. (No. 51 of MS. Stol.). Described in Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., August 1879. Darjiling ? I give below a copy of the original description and add the dimen- sions then omitted. I now also give magnified drawings of the hair- like epidermal fringe in this species (fig. 3a) and in another allied to it, also from Darjiling, P. pinacis (fig. 2a), in which it is seen how greatly they differ, bemg regular and symmetrical in size and diameter and perfectly rounded at the end in P. minor; while in the other it is irregular flattened and divided near the extremity into two or more points, which are again split at the end. This distinction held good in both young and old specimens and was not the result of age or weather-) ing. It may be interesting here to refer to Plate I, J. A. S., B., 1879} where the epidermal fringe of P. brachydiscus is given, shewing another and very distinct form of hairy fringe. Description. “ Shell sinistral, openly umbilicated, discoidal, hirsute. Sculpture coarse with irregular transverse ribbing, near the apex fine and regular ribbing; color pale umber, with regularly disposed broadish transverse bars of sienna-brown: spire flat, only the first three whorls slightly rising above the others; suture shallow. Whorls five, sub- angular on the periphery of the last, which has four distinct rows of short hairs, entire at the point. Aperture oblique, slightly descending ; peristome lunate, slightly flattened on the upper outer margin, but very little reflected, the inner margins connected with a distinct bridge on the parietal side. The parietal vertical Jamina is simple, with no dis- tinct horizontal plica below it, as in macromphalus; the palatal plice are six in front, four behind, the basal one in front thin, and longer than the others.” Major diam. 0°20 in., minor diam. 0'17 in. alt. axis 0:09 inch. - Rae eet) renee oe » 45 mm. 3)! ee The animal in Stoliczka’s drawing now before me is coloured dark brown, and being a young shellis enlarged. In my MS. notes I find a specimen of P. macromphalus from Shillong in the Khasi Hills thus described: ‘‘ Animal with lower tentacles represented by two small hemispherical protuberances, body all. pale with tinge of orange on head and neck: extremity of foot pointed.” I must now correct an error in my paper in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for 1879, where I say that in Stoliczka’s drawing it is represented of a pink color. The animal of P. plectostoma, Bs., from Teria Ghat, is thus de- scribed in my field book :—‘‘ Animal: foot short, of a pale brown yellow 1895.] H. H. Godwin-Austen—wNotes on Indian Land Mollusca. 155 tint, neck and tentacles the same slightly darker; tentacles short, the eral very small; no gland on foot, which is pointed.” Helix (Plectopylis) achatina. Gray. Plate VII. fig. 5. Moulmain ? (fig. 56 of MS. Stol.) Description from drawing. — Animal with long slender eye-tentacles, the oral of ordinary size ; colour of tentacles and neck dark umber brown, pale towards the extremity of the foot, which is pointed, very minutely speckled with brown throughout: a broad pale pedal margin, or fringe, distinctly defined by a line of oblong tubercles apparently simi- lar to what is seen in the Zonitidx, but there is no mucous gland at the extremity of the foot. Helix huttoni, Pfr. (Fig. 23 of the drawings: no remarks.) No locality is given; but as the drawing was made ona piece of cardboard on which were two other shells from Darjiling, I imagine it was collected there. I note also that Mr. G. Nevill in his Hand List, gives 30 specimens in the Indian Museum from Darjiling, and in Mr. W. T. Blandford’s collection are specimens from the same locality. In the drawing the animal is shewn nearly pure white ineluding the tentacles, with a pointed extremity to the foot, the pedal margin distinct. Now true Heliz huttoni, which was described from the N. W. Hima- laya, is very differently described in my Notes on specimens from Waverley, Mussoorie Hill Station:—‘ Animal light brown, tentacles long and dark brown; ” it is doubtful therefore, whether the N. W. Himalayan andthe Darjiling species are identical. The former also have a much more hairy, rougher epidermis than those so called hutionz from the latter place and the Khasi Hills. Mr. Theobald placed this species in the genus Fruticicola Helder (= Hygroucia, Risso, apud Adam’s genera) of which the European H. hispida is the type, and to which in shell structure it closely assimilates. It is just as well in our present state of ignorance of the animal to leave H. huttoni in the sub-genus [ruticicola, of which the animal is known, rather than in Plectotropis of Albers founded on the shell only (of elegantissima) from the Liew-Kiew Islands, or in Plunispira, Beck (type zonaria) from Celebes( = Lurystoma, Albers, type vittata) from Cey- lon. Weshouid also be guided somewhat by the known, or rather reputed distribution of Fruticicola ; which ranges from the European region into Asia and is represented by rufispira, Von Martens, in Turkestan ; by plecto- J. u. 20 156 4H. H. Godwin-Austen— Notes on Indian Land Mollusca. [No. 2, tropis and phxozona, V. Martens, Sasak Taka; dschulfensis in Persia ; and by bactriana, Hutton, from Kandahar ; which carries it close into the Himalayan range. Nevill also describes one (mataianensis) from Mataian, Sind Valley, Kashmir. Helix similaris and bolus which have been placed in the genus Fruticicola have, I should say, but very slight connection withit. The list of species in Planispira and Plectotropis, as given by Geoffrey Nevill in the Hand List, will require very considerable revision. In an unpublished copy of his Hand List, greatly corrected, which he was good enough to give me before his early death, he has put H. huttoni in Aegista, a genus of Albers, who placed in it Helix oldhami from Burma, a very different form as regards the aperture of the shell. Until we know the anatomy of Hurystoma vittata, Plectotropis elegantissima and Aegista oculus from China, it is unsatisfactory work trying to place these Indian species under any of these three genera; and it is very difficult to get hold of the type species in spirit. Sub-genus Planispira, Beck. (Type Zonaria, Miller from Celebes.) Eurystoma, Albers (on shell alone), type H. vittata, Ferussac, from Madras. Semi-cornu, Klein. H. (? Planispira) propinqua, Pfr. Plate VII, fig. 4. Central India (fig. 40 of MSS. Stol.) The remarks which I have made regarding the location of Indian species in this genus, applies here to this one. An examination lately made of the anatomy of some Southern Indian Shells (and I am expect- ing some more material) shews that a number of them are very closely related, although they do not shew it in shell character. Description of Plate. Fig. 1. Animal of Helix (Eucochlias) octhoplax, Benson. 2. Animal of Helix (Plectopylis) pinacis, Benson. 2a. Epidermal hairs on keel magnified. 3. Animal of Helix (Plectopylis) minor, G.-A. 3a. Epidermal hairs of same magnified. 4. Animal of Helix (Planispira?) propinqua. Pfr. 5. Animal of Helix (Plectopylis) achatina. Gray. 1895. ] A, Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 157 Materials for a Carcinological Fauna of India. No. 1. The Brachyura Oxyrhyncha.— By A. Aucock, M.B., C.M.Z.S., Superintendent of the Indian Musewm. ; Plates ITI-V. {Received 11th April:— Read Ist May. | It was the intention of my immediate predecessor and late friend James Wood-Mason to write a Descriptive Catalogue of the collection of Crustacea in the Indian Museum. To this end he had collected a very comprehensive Crustacean literature, and had set in motion a scheme for extracting in a handy form the references contained therein. He had also roughly sorted the whole collection into its component great-groups, and had made a large number of identifications. In short he had, before his sad and premature death, collected the raw material for, and sketched the broad foundations of, a work that, had he lived on in unimpaired health, might have been a fit companion and sequel to the classical volumes of that great naturalist Henri Milne-Edwards. Only in the case of the Stomapoda had he gone further than this ; and Iam now preparing to edit, from the rough MS. notes at my disposal, his account of a part of this Order as represented in the collection of the Indian Museum. The present paper is the first of a series in which I hope to be able to turn to some—though inadequate—account the mass of material accumulated by my predecessor. My own work in this paper has been to complete, to arrange systematically, to collate, and to verify the available references to the literature of the Oxyrhyncha; to determine about 70 per cent. of the Indian species contained in the collection of the Indian Museum; to prepare the generic diagnoses and the descriptions of all the species mentioned; and to work out, to the best of my ability, keys—which I hope may be of use to naturalists in India—to sub-families, genera, and species. In the arrangement of the group as a whole, I have been guided and assisted by the Revision of the Maiotd Crustacea, by Mr. E. J. Miers, 158 A. Alcock —Carcinological Fawna of India. [No. 2, in the Journal of the Linnean Society (Zoology), Vol. XIV. 1879; and by the same author’s Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura; and to these important works I have here to acknowledge my great indebted- ness. I have not, however, been able to give my complete adherence to the classification proposed by Mr. Miers, further than to accept the previously adopted division of the Oxyrhyncha into two groups of equal value—the Maioids and the Parthenopoids. To these groups, I would, followimg Dr. Claus, give the rank of families—Maiide and Parthenopide. But to further sub-divide a group like the Maioids—in which we find, as Miers himself remarks, every reasonable gradation of form from Stenorhynchus to Pericera—into separate families, as is done by Miers, involves, I think, an unnecessary and unphilosophical interference with the meaning of the term ‘ family.’ Nor is anything gained, from the point of view of the practical systematist, by establishing families which overlap in all direc- tions. I am so much indebted to the works of Mr. Miers, that I should be loath to criticize them in any but a friendly spirit. But it seems to me that while Mr. Miers has recognized the value of certain characters round the developments and modifications of which the Maioid Crabs easily cleave into most natural groups, he has proceeded in practice to ignore in great measure the value of his own generalization. It appears to me that Mr. Miers’ families of Mazinea consist each of a quite natural nucleus hidden in a loose artificial wrapping. Beginning with the Inachidse of Miers, we find «a natural group, typified by such forms as Leptopodia and Inachus, linked with forms like Anamathia, Xenocarcinus, Huenia, Pugettia, Acanthonyx, Doclea and Stenocionops, none of which are any more nearly related to Leptopodia and Inachus than they are to any other Maioid. In the Maiide of Miers again, we find a most arbitrary jumble of forms. Amid the confusion, however, we can discern a large natural nucleus, typified not, it is true, by Maia, but by such forms as Egeria, Chionecetes, Pisa, Nawzia, etc.;*but these are no more nearly related to Maia, Paramithrax, Schizophrys, Criocarcinus, and Micippa than they are to any other Maioid. The third family, Periceride, is even more bewildering; but as Miers himself, in his Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, has distri- buted many of his original Periceroid genera among the other two families, it would be unjust to enter into any detailed criticism of this family now. 1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 159 The classification proposed in this paper is in many respects a reversion to the older authors. For a most interesting and instructive historical and critical review of the Oxyrhyncha as a whole, I would refer to the Introduction of Miers’ paper, already cited, in the Journal of the Linnean Society, Zoology, Vol. XIV. 1879, pp. 634-642. I have only to add that as almost all the new species described in this paper have been dredged by the ‘Investigator,’ they will be figured in next year’s issue of the “ Illustrations of the Zoology of the ‘ Investigator.’ ” Tribe OXYRHYNCHA or MAIOIDEA. Ozyrinques, Oxyrinchi, Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Insect. tom. VI. p. 85. Ozyrhinques et Canceriens Cryptopodes, Milne-Hdwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. tom. I. pp. 263, 368. Maioidea or Oxyrhyncha, Dana, U. 8S. Expl. Exp. Crust. Pt. I. pp. 66, 67 and 75. Oxyrhyncha, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 684; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 2. Carapace more or less narrowed in front, and usually produced to form a rostrum: branchial regions considerably developed, hepatic regions small. Epistome usually large; buccal cavity quadrate, with the anterior margin usually straight. Branchie almost always nine in number on either side*: their efferent channels open at the sides of the endostome or palate. Antennules longitudinally folded. The palp of the external maxillipeds is articulated either at the summit or at the antero-internal angle of the meropodite. The external genitalia of the male are inserted at the bases of the fifth pair of trunk-legs. The Oxyrhyncha may be sub-divided into two families, namely :— (1) the Maiidsz, in which the basal joint of the antenne is well developed, and in which it is exceptional to find the chelipeds vastly longer than the other legs ; and (2) the Parthenopide, in which the basal joint of the antenne is very small, and is embedded between the front and the floor of the orbit; and in which it is exceptional not to find the chelipeds vastly longer and vastly more massive than the other legs. * Encephaloides is the only Oxyrhynch known to me in which the branchiz are less than nine in number on either side: in Hneephaloides the reduction, both in size and number, of the anterior branchis seems to be due to the enormous development of the four posterior branchie. 160 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, Family I. MAIIDA. Macropodiens and Maiens, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 272. Maiinea, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp. Crust. Pt. I. pp. 76 and 77, (and Oncininea.) Maiinea, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 640; and ‘ Challen- ger’ Brachyura, p. 2. Basal antennal joint well developed, and occupying all the space between the antennulary fossa and the eye. Taking the characters sagaciously suggested by Miers, namely, the relative development of the component parts of the orbit, including basal antennal joint—-as the basis of a division, the members of the family Mazide fall into four natural groups or sub-families as follows :— Key to the Sub-families of Maiide. Sub-family I. Inachine. Eyes without orbits: the eyestalks, which are generally long, are either non-retractile, or are retractile against the sides of the carapace, or against an acute post-ocular spine that affords no concealment. The basal joint of the antenne is extremely slender throughout its extent, and is usually long :— Alliance 1. Leptopodioida. Basal joint of the antenne usually sub-cylindrical, or at any rate convex ventrally, often independent of the neighbouring structures: the external maxillipeds have the merus narrower than the ischium, and the palp large and coarse, and hence have a somewhat pediform appearance. . Alliance 2. Inachoida. Basal joint of the antenne flattened or concave ventrally, and intimately fused with the neighbouring parts ; its antero-external angle often produced to form a spine visible from above: the external maxillipeds have the merus at least as broad as the ischium, and the (small) palp borne at the internal angle of the merus. Sub-family II. Acanthonychine. Eyes without true orbits: the eyestalks, which are very short or sometimes even obsolescent, are either concealed beneath a forwardly-produced supra-ocular spine, or are sunk in the sides of a huge beak-like rostrum ; a postocular spine or process is sometimes present, but is not excavated for the reception of the retracted eye. The basal antennal joint is truncate-triangular. The external maxillipeds have the merus as broad as the ischium. Sub-family III. Pisine. Eyes with commencing orbits, of which one of the most characteristic parts is a large, blunt, usually but not 1895. ] A Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 161 always isolated, cupped post-ocular process into which the eye is retractile, but never to such an extent as to completely conceal the cornea from dorsal—still less from ventral—view; there is almost always also a distinct supraocular eave, which is sometimes produced forwards as a spine: the eyestalks are short. The basal antennal joint is broad ; its antero-external angle is generally produced forwards, as a spine or tooth. The external maxillipeds have the merus as broad as the ischium. Alliance 1. Pisoida. Post-ocular cup distinctly isolated from the supra-ocular eave by a gap or fissure. ; Alliance. 2. Lissoida. Post-ocular cup in the closest contact with the supra-ocular eave, a suture only intervening. Sub-family 1V. Maiinze. Eyes either (1) with orbits, which may be incomplete or complete, but are always complete enough to entirely conceal the fully retracted cornea from dorsal view; or (2) but par- tially protected by a huge horn-like or antler-like supra-ocular spine, or by a large jagged post-ocular tooth (Paramicippa tuburculosa, Edw.), or by both. The eyestalks are usually long. The orbit, when present, is formed in one of two ways; there is always an arched—often very strongly arched—supra-ocular eave, and a prominent post-ocular spine; and either (1) the interval between the eave and the spine is filled by another spine, in which case the roof of the orbit, though fissured, is fairly complete; or (2) the supra- ocular eave and the post-ocular spine are in contact with one another above, and below with a process of the basal antennal joint, in which case the orbit has not only a complete or nearly complete roof, but a complete or nearly complete floor also. The basal antennal joint is always very broad, and is either very extensively produced outwards to aid in forming the floor of the orbit, or is armed distally with one or two large spines. The external maxillipeds have the merus at least as wide as the ischium. . Alliance 1. Maioida. The orbit is formed (1) by a supra-ocular hood, the postero-external angle of which is often produced as a spine, (2) by a sharp post-ocular tooth, and (3) by a spine intercalated between the two. Basal antennal joint broad, but not specially produced to form a floor to the orbit ; usually armed at both its anterior angles with a strong spine. Alliance 2. Stenocionopoida. There is no true orbit; but either a huge, outstanding, often more or less hollowed, horn-like or antler-like supra-ocular spine, or a postocular tooth, or both. The basal antennal 162 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, joint is broad, and either has, or has not, one or both of its anterior angles armed with a strong spine. The merus of the external maxil- lipeds usually has its antero-external angle strongly dilated ; and the buccal frame is often much wider in front than behind. Alliance 3. Periceroida, The carapace is broadened anteriorly by the outstanding, often tubular, orbits: the orbits are formed (1) by an arched supra-ocular hood, or semi-tubular horn, (2) by a hollowed post-ocular process, and (3) by a remarkable broadening, or by a pro- longation, of the anterior part of the basal antennal joint; and they afford complete concealment to the retracted eye. The rostrum is often more or less deflexed. I am afraid that this last sub-family will, at first, meet with hostile criticism ; but I feel pretty sure that it is a natural group. For, taking the nature of the orbits, eyes, and basal antennal joint as the primary bond of relation, we find, if we exclude the aberrant Stenocionopoida, a regular gradation from the imperfect orbit and the narrower basal antennal joint of Maia, through the more perfect orbit and broader basal antennal joint of, e.g., Micippa thalia and Micippa cristata, to the perfect tubular orbit of Microphrys (if Microphrys cornutus be the type), Tiarinia and Macroceloma. The Stenocionopoida again are linked on, through Picrocerus and Picroceroides, to the Periceroida ; and, on the other hand, through Criocarcinus to the Maioid Chlorinoides. The following is a list of the genera of Maioid Crabs, so far as known to me, arranged in accordance with the afore-proposed classifi- cation. Within each sub-family the genera are arranged alphabeti- cally. Indian geuera are printed in roman type, and all genera known to me by autopsy are marked with an asterisk. Complete references are not given; but only references to the best diagnoses with which I am acquainted. ‘The bibliography of Indian genera will be found in the sequel. Family Maiide. Sub-family I. Inachinew. ALLIANCE I. LEPTOPODIOIDA. * Acheeus. Achzopsis, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1857, p. 219. P Anisonotus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust, I. p. 195. * Camposcia. 1895. | A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India, 163 Cyrtomaia, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 14. * Kchinoplax. Ergasticus, A. M-E., Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 29. Bricerus, Mary J. Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVI. p. 228. 4 Leptopodia, Leach, Zool. Miscell. II. 15: Milne-Edwards Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 275 (Synonomy see Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIV. 1879, p- 643). Inispognathus, A. Milne-Edwards, Bulli. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. VIII. 1880-81, p. 9; and Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust. I. p. 349: and Miers ‘ Challen- ger’ Brachyura, p. 27. * Macrocheira, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 88: and Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 33. Metoporaphis, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, Vol. VII. 1862, p. 198. * Oncinopus. Pactolus, Leach, Zool. Miscell. IJ. 19: Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust: II. 189 * Paratymolus. * Platymaia. Pleistacantha, Miers, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 24. Podochela, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, Vol. II. 1862, p. 194, (Synon. Podonema, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. II. 1870-71, p. 126). * Stenorhynchus, Lamk., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 278 (Syn. Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., XIV. 1879, p. 643). New genera :— Lambracheus, Physacheus, Grypacheus. ALLIANCE Ii. INACHOIDA. Anacinetops, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1879, Vol. IV. p. 3. Anasimus, A Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust. I. p. 360. Anomalopus, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. II. 1870-71, p. 124. * Apocremnus. Arachnopsis, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. II. 1870-71, p. 121. Batrachonotus, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. II. 1870-71, p. 122. * Collodes. * Encephaloides, Erileptus (? =Anasimus), Mary J. Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. XVI. 1893, page 226. 2? PP Hucinetops, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, Vol. We, 1, 2h 164 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, VII. 1862, p. 191 (more probably, as Stimpson himself suggested, allied to Micippa). Euprognatha, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. II. 1870-7], p. 122. Eurypodius, Guérin; Milue-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 283. Gonatorhynchus, Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 10. Halimus, Latr., Edw., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 340. * Tnachus, Fabr., Edw., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 286. © * Tnachoides. * Microhalimus, Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 7. Neorhynchus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust. I. p. 186, (= Microrhynchus, Bell, P. Z. S., 1835, p. 88, and Trans. Z. 8. II. 1841, p. 40). Oregonia, Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exp. Crust. I. p. 105. Pyromaia, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. IT. 1870-71, p. 109. * Trichoplatus, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) IV. 1876, Art. 9, p. 2. Sub-family, II. » adult, many times the Hechuadooddss chee: chbodbene cocoa LN (elop Dw Z@namgS) ial branchial regions: 2nd piederecnasestetnecetieteer soe ENA CHONDIIS. APOCREMNUS. POOR Eee eee eee red eee we eerrrt Foe nee Tp leavessiteriete rete sucenrquaes - COLLODES: fable I. Sub-family INACHINA, Eyes without orbits; the eye-stalks usually long and slender, and either non-retractile, or retractile against the carapace or against an acute post-ocnlar spinule or spine that affords no concealment. The basal joint of the antennm is extremely sleniler throughont, and is usually long. Legs slender. Rostrum either simple, or two-spined, or emarginate in Platymaia apparently trifid). Key to the Indian Genera, Alliance 1, Leproroproipa. Antenne with the basal joint usually sub-cylindrical, or at any rate usually convex on the ventral surface, and independent, External maxillipeds with the merus narrower than the ischinm, and often with a large coarse palp, and therefore somewhat pediform in shape. I. Carapace of the typical Oxy- rhynch shape, elongate-trian - gular or pyri- form. 1. Carapace well- calcified, not depressed: ros- trom separated from the cara- pace by a dis- constriction, which sometimes forms a long “neck.” U I. tinct post-ocular | fi. 4 U ii. Chelipeds ne- yer approaching the longest legs in length: ros- trum bifid and never approach- ing the carapace in length: post- ocular neck, when distinct, short. r 4 2. Carapace semi-membranons, exceedingly de the last pair of legs subdorsal in position........,........ a. b. Free joints of the antennal pe- duncle slender, cylindrical and not coarsely hir- + sute: eye-stalks almost straight : rostrum horizon- tal. Free joints of the antennal peduncle short, flat, and densely hairy: eye-stalks much curved : rostrum somewhat depressed: a post-ocular tooth,.......++ : cr al Eye-stalks salient, but free- ly moveable for- wards and some- times backwards: basal antennal joint not reach- ing to the apex of the rostrum. bl L r a2 Basal anten- nal joint long: epistome spa- cious. pressed and flat: rostrum in unbroken continuity with the carapace : no post-ocnlar spine : Chelipeds both markedly longer and vastly stouter than the longest legs: rostrum simple and much longer than the carapace: post-ocular “neck” at least as long as the carapace.......... nev entes seh susvacea Pecrorrecce a* Rostrum formed of two long spines; none of the legs subchelate... a3 Body and ap- pendages very spiny : some post-ocular spi- nules: eye-stalks retractile back- | wards, but never v4 Rostrum concealed short, bifid: last pair of legs sub- Chelate.....s....+0 b.8 Body and appendages smooth or with yery few spines: no post-ocu- lar spine: the eye-stalks hardly moveable backwards.....0:..++..+ b.2 Basal antennal joint very short, not reaching to the front; epistome Very NATLOW...66. 6. cseeesescesceeteseee eee ees Bye-stalks salient and rigidly immoveable: basal antennal joint project- ing beyond and above the apex of the rostrum............++ oi Carapace newrly circular. [Epistome narrow: a large post-ocular spine against which the eye is retractile, but which affords no concealment: basal anten- nal joint perfectly free, legs long, with much flattened blade-like joints: rostrum trifid.J......0....-000 Alliance 2. InAcnotpa. Antenne with the basal joint flattened or concave on the ventral surface. and intimately fused with the surrounding parts, its antero- external angle produced to form a spine which is visible from above on either side of the rostrum. External maxillipeds with the merns as broad as or broader thin the ischium, and with the palp small. 16 moderate. II. Rostrum bifid: post-ocolar spine large: basal antennal spine large... Rostrum simple: post-ocular spine small: basal antennal spine small or 1, Branchial regions upraised, and meeting across, and thus concealing, the cardiac region: 2nd pair of trank-legs, in the adult, many times the length of the carapace ....c.cseee © seeceresecssoes nese 2. Cardiac region not encroached upon by the normal branchial regions: 2nd pair of trunk-legs of moderate length... os Eyes hardly retractile...........+ ffcooro Ereeececl caus pivapadan a ceucensahanedtestihentsi Byes retractile against a strong post-ocular spine. LAMBRACHEUS, EcHINOPLAX, GRYPAcHUS. AcHzUs. PARATYMOLUS. PHYSACHAUS. Camposcia. OncINoPts. PLATYMAIA. ENCEPHALOIDES TNACHOIDES. APOCREMNUS. CoLtopes. 1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 169 The chelipeds, though actually slender, are relatively to the cara- pace as stout and long as those of the longer-armed species of Lambrus : they are one-third longer than the combined carapace neck and rostrum : they are sub-cylindrical and spiny: their proportions are much those of Lambrus, the fingers being not much more than a quarter the length of the palm. The fingers are curved, and are in contact only at their tips. The legs, which are very slender and are not quite so long as the chelipeds, display no remarkable characters. The figure, which represents a male magnified two diameters, shows > the proportions better than any table of measurements. Loc. Port Blair, Andaman Islands. AcHzus, Leach. Achzus, Leach, Malac. Podophth. Brit., Tab. XXII. fig. C. Achzus, Desmarest, Consid. Gen. Crust., p. 1538. Achzus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 281. Achzus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 643; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 8. Carapace triangular with the branchial regions swollen, always more or less constricted behind the eyes. Rostrum very short, bifid. Eye-stalks long and hardly retractile backwards: no orbits or post-ocular spine. Antennz with the basal joint very slender, sub-cylindrical, the other joints and the flagellum completely exposed. External maxillipeds with the meropodite long, narrower than the ischiopodite, and carrying the next joint at, or near, its apex. Chelipeds short, not very stout. Legs slender, sometimes long and filiform: the dactyli of those of the last two pairs more or less falcate. Abdomen consisting of six segments in both sexes. As Miers has remarked, this genus is distinguished from Steno- rhynchus only by the form of the rostrum, which consists of two short lobes instead of two long spines. Key to the Indian species of the genus Acheeus. I. Carapace with a post-ocular constriction, but with no long post-ocular “neck:” dactyli of last pair, or two pair, of legs strongly falciform :— 1. Carapace and eye-stalks smooth .. A, lacertosus. 2. Carapace with a bilobed prominence on the cardiac region: eye-stalks with a tubercle on the an- terior surface :— i. Gastric region smooth .., we A, affinis. 170 A. Alcock —Carcinological Fauna of India, [No. 2, ii. Gastric region with a sharp tubercle or spine Aa .. A. spinosus. II. Carapace with a long post-ocular neck: dactyli of last pair of legs hardly curved :— 1. Lobes of rostrum with a spinate carina: median tubercles of carapace low and blunt uw A. cadelli, 2. Lobes of rostrum with a smooth carina: median tubercles of carapace sharp and elevated A. tenuicollis, Acheus tenuicollis, Miers. Achzus tenwicollis, Miers ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 9, Pl. I. fig. 8. “The body is thinly clothed with short curled hairs; the limbs with similar hairs, interspersed among which are some longer ones. The carapace is subtriangulate, little longer than broad, with a neck-like constriction behind the orbits, and armed with spines as follows :—Three conical spines upon the gastric and another upon the cardiac region, two shorter conical spines or tubercles whereof the anterior is the smallest, on each branchial region, behind these one very small on the posterior margin of the carapace, and another on the sides of the branchial regions above the bases of the chelipedes; also a small spine upon the rounded, lateral, hepatic protuberance, and another behind this, on the pterygostomian region; there is also a strong spinule on the upper margin of the orbit, above the eye-peduncles. The lobes of the rostrum are short, and terminate each in a spine. The sternal surface of the body bears a few spinules. The post-abdomen of the male, is as usual, six-jointed (the two last joints having coalesced). The eye-peduncles are robust, with the corner protuberant ; a small spinule exists on the inferior margin of the eye-peduncle, and another on the upper margin of the eye, near the distal extremity. The antennules are lodged in deep longitudinal fossettes; the very slender basal joint of the antennze is joined with the front at its distal extremity and bears several small spinules on its inferior surface, the following joint is short, the next about as long as the basal joint, flagella slender; the ischium-joint of the outer maxillipedes is produced at its inner and distal angle which is rounded and bears several spinules on its outer surface, as does also the merus-joint which is rounded, not truncated, at the distal extremity where it bears the next joint. The chelipedes (in the male) are rather slender, and longer than the body; with the joints clothed with rather long hairs; ischium and merus-joints with a series of spinules on their antero- and postero-inferior faces, wrist about as long as palm, with a few spinules hardly discernible amid the hairs which clothe this joint, iy 1895. ] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 171 palm slightly compressed, not dilated, armed with spinules on its upper and lower margins, fingers about as long as palm, and slightly incurved at the apices which are nearly destitute of hair; the ambulatory legs are very slender and elongated; the dactyli of the first three pairs are short and nearly straight, in the last pair only are they slightly falciform. Colour (in spirit) light yellowish-brown.” (Miers). A single specimen is included in the Museum collection: the locali- ty is not quite certain, but it came most probably from the Andamans. Acheus cadelli, n. sp. Plate V. fig. 1. In general form and proportions much resembling Achgus lorina (Ad. & White), from which it differs in having the legs even more slender, and the eye-stalks quite smooth. The regions of the pyriform carapace are well demarcated, the hepatic regions being each produced to form a strong sharp tooth. There are three elevations, arranged in triangle, on the gastric region, and two, side by side, on the cardiac region. The rostrum has the usual Achaus-form, but each lobe is dorsally carinate, the carina being spinate or serrate. Behind the rostrum is a long constricted ‘“ neck,” more pronounced even than that of A. tenwicollis and brevirostris. The chelipeds are of the usual form. The legs are extremely long and slender, those of the second trunk segment being about five times the length of the carapace, rostrum included. The dactyli of the 4th and 5th pairs are hardly falciform. Length of carapace, 7 millim : greatest breadth of carapace, 4 millim.: length of 2nd pair of trunk-legs, 36°5 millim. Loc. Andamans. Achxus spinosus, Miers. Achzus spinosus, Miers, Japanese and Corean Crustacea, in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1879, p. 25. Carapace triangular, narrowed behind the eyes, and armed with Six spines above, namely: one on the gastric, one —bilobed—on the cardiac, and two on each branchial region: there are also some spines or sharp tubercles on the ventrad aspect of the hepatic and branchial regions. The rostrum is small and bilobed. The eye-stalks are robust, and have a strong tubercle near the middle of the anterior surface. Chelipeds in the male robust, the arm and wrist granular above, the palm swollen, with about six spinules on the upper margin and a few granules on the lower_margin near its base: fingers, in the male, acute ie win, By 172 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India, [No. 2, with a wide hiatus at base when closed, both with a strong tooth on their opposed margins near the base, and with the outer margins carinate. In the female the chelipeds differ only in being much less robust, and in having the fingers much more closely apposable and toothless. Ambulatory legs long and slender: the dactylus of the last pair strongly falcate. [The basal antennal joint has one or two spines at its distal end, and the free portion of the antenna is much shorter than the carapace. | Length of adult, 6 to 7 millim. In the Museum collection, from the Persian Gulf. Ex coll. W. T. Blanford. Achzus lacertosus, Stimpson. Achxus lacertosus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1857, p. 218. Acheus breviceps, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. 8. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 433 (sec. Haswell). Achxus lacertosus and breviceps, Haswell, Cat. Austr. Stalk and Sess. eyed Crust., p. 3. Achzus lacertosus Miers, Zool. “ Alert,’’ pp. 181 and 188; and “Challenger ” Brachyura, p. 8. Achzus lacertosus, J. R. Henderson, Trans Linn. Soc., Zool., 18938, p. 341. Carapace triangular, with the regions fairly well delimited and the surface quite smooth beneath a slight pubescence: hepatic region with a horizontal laminar tooth. Rostrum as long as wide, bilobed. An- tenow filiform, the free portion longer than the carapace. LHye-stalks long, slender, smooth. Chelipeds much stouter than the other legs, the meropodite being the stoutest joint, and the hand being incurved and the fingers compressed. The ambulatory legs are long and slender, the first pair being more than three times the length of the carapace : the dactyli of the last two pairs are strongly falcate. Length of adult about 6 millim. In the Museum collection are numerous specimens from the Anda- mans, from Palk Straits, and from the Orissa Coast. Achzus affinis, Miers. Achzus affinis, Miers, Zoology of the ‘ Alert,’ pp. 181 and 188, and “Challenger ”” Brachyura, p. 8. Achzus affinis, de Man, Archiv. f. Naturges., LIII. 1887, p. 218. Achzus affinis, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 341. Achzus afinis, Ortmann, Zool. Forsch. in Austr. and Malay Arch., Jena, 1894, p. 37. “ Carapace subtriangular and moderately convex, with the surface uneven, but the regions not very distinctly defined ; the post-orbital 1895. ] A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 173 region is constricted. The rostrum is moderately prominent, the frontal lobes very small and subacute. On the cardiac region is a bilobated prominence, which is usually very much elevated; there is a small angulated prominence on the hepatic regions, and occasionally one or two granules on the branchial regions, which are not at all convex. Hye-peduncles with a blunt tubercle in the middle of their anterior margins. The merus-joints of the outer maxillipedes are narrowed and subacute at their distal ends, where they are articulated with the next joints. The chelipedes (in both sexes) are rather slender; margins of the arm, wrist, and palm usually with a few granules or spinules ; merus somewhat trigonous ; fingers as long as the palm, and somewhat incurved, with their inner margins denticulated, and having between them when closed (in the males) a small hiatus at base. The ambu- latory legs are slender, filiform, and very much elongated, the second legs being, in an adult male, four times as long as the postfrontal por- tion of the carapace; the dactyli of the two posterior pairs only are distinctly falciform; both chelipedes and ambulatory legs are scantily clothed with long hairs. Length of carapace (including rostrum) of an adult male about 5 lines (10°5 millim.), breadth about 3 lines (6 millim.); length of second leg about 1 inch 8 lines (42 millim.); an adult female has the carapace relatively somewhat broader, length nearly 5} lines (12 millim.), breadth 4 lines (8°5 millim.). The bilobated prominence on the cardiac region and tuberculated eye-peduncles serve to distinguish this species.” (Miers). This species is included in the Indian Fauna on the authority of Professor Henderson: there are no specimens in the Indian Museum collection. PaRATYMOLUS, Miers. Paratymolus, Miers, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 45. Paratymolus, Haswell, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1880, Vol. V. p. 302; and Cat. Austr. Crust., p. 142. Paratymolus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., &c., VIT. 1893-94, p. 34. IT agree with Ortmann in placing this genus among the Achzus- like Maiide: the position of the external genitalia of an ovigerous female in the Museum collection is conclusive. Carapace elongate-subpentagonal, not depressed. Eye-stalks long, slender, salient, non-retractile: no orbits or pre- ocular and post-ocular spines. Antennules longitudinally folded beneath the rostrum. Antenne long, exposed, dorsally, in the greater part of their extent: the basal joint slender, but so short as hardly to reach the front. 174 ~ A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, Rostrum short, emarginate, distinctly delimited from the carapace. Epistome short. External maxillipeds with the merus narrower than the ischium, and bearing the flagellum at the antero-internal angle. Legs not elongate: dactyli slender, straight. Paratymolus hastatus, n. sp. Plate V. figs. 4, 4a. Carapace somewhat elongate-pentagonal or ovoid, with the ros- trum sharply demarcated, and with the regions undefined. Gastric region with three sharp tubercles disposed in a triangle, base forwards: cardiac region with a single tubercle: branchial regions each surmounted by an cblique crest of 2 or 3, and with a lateral mar- ginal row of 2 or 3, sharp tubercles: hepatic regions each with two sharp lateral teeth, the posterior of whichis large. Rostrum short, emarginate, deeply and broadly grooved dorsally. Hye-stalks long, laterally projecting, slightly moveable forwards but not retractile. Eyes tipped with two or three stiff sete. No orbits, and nothing in the shape of orbital spines except a slight angular emargination of the base of the rostrum. Antenne as long as the post-orbital portion of the carapace, and visible, dorsally, from the base of the second joint of the peduncle : the basal joint, which alone is concealed, although slender is short, hardly reaching the front. External maxillipeds with the merus broad, but not so broad as the ischium, and giving insertion to the palp at the antero-internal angle. Trunk-legs with a few coarse stiff sete: the 2nd pair, which are slightly the longest, are a little less than twice the length of the * earapace without the rostrum. Chelipeds characterized by the carpus, which has its antero-internal angle produced obliquely to form a great spike, the point of which reaches almost to the base of the fingers. Length of carapace 6 millim. Breadth of carapace 4°5 millim. Length of 2nd pair of legs 10°5 millim. An egg-laden female from the Andamans ; in which I am satisfied that the genital orifices are not on the bases of the third pair of legs, but on the sternum. PHYSACHZUS, n. gen. Closely allied to Achzus, from which it is distinguished chiefly by the form of the basal joint of the antennary peduncle, which is long and slender, and is fused near its distal end with the tip of the rostrum. 1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 175 General form that of an Acheus with the pterygostomian and branchial regions so inflated as to push forwards the epistomial region to a plane almost at right angles with the antennary region. Eyes small, slender, rigidly immovable,—in short undergoing degeneration. No orbits or orbital spines. Rostrum very short, bifid, at tip, the point of each tooth being fused with the distal end of the (otherwise free) sub-cylindrical basal joint of the antennary peduncle. Antenne of great length. External maxillipeds with the merus rounded and slightly produced beyond the articulation—at the antero-internal angle—of the palp: the merus much narrower than the ischium. Legs long and slender, with long filamentous dactyli. Chelipeds short. Physacheus ctenurus, n. sp. Plate III. figs. 2, 2 a-b. - Carapace sub-triangular, globosely inflated, with all the regions, except the cardiac, tumid and fairly well delimited, and with a strong -post-ocular constriction, beneath which there is an almost vertical descent to the mouth. The rostrum, which is small, consists of two narrow, slightly diver- gent, hollow teeth, to either apex of which the distal end of the other- wise perfectly free basal joint of the corresponding antennary peduncle is fused. Two large erect procurved spines occur in the middle line of the carapace; one on the posterior part of the gastric region, the other behind the cardiac region: on either side of the former, but in a plane anterior to it, there may sometimes be a spinule. In both sexes the abdomen is bluntly but strongly carinated down the middle line, the carina in the case of the male ending on the 6th tergum in a huge recurved spine: in the female instead of a spine there is a small tubercle, and the posterior edge of the sixth tergum bears a row of four spines. The eye-stalks are very small, and are rigidly fixed at right angles to the rostrum: the cornee are almost devoid of pigment. There are no orbits or orbital spines. The antenne are distinctly exposed from their base, and are half as long again as the entire carapace, between one-third and two-fifths of their extent being formed by the slender peduncle. The basal joint is slender and almost cylindrical: it is quite free from neighbouring parts, except at the distal end, which is fused with the tip of the rostrum. The flagella are fringed with long hairs. The antennules are large, and fold longitudinally within the hollow teeth of the rostrum. Except in regard of the fingers, the chelipeds 176 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of Tnulia. [No. 2, have much the same form as, though slenderer proportions than, those of Stenorhynchus, but the merus is much more strongly and elegantly curved: the merus and carpus are moderately inflated, the former joint, like the ischium, having its lower edge more or less granulate: the palm is compressed, with the edges denticulate: the fingers are strongly compressed, and have the cutting edges accurately and completely apposable throughout, being denticulate near the tips only. In the female the chelipeds have the same general form as in the male, but differ in having the lower edge of the ischium and merus strongly spinate. The legs are slender and filiform, about one-fourth of their length being contributed by the filamentous dactylus: those of the third trunk-segment are the longest, being about four times the length of the carapace, rostrum included, and more than two-and-a-half times the length of the chelipeds. Male. Female. Length of carapace os . @°2 millim. .» 85 millim. Breadth of carapace... 0 n ce. SA Dae Length of legs of 2nd trunk-segment 28:0 fe «is OiO a he 3rd 53 r 32:0 a sles RSLS OES fase ” bP Numerous males and egg-laden females from the Andaman Sea, 240 to 375 fathoms. The eggs are few in number and are singularly large, those from a female of the dimensions given above being over a millimetre in diameter. Physachzus tonsor, n. sp. Plate ITI. fig. 3. The female, which is the only sex represented in the collection, differs from the female of Physachaeus ctenurus in the following particulars :-— (1) the gastric region of the carapace, instead of a single large spine, has several smooth tubercles; and the large spine behind the cardiac region is coarser, and is recurved instead of procurved: the post-ocular constriction is less marked : (2) the abdominal carina ends in a spine, and the sixth tergum has its after edge perfectly smooth instead of quadrispinate : (3) the eye-stalks are larger, and are compressed instead of cylindrical : (4) the chelipeds are relatively stouter, being of much the same proportions as those of the male of Physacheus ctenurus: their merus is compressed and has its lower border very strongly and sharply carin- ated: the hands are much thinner and more compressed; the palm 1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 177 having its lower edge, and the fingers their outside edges, sharply cristate : (5) the legs of the second, not of the third, trunk-segment are the longest, and considerably so. Length of carapace 11 millim. Breadth of carapace 9°5 millim. Length of legs of 2nd trunk-segment 47 millim., of 3rd trunk-segment 40 millim. Two egg-laden females from the Andaman Sea, 271 fathoms. The eggs, as in the preceding species, are large and few in number. The above species represent an Achsus modified for life at a con- siderable depth. The branchial chambers, as is very commonly the case in deep-sea Malacostraca, are greatly inflated: the eyes have degene- rated, and the antenne—no doubt in compensation—have become remarkably lengthened: while the auditory tubercles also, it may be mentioned, are large and prominent. GRYPACHAUS, n. gen. Intermediate between Achseus and Hchinoplaz. Carapace triangular, spiny, separated from the frontal region by a post-ocular “neck.” Rostrum spiny : composed of two short divergent spfthelets, with a strong median deflexed (interantennulary) spine, not visible from above. Eyes laterally projecting, movable, but not suffi- ciently retractile to be ever concealed. Small supra-ocular and post- ocular spines are present as part of the general spinature. Antenne dorsally exposed from the basal joint of the peduncle, which joint is long slender cylindrical and spiny. External maxillipeds with the merus elongate, much narrower than the ischium, and not much broader than the carpopodite. Legs hairy and spiniferous. Abdomen six-jointed in 2. Grypacheus hyalinus (Alcock & Anderson). Plate III. figs. 4, 42. Achzus hyalinus, Alcock & Anderson, J. A. S. B., Pt. ii. 1894, p. 205. Carapace sub-triangular, thin, vitreous, spiny especially in its an- terior half: the regions well delimited, and the post-ocular portion con- stricted to form a “‘neck.”’ The rostrum, as seen from above, ends in two short spines, each of which has a spine at its base ; but from in front or from below it shows a strong vertically deflexed (interantennulary) spine. : The eyes are large; and the long eye-stalks, which bear two tuber- cles on their front surface, are movable backwards, and are exposed from 178 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, their base in all positions. The antenne are visible, dorsally, from the end of the basal joint of the peduncle, which joint is long, slender, cylin- drical and spiny. The external maxillipeds are large, hairy, and almost pediform, owing to the narrowness of the merus and the coarseness of the palp. The trunk-legs are hairy and spiny, the hairs on the 2nd and 38rd pairs being remarkably long, stiff, and closely and evenly set. The arm, wrist, and hand of the chelipeds—but especially the arm—are acutely spiny, as are also the edges of the meropodites of the legs,—the spina- ture of the front edge of the meropodites of the 2nd and 3rd pairs being particularly prominent. The fifth pair of legs are sub-chelate, the pro- podite having its proximal end strongly dilated to receive the folded-back dactylus: the apposed edge of the dactylus is minutely, that of the pro- podite sharply and conspicuously, spinate. Length of carapace 14 millim. Breadth of carapace 9 millim. Greatest span (between extended 2nd pair of trunk-legs) 67 millim. Loc. Off Trincomalee 28 fms. Females only. Ecurnopiax, Miers. Echinoplax, Miers, ‘‘ Challenger” Brachyura, p. 31. Carapace sub-pyriform, longer than broad, and covered with very numerous closely-set spines and spinules : orbital margin spinose : spifies of rostrum acute, divergent from their bases, and bearing several acces- sory spinules. Post-abdomen seven-jointed. Basal antennal joint slen- der, spinuliferous, and in contact with the front at the distal extremity : flagellum visible from above at the sides of the rostrum. Maxillipeds with the merus narrower than the ischium, and the palp coarse; merus truncated and not notched at the distal extremity, the antero-lateral angle not produced. Legs spinuliferous. Chelipeds in the female [as in the male] slender and feeble, with the palms not dilated. Ambula- tory legs considerably elongated, with the penultimate joint not dilated; the dactyli nearly straight. Key to the Indian Species of Echinoplax. Carapace with the regions well defined: rostrum in the adult con- siderably less than half the length of the carapace :— 1. Carapace and abdominal terga closely covered with pungent acicular spines of equal size...H. pungens. 2. Carapace and abdominal terga finely granular, with a few definitely placed spines of conspicu- ous size a aie .. EE. rubida. 1895. ] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 17a Echinoplax pungens, Wood-Mason. Echinoplaz pungens, Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1891, p. 259. Carapace pyriform, convex, with the regions well delimited ; densely covered, as are also the sterna, chelipeds, ambulatory legs, and exter- nal maxillipeds, with pungent acicular spines. The abdominal terga of the male and young female are also similarly spiny, but in the adult female they become only distantly and coarsely granular. The rostrum consists of two, slender curved divergent sprnes—less than one-third the length of the carapace proper—the outer and lower surfaces of which are extremely spiny. The eye-stalks, which have the anterior surface closely spinulate, are retractile, but not to the extent of concealment: there is a strong post-ocular spine—to which, however, the retracted eye does not nearly reach—and numerous smaller spines along the supra-ocular and infra- ocular margins. The antenne are visible from above, from the middle of the second joint of the peduncle: the peduncle is spiny, with all the joints very slender: the flagellum reaches a little beyond the tip of the rostrum. The interantennulary spine is large and deeply bifid. The chelipeds, which are alike in form in both sexes—though rela- tively longer in the male—are not stouter than the ambulatory legs, and are rather longer than the carapace and rostrum. The legs of the next pair are more than twice, and those of the third pair rather less than twice the length of the chelipeds, while the fourth and fifth pairs decrease considerably in length: the dactyli of all are densely covered with a brushwork of setz. Male (adult). Female (adult). Length of carapace and rostrum ... 70 millim. 79 miilim. Greatest breadth of carapace ine lees, Oye aoe Length of cheliped as site ORR +5 (Si - 5, 2nd pair ass Sl Ope i) es Andaman Sea, 130-250 fathoms. A figure of this fine species has been drawn for “ Illustrations of the Zoology of the ‘ Investigator’” for 1896. Echinoplax rubida, n. sp. Differs from Hehinoplax pungens, specimens of the same sex, and of approximately the same size being compared, in the following parti- culars :— 1, The carapace, instead of being everywhere covered with pun- J. 11, 23 180 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. _[No. 2, gent acicular spines of uniform size, is finely granular, with certain definitely placed distant thornlike spines of conspicuous magnitude, namely :—four in triangle on the gastric region, two side by side on the cardiac region, two side by side on the intestinal region, three on each - hepatic region, and three on each branchial region: besides these there are some smaller spines on the lateral aspect of the pterygostomian and branchial regions : 2. The rostral spines are less divergent, and have elegantly curved tips : . 3. The abdominal terga (of the young female), instead of being everywhere closely covered with pungent spines, are merely finely and distantly granular, with a single large spine on the first tergum, and a pair of smaller spines ou the second, in the middle line: 4. The legs are much less spiny, the propodites of the ambulatory legs being friuged with stiff bristles instead of spines: 5. The colour differs, being, in spirit specimens, a warm brown, instead of a pale yellow. It differs from Hehinoplax moseleyi, Miers, judging from the figures and description, in the following particulars :— 1. The regions of the carapace are well delimited by sharp cut grooves : 2. The rostral spines are considerably less than half the length of the carapace proper : 3. The armature is altogether different, the large stout spines of the present species standing out on a finely granular carapace, and the abdominal terga being distantly granular. Total length of carapace 35 millim., breadth of carapace 2] millim., greatest span (2nd pair of trunk-legs) 150 millim. Loc. Andaman Sea, 90 to 177 fathoms. Pratymara, Miers. Platymaia, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 12. Carapace sub-orbicular. Rostrum short, tridentate owing to the size and projection of the interantepnulary septum. No pre-ocular spine ; but a post-ocular spine against which the eye is retractile, but which affords no concealment to the eye. Epistome extremely narrow. Eyes large, with short eye-stalks. Basal antennal joint short, cylindrical, and perfectly free: the flagellum and part of the peduncle visible from above. External maxillipeds with the meropodite narrow, and bearing the next joint at its summit. Chelipeds in the male long, with a long in- 1895. ] A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 181 flated club-shaped palm: in the female very short and slender. Ambu- latory legs long, with remarkably thin compressed joints: some of the legs spiny. Abdomen in both sexes with all the segments separate. This genus appears to be very closely related to Macrocheira. Platymaia wyville-thomsoni, Miers. Platymaia wyville-thomsoni, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 13, pl. ii. fig. 1. Platymaia wyville-thomsoni, Wood-Mason and Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1891, p. 258, and May, 1894, p. 401. Carapace transversely sub-circular with the cervical grove well defined: its surface ranging from spinate (in the young) to nearly smooth (in oldadults). The rostrum, which is so short as not to break beyond the general outline, consists of three stout spines of equal size, the middle one being the horizontally projecting interantennulary spine. The hepatic region of the carapace bears (in the adult) a nearly vertically disposed row of three spines, against the upper one of which the eye is retractile. The eye-stalks are short, and the eyes large and oval. The antennz are about one-third the length of the carapace, and are plainly visible, in almost the whole of their extent, from above: the joints of the pedun- cle are short slender and cylindrical, the basal joint being perfectly free. The external maxillipeds have the meropodite narrow (about half the breadth of the ischiopodite) and giving attachment to the coarse palp at the summit: both meropodite and ischiopodite are spiny. The chelipeds vary considerably according to sex: in both sexes they are spiny up to the base of the fingers; but whereas in the female and young male they are much slenderer than any of the legs and are not longer than the carapace, in the adult male they are from two to three times the length of the carapace and are much stouter than any of the legs—especially as regards the palm, which is swollen and club-shaped. The 2nd to 5th pairs of legs are long and slender, with the joints thin and compressed, the propodites being blade-like. The 2nd pair, which are from 3% (female) to 5} (male) times the length of the carapace, are remarkable for their propodite and dactylus, the front edge of which bears a double comb of enormous spines, the posterior edge also being spinulate: both edges of the merus-and carpus also are distantly spinulate, The 3rdand 4th pairs have the front edge of the merus distantly spinulate, and they, as well as the 5th pair, have the front edge of the razor-like merus closely fringed with loug stiff hairs. 182 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, - The abdomen in both sexes is seven-jointed, the abdominal terga, like the thoracic sterna, bearing a few spines or tubercles. The epimeral plates corresponding to the third and fourth trunk legs are also spinate. Andaman Sea, 130-405 fathoms. A large male of this fine species have been figured for “ Ilustra- tions of the Zoology of the ‘ Investigator’ ” for 1896. Note on some obvious growth-changes in Platymaia wyville-thomsoni. In very young specimens (carapace less than half an inch in diameter) the whole carapace is closely and sharply spiny. In larger specimens (carapace about three-quarters of an inch in diameter) the carapace has become closely and finely granular, with the spines persistent only in definite situations, somewhat as in Miers’ figure and description (loc. cit.) In larger specimens (carapace two and a half inches in diameter) the carapace has become coarsely and bluntly granular, without any spines, except a few quite anteriorly in the neighbourhood of the hepatic region. In the largest specimens (carapace three to nearly four inches in diameter) the carapace is in places quite smooth, the only spines present - being two external to the eye, and one on the front margin of the hepatic region. In contrast with the carapace, the spines on the abdominal sterna of the male show no signs of effacement with age. The colours also vary with age. In young males the carapace is red, with or without white points, and the legs are red and white in alternate bands. In the adult the colour is uniform. Oncrnopus, de Haan. Oncinopus, de Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 87. Oncinopus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p.645; and ‘ Challen- ger’ Brachyura, p. 20. “‘Carapace semi-membranaceous, elongate, narrow-triangulate and depressed. Rostrum very short, composed of two vertically compressed laminiform lobes: no pree- or post-ocular spines. Post-abdomen in both sexes distinctly seven-jointed. Eyes slender and projecting laterally. Antennz with the basal joint very short and slender, and not attaining the front, the flagella exposed and visible at the sides of the rostrum. Merus of the exterior maxillipedes elongated, and articulated with the A ‘ ‘ 1895. ] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 183 next joint at its summit. Chelipedes in the male rather small, with the palm turgid, and the fingers having between them, when closed, an interspace at the base. Ambulatory legs slender and ‘somewhat elongated, with the penultimate joints of the first and second pairs dilated, compressed, and ciliated on the posterior margin; the dactyli in all slightly arcuated and retractile against the penultimate joints.” Oncinopus aranea, de Haan. Inachus (Oncinopus) aranea, de H., Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 100, pl. xxix. fig. 2. Oncinopus aranea, Adams and White, Zool. ‘ Samarang,’ Crust., p. 3. Oncinopus neptunus, Adams and White, Zool. ‘Samarang,’ Crust., p. 1, pl. ii. fig. 1. Oncinopus subpellucidus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1857, p. 221. Oncinopus angulatus, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. 8. Wales, IV. 1879, p. 433. Oncinopus subpellucidus, Haswell, Cat. Austr. Crust., p. 5. Oncinopus aranea, Miers, Zool. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 and 190; and ‘ Challenger ’” Brachyura, p. 20. Oncinopus neptunus, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109. Oncinopus aranea, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1893, p. 34]. Oncinopus aranea, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. etc., VII. 1893, p. 37. Oncinopus neptunus, Alcock and Anderson, J. A. S. B., Pt. ii. 1894, p. 199. Carapace elongate-triangular, thin and semi-membranous, and, as well as all the appendages, tomentose. Rostrum short, bilobed. Eyes small, retractile beneath the edge of the carapace: no orbits or protective spines. Antenne extremely short, reaching only just beyond the tip of the rostrum : the basal joint short and free. Chelipeds in the female and young male slenderer than the next legs and not quite equal in length to the carapace; in the adult male about as stout as the next legs, with an inflated almost globose palm, and a little longer than the carapace. The 2nd and 8rd pair of legs differ very markedly from the 4th and 5th pair. The 2nd and 3rd pair are long and stout, with a com- paratively short carpopodite, with a long broad propodite, and witha comparatively slightly curved dactylus—all these joints being remark- ably setaceous. The 4th and 5th pair, on the other hand, are slender and comparatively short, with a long slender carpopodite and with a short propodite which with the strongly recurved dactylus forms a sub-chela—all these joints being merely tomentose. The 5th pair of legs is also remarkable for its sub-dorsal position. Length of carapace of an adult, 14 to 15 millim. Specimens in the Museum collection from the Laccadives, Maldives, Ceylon, Andamans and Malay Peninsula, up to 32 fms. 184 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, Camposcra, Latreille. [ Camposcia, Latreille, Cuvier Regne Animal (2) IV. p. 60.] Camposcia, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 282. Camposcia, de Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 87. Cumposcia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 644. Carapace pyriform. Rostrum broad, exceedingly short— hardly surpassing the level of attachment of the eyes—emargimate, slighily deflexed. Hye-stalks long, recurved, retractile towards the sides of the carapace: a post-ocular tooth, not however affording any concealment to the eye. Antennulary fosse coalescent to form a single chamber. Antennze moderately loug, almost entirely exposed to dorsal view, the free joints of the peduncle flattened. External maxillipeds with the merus narrower than the ischium, and giving attachment to the next joint at the summit. Chelipeds in both sexes slender—but most so in the temale—and short. Some of the ambulatory legs long, The abdomen in both sexes has all seven joints distinct, and is as broad in the adult male as it is in the adult female — covering almost the whole sternum. Camposcia retusa, Latr. [Camposcia retusa, Latreille, Cuvier Regne Animal (2) IV. p. 60.] [Camposcia retusa, Guerin, Icon. Regn. Anim. Crust., pl. ix. fig. 1.] Camposcia retusa, Latr. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 283, pl. xv. figs. 15 and 16. Camposcia retusa, Cuvier, Regne Animal, Crust.; pl. xxxii. fig. 1. Camposcia retusa, Adams and White, Zool. ‘ Samarang,’ Crust., p. 6. Camposcia retusa, Bleeker, Recherches Crust. de l’Ind. Archipel., p. 7. Oamposcia retus1, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1857, p. 218. Camposcia retusa, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouy. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 255. Camposcia retusa, Brocchi, Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) II. 1875, Art. 2, p. 89, pl. xviii. fig. 156 (male appendages). Camposcia retusa, Hilgendorf, Monatsber. Akad. Berl., 1878, p. 784. Camposcia retusa, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales, LV. 1879, p. 483; and Cat. Austr. Stalk and Sessile-eyed Crust., p. 4. Camposcia retusa, E. Nauck, Zeits. Wiss. Zool., xxxiv. 1880, p. 38 (gastric teeth), Camposcia retusa, Miers, Zool. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 181, 189, 516, and 520. Camposcia retusa, De Man, Archiv. f. Naturgesch. LIII. 1887, Bd. i. p. 219. Camposcia retusa, C. W. S. Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., XXIII. 1888-89, No. 4, p. 35. Camposcia retusa, A. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., ete., VII. 1893, p. 35. [Camposcia retusa, F. Muller, Verh. Ges. Basel, VIII. p. 473.1]. Carapace pyriform, thin, but well calcified. The whole body and 1895. | A. Aleock —Carcinological Fauna of India. 185 most of the appendages thickly setaceous, and densely encrusted with sponges, zoophytes, alge, etc. Rostrum broad, extremely short, some- what deflexed, slightly emarginate. Hye-stalks long, recurved, retractile to the sides of the carapace, and towards a slender acute post-ocular spine. Owing to the imperfec- tion of the rostrum the interantennulary spine is not developed, so that both the antennules fold into a common chamber. The antenne, which are completely exposed from the base of the 2nd joint, have the basal joint long and slender, and the free joints of the peduncle flat and densely setaceous. The hairy external maxillipeds have the antero-internal angle of the ischium produced into a long narrow lobe, parallel to the narrow meropodite. The chelipeds in both sexes are slender and are about equal in length to the carapace: in the male they are stouter than in the female, and also differ in having the palms inflated: the fingers in both sexes are closely apposable and are toothed throughout. The other trunk-legs merease in length from the 2nd pair (which are a little longer than the chelipeds) to the 4th pair (which are twice as long as the chelipeds) : the 5th pair, again, being only as long as the ord pair. The abdomen in the adults of both sexes is broad and sub-circular, almost entirely covering the sternum, and consists of seven separate segments. In the Museum collection are adult males and egg-laden females from the Andamans, Cocos, Ceylon and Samoa —the last being from the collection of the Museum Godeffroy. Alliance II. Iyacuorpa. InacHompes, Hdw. & Lucas. Inachoides, Milne-Edwards and Lucas, in D’Orbigny Voy. Amer. Merid., Crust. pp. 4& 5. Inachoides, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. p. 646. Inachoides, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., etc., Crust., etc., I. p. 198. Carapace pyriform much narrowed in front, inflated behind, the regions well delimited. Rostrum simple. Eyes not, or slightly, retrac- tile towards the sides of the carapace; never, in any position, concealed. Pre-ocular and post-ocular spines distinct — especially the latter. Basal antennal joint long and slender: its antero-external angle visible from above, on either side of the rostrum, as an acute spine : 186 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, 3 the rest of the antennal peduncle, and the flagellum, completely exposed from above. Epistome broad. External maxillipeds with the merus as broad as the ischium, completely closing the mouth. Chelipeds in the male rather longer than any of the other legs, and with a long somewhat inflated palm. Ambulatory legs of moderate length, slender, and ending in a styliform dactylus which in some cases is spinulate along the posterior border. Abdomen of the male composed of seven distinct segments, that of the female of five. Inachoides dolichorhynchus, Alcock & Anderson. Plate IV. figs. 1, la. Inachoides dolichorhynchus, Alcock and Anderson: Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, Pt. ii. 1894, p. 206. Carapace elongate-triangular, Rostrum as long as the carapace, simple, spiny, acute. The regions of the carapace are well defined, and are distantly spiny, the following spines being the most conspicuous :— (1) on each side a supra-ocular, a post-ocular (hepatic), and four bran- chial; (2) in the middle line, a gastric, a cardiac, and an intestinal. The eyes, though to a certain extent retractile towards the sides of the carapace, are in all positions completely exposed. The antenne, which are exposed from the end of the basal joint, are long—more than three-fourths the length of the carapace: their basal joint is long, slender, flattened and fused with the neighbouring parts, and has its antero-external angle produced into an acute spine: P the second and third joints are knobbed distally. The chelipeds are long—one-fourth longer than the carapace and rostrum combined: their palm, which forms about two-fifths of their total extent and is nearly three times the length of the fingers, is broad- ened and moderately inflated. The 2nd pair of trunk-legs are about equal in length to the chelipeds, but the 4th and 5th pairs are not much more than half that length. Length of carapace and rostrum 17°5 millim.; greatest breadth 8 millim. ; greatest span 54 millim. Off Madras Coast. ENCEPHALOIDES, Wood-Mason. Nearly related to Inachoides. Carapace, owing to the remarkable inflation of the branchial regions, heart-shaped and posteriorly as broad as long (rostrum included) : the branchial regions meeting across the carapace in the middle line. Ros- 1895.] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 187 trum simple, shaped like the beak of a bird. Hyes retractile against the sides of the carapace: asmall pre-ocular and post-ocular spine, but no definite orbit. ; Basal antennal joint slender throughout: the antenne visible, dorsally, from the base of the second joint. Merus of the external maxillipeds produced antero-externally to form a foliaceous lobe which covers the greatly produced efferent branchial orifice. Abdomen in the male seven-jointed : in the female the fourth, fifth and sixth segments, though distinctly recognizable, are firmly fused together. Chelipeds in both sexes slender. Legs long and slender. Only eight branchie on either side. Encephaloides armstrongi, Wood-Mason. Encephaloides armstrongi, Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1891 p- 259. Carapace heartshaped: its greatest breadth is equal to its length with the rostrum: its surface in the adult is nodular or pustular, in the young coarsely spiny. The gastric and hepatic regions are well-defined ; but the cardiac and intestinal regions are entirely concealed by the branchial regions, which rise up like a pair of mamme, and meet, but without any fusion of walls, down the middle line. The rostrum, which is shaped exactly like the beak of a bird, is about one-fourth the length of the carapace proper, and has a finely serrated edge. In the male the abdomen is distinctly seven-jointed ; but in the female the fourth, fifth and sixth segments are immovably sutured together. The eyes which are small, slender, and unpigmented, are retractile against the side of the carapace: there is a very narrow supra-orbital eave ending anteriorly in a minute tooth, and there is a small post-ocular spinule. On the dorsal aspect the antenne are plainly visible on either side of the rostrum, from the base of the 2nd joint of the peduncle: the flagella, which are of hairlike tenuity, hardly surpass the tip of the rostrum, Owing to the prolongation of the efferent branchial canal, the front edge of the buccal frame is V-shaped, and the merus of the external maxillipeds ear-shaped. J. t. 24 188 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, The trunk-legs recall those of Hgeria, being all long, slender, eylin- drical, and quite devoid of hairs or spines: the chelipeds are short, and are not stouter than the ambulatory legs. For proportions, see Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1891, p. 260. Avocremnus, A. Milne-Edwards. Apocremnus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., etc., Crust., etc., I. p. 184. Apocremnus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 17. Carapace triangular or pyriform, much narrowed in front, inflated behind. Rostrum bifid. Eyes imperfectly retractile: a strong supra- ocular, but no post-ocnlar spine [a distant hepatic spine must not be mistaken for a post-ocular spine]. Basal antennal joint narrow, its antero-external angle forming a strong spine visible from above on either side of the rostrum : the free joints of the peduncle and the fla- gellum exposed to dorsal view. Epistome broad. External maxillipeds with the merus at least as broad as the ischium, quite closing the mouth- frame. Chelipeds not much enlarged: the other legs short and slender, with slender dactyli capable of some flexion on the penultimate joint. Abdomen in the male six jointed—(in the female four (?) jointed). The genus Apocremnus has never yet been reported from Hastern Seas. It was first described from the Florida coast, and was afterwards reported by the ‘ Challenger ’ from Fernando Noronha (an island in the South Atlantic, off the coast of Brazil). There is nothing unprecedent- ed therefore in its occurrence in deepish water in the Indian Ocean. Apocremnus indicus, n. sp. Plate IV. figs. 2, 2a. Carapace pyriform, inflated in the branchial, constricted in the post- ocular region, and armed with six long knob-headed spines, as follows :— one, semi-erect, above the root of either eye-stalk ; one in the middle of the cardiac region, flanked on either side by one in the middle of each branchial region ; one in the middle line on the posterior border. There are, in addition, on either side, two sharp spines, one above the other, near the middle of the hepatic region, and far from the eye. The rostrum is formed of two short, slightly divergent, knob-head- ed spines. On either side of its base are seen the antenne and a large spine formed by the antero-external angle of the basal antennal joint. The constituent segments of the sternum are sharply granular, and are separated from one another by deep grooves. 1895. | A. Alcock — Oarcinological Fauna of India. 189 The eye-stalks are of moderate length, salient, and almost immov- able. The buccal orifice is large, and the external maxillipeds are orna- mented with lines of fine sharp-cut granulation : their merus is as broad as the ischium, and is excavated near the middle for the insertion of the palp. The chelipeds, in the male, are somewhat longer than the cara- pace and rostrum: their ischium, merus, and carpus are ornamented with lines of fine sharp granulation: the palms are elongate and com- pressed, with the edges carinate: the fingers, which are less than half the length of the palm, are compressed and curved. The ambulatory legs, which decrease in length gradually, have their bases and meropodites granular, and the dactyli very slender. The length of the carapace of the largest specimen—a male—is 9 millim., of an egg-laden female 6 millim. From off the Andamans at about 100 fathoms, and off Ceylon at 32 to 34 fathoms. CouiopEs, Stimpson. Collodes, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, Vol. VII. 1862, p. 193. Collodes, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 645. Carapace ovate-triangular. Rostrum short, bifid, with the lobes approximate. Hyes of moderate length, retractile against a strong post- ocular process which affords no concealment. Basal antennal joint narrow, a little curved, anteriorly bidentate, one tooth placed behind the other ; mobile part of the antenne exposed. LHxternal maxillipeds with the merus as broad as the ischinm, completely covering the mouth. Chelipeds of moderate size. Ambulatory legs short, prehensile, with slender dactyli which in length are equal to their propodites, and are retractile against the latter. Abdomen of the female consisting of five segments. Collodes malabaricus, n. sp. Plate V. fig. 3. Carapace ovate-triangular, with the gastric and cardiac regions distinct and elevated. Rostrum short, emarginate. Pre-ocular spine large and coarse, post-ocular spine very prominent. A tubercle on the cardiac region, and a large epibranchial spine on either side of it. Basal antennal joint narrow throughout, and bearing two spines anteriorly—one at the antero-external angle, visible from above, and comparable in size to one of the rostral teeth—and one behind this, immediately in front of the base of the eye-stalk. Hyes slender and 190 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, retractile towards the post-ocular tooth, which, however, affords no concealment. Chelipeds (in the female) hardly stouter than the ambulatory legs, which are short, with prehensile dactyli. Two ovigerous females, the larger of which is 4 millim. long, from off the Malabar Coast, 26 to 31 fathoms. The genus Collodes has hitherto been known only as a tropical American genus. It has been found on both sides of Central America so that its occurrence in Indian waters is not without precedent. Sub-family II. ACANTHONYCHINA. Eyes without true orbits: eye-stalks little movable, either short and more or less concealed beneath a forwardly-directed supra-ocular spine, or obsolescent and almost or completely sunk either in the sides of a huge beak-like rostrum, or between low pre-ocular and post-ocular excrescences (Sphenocarcinus) : a distinct post-ocular spine, which is not cupped, may be present (Pugettia). Basal antennal joint truncate- triangular, ; External maxillipeds with the merus as broad as the ischium, and with the (small) palp arising from the antero-internal angle of the merus. Dactyli of the ambulatory legs prehensile or sub-chelate, in the former case the last three pairs of legs are often disproportionately short compared with the second pair. Rostrum either simple or two- spined, Key to the Indian genera. fi. Carapace and 1. Eye-stalks al- rostrum sub-cylin- most obsolete, drical, the latter completely sunk, bifid at tip.......... XENOCARCINUS. and almost or I. Rostrum of huge quite immovable: ii. Carapace de- size ; simple, 22) carapace smooth | pressed, elongate- pifid at tip; not or tuberculate : no triangular: ros- flanked on either 1 post-ocular pro- trum laterally side by salient su- cess. compressed, not pra-ocular spines. bifid at tip......... SIMOCARCINUS, to . Eye-stalks short, sunken but movable between low smooth pre-ocular and post-ocular excrescences : carapace with \ huge symmetrical pedicled tablets......,.. SPHDNOCARCINUS. 1895.] II. Rostrum flanked | 1. Carapace on either side by salient supra-ocu- lar spines; either long and simple, 4 or consisting of two spines of mo- derate length: no post-ocular pro- elon- gate-triangular, rostrum elongate, simple: ambula- tory legs not sub- chelate. A, Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India. f (i. Rostrum laterally 4 ii. compressed, su- pra-ocular spines small: eye-stalks so short and deep- ly sunken as to hardly reach to the sides of the cara- pace; carapace of the female with large foliaceous lateral lobes........ Rostrum horizon- tally compressed, Supra-ocular spines large: eye- stalks short, but HUENIA. 191 cess. reaching beyond the sides of the carapace: cara- pace of the female without foliaceous (Geblobesr.isctheaue MENZTHIUS. 2. Carapace broad, sub-quadrangular: ros- trum short and deeply bifid, Sige ones legs subchelate........ ACANTHONYX. eeeere eoeseerne XeEnocarcinus, White. Xenocarcinus, White, Jukes’ Voyage H. M.S. ‘ Fly,’ Vol. II. p. 335. Huenioides, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entomol. France (4) V. 1865, p. 144. Xenocarcinus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 648, pl. xii. fig. 5. Carapace ovate-subcylindrical, tapering to a long thick subcylin- drical rostrum, or beak, the tip of which is emarginate or bifid. Hyes short, completely sunken in the sides of the rostrum, almost immovable: no pre-ocular or post-ocular spines. Antenne with the basal joint triangular, and with the short mobile portion hidden beneath the rostrum. External maxillipeds with the merus as broad as the ischium and giving attachment to the palp at its antero-internal angle. Chelipeds not much shorter or stouter than the 2nd and 3rd _ pairs of legs: 4th and 5th pairs of legs short: all with the dactyli short, stout, curved, and sharply toothed along the posterior surface. Abdomen of the female four-jointed, the 3rd—6th segments being fused together. 192 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, White. Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, White, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 119, and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) I., 1848, p. 221, and in Jukes’ Voyage H. M. S. ‘ Fly,’ Vol. II. p, 336. Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, Hess, Archiv. f. Naturges. XXXI. i. 1865, pp. 131 and 171. Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus. VIII. 1872, p. 253, pl. xii. fig. 1. Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, Miers, Zool. ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’ Crust., p. 1, pl. ii. tio eeles Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, Haswell, P. L. S., N. 8S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 436, and Cat. Anstr. Crust., p. 8. Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., etc., VII. 1893, p. 40. Carapace elongate ovate-subcylindrical with the regions ill defined and the surface more or less tuberculated. [Typically the tubercles fall into distinct transverse rows]. The rostrum has the form of a long coarse cylindrical beak, the apex of which is bifid, and the surface densely covered with velvety hairs. The eyes are completely and almost immovably sunk in the sides of the rostrum. The antennary flagella are much shorter than, and are completely hidden by, the rostrum. The chelipeds and ambulatory legs are short and nodular, the latter having curved strongly-toothed prehensile dactyli. The chelipeds are hardly stouter, and are not much shorter, than the 2nd pair of legs, which again are much longer than the 3rd to 5th pair. ‘The colours described by White are “ two or three waved longitudinal red lines on the posterior half of the carapace, the inner line continued before the eyes.” By A. Milne-Edwards the colours of the carapace and legs are said to be reddish stained with yellow. In a good spirit specimen the abdomen carapace and beak are dull reddish brown, with a broad yellow stripe extending from the base of the beak to the tip of the abdomen, and on either side of the carapace a narrow sinuous yellow line; and the trunk-legs are yellow, more or less banded and striped with dull brown. In the Museum collection are two females, one from Ceylon (34 fathoms), the other from the Andamans. The one from Ceylon, which is an egg-laden adult 15 millim. long, resembles as to its carapace and rostrum, but not as to its legs, the figure in the Zoology of the ‘ Erebus’ and ‘Terror ;’ and as to its legs, but not as to its carapace and rostrum, the figure in Archiv. du Mus. tom. VIII. 1872. The other, from the Andamans, which is not adult, exactly resembles, as to its carapace, but not as to its legs, the last cited figure. 1895. | A, Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 193 Sppenocarcinus, A. Milne-Edwards. Sphenocarcinus, A. Milne-Hdwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I., p 135. Sphenocarcinus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 663; and ‘ Challenger ’ Brachyura, p. 34. Carapace elongate sub-pentagonal, broad behind, tapering in front to a long rostrum formed of two spines (fused together to near the tip). The surface of the carapace is symmetrically and deeply honey-combed by broad deep channels which leave symmetrical tubercles with over- hanging edges between them. There are no true pre-ocular and post-ocular spines, but the eye is deeply sunk between two low smooth excrescences which are pre-ocular and post-ocular in position. The basal antennal joint is truncate-triangular, and the antennary flagella are completely hidden beneath the rostrum. The epistome is long and narrow. The external maxillipeds have the merus as broad as the ischium, somewhat dilated at the antero-external angle, and somewhat excavated at the antero-internal angle for the insertion of the small palp. The chelipeds are not much stouter, and not much shorter than the next pair of legs, which are the longest: the dactyli of the legs, though stout recurved and prehensile, are not toothed along the posterior edge. Abdomen, in both sexes, seven-jointed. Oxypleurodon Miers (‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 38) differs from Sphenocarcinus only in the form of the rostrum, the spines of which are divergent instead of convergent and more or less fused. I much suspect the generic value of this character. If, however, the two forms be iden- tical, then Sphenocarcinus would have to be removed to the next sub- family, in which case the sub-family Acanthonychine would be perfect- ly homogeneous. Sphenocarcinus cuneus (Wood-Mason). Oxyplewrodon cuneus, Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) VII. 1891, p. 261. Carapace elongate sub-pentagonal, narrowing to a long tapering cylindrical rostrum, which, in the male, is longer than the carapace and only emarginate at the extreme tip, but, in the female, is shorter than the carapace and distinctly bifid at the end. The carapace is symmetrically honey-combed by deep channels, which leave between them great symmetrically undermined islets, as follows :—one, very elongate-oval, on the gastric region; one, triangu- lar, on the cardiac region; one, somewhat semilunar with one horn 194 A. Alcock —Carecinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, much produced laterally, on each branchial region; and one, Cupid’s bow-shaped, along the posterior border. Besides these there are some smaller islet-like excrescences, namely, on each side, a supra-ocular, post-ocular, hepatic, and branchial. Between the supra and post-ocular excrescences, are set the small squat little-movable eyes. Of the trunk-legs, the 2nd pair (¢.e., first ambulatory legs) are the longest, being very slightly longer than the chelipeds, and considerably shorter than the carapace measured with the rostrum, but much longer than any of the last 5 pairs of legs. In the female all the long joints, except the dactyli, and in the male all except the dactyli and propodites, are strongly carinated dorsally. . The chelipeds are hardly stouter than the next pair of legs, except as regards the palm in the male, which is broadened and somewhat inflated. In neither sex are the short white polished fingers apposable throughout. Male. . Female. Length of carapace and rostrum -» 19. millim.... \18°5 nila: Greatest breadth of carapace oaehlY AL AE oe aceite “3 Length of rostrum alone ae Cs ee oie OUEST ines » of 2nd pair of trunk-legs «cL DL Pa, ne (a Fe Toc. Andaman Sea, 161 to 250 fathoms. This extremely elegant species has been figured for next year’s issue of “ Illustrations of the Zoology of the ‘ Investigator.’ ” Huenta, de Haan. Huenia, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 83 Huenia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 648 ; and ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 34. Carapace depressed, elongate-triangular in the male,* with the lateral epibranchial angles produced ; sub-quadrangular in the female, with two large foliaceous lobes (epibranchial and hepatic) on either side: a small pre-ocular, but no post-ocular spine. Rostrum simple, acute, vertically deep, laterally compressed. Abdomen in the male seven-jointed; in the female five-jointed ; with the fourth to the sixth joints coalescent. Eyes very small and almost immobile. * A small hepatic lobe is sometimes present in the male also, on either side. 1895. ] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 195 Basal antennal joint somewhat enlarged, and coalescent at its dis- tal extremity with the front; beneath which the flagella are inserted out of sight in a dorsal view. The external maxillipeds are small, the merus distally truncated, and bearing the palp at its antero-internal angle. Chelipeds in the male moderately developed, with the palms compressed and cristate above, the fingers somewhat excavated at the tips, and not apposable through- out their extent. Ambulatory legs short—the longest pair not much longer than the chelipeds, dactyli short, stout, strongly recurved, and more or less toothed along the posterior margin. Huenia proteus, de Haan. Muja (Huenia) protews, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 95, pl. xxiii. figs. 4-6. Huenia proteus, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 21, pl. iv. figs. 4-7, and p. 22, pl. iv. fig. 5. Huenia proteus, Haswell, Proc. L. S., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 437; and Cat. Austr. Crust, p. 9. Huenia proteus, Miers, Zool. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 and 191, and ‘Challenger’ Bra- chyura, p. 35. Huenia proteus, C.W. 8S. Aurivillius, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. XXIII. 1888-89, No. 4, p. 40, pl. iii. fig. 3. Huenia proteus, R. I. Pocock, Ann Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) V. 1890, p. 79. Huenia proteus, Henderson, Trans Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 341 Huenia proteus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., ete., VII. 18938, p. 40. Carapace flat, depressed, with two low elevations in the middle line, otherwise smooth: in the male the carapace is elongate triangular, with the lateral epibranchial angles produced to form small lobes, and some- times with the hepatic regions expanded in the same way: in the female the carapace is quadrilobate, owing to the foliaceous extension of the hepatic and epibranchial angles. Rostrum long, simple, acute, deep, and laterally compressed, Supra-ocular spines small. Eyes small, deeply sunk beneath the pre-ocular spine, almost immovable. In the male the chelipeds are somewhat shorter, and the next pair of legs (which are the longest) are somewhat longer than the carapace and rostrum combined: in the female the chelipeds are considerably shorter than, and the next pair of legs are about the same length as, the carapace and rostrum. In the female and young male the fingers, which are closely toothed, meet throughout the greater part of their extent: in the male they meet only at the tips. The last three pairs of legs are very short. AI] the long joints, except the dactyli, of all the trunk-legs are more or less carinate dor- sally (anteriorly), the carination often being more or less discontinuous in the case of the chelipeds: the dactyli of the ambulatory legs are stout, strongly recurved, and more or less toothed along the posterior margin, J. ut. 26 196 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, In the Museum collection there are several females, but only two males, from various parts of the Andamans, up to 20 fathoms. Srocarcinus, Miers. Simocarcinus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XFV. 1879, p. 649, As Huenia, but without the supra-ocular spine; with the chelipeds much stouter, especially as to the palm, which is much inflated; and with the ambulatory legs more cylindrical. Simocarcinus pyramidatus (Heller). Huenia pyramidata, Heller, Crust. Roth. Meer., in SB. Akad. Wien XLIII. L865 p. 307, pl. i. fig. 9. Description of the Male. Carapace elongate-triangular, narrowing to a huge, deep, laterally compressed rostrum of greater length than the carapace: the hepatic regions are marked by a faint bulge, and the lateral epibranchial angles are very sharp cut, while the limits of the posterior border are bounded on either side by a small lobule. Except for a somewhat elongate eminence on the gastric region and a tubercle on the posterior cardiac region, the carapace is perfectly smooth. The eyes are deeply sunk, and nearly immobile, and the cornea is somewhat deficient in pigment, The chelipeds, which are markedly stouter than the other legs, are a little shorter than the carapace and rostrum; and the next pair of legs, which are a good deal more than twice the length of the 3rd pair and than thrice the length of the 5th pair, are equal in length to the carapace and rostrum. The palms are broadly inflated ; and the fingers, which are strongly arched, meet only at the tips. The ambulatory legs are cylindrical, and their dactyli are stout, strongly recurved, and toothed along the posterior margin. Our single perfect specimen—a male from the Nicobars—measures 30 millim. in length of carapace and rostrum. Simocarcinus simplex (Dana). Huenia simplex and brevirostrata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. Crust. I. pp. 183 and 134, pl. vi. figs. 8a-c, 4a—c. Simocarcinus simplex, Miers, Jour. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 649; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 35 (wbi synon.). [Simocarcinus simpler, Cano, Boll. Soc. Nat. Napol. III. 1889, p. 173.] Simocarcinus simplea, J. R. Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc. Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 342. This species is distinguished from Simocarcinus pyramidatus ( Hell.) (3) by the much shorter rostrum of the male; (2) by the presence of — 1895. | A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 197 three tubercles, disposed in a triangle, on the gastric region; (3) by the larger and more prominent eyes; (4) by the absence of the lobule on either side of the posterior border of the carapace; (5) by the much more massive chelipeds of the male. This species is included in the Indian Fauna on the authority of Prof. J. R. Henderson. There are no specimens in the Indian Museum. Mevnearuivs, Edw. Menzthius, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 338. Menzthius, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 649; and ‘ Challen- ger’ Brachyura, p. 36. Carapace subpyriform, moderately convex, and tuberculated on the dorsal surface, with a large triangulate pre-ocular spine, but no post-ocular spine. Rostrum simple, slender, acute, or emarginate at apex. Post-abdomen in the male seven-jointed, in the female usually five-jointed, the penultimate joint formed by the coalescence of three segments. Hyes small, mobile, but not perfectly retractile. Basal antennal joint slightly wider at the base than at the distal extremity, which is unarmed ; flagellum exposed and visible from above at the side of the rostrum. Merus of the exterior maxillipedes truncated at the distal extremity and with a prominent antero-external angle, and slightly notched at the antero-internal angle where it is articulated with the next joint, Chelipedes (in the male) well developed, with the palm slightly compressed ; fingers acute, and having between them, when closed, an interspace at the base. Ambulatory legs of moderate length ; the joints subcylindrical, not dilated or compressed; dactyli slightly curved and partially retractile. (Miers). Meneethius monoceros, (Latr.) Kdw. [Pisa monoceros, Latr., Encycl. X. 139.] Inachus arabicus, Riippell, Krab. Roth. Meer., p. 24, pl. v. fig. 4. Menzthius monoceros, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., Vol. I. p. 339. Menzthius subserratus, porcellus, and tuberculatus, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, pp. 18 and 19, pl. iv. figs. 1 and 2. Menethius angustus, depressus, subserrutus, tuberculatus, areolatus and inornatus, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., Crust. I. pp. 121-125, pl. iv. figs 5a-7g, and pl. v. figs. la—3d. Menzthius subserratus, dentatus and depressus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1857, p. 219. Menzthius moneceros, Heller, Crust. Roth. Meer, SB. AK. Wien, XLIII. 186), p. 306. Menzthius monoceros, A. Milne-Edwards in Maillard’s L’ile Réunion, Annexe F, u p. 6; and rugosus p. 7, pl. xvii. fig. 2. MEN#THIUS MonoceERoOS, A. MILNE-EDWARDS, NOUVELLES ARCHIVES DU MUSEUM IV. 1868, p. 70, and VIII. 1872, pp. 262 and 263 (uBr. syNon.) 198 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, Menzxthius monoceros, Miers, Phil. Trans. Vol. 168, 1879, p. 485, and Zoology ‘ Alert,’ pp..182, 190, 517 and 521, and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 37. Menzthius monoceros, Haswell, P. L. 8., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 437, and Cat. Austr. Crust., p. 9. Menzthius monoceros, de Man, Notes Leyden Mus. If. 1880, p. 171, and Archiv. f. Naturges. LIII. 1887, i. 219. Menzthius monoceros, Richters in Mobius Meeresf. Mauritius, p. 145. [Menethius monoceros, Cano. Boll. Soc. Nat. Napol. III. 1889, p. 175.] Menzxthius monoceros, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 342. Menzthius monoceros, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., etc., VII. 1893, p. 41. Carapace elongate-triangular, most markedly so in the male, the lateral epibranchial angles sharp-cut, and the surface very variably tuberculated. : The rostrum, which is flanked on either side by the forwardly- directed supra-ocular spine, is styliform, acute, and horizontally com- pressed, its length being about half that of the carapace in the male, but a good deal less in the female. The small eyes are imperfectly retractile, and project freely from beneath the supra-ocular spine. The chelipeds in the male are as long as, or a little longer than, the 2nd pair of legs, or about equal in length to the carapace and rostrum ; they are very much stouter than any of the other legs, and have a somewhat inflated palm, and fingers which meet only at the tips. The chelipeds in the female are not stouter than the other legs, and are considerably shorter than the next pair of legs, which, again, are a good deal shorter than the carapace and rostrum: the fingers meet through the greater part of their extent. The 3rd-5th pair of legs are very much shorter than the 2nd pair: in all the dactyli are strongly recurved and are toothed along the posterior margin. Very numerous specimens from the Andamans and Nicobars. AcANTHONYX, Latr. [Acanthonyz, Latreille, Regne Animal, (2) IV. 58.] Acanthonyw, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 342. Acanthonyx, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust. I. 142. Acanthonyw, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 650; and ‘ Chal- lenger’ Brachyura, p. 42. Carapace sub-oblong, rounded behind, and with the dorsal surface usually depressed, not markedly constricted behind the prominent antero- lateral angles, the lateral branchial spines small and not prominent. Pre-ocular spine prominent, acute, Spines of the rostrum united at the base, acute and but little divergent. Post-abdomen in the male six- jointed. Eyes small, mobile, but not completely retractile. Basal an- 1895. ] A. Aleock — Oarcinological Fauna of India. 199 tennal joint narrowing slightly from the base to the distal extremity, which is unarmed ; flagellum exposed and visible from above at the side of the rostrum. Merus of the exterior maxillipeds truncated at the distal extremity and but slightly notched at the antero-internal angle, where it is articulated with the next joint. Chelipeds (in the adult male) well developed ; palm compressed, but slightly turgid in the mid- dle, and often slightly carinated above; fingers acute, and having be- tween them, when closed, an interspace at the base. Ambulatory legs short, with the penultimate joints more or less dilated and compressed and armed with a tooth or lobe on its inferior margin, against which the small acute dactylus closes. (Miers). Acanthonyx macleayt, Krauss. Acanthonyx macleayi, Krauss, Sudafrikan. Crust., p. 47, pl. iii. fig. 6. Acanthonyx macleayi, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 48. Carapace sub-quadrangular, with the hepatic and lateral branchial spines well developed : these spines, as well as the spines of the rostrum and the carapace immediately behind the rostrum, are tufted with sete ; and on the gastric region in a line with the hepatic spines are two elevated tufts of sete. Hxcept for the spines and elevations above- mentioned, and for a slight median elevation in its posterior half, the carapace, both as to its margins and as to its surface, is perfectly smooth and unarmed. The supra-ocular spines are parallel with, and in the female almost comparable in size with the rostral spines. The chelipeds in the male, but not in the female, are much stouter than any of the other legs: in the male they are nearly as long as the carapace, and have the carpus and palms much inflated, and the fingers in contact only at their tips: in the female they are only about two- thirds the length of the carapace, and have the joints slender, and the fingers closely apposable throughout. The other legs, which are subchelate, are not disproportionately short compared with the chelipeds : the last pair is sub-dorsal in position, In the Museum collection are specimens from Karachi. Acanthonyx consobrinus, A. Milne-Edwards. Acanthonyzx consobrinus, A. Milne-Edwards, in Maillard’s I’Ile de la Réunion, An- nexe F. p. 7, pl. xvii. figs. 3, 30. Acanthonys consobrinus, Heller, ‘ Novara’ Crustacea, p. 5. “‘Carapace broadened, and a little swollen, surface non-granular. Gastric region with three ill-defined tubercles. Cardiac region either smooth or with sometimes a trace of a rudimentary tubercle. Latero- 200 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, anterior border cut into four or five teeth, of which the first, or external orbital angle, is small and pointed, the second larger et @ extrémité mousse, and the others successively smaller. The rostrum consists of two short stout spines, and the supra-ocular border forms a spine. Chelipeds short: fingers evenly toothed. Ambulatory legs ending in a recurved claw. The abdomen of the male consists of 5 segments, the 2nd, 3rd and 4th being fused together. There are no specimens of this species in the Museum Collection, which is included in this Fauna on the authority of Dr. Heller who mentions it in the ‘ Novara’ Collection, from Madras. The genus or sub-genus Scyramathia has, I think, very close affinities with the genus Pugettia, and is certainly, I think, a close link between this sub-family and the following. Sub-family ii. PISIN AL. Eyes with commencing orbits, of which one of the most character- istic parts is a large, blunt, usually isolated and cupped post-ocular tooth or lobe, into which the eye is retractile, but never to such an extent as to completely conceal the cornea from dorsal view: there is also almost always a prominent supra-ocular eave, the anterior angle of which is sometimes produced forwards as a spine. LHye-stalks short. Basal antennal joint broad, at any rate at the base; its anterior angle generally produced to form a tooth or spine. Merus of the external maxillipeds, owing to the expansion of its antero-external angle, broader than the ischium, and carrying the palp at its antero-internal angle, Rostrum two-spined (in Doclea obscurely so). Legs often very long. Key to the Indian Genera. Alliance 1. Pisorpa. Supra-ocular eave not in close contact with the post- ocular spine or process, and generally produced, but uot very conspicuously, at the autero-external angle in the plane of the rostrum, 1. Post-ocular tooth either not cupped, or if cupped then the carapace is armed with long acute spines of uniformly large size and regular arrangement...... ScYRAMATHIA. I. Spines of the ros- (i. Spines of the ros- trum separate P trum bearing a from the base,¢ a eas che ese secondary spinule, usually long and satel of rag ne either at tip or divergent. i ace, if present somewhere in their never of uniform dasteL ial ae 228 arrange- | ii, Spines of the ros- trum without a { secondary spinule HyAsTENvs. 4 1895. ] A, Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 201 (1. Carapace sub-circular or globular: ros- trum emarginate: ambulatory legs of moderate length, stout: the entire body, and the appendages in great part, dense- [hye wosaakero ites) Aon anoonpdonbecoobtoasedeccDocobs DoD DocLEs. (i. Post-ocular lobe completely isolat- ed both from the supra-ocular eave and from the ba- sal antennal joint: 2nd pair of trunk- legs never ap- proaching 81x II. Spinesof the ros- ‘ trum coalescent + 2. Carapace broadly ase pee ny Onaas in their basal half> triangular: tip algae ena _ of the rostrum | :- ; li, Space between nen a the post-ocular pemaaiy lane lobe and thesupra- a a ice ocular eave, as : well as that be- tween the post- ocular lobe and the basal antennal joint occupied by a spine: 2nd pair of trunk-legs six or more times the length of the ca- be L rapace............... HG@ERIA. Alliance 2. Lissorpa. Supra-ocular eave in the closest contact with the post- ocular process, and with its antero-external angle almost always (always in Indian genera) very strongly produced forwards in the plane of the rostrum. i. Surface of carapace tubercular: chelipeds of the male stouter than those of the female: abdomen of the female seven-jointed............cs10..06 ac abonaneéuacnooupeRee: TYLOCARCINUS. ii. Surface of carapace spiny: chelipeds of the male not stouter than those of the female: abdomen of the female five-jointed........16. . ceosssecseseecsevessstesersesevee HOPLOPHRYS. Alliance I. Prsora. Scyramatuta, A. Milne-Edwards. Bcyramathia, A. Milne-Edwards, Compt. Rend, XCI. 1881, p. 356. Scyramathia, Sars, Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedn., Crustacea I4. p. 5. Scyramathia, 8. I. Smith, ‘ Albatross’ Crustacea (1884), 1886, p. 21. Anamathia (part) Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 25. Carapace pyriform or elongate-triangular, armed either with tubercles, or with long spines much like those of Anamathia in their uniform size and definite arrangement: the hepatic and lateral epi- 202 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, branchial spines are always prominent and very conspicuous. The rostrum consists of two spines, which are usually long and slender. The eyes are small, and are retractile against a sharp post-ocular pro- cess whick commonly is but little cupped: there is also a supra-ocular eave which terminates either in a forwardly directed tooth or in an upturned spine. Basal antennal joint not very broad, sharply trun- cated: the mobile portion of the antenne freely exposed on either side of the rostrum. Merus of the external maxillipeds as broad as the ischium, slightly expanded at the antero-external angle, and bearing the palp at the antero-internal angle, Chelipeds in the adult male (but not in the female and young male) enlarged, with the palms broadened and compressed, First pair of ambulatory legs markedly the longest. The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct sezments. There is certainly a close superficial resemblance between this genus and Anamathia; but I quite agree with Prof. Sars that the two forms are not very closely united. Prof. Sars thinks that Scyramathia is nearest to Hyastenus, an opinion with which I concur, although I also think that there are quite as close relations to Pugettia. Scyramathia pulchra, Miers. Anamathia pulchra, Miers,‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 26, pl. iv. fig. 1 (adult male). Anamathia livermorii, Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. March 1891, p. 260 (young male and adult female). Body and limbs everywhere closely covered with short hairs, which on the carapace are peg-shaped; and with numerous long scattered sete. The carapace, which is subpyriform, is armed with twenty long sharp spines disposed in five longitudinal series. Of these spines five are on the gastric region, one is on the cardiac, and one on the intestinal region, one stands above either eye, one on each hepatic, and four on each branchial region: in addition there is a distinctly cupped post-ocular lobe. The rostrum consists of two slender divergent spines, the length of which is more than half that of the carapace. The eyes are small, and the cornea, though retractile against the post-ocular lobe, can never be concealed. The basal antennal joint is broad, and has its antero-external angle somewhat produced: the mobile portion of the antenna is completely exposed to dorsal view. ee 1895. | A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India, 203 The external maxillipeds have the ischium and merus somewhat concave. The chelipeds vary according to sex. In the adult male they are longer than the carapace and rostrum, and are far stouter than any of the other legs: the carpus is enlarged and sculptured, the palm is broadened, as well as somewhat carinate along both edges and strongly produced at the postero-inferior angle, and the fingers are opposable in their distal half only: in the female and young male they are shorter than the carapace with the rostrum, and are hardly stouter than the other legs ; all the joints are subcylindrical, and the fingers are apposa- ble in the greater part of their extent. In both sexes, the merus of all the legs, including the chelipeds, has a spine or tooth at the far end of its upper margin. The 2nd pair of trunk-legs, which are the longest, are, in the male, nearly twice the length of the carapace and rostrum, but in the female are considerably shorter. Loc. Andaman Sea, 130 to 561 fathoms. Scyramathia rivers-andersont, n. sp. Carapace closely covered with peg-shaped hairs with long set interspersed : legs with few sete. The carapace, which is pyriform and somewhat inflated, has, besides a supra-ocular tooth and a sharp post- ocular process, and besides a salient hepatic spine, and a still more salient lateral epibranchial spine (about two-fifths the greatest breadth of the carapace in length) six sharply conical tubercles evenly and equidistantly arranged ina circle round a central caradiac tubercle: of these the most posterior overhangs the middle of the posterior border, while the most anterior, which is situated far back on the gastric region, is flanked on either side by a very faint eminence. The rostrum consists of two slender divergent horns, the length of which in the male is about three-quarters, in the female about two-thirds, that of the rest of the carapace. ‘The eyes are small, and though freely movable forwards are not retractile backwards further than to impinge against the summit of the post-ocular process of the carapace. The basal antennal joint, which is of no great width, is sharply truncated: the mobile portion of the antenna is freely exposed on either side of the rostrum. The chelipeds in the fully adult male (but not in the young male) are much stouter than the other legs, and are as long as the carapace and rostrum; their merus is prismatic with knife-like edges, the upper edge ending ina spine; their carpus is bicarinate, the outer carina being very prominent; the hands, which form nearly half their total J. i. 26 7 204 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, length, have the palm carinate along the upper edge, and the fingers slightly separated when closed. In the female the chelipeds are not stouter than the other legs, are not much longer than the carapace proper, and have the fingers closely apposable throughout. Of the ambulatory legs the first are much the longest, being nearly half again as long as the carapace and rostrum; while the last two pairs are very short and have their dactyli reduced i in length, increased in strength, and strongly recurved. Male. Female. Length of carapace and rostrum... 21 millim. 16°5 millim, - rostrum ... pe Mee 34 7 3 FP chelipeds ... Aart | 5 ll Ps ~ 2nd_ pair of trunk- igae 31 ss 20 = 4 5th woe ae he i lft he Loc. Off Malabar coast, 406 fms. Scyramathia beauchampi (Alcock and Anderson). Anamathia beauchampi, Alcock and Anderson, J. A. S. B., 1894, Pt. ii. p. 185. Body and legs downy, and with numerous large coarse curly clavate hairs, which are very regularly arranged on the legs, where also they are coarsest and closest. Carapace sub-triangular, with the following armature :— On either hepatic region a great up-curved earlike spine (without any bullous base). On either branchial region, posteriorly, a strong up-turned spine; and anteriorly, near the middle line, a smaller coarse tooth. On the gastric region four sharpish tubercles. On the narrow sunken cardiac region a coarse sharp tooth. On the posterior border, in the middle line, a coarse granule. The rostrum consists of two more (?) or less (&) divergent spines, the length of which is about one-third that of the rest of the carapace. The eyes are small, and are almost devoid of pigment: they are to some extent hidden beneath a pre-ocular tooth of moderate dimen- sions, and are retractile against a larger laterally-compressed post- ocular plate. Tbe antennze are completely exposed, from the base of the second joint of the peduncle. The chelipeds in the male are massive, and in length are more than half again as long as the carapace and rostrum: all their joints, from 1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 205 the ischium to the propodite, have one or more of their edges conspi- cuously and sharply cristiform, this being specially well marked in the case of the long trigonal meropcedite, which has all its edges sharply phalanged, and in the case of the equally long slightly inflated palm, which has razor-like edges. The fingers, which are not nearly half the length of the palm, are acute, and have their cutting edges entire. The 2nd—5th pairs of legs are slender, with cylindrical joints, the 2nd are nearly or quite equal in length to the chelipeds, the 3rd-5th decrease gradually in size. In an adult female, equal in size to the male above described, the chelipeds are shorter than the 2nd pair of legs, and are similar in general proportions to the other legs. Colours in life: “‘ Harth-colour with the chelipeds pink.” Male. Female (adult.) - Length of carapace (including rostrum)... 18 millim.... 155 millim. Greatest breadth of carapace ciate dA at Seas eames a el IES a Length of cheliped ar eee) sai cihids na! Greatest breadth of palm ... Seo). a ee | 5 Loc. Bay of Bengal, 193 and 210 fathoms. The ova are large (diam. 1 millim.) and rather few in number. In young males the chelipeds are of proportions intermediate between those of the adult male and female. Scyramathia globulifera, Wood-Mason. Pugettia globulifera, Wood-Mason, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. March, 1891, p. 260. Distinguished by the vertically erect ear-like hepatic spine, the base of which forms a great polished bulla on either side of the buccal frame, giving the animal, when viewed front end on, a bat-like appearance. The body and legs are downy, the legs being fringed with short broad curly hairs. The carapace, in which the cardiac region is broad and prominent and not, asin S. beauchampi, narrow and sunken, has, besides the hepatic spine already mentioned, the following marks :— On the branchial regions, below and anteriorly, a sharp sinuous human-ear-shaped crest ; above and posteriorly a spine; and near the middle line anteriorly an acumination. On the gastric region four faint 206 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, clevations. On the cardiac region, and also on the intestinal region, in the middle line, an acuminate eminence. The rostrum consists of two divergent spines, about one-third the length of the rest of the carapace. The eyes stand well out from beneath the pre-ocular spine, and are retractile against a small post-ocular tooth. The other appendages closely resemble those of the preceding species; but the chelipeds, in the adult male, are shorter, being only equal in length to the carapace and rostrum, and the fingers have their cutting edges crenulate instead of smooth. In females and in young males the chelipeds have the same re- lative proportions as in Scyramathia beauchampt. Male. Female (adult). Length of carapace (including rostrum)... 17 millim.... 13 millim. Greatest breadth of carapace... awe LU cae Oe Length of cheliped ae na eo a idea On Greatest breadth of palm... See | teks, Sees Loc. Andaman Sea, 130-240 fathoms. Miers Pugettia velutina (‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 4], pl. vi. figs. 2, 2a, 2b) should, I think, be placed in this sub-genus— Scyramathia. Hyastenus, White. Hyastenus, White, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 56. Hyastenus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 658 (et synon.) ; and ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 59. Chorilia and Lahainia, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp. Crust. I. pp. 91 and 92. Carapace subpyriform, convex, either smooth or tuberculate, some- times spiny. Supra-ocular eave very prominent, usually somewhat acuminately produced anteriorly : post-ocular spine, or lobe, large and excavated. The rostrum consists of two usually long slender divergent spines. Eye-stalks short, retractile against the post-ocular lobe, but never to the complete concealment of the cornea. Basal antennal joint broad, its antero-external angle sometimes produced: the mobile portion of the antenna usually exposed to dorsal view. Merus of the external maxillipeds as broad as, or broader than, the ischium, expanded at the antero-external angle, and bearing the palp at the antero-internal angle. : 1895.] A. Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 207 Chelipeds in the adult male enlarged: the second pair of trunk- legs usually very much longer than the 3rd 4th and 5th pairs. The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments. Key to the Indian species of Hyastenus. (i (i. Rostral spines as long as the carapace, and nearly parallel in their proximal half: cara- pace indistinctly tubercu- Tab6d 2... +. sncecsnscecreesssboaece —[H, sebze,\| 1. Rostratlli Rostral spines about twice spines atleast as long as the carapace, and as Tonges thes widely divergent from their carapace pro- | origin: carapace with nu- 1gheuee merous tubercles, and with large cardiac, branchial and intestinal spines: a long ter- minal spine onthe merus of of the second pair of trunk- ls We eichese sade avcudseducaeuerneotoes «. A, tenuwicornis. (a. Numerous tubercles for- ming a cross on the gastric region: a me- dian trans- I. Denuded verse tuber- carapace : cle in the with nume- ne pe aa groove _ be- rous tuber- 4 Beet oF tween the cles, or 5 (includ 2 gastric and spines, and ae rans cardiac erosions. che tee ds) regions......... H. pleione. 4 - Rostral nodular spines not : b. Gastric re- much more gion almost than half the smooth: no length of the 3 tubercle be- carapace pro- tween the per. gastric and cardiac _re- L gions............ H. hilgendorfii. (a. Carapace elongate closely cover- ed with gra- =e nules and tu- ie oe aca bercles, with- ropodites” out spines..... H. oryz. smooth, b. C : . Conspicuous- ly large spines on thecardiac and branchial te L regions......... H. gracilirostris, 208 A. Aleock— Carecinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, (1. Carapace fi. A large intestinal and two triangular, large gastric spines in the with a large middle line..............0-2.s--00. HH. spinosus. epi branchial spine and at- least one large iI. Denuded sub-hep atic | ii. No large intestinal spine: a carapace tubercle on single gastric tubercle in the smooth and either side. (_ middle line........................ H. diacanthus. polished, 4 with a few | 2. Carapace (i. A pair of gastric tubercles in large elongate, thevmiddletine = y.ccscecnenee) eness spines. with a small epib ranchial (a. An erect tubercle, and+ ii. Gastricre- | claw-like in- with none of gion seus testinal spine 4H. calvarius. | thesub-hepa- out tuber- | | tic tubercles cles. b. No intestinal | enlarged. & spine........... H. planasius. Hyastenus pleione (Herbst). Cancer pleione, Herbst, Krabben, III. iii. 52, taf. lviii. fig. 5. Nawia pleione, Gerstaecker. Archiv. fur Naturgesch. XXII. 1856, p. 114, taf. v. figs. 1-2. Hyastenus pleione, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus. VIII. 1872, p. 250. Hyastenus pleione, de Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch. LIII. 1887, p. 225, taf. vii. fig. 3; and Journ. Linn Soc., Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 18. Hyastenus pleione, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 56. Hyastenus pleione, J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) V. 18938, p. 348. Carapace triangular, elegantly rounded behind, pubescent like the legs and rostrum, the regions well-defined, tuberculated as follows :— six tubercles disposed in a Y or cross on the gastric region, one in the groove between the gastric and the extremely prominent cardiac region, one in the middle of the intestinal region, and three in a line on the boundary of the hepatic and pterygostomian regions; on either bran- chial region are two longitudinal rows of tubercles, the upper row being the more distinct, but the last tubercle in the lower row being the largest, and forming a rather prominent epibranchial spine; finally on either side of the groove separating the cardiac and intestinal regions is a prominent tooth. The rostrum consists of two slender divergent spines, which in the male are half the length of the carapace proper, but in the female are considerably less. The basal antennal joint has its outer margin, anteriorly, bilobed. The hairy trunk-legs have the upper surface somewhat uneven or actually nodular. The chelipeds in the male are stouter than the other legs, and are as 1895. | A. Aleock— Oarcinological Fauna of India. 209 long as the carapace plus half the rostrum; the fingers, which are hardly one half shorter than the short palm, are arched and meet only near their tips: in the female the chelipeds are rather more slender than the other legs, are only as long as the post-ocular portion of the cara- pace, and have nearly straight fingers that meet in the greater part of their extent. The second pair of legs, in both sexes, are considerably longer than the chelipeds and than any of the three last pairs: the dactyli of all the ambulatory legs are stout, recurved, and serrated along the posterior margin. In the Museum collection are numerous specimens of both sexes, from Ceylon and Mergui. Hyastenus hilgendorfii, de Man. Hyastenus hilgendorfit, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 14, pl. i. figs. 3 and 4. This species much resembles H. pleione, but is distinguished by the following constant characters :—the carapace is but faintly tuber- culated, and, in particular, there is no tubercle between the gastric and cardiac regions: the dactyli of the ambulatory legs are very strongly toothed, instead of merely serrated, along the posterior margin: in the male the rostrum is nearly two-thirds the length of the carapace, and the chelipeds are as long as the carapace and rostrum combined, and nearly as long as the second pair of trunk-legs,—this being largely due to the increased length of the palm. Carapace subpyriform, and, like the rostrum and legs, pubescent ; the regions moderately well-defined. The gastric region is either quite smooth, or presents three faint elevations disposed in a triangle base forwards. There is a small tubercle near the middle of the intestinal region ; and a line of granu- lations along the boundary between the hepatic and pterygostomian regions, which line is continued backwards, along the side of the branchial region, to end at a distinct lateral ‘epibranchial spine: there is also a more or less distinct line of granules on the dorsal aspect of the epi- branchial region. The rostrum consists of two divergent spines, the length of which in the male is nearly two-thirds that of the carapace proper, but is con- siderably less in the female. Basal antennal joint with the outer mar- gin sinuously curved. The trunk-legs have the surface somewhat uneven: the chelipeds in the male are much stouter than the other legs, and are as long as the 210 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, carapace and rostrum, the palm being nearly twice the length of the fingers, which are not much arched and meet in their distal half: in the female the chelipeds are rather slenderer than the other legs, and are equal to the postrostral portion of the carapace in length. The 2nd pair of legs are hardly longer than the (male) chelipeds, but are very much longer than the last three pairs: the dactyli in all are stout, re- curved, and strongly toothed along the posterior margin. Specimens are in the Museum collection from Ceylon, Ganjam, Mergui, the Nicobars, and the Straits of Malacca. Hyastenus diacanthus (de Haan). Pisa (Nawia) diacantha, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 96, pl. xxiv. fig. 1. Nawia diacantha, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crust., p. 10. Nawia diacantha, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1857, p. 218. Nazxia diacantha, Heller, ‘ Novara’ Crust., p. 3. Hyastenus diacanthus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus. VIII. 1872, p. 250. Nazia diacantha, Brocchi, Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) II. 1875, Art. 2, p. 94, pl. xix. figs. 172, 173 (male appendages). Hyastenus diacanthus, Miers, Cat. Crust. New Zealand, p.9; and P. Z. 8., 1879, pp. 19 and 26; and Zoology H. M. S. ‘Alert,’ pp. 182 and 194; and ‘ Challenger ’ Brachyura, p. 57. Hyastenus diacanthus, Haswell, P. L. S., N. 8S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 442; and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 20. Hyastenus diacanthus, de Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch., LIII. 1887, p. 220. Nawia diacantha, C. W. 8. Aurivillins, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. XXIII. 1888-89, No. 4, p. 51, pl. ii. fig. 5. [ Hyastenus diacanthus, Cano, Boll. Soc. Nat. Napol. III. 1889, p. 178.] Hyastenus diacanthus, A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p- 109. Hyastenus diacanthus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., etc., VII. 1893, p. 55; and Zool. Forsch. Austral. Malay. Archip., Jena., 1894, p. 42. Hyastenus diacanthus, Mary Rathbun, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Vol. XVI. 1893, p. 85. Body and legs densely tomentose, often much encrusted with sponges, etc. Carapace pyriform, with the regions strongly convex, well-defined, and when denuded, smooth and polished: on the gastric region, in the . middle line, there is an acpminate tubercle, on either pterygostomian region at least one large tooth, and near the hinder limit of either branchial region a horizontally projecting lateral epibranchial spine. The rostrum consists of two more or less divergent horns, the length of which in the adult male is from half to nearly two-thirds that of the carapace proper, but in the female is less. The basal antennal joint is much inflated behind and constricted in front. _ ~_T * 1895.] . A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 211 The chelipeds in the male are stouter than any of the other legs, and are equal in length to the carapace plus half the rostrum; the fingers, which are arched and meet in rather less than their distal half, are nearly as long as the short inflated palm. In the female and young male the chelipeds are rather more slender than any of the other legs, and in length are equal to the post-ocular portion of the carapace ; and the fingers, which are almost straight, meet in the greater part of their extent. The second pair of trunk-legs are nearly twice the length of the (male) chelipeds, and are far longer than any of the last three pairs: the recurved and densely tomentose dactyli have the posterior margin almost smooth. Besides specimens from the Australian and Chinese Seas, the Museum possesses specimens from Ceylon, Orissa, Tavoy, and the Andamans. Hyastenus spinosus, A. Milne-Edwards. Hyastenus spinosus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 250. Hyastenus spinosus, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 56. This species differ from H. diacanthus only in the following parti- eulars :—the body and limbs are less densely tomentose; the gastric region, instead of a single acuminate tubercle, has two strong spines in the middle line; there is a stout spine, in the middle line, close to the posterior border of the carapace ; the lateral epibranchial spines are larger. These differences are constant in a large series of specimens from different parts of the sea-coast of India: but in two specimens which seem referable to this species the gastric region is quite smooth, though abnormally convex. Hyastenus aries (Latr.) [Pisa aries, Latr. Encyc. X. p. 140]. Chorinus aries, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 315. Hyastenus aries, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 250. Chorinus aries, Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1878, p 786. Chorinus aries, H. Nauck, Zeits. Wiss. Zool. XXXIV. 1880, p. 41 (gastric teeth). Hyastenus aries, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 56. Very closely resembling H. spinosus, from which it differs only in the following particulars—adult males of nearly equal size being compared:—(1) the rostral horns, instead of being long cylindrical divergent and down-curved only at tip, are short (being only one-third the length of the carapace proper in the male, and only about one-fourth Jolk: 2d 212 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, in the female), somewhat compressed horizontally, almost parallel or even a little incurved, and perceptibly though very slightly deflexed from the base ; (2) the carapace is much more convex and swollen, with the lateral epibranchial and the median posterior spines much smaller; (3) the chelipeds have the palm less enlarged, and the fingers nearly straight, instead of arched; (4) the anterior angle of the supra-orbital eave, instead of being sharply produced, is obtuse. The Museum possesses specimens from the Orissa Coast and Gulf of Martaban, and also from the Straits of Malacca. Hyastenus planasius, Ad. & White. Pisa planasia, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 9, pl. ii. figs. 4 and 5. Hyastenus planasius, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 250. Hyastenus (Chorilia) pianasius, Miers, Zoology H. M.S. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 and 196; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 57. Hyastenus planasius, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. Vol. XX. p. 109. Carapace elongate-ovate, its surface smooth and polished anteriorly, finely granulose posteriorly, and with scattered tufts of hairs: a small eminence in the middle of the gastric region, and a small lateral epi- branchial spinule, in front of which latter there may be a line of gra- nules: lateral margin with three spinules anteriorly, two of which are on the pterygostomian region. The rostrum is formed by two parallel spines, the tips of which are somewhat incurved, and the length of which is about one-sixth that of the carapace proper. The supra-ocular margin is, as usual, very pro- minent, and has its anterior angle somewhat produced. The antero- external angle of the basal antennal joint forms a distinct tooth visible from above. The legs are tomentose with additional long scattered setee; the second pair (1st ambulatory legs) are, as usual, markedly the longest, being half again as long as the carapace and rostrum: the dac- tyli are short, stout, recurved, and serrated posteriorly. The chelipeds are described by Adams and White as follows:—‘‘ small, slender, equal in size, covered with scattered long stout hairs; the third joint sub- cylindrical, curved inwards and enlarged anteriorly ; fourth joint short, rounded, and curved, with two small tubercles on the outer and upper surface ; fifth joint rather slender, sub-cylindrical, laterally compressed ; claws slightly gaping in the middle, curved inwards, and finely denticu- lated.” As, however, the male specimen figured does not seem to be adult, these characters are perhaps changeable with age. In the Museum collection are a young male and female from Ganjam and Arrakan. 1895. ] A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 213 Hyastenus calvarius, n. sp. This species —females alone being available for comparison — differs from H. planasius chiefly in the following characters :— (1) there is an erect claw-like spine on the posterior border of the carapace in the middle line ; (2) the spines of the rostrum are straight, divergent, and about half the length of the carapace; (3) the dactyli are longer and slenderer. Three females—two of which are laden with eggs—from the Andamans. The larger egg-laden female measures 14 millim. from the tip of the rostrum to the posterior border of the carapace. Description of the female. Carapace elongate-ovate, with the surface, when denuded of scattered setae, smooth and polished: the gastric region is very convex : the only armature of the carapace is (1) a large erect claw-like spine near the posterior border in the middle line, (2) a small lateral epibran- chial spinule on either side, and (3) two or three granules along the antero-lateral border in the pterygostomian region. The rostrum is formed of two straight divergent spines, the length of which is about half that of the carapace proper. The antero-lateral angle of the pro- minent supra-ocular eave is sharp; and that of the basal antennal joint is produced to form a spine which is plainly visible from above. The legs are more or less fringed with stout club-shaped hairs: the second pair are, as usual, the longest: the dactyli are long and slender, and are recurved, with the posterior margin serrate. The chelipeds are slender, and the fingers meet in the greater part of their extent. Hyastenus seb, White. Seba, Thesaurus, III. xviii. 12. Hyastenus sebe, White, P.Z S., 1847, p.57; and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX. 1847, p. 61; and ‘Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 11. Hyastenus sebe, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouy. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 249. Hyastenus sebe, de Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch., LIII. 1887, p. 228. Hyastenus sebx, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 56. Hyastenus sebx, Ortmann, Zool. Forsch. Austral. Malay. Archip. Jena, 1894, p. 42. Carapace very elongate-triangular, its surface eroded and sculp- tured, but without distinct tubercles or spines. The rostral spines, which are equal in length to the carapace, are paralled in their proximal half. The chelipeds in the male are equal in length to the carapace plus one-third of the rostrum: their merus is not much stouter than that of the next pair of legs, but the palm is broadened and somewhat inflated : the fingers, which are hardly more than half the length of 214 A. Alcock — Oarcinological Fauna of India. ~ [No. 2, the palm, are arched, and meet only at the tip. The other legs are slender, the second pair being much longer than the last three pate and longer than the chelipeds. The Museum possesses a specimen from Mauritius, which I have included here for the sake of comparison. Hyastenus oryx, A. Milne-Edwards. Hyastenus oryx, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 250, pl. xiv. fig. 1. Hyastenus ory#, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 442 ; and Cat Austral. Crast., p 20. Hyastenus (Chorilia) oryx, Miers, Zool. H. M.S. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 and 195, 517 and 522; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 58. Hyastenus oryz, de Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch., LIII. 1887, p. 224, taf. vii. fig. 2 Hyastenus oryx, C W. 8. Anurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. XXhie 1888-89, No. 4, p. 50, pl. iv. fig. 4. Hyastenus oryx, A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109. Carapace pyriform, little setose, crisply and rather closely tuber- culated, but without any spines, the tubercles on the gastric region being disposed in the form of a cross or anchor. The rostrum consists of two slender horns, which in the male are about half the length of the carapace proper, and strongly resemble the horns of an Oryx in miniature: in the female they are not one-third the length of the carapace, and are nearly parallel. The supra-ocular eave is sharply angled, but not produced, an- teriorly. The basal antennal joint is sharply toothed at the antero- external angle. The chelipeds in the male are as long as the carapace plus two- thirds of the rostru. their merus is slender, but the palms are broadened and inflated; and the fingers, which are from half to two- thirds the length of the palm, are arched, aud meet only at the tip. In the female the chelipeds are considerably shorter than the post- ocular portion of tue carapace, and are rather more slender than the ambulatory legs, the fingers being but little arched, and little separated when clenched. The ambulatory legs are slender, with slender almost ehicene actyli: the first pair, which are considerably the longest, are about one-fourth longer than the carapace and rostrum. This, like Hyastenus calvarius, is a small species, an egg-laden female of average size measuring only 14 millim. from the tip of the trum to the posterior border of the carapace. It is a common species at the Andamans, and has also been taken off Ceylon at 34 fathoms, 1895. ] A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 215 Hyastenus gracilirostris, Miers. Hyastenus gracilirostris, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol IV. 1879, p. 12, pl. iv. fig. 7; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 56. Carapace subpyriform, hardly at all setose, with numerous sharp tubercles and spinules. Specially noticeable are three spinules, longi- tudinally arranged in the middle line, on the gastric region, a strong conical spine on the cardiac region, a sharp tubercle on the posterior margin, and two spines on each of the branchial regions, of which the larger occupies the usual position of the lateral epibranchial spine. The rostrum, which does not vary according to sex, consists of two slender divergent spines, the length of which is about one-third that of the carapace. The post-ocular lobe projects very strongly, and the supra-ocular eave has both the anterior and the posterior angle pro- nounced. The basal antennal joint has a well-marked tubercle or blunt spine at its antero-external angle. The chelipeds in the male are equal in length to the post-rostral portion of the carapace, and have a few small granules on the merus carpus and upper edge of the palm; the merus is slender, but the palm is broadened and is not much longer than the fingers, which are arched and meet only at the tip. In the female the chelipeds are rather shorter than the post-ocular portion of the carapace, are very slender, and have nearly straight fingers. The ambulatory legs are slender, with slender smooth-edged dactyli : the first pair are, as usual, much the longest. This also is a small species, and egg-laden female of average size being only 10 millim. in length. In the Museum collection are specimens from the Madras coast. Hyastenus tenuicornis, Pocock. Hyastenus tenwicornis, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. V. 1890, p. 76. Distinguished by the enormous length of the rostral spines, and by the curious form—described below—of the supra-ocular eave and post- ocular lobe. Carapace subpyriform, somewhat depressed, with the regions vwell- defined ; its surface with many long scattered sete, and with numerous granules and some large spines. Specially noticeable are five or seven granules, arranged in the form of a cross, on the gastric region; two huge acuminate tubercles, in the middle line, posteriorly; and three spines on either branchial region, the hindmost and lowermost of which is of great size. The rostrum consists of two slender, exceedingly divergent spines, 216 A. Alcock — Careinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, the length of which in the male is about twice, in the female about once and a fifth, that of the carapace. Vhe post-ocular lobe is unique is form: it is very prominent, and has a stout pedicle and a compressed crown, the angles of which are produced. The supra-ocular eave is also unique: it also is very promi- nent, and has its antero-external angle produced forwards and upwards, and its postero-external angle produced backwards towards the post- ocular lobe. The basal antennal joint is deeply grooved longitudinally : its antero-external angle forms a strong spine visible from above, and its outer edge bears two distinct teeth which stretch towards the supra- ocular and post-ocular spines respectively. All the trunk-legs are very slender: the first two pairs have a strong spine on the far end of the upper border of the merus, but this in the last three pairs is represent- ed by asmall tubercle. The chelipeds, even in the male, are slender throughout, and have long slender fluted palms which are three times the length of the fingers: the latter, though denticulated throughout and but little arched, meet, in the male, only in their distal half. The first pair of ambulatory legs are, as usual, much the longest: in all the dactyli are long and slender, but have the posterior edge sharply serrated. This also is a small species, an egg-laden female of average size measuring orly 17 millim., more than half of which is rostrum. Off Cheduba (Arakan coast) 7 fathoms: off Ceylon 30-34 fathoms. Dr. Henderson (Tr. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 344) also includes in the Indian Fauna, but with some doubt, the two following species :— 1. Hyastenus convexus, Miers Zool., H. M. S. ‘ Alert,’ p. 196, pl. xviii. fig. B. (N. H. Australia ; Penang.). 2. Hyastenus brockii, de Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch. LITI., 1887, p. 221, taf. vii. fig. 1. (Amboina). As Dr. Henderson seems to be not quite sure of his identification, and as we have no specimens in the Museum collection, I have not noticed these two species at length. Naxtra, Edw., Miers. Navia, Milne-Edwards, Hist Nat. Crust. I. 313. Nazxia, de Haan, Faun, Japon. Crust., p. 84. Nawia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol XIV. 1879, p. 658 (et synon. Naxioides, A. M. Edw. and Podopisa Hilgendorf); and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 59. Carapace subpyriform, moderately convex, rounded behind, and armed with spines or tubercles on the dorsal surface. Spines of the 1895, ] A. Alcock —Carcinological Fauna of India. 217 rostrum well developed, subcylindrical, parallel or divergent, and bearing on the inner margin, near to the extremity, a small accessory spine or spinule. Abdomen (in the male) distinctly seven-joimted; in the female some of the segments may be coalescent. Hyes small, supra- ocular eave very prominent, its antero-external angle sometimes pro- duced to a spine: post-ocular lobe also very prominent, its edge un- equally bi- or tri-lobed. Antenne with the basal joint enlarged, with a spine or tubercle at the antero-lateral angle, ard sometimes with ano- ther on the outer margin ; the flagellum either exposed, or partially con- cealed in a dorsal view by the rostral spines. Merus of the external max- illipeds distally truncated, with the antero-external angle little, if at all, produced, and the antero-internal angle emarginate. Chelipeds (in the male) slender and moderately developed, palm usually somewhat elon- gated, fingers denticulated near the distal extremity, and having between them when closed a small hiatus at the base. Ambulatory legs slender and somewhat elongated, the first pair much the longest, with the joints subcylindrical ; dactyli nearly straight. Key to the Indian species of Naxia. I. Armature of the carapace consisting almost entirely of large pebereaere GINGA MIMICS) Se ire. wsetoheabes vaniee a: Senge euenned ae Mania tak ee I SURI ae (1. Spines of the rostrum parallel to near the tip: supra-ocular spine obsolete: meropodites of the trunk-legs without a terminal spine...... N. hirta. (a. Rostral (i. Spines of the spines widely rostrum con- divergent: no siderably large spines more than on the bran- half the chial or in- ct seals ; length of the testinal ca core 2. Spines of carapace: regions ...... N. taurus. sisting the rostrum supra-ocular pRieaa tot divergent| spine very? b. Rostral fubeecles from the large and spines moder- 5c tae ’4 base: supra- acute: mero- ately diver- Siok ocular spine podites of all gent : several iors ah pecan the trunk- large spines Ranietiinibs m €ropo- legs with a on the bran- Aiea ed os dites of terminal chial regions aoa nee some of the Spine : palms and in the ines trunk-legs long and middle line of P F withalarge slender. the carapace VN. cerastes. terminal spine. ii, Spines of the rostrum con- siderably less than half the length of the carapace: supra- ocular spine blunt : meropodites of the last three pairs of trunk- legs unarmed: palms short and 2 LL inflated cessessececvrsrssseecreveseces MW. investigatoris. 218 © A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No, 2, Nazxia investigatoris, n. sp. Pl. IV. fig. 3. Distinguished from all other Indian species by the form of the male chelipeds, of which the palm, instead of being long and slender, is short and broadly inflated. Carapace subpyriform, with all the regions well-defined, and the whole surface, from the base of the rostral spines, sharply tubercular. The rostral spines in the male and sometimes in the female are hardly one-third the length of the carapace proper, and are divergent, with the accessory spine in the middle of the distal half: often, but not always, in the female they are less than one-fourth the length of the carapace, are little divergent, and bear the accessory spinule near the tip. The antero-external angle of the prominent supra-ocular eave is surmounted by a blunt spine: the basal antennal joint has a similar spine at its antero-external angle, and another near the middle of its outer border. : The chelipeds are granular, and their meropodite has a small spinule at the distal end of its upper border: in the male they are a little longer than the carapace, the palm is short—less than twice the leneth of the fingers—inflated, and enlarged from behind forwards, and the fingers are strongly arched and meet only at the tip: in the female they are only as long as the post-rostral portion of the carapace, are slender throughout, and have nearly straight fingers. The 2nd pair of trunk-legs (1st pair of ambulatory legs) are 23 times the length of the carapace, and have the meropodite armed with a strong spine at the distal end of its upper border, and the dactylus of remarkable length, nearly equal to the propodite: the other legs are much shorter, and have the spine replaced by a small tubercle, their dactylus being of ordinary length. a TR Colours in spirit, pale ochre. Loc. Andamans; and off Ceylon, 34 fathoms. Male. pace eas Length of carapace and rostrum .... 19 millim. 17 millim. Greatest breadth of carapace tie, tO Oe Vas 10; os Length of chelipeds ... i eS ys at Length of 2nd pair of legs... ye | 4 36h 5. Nawia hirta, A. Milne-Edwards. Navioides hirta, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) V. 1865, p. 148, pl. iv. fig. 1. Podopisa petersii, Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Berl., 1878, p. 785, taf. i. figs. 1-5. Nawia petersii, Miers, Zoology of H. M.§. ‘ Alert,’ p. 523. 1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 219 Navwia hirta, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 61. Nawia petersii, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 19. Navwia hirta, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. V. 1890, p. 79. Nawia hirta, Henderson, Trans Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 345. Carapace pyriform, with the regions well-defined and the surface from the base of the rostral spines unevenly granular and tubercular. From the rough surface there stand out (1) at least two good sized Spines on either branchial region, (2) a sharp unciform tubercle close to the posterior border near the middle line, and (3) a stout nipple- shaped tubercle near the middle of the pterygostomian region. The rostral spines, which in both sexes are close together and parallel in more than half their extent, are from one-third (male) to two- sevenths (female) the length of the carapace proper; from the point of origin of the accessory spines, which are situated at the end of the parallel portion, they are elegantly divergent. The prominent supra-ocular eave has the antero-external angle slightly upturned. The basal antennal joint has a stout spine anteri- orly, and a coarse tooth in the middle of its outer border. The chelipeds are smooth, and are slender in both sexes, but most so in the female: in the male they are equal in length to the post- rostral, in the female to the post-ocular portion of the carapace: the palms are slender and sub-cylindrical, and are twice the length of the fingers, which latter are hardly arched, and are therefore but slightly separated at the base when clenched. All the ambulatory legs are slender and smooth, and the first pair are considerably the longest, being nearly twice the length of the carapace and rostrum, the dactylus not being abnormally elongate. The body and legs are covered witha short fine down, and the colour in spirit is usually mottled reddish and yellow. In the Museum collection are specimens from the Andamans and from Ceylon. Nazxia taurus, Pocock. Nawia tawrus, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. V. 1890, pp. 77 and 79. Nazia tawrus, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 346. Distinguished by the very long and widely divergent rostral spines. Carapace pyriform, with the regions well-defined, and the surface, from the base of the rostral spines, unevenly granular and tubercular beneath tufts of hair. Among the tubercles three on the gastric region in the middle line, three ina triangle on the intestinal region, and three on either branchial region attract attention. J. 11, 28 “a 220 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, The rostral spines, which are considerably more than half the carapace in length, are widely divergent—the distance between their tips being more than three-quarters of their length: the accessory spine is situated not far in front of the middle. The prominent supra-ocular eave has a strong sharp spine, and there is an even stronger and sharper spine at the antero-external angle of the basal antennal joint, as well as a prominent tooth near the middle of the outer border of this joint. The chelipeds are granular: m the male they are equal in length to the carapace plus four-fifths of the rostrum, and, though slender, are considerably stouter than the other legs, especially as to the palm, which is more than twice the length of the fingers—the fingers being but little curved and therefore but little separated when closed: the meropodite has a strong sharp spine at the distal end of its upper border. The ambulatory legs. are slender: the meropodites of all but the last pair are armed as to the distal end of the upper border with a spine, which is of conspicuous size in the case of the first pair. ‘Fhe first pair are markedly the longest, being nearly twice the length of the carapace measured with the long rostrum, and have the dactylus extremely long—nearly equal in length to the propodite. A single male specimen occurs in the collection, having been dredged off the Andamans in 36 fathoms. Nazia cerastes, Ortmann. Nawxia cerastes, Ortmann, in Semon, Zool. Forschungreisen Austral. und Malay. Archipel., Crust., p. 43, taf. iii. fig. 4. This species appears to be very similar to Nawia tawrus, with which it may, perhaps, even be identical. It differsfrom Naaia taurus, com- paring specimens of the same size and sex, in the following unimportant particulars :— (1) the rostral spines are less divergent; (2) the cara- pace, in addition to the granules and tubercles, is armed with several large spines, of which three on either branchial region and one on the intestinal region are of conspicuous size, while several in the middle line on the gastric and cardiac regions are hardly smaller. In the collection are a perfect male and female from the Andamans. Nazxia hystrix, Miers. Navia hystriz, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 60, pl. vi. fig. 4. Nazia hystriv, R. I. Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. V. 1890, p. 79. Nawia hystriz, Ortmann, Zool. Forsch. in Austral. und Malay. Archipel., Crust,, p. 43. j 1895. ] A. Alcock —Carcinological Fauna of India, 221 Body closely beset with short knobbed hairs, among which longer set are interspersed. Carapace subpyriform, armed with numerous long sharp spies as follows:—four, arranged in a triangle base forwards, on the gastric region; one on the cardiac, and one (very large) on the intestinal region ; one on either hepatic region; two or three on either pterygo- stomian region; and, finally, on either branchial region three dorsal and three lateral: between these large spines some spinules and sharp granules are interspersed. In the male there is a pair of strong spines on the sternum between the chelipeds ; and each abdominal tergum has a strong median spine: in the female five parallel rows of spines are found on the ventral surface, three of which belong to the abdominal terga, and one on either side to the sternum. The rostral spimes are short (about one-fifth the length of the earapace in the male, and rather less in the female), and divergent: the accessory spinule is found on their inner margin near the tip. The basal antennal jomt has a sharp spine at its antero-external angle, and a tooth near the middle of its outer margin. The antero- external angle of the prominent supra-ocular eave is surmounted by a sharp spine. The chelipeds in the female and young male are rather more slender than the other legs, and are a little longer than the carapace and rostrum: the palms are slender and subcylindrical, and are nearly three times as long as the fingers, which are nearly straight and appos- able throughout. The ambulatory legs are slender, and have very long slender dactyli: the first pair, which are much the longest, are nearly three times as long as the carapace and rostrum. In the Museum collection are specimens from the Andamam Sea down to 40 fathoms. Cuortiisinta, Lockington, Miers. Chorilibinia, Lockington, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Calif., Vol. VII. 1876, p. 69. Chorilibinia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 45; and * Chal- lenger’ Brachyura, p. 49. Chlorolibinia, Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 17. Carapace broadly subpyriform, spinose. Rostrum formed of two spines which are coalescent in their basal half. The commencing orbit, which does not afford much concealment to the fully retracted eye, is formed by a little-prominent supra-ocular eave, and a cupped (and isolated) post-ocular tooth. The basal antennal joint is broad, has its antero-external angle more or less produced, and has also a lobe on its 222 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, outer margin, near the base. Merus of the external maxillipeds as broad as the ischium, and with the antero-external angle produced. Chelipeds slender; ambulatory legs very long and slender. Ab- domen of the male consisting of seven distinct segments. Chorilibinia andamanica, n. sp. Plate V. figs. 2, 2a. Distinguished from Chorilibinia gracilipes, Miers (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. IV. 1279, p. 7, pl. iv. fig. 4), (1) by the much less divergent rostral spines ; (2) by the pair of great spines—one pointing forwards, the other backwards—on the cardiac region ; (3) by the much slenderer chelipeds. Carapace broadly subpyriform, with (1) a median line of tubercles and spines increasing in size from before backwards, four of the spines — namely one on the after limit of the gastric region, two on the cardiac region, and one near the posterior border—being conspicuously large ; and with (2) on either side a supra-marginal line of spines as follows— a tooth at the angle of the buccal frame, a large hepatic spine pointing downwards, and four branchial spines, the last of which directed ob- liquely backwards is much the largest. Besides these large spines there are numerous, symmetrically disposed, sharp granules. The rostrum, which measured from the anterior border of the orbit is about one-third the length of the carapace proper, ends in two very slightly divergent spines. The eyes are short and thick ; and the orbit is formed by a moder- ately prominent supra-ocular eave separated by a narrow interval from a broad isolated post-ocular pocket. The basal antennal joint is moderately broad, and bears two teeth, one at the antero-lateral angle, the other at the base—the latter inclin- ing towards the post-ocular pocket. The external maxillipeds completely close the buccal frame, the merus being as broad as the ischium. The chelipeds are not stouter than the legs, and are but little longer than the carapace (rostrum included): the next pair of legs are con- siderably more than three times, and the third pair are about three times, this length ; while the 4th and 5th pairs are very short. The abdominal segments from the third to the sixth inclusive, are coalescent. The sternum between the chelipeds carries a pair of very strong sharp teeth. Toc. Andamans. 1895. ] A. Alcock —Carcinological Fauna of India. 223 Ecertia, Leach. Egeria, Leach, Zool. Miscell. Vol. II. p. 39. Egeria, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 290. Egeria, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 654; and ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 44. Carapace subpyriform, nearly as broad as long, convex and tuber- culated. The rostrum consists of two vertically compressed spines of no great length, which are fused together in half or more of their extent. The eyes are short. The commencing orbits are formed by a supra-ocular eave and a post-ocular tooth, the interval between this tooth and the supra-ocular eave above, and between it and the basal antennal joint below, being partly closed in each case by a spine. The basal antennal joint is truncate-triangular ; its antero-external angle is produced, and there is a second spine behind the middle of the outer border: the mobile portion of the antenna is visible from above on either side of the rostrum. The merus of the external maxillipeds is as broad as the ischium. Chelipeds in the adult male considerably longer than the carapace and rostrum, and having the palms inflated. Chelipeds in the female very slender throughout, and a little longer than the carapace and rostrum. Ambulatory legs extremely long and slender, the first pair being about six times the length of the carapace and rostrum: the dactylus in all is remarkably long. Abdomen of male seven-jointed: of female five-jointed. Egeria arachnoides (Rumph), Edw. Egeria arachnoides, Rumph, pl. viii. fig. 4; [and Latreille, Encyc. Pl. 281, fig. 15] and Milne-Hdwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 291; and Neumann, Syst. Uebers., 1878, p- 19; and Haswell, P. L. S., N. S Wales, IV. 1879, p. 439, and Cat. Austr. Crust., p. 11; and Miers Zool. Alert, pp. 182 and 191, and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 44; and C. W.S. Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., XXIII. 1888-89, No. 4, p. 44; and Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. ete., VII. 1893, p 48; and J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 343. Cancer longipes, Herbst, Krabben, I. ii. 231, pl. xvi. fig. 98; and Fabricius Syst. Ent. ii. 466. Inachus longipes, Fabr. Suppl., p. 358. Macropus longipes, Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. VI. 111. Leptopus longipes, Lamk. Hist. An. Sansvert. V. 285; and Desmarest Consid. Crust, p. 159; [and Guérin, Icon. Reg. An. Crust., pl. x. fig. 3}; and Cuvier, Regne An. Crust., pl. xxxiv. fig. 1; and Adamsand White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 7; and Stimp- son, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 216; and A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., XX. p. 109; and M. J. Rathbun, P. U.S. N. M., XVI. 1893, p. 95. Egeria indica, Leach, Zool. Miscel. II. pl. lxxiii; and Desmarest, Consid. Crust., p. 157, pl. xxvi. fig. 2; and Milne-Edwards, Hist Nat. Crust. I. 292; and Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 6; and E. Nauck, Zeits. Wiss. Zool. XXXIV. 1880, p. 41 (gastric teeth). 224 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, Egeria herbstit, Milne-Edwards, Hist Nat. Crust. I. 292; and Heller, ‘ Novara’ Crust., p. 4; and Haswell, P. L. S., N. S. Wales, IV. 1879, p. 439, and Cat. Austr. Crust., p. 12. Our large series of perfect specimens fully supports Mr. Miers’ conclusion that all the hitherto described species of Hgeria may be re- garded as identical with the species rather poorly figured in Rumph’s Amboinische Rariteitkamer. Carapace subpyriform, or, rostrum excluded, subcircular, its breadth being equal to its length behind the base of the eye-stalks: the regions are distinctly delimited, and the surface is uneven and armed with some symmetrically disposed spines and spinules of which the six following are very conspicuously large, namely :—in the middle line, one on the cardiac and one on the intestinal region, and, on either side, a sub- hepatic and a lateral epibranchial: besides these there is (1) a con- spicuous set of spinules arranged in the form of a T on the gastric region —the last in the vertical limb of the T being a distinct spine; and (2) two series of distant spinules on either branchial region. The rostram varies somewhat: it is always short, and typically, consists of two vertically compressed spines which are fused im rather more than half their extent and have the tips slightly divergent: but sometimes the fusion is more extensive, or the tips are broken, and the rostrum then has the form of an emarginate stump. The supra-ocular eave is surmounted by a small sharp tooth anteriorly. The chelipeds in the adult male are more than half again as long as the carapace and rostrum: the merus is a little enlarged distally, and the palm is inflated and distally enlarged: the fingers, which are half the length of the palm, are slightly separated at the base when clenched. The chelipeds in the female are only one-fourth longer than the carapace and rostrum, and are the slenderest of all the trunk-legs. The first pair of ambulatory legs are at least six times the length of the carapace and rostrum, rather more than a third of their extent being formed by the dactylus: the other legs gradually decrease in length to the fourth and last, which are about 23 times the length of the carapace and rostrum. The joints in all are very slender, cylin- drical, and except fora spine atthe distal end of the wpper border of the mernus, quite smooth. Conspicuous on the sternum of the male is a pair of large teeth, placed between the front legs. The body and lege are usually covered with am excessively short fine down: the legs are often banded, sometimes very distinctly, with dull red. 1895. | A. Aleoek— Carcinological Fawna of India. 225 Egeria investiqatoris, m. sp. This species closely resembles Hgeria arachnoides, adult males being compared, but differs in the followiug particulars :— (1) the carapace is more nearly circular, owing to the greater convexity of the hepatic and pterygostomian regions; (2) the spines on the carapace, although almost tho same in arrangement, are markedly larger: (3) the sternum has a transverse group of spines on every segment ; (4) every abdomi- nal tergum except the last has a large median spine ; (5) the hiatus between the post-ocular tooth and the basal antennal joint is scarcely affected by a small denticle; (6) the chelipeds in the adult male are 23 times the length of the carapace, and have the palm long, very slender, and cylindrical, and the fingers sharply and evenly denticulated all along their apposable edge. The legs are in fragments, but the joints that remain are extremely long and slender. Length of carapace and rostrum ww. 2445=29 millim. Breadth of carapace 33 Aur 24 Pr Length of male chelipeds aie is 65°5 9? Loc. Off Ceylon, 32 fathoms. DocinA, Leach. Doclea, Leach, Zool. Miscell., Vol. II. p. 41. Doclea, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 292. Doclea, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 652. Body and appendages tomentose, usually very densely so. Carapace circular, armed at the sides, and often on the dorsal surface also, with a few spines. The rostrum consists: of two vertically compressed spines which are fused together in almost the whole of their extent and are usually short: it has hence, usually, the appearance of a short flat emar- ginate beak, hardly breaking the general outline of the carapace. (In one species — Doclea tetraptera—the rostrum is rather long). The eyes are very small, and the commencing orbits are formed by an acute post-ocular tooth and a little-prominent supra-ocular eave. The antenne are very short and inconspicuous—not reaching to the end of the short rostrum: the basal joint is short, broadly triangular, the apex forming a sharp tooth: the flagella are almost rudimentary. The buccal frame is somewhat arched in front. The external maxillipeds have the merus rather broader than the ischium, the antero-external angle being slightly produced. The chelipeds are short and slender in the female; longer, stout, with an enlarged and inflated palm, in the adult male. No. 2, 226 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. The abdomen consists of seven segments in the male, and of seven in the female of all except D. muricata and hybrida. Key to the Indian species of Doclea. (1. Rostrum elongate—one-fourth to two- fifths the length of the carapace proper, and with the points very widely divari- cated: the last lateral and the median posterior spines of huge size............... D. tetraptera. (i. Two lateral spines on the branchial region: no medi- an posterior PPINO sae estan decacesl Dyoutse ii Three lateral spines on the branchial region, the last being short: a short me- dian posterior I. Pterygostomian regions distinctly canaliculated ae 2, Rostrum short— and aft. (1. II. Pterygostomian regions not canal- 4 iculated. & one-sixth the length of the ca- rapace proper—4 spine: no spines on the dorsum of the carapace....... . Carapace globu- (i. Tubercles, and with no mark- ed divergence of the tips. iii. Three lateral spines on the branchial region, the last being, like the postero- median spine, long: a line of tu- bercles, two of which are usually produced to form spines, down the middle of the \_ carapace......... eee Carapace discoid: 2nd pair of trunk- legs three to four times the length of the carapace: a single series of tuber- cles or spines down the middle of the carapace...... COREE OHO Eee ee EAR EEE wer wee not spines on the ca- rapace., lar: 2nd pair of trunk-legs hardly twice the length of the carapace: a short series of 2 tubercles or spines on either bran- chial region paral- lel to a long mid- dorsal series of tuberclesor spines | See cer rer ees li. Spines not tu- bercles, on the carapace Peererreteee D. japonica. D. canalifera. D. gracilipes. D. hybrida. D, muricata. 1895.] A, Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 227 Doclea ovis (Herbst), Edw. Cancer ovis, Herbst, Krabben, I. ii. 210, tab. xiii. fig. 82; and Fabricius, Syst. Ent. II. 459. Inachus ovis, Fabricius, Supplement, p. 355. [Maia ovis, Bosc. I. 256]; and Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. VI. 100. Doclea ovis, Milne-Hdwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 294. Doclea ovis, Cuvier, Régne Animal, Crust., pl. xxxiii. fig. 2. Doclea ovis, Adams and White, Zool. ‘ Samarang,’ Crust., p. 7. Doclea ovis, A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., XX. 1890, p. 109. Body and appendages, except the hands and the tips of the dactyli, covered with an extremely dense soft fur. Beneath the fur the carapace is almost smooth, its surface being hardly broken by a median line of pimples on the gastric region; but its antero-lateral border, on each side, is armed with four sharp teeth of about equal size—one at the angle of the buccal frame; one, which has sometimes a tubercle at its base, on the sub-hepatic region; and two on the front part of the branchial region. The basal antennal joint has also the form of a tooth, and midway between it and the tooth at the outer angle of the buccal frame is another tooth. So that, includ- ing the pointed basal antennal joint, the antero-lateral margin of the carapace shows six teeth: there is no spine, though occasionally a trace of a tubercle, on the posterior border, The rostrum hardly breaks the general subcircular outline of the carapace: it is cleft at the tip, and, measured at the level of the base of the post-ocular tooth, is broader than long. The pterygostomian region is longitudinally grooved. The cheli- peds in the old male are 1; times the length of the carapace and rostrum, and are enlarged, especially as to the palm, which is 2 as broad as long, aud is inflated on the inner side: the fingers also are stout and meet only in (about) the distal third. In the female the chelipeds are only about ? the length of the carapace and rostrum, and are throughout slenderer than the other legs. The 2nd pair of trunk- legs (first ambulatory legs) are from twice to 2; times the length of the carapace and rostrum. The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments, and the second segment in the female bears a large median elevation. A common species in muddy waters in the vicinity of the mouths of the large rivers of India. Doclea japonica, Ortmann. Doclea japonica, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., &c., VII. 1893, p. 46, pl. iii. fig. 4. The only differences between this species and Doclea ovis are (1) J. u. 29 228 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No, 2, that, instead of only two spines on the lateral border of the branchial region, there are three, the last being the largest and being placed rather higher up, (so that, including the tooth-like basal antennal joint, there are seven points on the antero-lateral border of the carapace) ; and (2) that there is a coarse spine, or blunt tooth, on the posterior border of the carapace. I do not think that these differences are of more than varietal value ; for it is not uncommon in Doclea ovis, after careful denudation, to find traces of tubercles corresponding to the additional spines of D. japonica. In the Museum collection are specimens from the mouth of the R. Hooghly. Doclea canalifera, Stimpson. Doclea canalifera, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 217. Body and appendages, except the fingers and dactylopodites, cover- ed with a dense velvet-like tomentum. Carapace subcircular with a line of tubercles or spines down the middle line, namely, some minute tubercles (only visible on the denuded carapace), followed by a spine, ou the gastric region ; a larger spine on the cardiac region ; and a much larger one still on the posterior border: the antero-lateral border is armed with four spines, the first bounding the outer edge of the pterygos- tomian canal, the last, which is rather larger than the spine of the posterior border, standing near the middle of the branchiostegal border : in addition, there is a small spine at the outer angle of the buccal frame, but no spine between this and the basal antennal joint; and there is a line of extremely faint tubercles, only visible after complete denudation, stretching obliquely on either side from near the front towards the last epibranchial spine. The rostrum, which is hardly longer than the breadth between the eyes, is sharply and deeply bifid at tip. The pterygostomian region is longitudinally grooved. The chelli- peds (in the young male) are slenderer than the next pair of legs, and are equal to the length of the carapace between the base of the rostrum and the base of the spine on the posterior border. The secoud pair of trunk-legs, which are the longest, are a little less than twice the length of the carapace and rostrum. Abdomen of the male seven-jointed. In the Museum are specimens from the mouth of the Hooghly and from the muddy estuarine coasts of Orissa and of Arakan. 1895. ] A. Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India, 229 Doclea gracilipes, Stimpson. Doclea gracilipes, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 216. Doclea sp. De Man, Mergui Crust., Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., XXII. 1888, p. 13. Doclea andersoni, De Man, op. cit., tom. cit., p. 11, pl. i. fig. 1. Carapace discoidal, covered, as are also the legs as far only as the end of their merus or carpus, with a short close fur. Rostrum, measured from the posterior orbital border, sometimes as long as broad and about one-seventh the length of the carapace, some- times twice as long as broad and about one-fourth the length of the carapace ; deeply cleft, the spines sometimes convergent, sometimes al- most in contact throughout, sometimes slightly divergent. Besides a line of four teeth, situated one at the end of the basal antennal joint, one at the angle of the buccal frame, and one behind each of these, the antero-lateral margin is armed with four acute curved claw- like spines, the posterior of which is typically two-fifths to one-third the breadth of the carapace in length, but may sometimes be only one-eighth the breadth of the carapace in length; while the three anterior are ty- pically about one-sixth the breadth of the carapace in length, but may sometimes be merely tubercles. In the middle of the posterior border is a great spine as large as the last spine of the antero-lateral series. In the middle line of the carapace is a series of tubercles and spines which are very variable in size: typically only two are prominent, and these have the form of upstanding spines, one in the gastric region, the other—much larger—in the cardiac region. Both of them, however, may be reduced to tubercles, while in front of them and also between them there may or may not be a line of tubercles. Except for this median line of elevations, the dorsum of the denuded carapace is either smooth, or has only a line of extremely indistinct elevations passing on either side obliquely from near the front towards the great lateral epibranchial spine. The chelipeds in the female are rather shorter than the carapace : in the male they are rather longer than the carapace, and in the adult male have the palms swollen. The 2nd pair of trunk-legs are between three and four times the length of the carapace measured from the base of the rostrum to the base of the great median posterior spine. The two spines on the sternum between the bases of the second pair of legs may be distinct or indistinct. The abdomen consists of seven distinct segments in both sexes. 230 A. Alcock — Careinological Fauna of India. [No, 2, In this variable species the constant characters are :— (1) the discoid (7.e., non-globose) carapace, with elevations only down the middle line: (2) the long slender legs of the second pair. (3) the large size of the spine at the external angle of the buccal frame. In the Museum collection are specimens from the Sandheads, R. Hughli; Mergui; Andamans; and also from Hong Kong, whence the species was originally described by Stimpson. Doclea muricata (Herbst), Edw. Cancer muricatus, Herbst, Krabben, I. ii. 211, tab. xiv. fig. 88; and Fabricius, Ent. Syst. IL. 459. Inachus muricatus, Fabricius, Supplement, p. 355. [Maia muricata, Bose, I. 255. ] Doclea muricata, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 295. Doclea muricata, Adams & White, ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 8. Doclea muricata, KH. Nauck, Zeits. Wiss. Zool., XXXIV. 1880, p. 38, (gastric teeth). Doclea muricata, C. W. 8S. Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., XXIII. 1888-89, No. 4, p. 43, pl. iv. fig. 6. Doclea muricata, A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., XX. 1890, p. 109. Doclea muricata, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 342. Body and legs, except the hands and dactyli, closely covered with crisp very short velvet. Carapace subglobular. Rostrum short, distinctly bifid.. Besides the spine formed by the basal antennal joint, and two denticles at the outer angle of the buccal frame, the antero-lateral margin is armed with four spines, the last of which, situated near the middle of the branchi- ostegal border, is considerably the largest. The carapace is traversed fore and aft in the middle line by a row of sharp spines, the last of which, situated on the posterior border, is considerably the largest. Between the median and lateral rows of spines, on the branchial region on either side, are two large spines, one behind the other, There are thus five series of spines upon the carapace, which is otherwise charac- terized by the distinct delimitation of its regions, and by a sort of fes- tooning of the border between the median and lateral series of regions. The chelipeds are slender throughout in both sexes, and are hardly equal in length to the carapace measured from the base of the rostrum to the base of the posterior spine: the second pair of trunk-legs are rather more than twice the length of the chelipeds. The abdomen consists of seven distinct segments in the male ; — of four in the female, the 3rd to the 6th being fused. Ve et. 1895. | A. Aleock— Carcinological Fawna of India. 231 Of 24 specimens from different parts of India there is not one of great size, nor a single adult female, I believe that this species is only the young form of Doclea hybrida. Doclea hybrida (Fabr.), Edw. Inachus hybridus, Fabricius, Supplement, p. 355. [Maia hybrida, Bosc, I. 256]; and Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust., VI. 99. Doclea hybrida, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, I, 294. Doclea hybrida, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 7. Doclea hybrida, Bleeker, Recherches Crust. Ind. Archipel., p. 9. Doclea hybrida, De Man, Mergui Crust., Journ Linn. Soc., Zool., XXII. 1888, Pp: 9: Doclea hybrida, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 342. ? Doclea hybridoidea, Bleeker, Recherches Crust. Ind. Archipel., p. 8. This species differs from Doclea muricata, only in the following characters, which, I think, are merely due to age : — (1) it is much larger ; (2) the spine of the antero-lateral series is (except in small females) the smallest, and tubercles are found instead of spines on the dorsal surface of the carapace, the tubercles corresponding in number and position with the spines of _D. muricata ; (8) the chelipeds inthe adult male are nearly as long as the carapace and rostrum, and have the hands enlarged. As in D. muricata the female abdomen consists of four segments. As Fabricius, loc. cit., says of this species compared with D. muricata, via distinctus videtur. We have 29 good specimens from different parts of India, all being large males and egg-laden females. I think that they can only be the adult stage of Doclea muricata. Doclea tetraptera, A. O. Walker. Doclea tetraptera, A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 114 pl. vi. figs. 4-8. Body and legs, except the hands and dactyli, covered with a dense stiff fur, so stiff on the trunk-legs as to give their joints, though cylin- drical, a sharply quadrangular or triangular sectional form. The circular form of the carapace is a good deal obscured by the unusual development of the rostrum and of the lateral-epibranchial and postero-median spines. The rostrum is from one-fourth to two-fifths the length of the carapace proper, and ends in two widely divaricated spinules. In addition to the tooth formed by the basal antennal joint, and 232 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [ No. 2, to a stout tooth at the angle of the buccal frame, the antero-lateral margin bears four large spines: of these, one, situated on the pterygos- tomian region, is turned downwards to assist in forming a pterygos- tomian canal somewhat similar to that of Doclea canalifera, etc.: of the other three, which are situated on the branchiostegal region, the last is by far the longest and stoutest—being from one-third to half the length of the carapace —and is directed a little backwards and upwards. Down the middle line of the carapace runs a row of spines, increasing in size from before backwards to the last, which, situated on the poste- rior border, consists of two branches, one branch directed vertically upwards, the other directed horizontally backwards, the horizontal branch being often half the length of the carapace proper. On the anterior part of the branchial region, midway between the middle line and the lateral border of the carapace, is a stout spine, visible without any denudation. The chelipeds in the adult male are equal in length to the carapace and rostrum, and have the hands much broadened, inflated, and very elegantly carinated along the lower border, and the fingers evenly den- ticulated but not closely apposable in all their extent. In the female the chelipeds are not much more than half as long as the carapace plus rostrum and posterior spine, and are rather slenderer than the other legs, the fingers also being closely apposable throughout. In young males, of the size figured by Mr. Walker, the enlargement of the hands is much less marked than in old males. The second pair of trunk-legs, which are the longest, are from twice to 25 times the length of the carapace measured from the base of the rostrum to the base of the great postero-median spine. The sternum in the male has a pair of sharp teeth on its first seg- ment. The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven separate joints. Colours in life: dull chocolate, spines white-tipped, chelipeds ivory tinged with pink, legs brownish pink with bright red dactyli. This species, of which we have a very fine old male, two younger males of different sizes, an adult female, and a young female, appears to be extremely close to D. calcitrapa, White (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 56; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX. 1847, p. 61; and ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p: 7, pl. i. fig. 2). It appears to differ from JD. calcitrapa only in the proportions of the legs, which are slender and very long in the last- named species. It may be mentioned that the rostrum and great spines of the cara- pace are, judging from the state of two of our specimens, liable to be broken and only very imperfectly repaired again. Bos. 1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India, 233 Our specimens all came from the vicinity of the mouth of the River Hooghly. Alliance II. Lissorpa. Hoptopurys, Henderson. Hoplophrys, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. (2) V. 1898, p. 346. Carapace subovate (elongate pentagonal), with the regions moder- ately defined and the surface spinose. The rostrum is composed of two short, flattened, acute, divergent spines. The commencing orbits are formed by a supra-ocular eave which has its antero-external angle very strongly and acutely produced, and which is in close contact with a slightly excavated post-ocular tooth, only a very narrow fissure being left between: below, there is no trace of an orbital floor. The eyes are short, and even when fully retracted the cornea is hardly at all concealed from dorsal view. The basal antennal joint is very acutely triangular, the spinous termination being distinctly visible from above: the very short slender mobile portion of the antenna is exposed. The antero-external angle of the merus of the external maxillipeds forms a foliaceous lobe: the merus therefore is broader than the ischium; the palp is attached to its internal angle. The trunk-legs are strongly spinose: the chelipeds, even in the adult male, are slender, but still differ from those of the female in having the fingers more arched and closely apposable only in the distal half. The abdomen in the male consists of seven distinct segments; but in the female of only five—the fourth to the sixth being fused together. Hoplophrys oatesii, Henderson. Fs ee oatesii, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., 1893, p. 347, pl. xxxvi. gs, 1-4. The gastric region of the carapace is prominent, with two curved rows of spines, the front row (convex anteriorly) consisting of seven spines of which the middle one is the largest, the back row (slightly convex posteriorly) consisting of three spines of which the middle one—the largest of all the spines on the gastric area—is compressed laterally. On the cardiac area, as well as on the gastric area, are two spines placed side by side. On either branchial area are three spines arranged in a triangle, of which the anterior is the largest of all the spines on the carapace, while the most external, which occupies the ' lateral epibranchial angle, is the most acute and is also unequally bifid. There are also two or three spinules on the hepatic area. Between the 234 A. Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, spines the surface is perfectly smooth and polished, although there are some tufts of stiff clean hairs. ; The rostrum, which consists of two very acute and slightly diver- gent teeth, is about one-fourth the length of the carapace proper. The supra-ocular eave is produced forwards as a very acute spine, the base of which is surmounted by a secondary spine. The cornea is surmounted by a spinule. . The chelipeds have the merus slightly, and the carpus strongly | spiny, and are equal to the carapace (without the rostrum) in length: they are almost alike in the adults of both sexes, the fingers only of the male differing from those of the female in being closely apposable only in the distal half, mstead of throughout. The ambulatory legs, which are about equal to the chelipeds and to one another in length, have the merus carpus and propodite spiny, and the dactylus stout, claw-like, and denticulated on part of the posterior margin. In the Museum collection are an adult male and an egg-laden female taken by myself, off the Ganjam Coast in 15-25 fms., from a colony of Spongodes. The Spongodes which belongs to a species (I think new) intermediate in character between &. cervicornis and 8. pustulosa, W. and §., isone of those with a brilliant white ccenosare and pink zooids, so that the crabs with their porcelain-white bodies, pink spines, and pink-banded legs were with difficulty detected. Dr. Henderson considers the above species to be closely related to Schizophrys and Microphrys, but it appears to me to be much more closely related to Pisa and Tylocarcinus. TyLocarcinus, Miers. Tylocarcinus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 664. (Pisa, Latr. part.; Pisa, Edw. part.; Milnia, Stimpson part.; Microphrys, Edw. part.) Carapace tuberculated, pyriform, without lateral spines. The rostrum consists of two slender slightly divergent spines. The eye-stalks are short and are retractile, but not to such an extent as to completely conceal the cornea. The commencing orbits are formed by a supra-orbital eave, the anterior angle of which is produced forwards as a spine roughly parallel with the rostrum, and of a strongly cupped post-ocular process which, instead of being isolated, is in the closest contact above with the supra-ocular eave and below with the basal antennal joint. The basal antennal joint, which is of no great breadth, has its antero-external angle produced to form a sharp tooth, which is not visible from above: the mobile portion of the antenna, which is short, is completely exposed. 1895. ] A, Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 235 The external maxillipeds have the merus as broad as the ischium, and the palp attached to the internal angle of the merus. The chelipeds in the adult male are somewhat stouter than the other legs, have the palm short and enlarged, and the fingers arched and meeting only at tip: inthe female they are slenderer than the other legs, have the palm slender, and the fingers closely apposable through- out. The ambulatory legs are stout, and have the dorsal surface sharply nodose or coarsely spinose. The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments. This genus, which appears to me to be but slightly distinct from Pisa (e.g., Pisa corallina), Riss., shows the transition towards Tiarinia in the next group. That it should be grouped with Tiarinia and Macrocoeloma, as it is by Miers (Joc. cit.), I cannot agree, since Tiarinia has complete orbits and an enormously broad basal antennal joint, which T'ylocarcinus has not. The type of Tylocarcinus, namely T. styx (Herbst) = Microphrys styx A. Milne-Edwards, is placed by the latter author (Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 247) between Picrocerus and Criocarcinus on the oue hand and. Hyastenus on the other; and this seems to me to bea very natural position. _ ‘Tylocarcinus styx (Herbst). Cancer styx, Herbst, Krabben, III. iii. 58, pl. viii. fig. 6 (“nur klein”’). [Pisa styx, Latr. Encyc., X. 141.] Pisa styz, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 308. Arctopsis styr, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust, p.10; and A. Milne- Edwards, in Maillard’s L’ile Reunion, Annexe F, p. 6. Milnia styx, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, Vol. VII. 1862, p. 180. Microphrys styx, A. Milne-Edwards in Archiy. du Mus. VIII. 1872, p. 247, pl. xi. fig. 4. Tylocarcinus styr, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1879, Vol. IV. p. 14. Pisa styx, Richters, Mobius, Meeresf. Maurit., p. 141. Tylocarcinus styx, de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., Vol. III. 1881, p. 94; and Archiv. fur Naturges. LIII. 1887, p. 228; and Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. etc. VII. 1893, p. 62; and Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 349. Carapace subpyriform and covered with rounded tubercles, among which the following are distinct :—two in the inter-orbital space; four in a transverse series on the front part of the gastric region, followed by three in a triangle; one in the groove between the gastric and cardiac regions, and three in a triangle on the latter region; two, side by side, on the intestinal region; and three on the posterior margin. Besides these there are several on either hepatic region, and many on the bran- chial regions. Js EE, Jo 236 A. Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No 2, The rostrum, which is between one-third and one-fourth the length of the carapace proper, consists of two divergent spines fused together at the base and slightly incurved towards the tip. The anterior angle of the supra-ocular eave is produced forwards as a sharp spine. The chelipeds in the’ adult male are equal to the length of the carapace behind the bifurcation of the rostral spines: they are hardly stouter than the other legs, except as to the palm, which is short and inflated: the fingers, which are three-fourths the length of the palm, are strongly arched, and meet only at the tip. In the female the chelipeds are not quite as long as the post-orbital portion of the carapace, are slenderer than the other legs, and have the palm slender and the fingers closely apposable throughout. The ambulatory legs are short and stout: the first pair, which are considerably the longest, are rather longer than the carapace and ros- trum: the merus and carpus in all are nodose on the dorsal surface, and the dactyli are strong and claw-like: always in the first pair, and sometimes in the succeeding pairs, the merus has a row of coarse spines along its front margin, and the carpus a single stout spine. Herbst’s figure is either a young male, or, more probably, a female. The figure given by A. Milne-Edwards (loc. cit.) is very correct; but I do not see how Miers, who cites this figure with affirmation, can call the chelipeds in the male slender: they are, lke the other legs, stout, and the hands are distinctly massive. In the Museum collection are specimens from Ceylon, from the Andamans, and from Mergui; as well as an adult male and female from Samoa obtained from the Museum Godeffroy. Sub-family IV. MATIN. Eyes either (1) with orbits, which are either incomplete or com- plete, but are always complete euough to entirely conceal the cornea, when fully retracted, from dorsal view; or (2) but partially protected by a huge horn-like or antler-like supra-ocular spine, or by a large jagged post-ocular tooth, or by both. The orbit in the first case is formed in one of two ways: there is always an arched supra-ocular eave, and a prominent post-ocular spine ; and either the interval between the eave and the spine is filled by an intermediate spine which completes the orbital roof; or the supra- ocular eave and the post-ocular process are in close contact with one another, and with a process of the basal antennal joint below, so as to more or less complete the floor also of the orbit. The basal antennal joint is always very broad, and either has its outer angle produced to aid in forming the floor of the orbit, or is armed distally with one or two large spines. 1895. ] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 237 The external maxillipeds have the merus as wide as or much wider than the ischium, and the palp inserted at the antero-internal angle of the merus. The rostrum is formed of two spines, which may be horizontal, semi-deflexed, or completely deflexed; in the last case the spines are usually more or less fused together. The ambulatory legs are of no great length. Key to the Indian genera. (1. Supra-ocular (i. The antennnlary } eave and interme- flagellum springs, diate spine very or appears to : prominent: eye- spring, from with- me rarer stalks slender and 4 in the orbit,,....... Mata. either ae curved), wathy the we pyritorm| or sab cornea elongate | ii. The antennulary Seat. Cees and. occupying a flagellum arises ce em position more ven- quite clear of the revern es 2 : tralthan terminal. (_ orbit..............0.: eer orbits incomplete below; but fairly well roofed in (2: (Garepage py rt- spied iy ae) Rae eee pra-ocular eave,’ 2. Supra-ocular [CHLORINOIDES. | which has at least eave and interme- ahie lenge gone its postero-exter- diate spine dis- bi aa Deeg nal angle pro- tinct, but not very eee ete duced, (2) by a| prominent: eye- £ sta i R s post-ocular spine, stalks stout, with4 ACL sazisee sse2ee veneey CHIZOPHRYS. and (3) by a spine rounded cornez | .. ; intercalated which occupy a|™ a alee sagen between (1) and position as much cee oie Be per d (2). terminal as ven- Sane see aaa ALE so short as to hardly break the general outline of L the carapace....... CYCLAX. Alliance 2. StENocronoporpa. (1. Orbits in the form of huge —Carapace pyriform, often; semi-tubular antlers followed broadened anteriorly: the by a long isolated post-ocular orbits either have the form tooth: rostrum vertically of long semitubular antlers deflexed : buccal frame much which sheathe the eye-stalk, broader in front than behind. CrrocaRcINus. but do not protect the eye, the cornea in retraction being protected by the base of an | extremely long and promi-4 nent, isolated, post-ocular horn; or are reduced to the form of long outstanding horns similar to those of the rostrum : eye-Stalks extreme- | 2. Orbits in the form of long ly long: the external maxilli- outstanding horns similar to peds have the external angle those of the rostrum, which much produced : the rostrum is not deflexed, buccal frame consists of two long horns. (| quadramgular..........cccesee eee STENOCIONOPS, 238 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No 2, Alliance 3. Pericer- (1. Carapace oblong: rostrum broadly la- oIDA.— Carapace- minar, vertically or nearly vertically usually broadened deflexed : orbits complete, but shallow.. MIcIPPA. anteriorly by the outstanding or-| 2. Carapace subcylindrical, the rostrum bits: the orbits along with the front part of the gastric are either nearly region vertically deflexed...... ......00 ... CYPHOCARCINUS. or quite complete above and below, being formed by + 3. Carapace more or {i. Rostral spines di- a strongly-arched { less pyriform: ros- vergent.. ........... MACROCOELOMA, supra-ocular eave| tralspines distinct in close contact} from the base, ho- with an excavated | rizontal or slightly , post-ocular lobe,| deflexed: orbits in | ii. Rostral spines a process of the| the}form of out- parallel and close- basalantiennal| standing? {tubes ly approximated joint filling in the | which completely throughout their floor below. \f:ensheathe the eyes. | extent......... TIARINIA, Allianee I. Matorpa. Mara (Lamk.) Edw. [ Maia, Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans verteb. V. 154 (partim).] Maia, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. VI. 87 (partim). Maia, Desmarest, Consid. Gen. Crust., p. 143. Maia, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 325. Maia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 655. Carapace pyriform, with the regions indistinct, the surface closely granular or spinular, and the lateral borders usually armed with large spines. The rostrum consists of two rather short, straight, divergent spines. The basal joint of the antennz is broad, and has both the antero- external and antero-internal angle produced to form spines: the mobile portion of the antenna, which appears to spring from within the orbit, is completely exposed. The eye-stalks are long and curved, and bear the cornea chiefly on their ventral surface. The orbit is formed by a prominent supra-ocular eave which has its postero-external angle produced, by a sharp post-ocular spine, and by another spine between these two: the eyes are completely concealed from dorsal view when retracted. The external maxillipeds have the merus as broad as the ischium, the palp being attached to the antero-internal angle of the merus. The chelipeds are slender, with cylindrical joints and styliform fingers. The ambulatory legs decrease very gradually in length: the first pair are not much longer than the carapace and rostrum: the dac- tyli of all are styliform. The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments. 1895.] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 239 Maia spinigera, de H. Maia spinigera, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 93, pl. xxiv. fig. 4. Maia spinigera, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 15. Maia spinigera, Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exped. Crust., pt. I. p. 85. Maia spinigera, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. &c., VII. 1893, p. 51. Carapace armed with long spines along the antero-lateral borders, down the median line, and in an oblique series on either branchial region joining the median to the antero-lateral series. Hxcluding the pre-ocular and post-ocular spines and the spines between them, there are four large spines on the antero-lateral border: and there are three large spines in an oblique series on either branchial region. In the middle line of the carapace there are in the gastric region two spines, in the anterior cardiac one, in the post-cardiac one, in the intestinal one, and on the posterior border a pair. Between these large spines the sur- face of the carapace is sharply, finely, and evenly granular. The rostrum consists of two moderately divergent spines, the length of which is about one-fourth that of the carapace. The chelipeds are smooth and very slender, and are rather shorter _than the 2nd pair of trunk-legs: the latter, which are the longest of all, are about one-sixth longer than the carapace and rostrum. The merus of all the ambulatory legs has a strong spine at the distal end of its upper border: all the joints of all the ambulatory legs are covered with long hairs. In the Museum collection is a single specimen from the coast of Beluchistan. Maia gibba, n. sp. Plate IV. fig. 5. Very near Maia miersii, Walker (J. L. S., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 113, pl. vi. figs. 1-3. Distinguished (1) by the globose inflation of the posterior (branchi- ostegal) part of the closely and crisply tubercular carapace, and by the corresponding declivity of the anterior part, giving the animal a hunch- backed appearance; (2) by the absence of large marginal spines on the carapace. Carapace remarkably swollen in its posterior part, where its greatest breadth is from about three-fourths (¢%) to seven-eighths (2) its extreme length with the rostrum; and closely covered with sharp piliferous tubercles, which, in the male, but hardly in the female, become spinular in the middle line and along the lateral borders. The rostrum, which, like the anterior part of the carapace, is some- what declivous, ends in two acute divergent hairy spines, which in the 240 A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No 2, male are about one-sixth, in the female about one-eighth, the rest of the carapace in length. The eyes and orbits are just as in M. squinado (with specimens of which this species has been compared), only the cornea is relatively very much larger, and almost entirely ventral, in the present species, and the spine between the spine of the pre-orbital- hood and the post-orbital spine is nearly as large as either of these. The antenne are in all respects as in M. squinado, except that the basal joint is slightly narrower. The appendages are just as in M, squinado—the legs being short and hairy and the chelipeds smooth and polished—with the single difference that the chelipeds are only as long as, and are much slender- er than the fifth pair of legs, and are therefore very much shorter than the second pair, which hardly exceed the carapace and rostrum in length. Male. Female. Length of carapace a .» 932 millim. 41 millim. Greatest breadth of carapace Sie. Oe ais : Length of chelipeds oe ae hopes er SL dS. s » 2nd pair of trunk-limbs ... 33°5 ,, AG Tae Loc. Andaman Sea, 250 fms. PaRAMITHRAX, Edw. Paramithraz, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 323. Paramithrax (Paramithran et Leptomithrax), Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, pp. 655 and 656. Acanthophrys (partim), A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) V. 1865. p. 140. Chlorinoides, Haswell infra; and Miers infra. Sub-genus Cxatortorpes, Haswell. Chlorinoides, Haswell, P. L. 8., N.S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 442; and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol V. 1880, p. 146; and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 17. Chlorinoides, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 51. Carapace.pyriform, convex, with the regions indistinct; armed with some very large acute spines. The rostrum consists of two long slender divergent horns. The basal antennal joint is just as in Maia, but the mobile portion of the antenna has no connexion with the orbit. The eyes and orbits are asin Maza, but the supra-ocular hood has its anterior angle as well as its posterior angle produced into a spine. The external maxillipeds are as in Maia, as are also the ambulatory 1895, ] A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 241 legs. The chelipeds however differ, at any rate in the male, in which sex they are stouter than any of the other legs, have the palms enlarged, and the fingers arched and meeting only at the tips, which are not excavated. The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments. As Miers has pointed out (‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 52), Chlorinoides may be regarded as a sub-genus of Paramithraz, and is also closely connected with Acanthophrys aculeatus A. Milne-Hdwards (Ann. Soc. Ent. France. (4) V. 1865, p. 140, pl. iv. fig. 4). According to Miers, with whom I entirely agree, if Acanthophrys aculeatus is the type of the genus Acanthophrys, then Chlorinoides is synonymous with Acanthophrys. Paramithrax (Chlorinoides) aculeatus, (Edw). Chorinus aculeata, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 316. Chorinus aculeatus, Adams and White ‘Samarang,’ Crust., p. 13. Paramithrar (Chlorinoides) aculeatus, var. armatus, Miers, Zool. H. M.S. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 & 193, pl. xviii. fig. A. Chlorinoides aculeatus, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brechyura, p. 53. Chorinus aculeatus,C. W.S. Aurivillius, Kong]. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., Bd. XXIII. No. 4, p. 38, pl. ii. fig. 7. Chlorinoides aculeatus, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1898, p. 345. Carapace pyriform, convex, smooth, armed with five huge thorn- like spines down the middle line, and with two even larger spines on the branchial region: there are also, on either pterygostomian region, two oblique crests, the anterior with three or four teeth—two of which are visible in a dorsal view — the posterior with one or two. The rostrum consists of two large divergent horns, the length of which is considerably more than half that of the carapace proper. The orbit consists of a supra-ocular hood, the angles of which (especially the anterior) are strongly produced, of a bilobed post-ocular tooth, and of a long spine filling the interval between the two, just as in Maia spinigera. The basal antennal joint, as in most of the forms included in this group, has a strong spine at its antero-external, and another at its antero-internal angle. The chelipeds in the female are slender, and are only equal to the post-rostral portion of the carapace in length: as im the male, the merus has its crest-like upper and lower edges sharply scallopped and the carp- us is cristate above. In the male the chelipeds are stouter than the other legs, especially as to the palm, which is considerably enlarged. The ambulatory legs decrease gradually in length from the Ist pair, which are equal in length to the carapace plus two-thirds of the rostrum : the merus in the first two pairs has a very strong spine at the 242 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No 2, distal end of its upper border ; but this in the case of the last two pairs is often reduced to a tubercle. The body and legs in this species are somewhat hairy and are more or less encrusted with sponges, zoophytes, polyzoa, ete. In the Museum collection are specimens from the Arakan Coast, Mergui, and Ceylon. Paramithrazx (Chlorinoides) longispinus (de Haan). Maja (Chorinus) longispina, de Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust., p. 94, pl. xxiii. fig. 2. Chorinus longispina, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 12. Paramithraxz (Chlorinoides) longispinus, Miers, Zoology H. M. 8. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 517 and 622. Chlorinoides longispinus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 53. Chlorinoides longispinus, A. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., etc., VII. 1893, p. 53. This spceeies differs from P. aculeatus in the following constant * characters :— (1) it is a much smaller species ; (2) all the spines, including the rostral spines, are elegantly knobbed at tip ; (3) in the median line of spines the third—the one on the cardiac region—is cleft transversely into two from the base ; (4) the two oblique dentate ridges on the pterygostomian region are present, but the outermost tooth on the front ridge is produced to form a long spine ; (5) the spine at the anterior angle of the supra-ocular hood is similar in size, form, and direction to the other large spines of the carapace ; (6) the rostral spines are less than half the length of the cara- pace ; (7) the antero-external angle of the basal antennal joint is pro- duced to form, not a spine, but an elegantly curved folia- ceous lobe ; (8) the meropodites of all the ambulatory legs have the terminal spine distinct and knobbed at the tip. This species commonly encrusts itself with a very regular plate- armour of Orbitolites and rounded fragments of Nullipore, ete. In the Museum collection are good series from off Ceylon 33-34 fathoms, from the Andaman Sea down to 41 fathoms, and from the Madras Coast. 1895.] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 243 Scuizopurys, White. Schizophiys, White, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. II. 1848, p. 282. Schizophrys, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 660 (et synon.) ; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 66. Dione, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 82. Carapace broadly pyriform, with the surface granular and the later- al margins strongly spinate. The rostrum consists of two short stout slightly incurved spines, the outer border of which carries one or two accessory spines. The orbit is formed by a little-prominent supra-ocular eave, and a sharply bilobed post-ocular tooth, with a broad spine in the interval between the two: the eye-stalks are stout and the cornea ter- minal, not ventral, in position. The basal antennal joint is somewhat narrowed anteriorly, and ends in two sharp spines—as in the genera immediately preceding: the mobile portion of the antenna is freely exe posed. Iu the external maxillipeds the merus is rather broader than the ischium, and the palp is attached to the antero-internal angle of the merus. The chelipeds have the merus and carpus granular or spiny; the palm long, smooth and slender; and the fingers longitudinally channel- led in their distal half—this being specially marked in the adult male, in which also the chelipeds are longer and stouter than the other legs. The ambulatory legs are stout, have cylindrical joints, and decrease gradually in length. The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments. Schizophrys aspera, (Hdw.) Mithraz asper, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 320; and Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exp. Crust., pt. I. p. 97, pl. ii. figs. 4 a=b. Schizophrys aspera, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus. VIII. 1872, p. 281, pl. x. fig. 1; and Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 447; and Cat. Austr. Crust., p. 22; and Miers, Zool. H.M.S. ‘Alert,’ pp. 182 and 197, and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 67; and De Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch., LIII. 1887, p. 226, and Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 20; and OC. W.S. Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad., Handl. XXIII. 1888-89, No. 4, p. 51; [and Cano, Boll. Soc. Nat., Napol., III. 1889, p. 179]; and A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, pp. 109 and 1138; and Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., ete., WII. 1893, p. 57; and J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1893, p. 346; and Mary J. Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVI. 1893, p. 91. Schizophrys serratus, White, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 2238, fig.; and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol II. 1848, p. 283, fig.; and Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 16. Schizophrys spiniger, White, ll. cit.; and Adams and White loc. cit.; and P Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust., p. 15. Maja (Dione) affinis, de Haan Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 94, pl. xxii. fic. 4; and Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 15; and Stimpson, Proc.” Ac. Nat. Sei., Philad., 1857, p. 218. J.u. 31 244 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, Mithrax spinifrons, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Ent., France, (4) VII. 1867, p. 263. Mithraxz afinis, F. de B. Capello, Jorn. Sci., Lisb., 1870-71, p. 264, pl. iii. figs. 4, 4a. Mithraz (Schizophrys) afinis, triangularis (et varr. excipe var. dichotoma) Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust., pp. ll and 13; and Schizophrys triangularis var. indiea, Richters, Mébius, Meeresf. Maurit., p. 143, pl. xv. figs. 8-14. Carapace pyriform, its greatest breadth about 5% its length behind the point of bifurcation of the rostral spines, its surface closely and unevenly granular, with scattered sharp tubercles in addition. Exclu- sive of the large unequally-bifid post-ocular spine, the antero-lateral border is armed with six equidistant spines, the last of which is the smallest and is situated on a rather higher level than the others: the posterior border proper is generally beaded, and has its angles pro- duced and upturned. The rostrum consists of two stout parallel or incurved spines, the length of which is from one-fifth to one-sixth that of the carapace pro- per, and the outer border of each of which carries a strong accessory spine. The basal antennal joint ends in two stout spines, and there is a spine on the sub-hepatic region outside the angle of the buccal frame, and a sharp denticle in the middle of the inferior border of the orbit. The chelipeds vary : in both sexes the palm is long — twice the length of the fingers—smooth, polished, and either quite unarmed, or armed, at the near end of the upper border, with a spine or with two or three denticles ; and in both sexes the merus and carpus are either spiny or granular. But whereas in old males the chelipeds are stouter than any of other legs, are more than half again as long as the carapace and rostrum and nearly half again as long as the 2nd pair of legs, and have deeply channelled fingers that meet in less than their distal half ; in females and young males they are not stouter than the other legs, are not quite equal in length to the carapace and rostrum or to the second pair of legs, and have the fingers less deeply channelled, and apposable in at least half their extent. The ambulatory legs decrease very gradually in length: they have short claw-like dactyli, and the merus is armed at the far end of the upper border with a spine or tubercle. The body and legs are hairy, and the animal frequently protects itself with flat pieces of Nullipore, &e. In the collection is a large series of specimens from all parts of the Indian coast, from Mergui and Tavoy on the East to Karachi on the West. 1895. ] A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 245 Schizophrys dama, (Herbst.) Cancer dama, Herbst, Krabben, III. iv. p. 5, tab. lix. fig. 5. Mithrazx dama, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 319. Mithrax (Schizophrys) dama, Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust., pp. 11 and 13. This species differs constantly from Schizophrys aspera in the follow- ing particulars :— (1) the carapace is much more elongate, its greatest breadth being only about $ its length behind the point of bifurca- tion of the rostral spines ; (2) the rostrum is rather longer, and has two accessory spines on-its outer border ; (8) there is no (ventral) spine on the sub-hepatic region ; (4) the surface of the carapace is more closely and evenly, but more bluntly, granular. The specimens in the Museum collection come from the Straits of Malacca. ‘Cyciax, Dana. Cyclaz, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp., Crust., pt. I. p. 99. Cyclomaia, Stimpson, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, Vol. XXIX. 1860, p. 133; and A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 235 (et synon.) Cyclax (Cyclax and Cyclomaia), Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 660. This genus differs from Schizophrys, from which, perhaps, it ought not to be separated, only in the form of the carapace, and in the de- gradation and shortening of the rostrum, with which is correlated a shortening and broadening of the basal antennal joint. (In one species the legs are slender). The carapace is subcircular; the rostrum obsolescent and bifid; the basal antennal joint very short and broad, and armed with a third spine—a very small one, situated on the outer margin. Cyclax (Cyclomaia) suborbicularis, (Stimpson). Mithraz suborbicularis, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 218. Cyciaxz spinicinctus, Heller, Crust. Roth. Meer, in SB. Ak., Wien, XLIII. i. 1861, p. 304, tab. i. figs. 7-8 : and Richters, in Mobius, Meeresfauna Maurit., p 144. Cyclomaia margaritata, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VILI. 1872, p. 236, pl. x. figs. 2-3; and Haswell, P. L. S., N.S. Wales, Vol. 1V. 1879, fp. 441, and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 21. Cyclomaia suborbicularis, Ortmann. Zool. Jahrb., Syst., etc., VII. 1893, p. 58. [Cyclomaia margaritata, F. Muller, Verh. Ges., Basel, VIII. p. 473.] Carapace subcircular, its surface closely beaded, with some larger spinules regularly interspersed: the lateral margin is armed with six 246 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, large spines (exclusive of the large curved unequally-bifid post-ocular spine) the first of which is often bifid: close to the posterior margin, in the middle line, is a pair of smaller spines. The rostrum consists of two triangular teeth, which although broader are not longer than the spines of the lateral margin. The eyes are of moderate length and are retractile into orbits formed, as in Schizophrys, Maia, etc., of a supra-ocular eave, a large post-ocular spine, with another spine in the interval between the two: the supra-ocular eave has its angles slightly produced and spiniform. The broad short basal antennal joint ends in two stout eS and has a third denticle on its outer margin. The chelipeds in the female and young male are slightly more slender than the other legs, and are as long as the carapace or as the 2nd pair of trunk-legs minus the dactylus: they have a long slender smooth palm, nearly twice the length of the fingers. The ambulatory legs are hairy, have short claw-like dactyli, and decrease gradually in length. In the Museum collection are specimens from the Madras coast and from the Andamans. Alliance II. Srenocionopoipa. Criocarcinus, Edw. Criocarcinus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 331. Criocarcinus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XVI. 1879, p. 661. Carapace shaped and armed much as in Chlorinoides, but with the hepatic regions concave as in Micippe. The rostrum consists of two curved almost vertically deflexed spines, which are fused together in their basal half. The eye-stalks are slender and of extreme length. The orbit is formed of a semi-tubular branching supra-ocular hood which encloses the eye-stalk, and of a long slender post-ocular spine, against the base of which the eye is retractile: the supra-ocular hoods have the appearance of a pair of antlers. The basal antennal joint is broad, and has a strong spine at either anterior angle: the mobile portion of the antenna is freely exposed. The buccal frame is narrow behind and broad in front, as in Micippe; and the merus of the external maxillipeds is broader than the ischium, and carries the palp at its deeply-notched internal angle. The chelipeds are shorter, and in the male somewhat stouter but in the female somewhat slenderer, than the other trunk-legs, which again are of no great length and decrease gradually from the 2nd pair. The abdomen consists of seven distinct segments in the male, oe five in the female. 1895.] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 247 Oriocarcinus superciliosus (Herbst), Guérin, Edw. Seba, III. xviii. 11: Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., I. 2, 1047, No. 45. Cancer superciliosus, Herbst, Krabben, I. ii. 227, tab. xiv. fig. 89. Criocarcinus superciliosus, Guérin, Voy. Coquille, Zool., Vol. II. Crust., p. 19. Criocarcinus swperciliosus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 332. Criocarcinus swperciliosus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 242, pl. xii. fig. 3. Criocareinus superciliosus, Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust., p. 10, tab. iii. fig. 6 (vide synon). Carapace pyriform, broadened anteriorly by the antler-like “ orhits,” with the hepatic regions sunken, and the other regions fairly distinct : in addition to numerous pearly tubercles, which are tufted with curly bristles, the carapace is armed with several large knob-tipped spines, namely two in the middle line on the gastric region, one in the middle line on the posterior border, one on either side near the boundary of the hepatic and branchial regions, and one, directed obliquely back-. wards, near the middle of either branchial region. The rostrum consists of two vertically deflexed s ines, the bases of which are broadened and fused together, and the points of which are divergent and elegantly curved. The eyes and orbits have already been described in a general way : the long semi-tubular supra-ocular hood ends in three diverging tines, and the long post-ocular spine has its anterior border armed with two or three denticles. The external maxillipeds have the outer edge thin and sharp, the outer edge of the ischium being emarginate, and tbe outer angle of the merus being produced. The chelipeds are shorter than the other trunk-legs, and are about as long as the carapace behind the level of the post-ocular spine. In the male they are slightly stouter than the other lees, and have the palm a little swollen: in the female they are slenderer than the other legs, and have the palm slender and a little tapering. Of the ambulatory legs, which are hairy, the first two pairs are slightly the longest, both being rather less than one-third longer than the post-rostral portion of the carapace: the last two pairs are not much shorter. In the Museum collection are specimens from the Andaman Islands. Srenocronops, Latr. [Stenocionops, Latreille, R. A., (2) IV. 59.] Stenocionops, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 337. “Carapace narrow, uneven, and armed posteriorly with a large triangular prolongation which covers the base of the abdomen. The 248 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, rostrum is formed of two styliform divergent horns. The supra-ocular border is armed with a horn similar to those of the rostrum, but directed more obliquely. The eye-stalks are slender, immobile and extremely salient; their length is half the greatest breadth of the body. The first joint of the antenne is much longer than broad, the second is slender and is inserted beneath the rostrum. The epistome is nearly square, and the external maxillipeds have the merus extremely dilated at the antero-external angle, and exca- vated at the antero-internal angle. The trunk-legs, in the female, are slender and cylindrical: those of the first pair (chelipeds) are hardly stouter and are much shorter than the second, which latter are a little longer than the carapace and rostrum: the others diminish very gradually in length: all the ambulatory legs have sharp, recurved dactyli. The abdomen of the female consists of five segments, the 4th, 5th and 6th segments being fused together.” (Hdw.) Stenocionops cervicornis (Herbst). Cancer cervicornis, Herbst, Krabben, III. iii. 49, pl. lviii. fig. 2. [ Stenocionops cervicornis, Guérin, Icon. Regne An., Crust., pl. 8 bis, fig. 3]. Stenocionops cervicornis, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 338. Stenocionops cervicornis, Cuvier, Regne Animal, Crust., pl. xxxi. fig. 1. Stenocionops cervicornis, and ? curvirostris, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Ent., France, (4) V. 1865, p. 135 (pl. v. figs. 1-1le.) Stenocionops cervicornis, E. Martens, Verh. zool. bot. Ges., Wien, XVI. 1866, p. 379. [Stenocionops cervicornis, Cano, Boll. Soc. Nat., Napol., III. 1889, p. 177.] Stenocionops cervicornis, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 343. *““Carapace uneven and tuberculated: rostral and supra-ocular “horns slender, very long, and nearly co-equal: two large conical ele- vations on the sides of either hepatic region: antenne shorter than the rostrum: chelz finely toothed and a little incurved: legs smooth.” (Edw. ) Alliance III. Perricrrorpa. Mictppa, Leach. Micippa, Leach, Zool. Miscell., III. p. 16. Micippe, Desmarest, Consid. Gen. Crust., p. 148. Micippe, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 329. Micippa, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 661; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XV. 1885, p. 3; and ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 69. Carapace nearly oblong, depressed, rounded behind, broadened anteriorly, and ending at a broad, lamellar, more or less vertically > 1895. | A. Aleock —Carcinological Fauna of India. 249 deflexed rostrum, the tip of which is cleft or emarginate. The eye- stalks are long, and the cornee, which are rather ventral than terminal in position, can be completely retracted from dorsal and usually also from ventral view. The orbit is formed by a sharply-arched supra-ocular eave, which is in contact either with an excavated post-ocular spine or with an intercalated spine as in Maza, and is partly or entirely com- pleted below and in front by a process of the broad basal antennal joint. The mobile portion of the antenna is completely exposed. The buccal frame is broadened in front: the merus of the external maxillipeds is broader than the ischium, and has its external angle expanded and its internal angle notched for the insertion of the palp. The chelipeds in the adult male are as long as or a little longer than the carapace, are a little stouter than the other legs, and have the palm broader than the other joints, and the fingers arched to meet only at the tip. The chelipeds in the female are slenderer than the other legs, are about the same length as the carapace, and have slender palms and almost straight fingers. The ambulatory legs are moderately elongate, subcylindrical, and have the dactyli not much or not at all shorter than the propodites. Abdomen, in both sexes, seven-jointed. Key to the Indian species of Micippa. I. Rostrum very broad, ending in four sharp lobes or spines (i.e, each lobe of the rostrum bilobed)................0...26. IL philyra. II. Rostrum moderately broad, ending in two long sharp lobes or spines (i.e., each lobe of the rostrum simple), not inflexed at tip...........0. ot poacobugndae ond cescpeccceus dlHh wana III. Rostrum moderately broad, inflexed at tip; ending in two insignificant blunt lobes, each of which has a small tooth at its external angle :— 1. Three large pearl-like tubercles embedded in the posterior margin....................... DM. margaritifera. 2. Twosmall pearl-like tubercles embedded in the posterior margin, with a group of small spinules between them............... MU. margaritifera var. parca. Micippa philyra, (Herbst.) Leach. Cancer philyra, Herbst, Krabben, ITI. iii. p. 51, pl. lviii. fig. 4. Nicippa philyra, Leach, Zool. Miscell., III. 16; and Desmarest, Consid. Gen. Crust., p. 149, pl. xxii. fig. 2; and Guérin, Icon. R. A., pl. viii bis, fig. 1; and Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 330; and Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crust., p. 15; and A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 289, pl. xi. fig. 2 and Kossmann, Reise Roru. Meer., Crust., p. 6 (wbi synon.) ; and varr. platipes and 250 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, mascarenica, pl. iii. figs. 2-3; and Richters, Mobius, Meeresfauna, Mauritius, p. 143, pl. xv. figs. 6-7, and var. latifrons, p. 142, pl. xv. figs. 1-5; and Lenz and Richters, Abh. senck. Ges. XII. 1881, p. 421; and Miers, Zoology H. M.S. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 and 198, and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1885, Vol. XV. p. 6, and ‘ Ghallenger’ Brachyura, p. 69; and Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., &c., VII. 1893, p. 59; and J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 348. Micippe platipes, Riippell, Beschrib. und Abbild., 24 Krabben Roth. Meer., | Frankfort, 1830, p. 8, tab.i. fig. 4; and Milne-Hdwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 333 (Paramicippe); and Heller, Crust. Roth. Meer., SB. Ak., Wien, XLIII. 1861, p- 299, tab. i. fig. 2; and De Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch., LIII. 1887, p, 227 (Paramicippe). Micippe bicarinata, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 16, (sec. Kossmann and Miers). ? Micippe hirtipes, Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exp., Crust., pt. I. p. 90, pl. i. figs. 4 a-e; and Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 218; and Heller, Reise ‘ Novara,’ Crust., p. 3. Micippa spatulifrons, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 240, pl. xi. fig. 3; and Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 445, and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 24. Micippa mascarenica, Kossm., Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1885, Vol. XV. p- 7, and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 69; and A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109; and J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 348. Micippa superciliosa, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. 8. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 446, pl. xxvi. fig. 2, and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 25. Paramicippa asperimanus, Miers, Zoology H. M. 8. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 517 and 525. Body and ambulatory legs closely covered by a woolly tomentum. Carapace with the regions well defined by smooth sulci, the hepatic regions sunken and pinched in, the surface closely and unevenly granular: the lateral margins are armed with knob-tipped spinules, of which there are sometimes as many as six, sometimes as few as two, on either side. The rostrum consists of a broad lamina which in the female is quite vertically, but in males is not so much deflexed, its sides are gently sinuous, and it ends in four sharp-cut lobes. The eyes are completely retractile within the orbits. The basal antennal joint is short and is extremely broad anteriorly, its greatly produced antero-external angle completing the orbit below and in front. The mobile portion of the antenna, which is freely exposed, varies in length and in the form of the flattened 2nd joint of the peduncle. In some males (var. mascarenica) the mobile portion of the antenna is half the length of the horizontal portion of the carapace, and the length of the 2ud joint is rather more than one-third the breadth of the rostrum at its own point of origin. But in all ovigerous females, and in certain males, the mobile portion of the antenna is between one-third and one-fourth the length of the hori- 1895. ] A. Aleock —Carcinological Fauna of India. 251 zontal portion of the carapace, and the length of the 2nd joint is less than one-third the breadth of the rostrum at its own point of origin— the joint also being somewhat broadened. The chelipeds also vary. In certain males, both adult and young (var. mascarenica partim), they are stouter than the other legs, are very variably granular, are a little longer than the carapace, have the hand very variably broadened and inflated, and the fingers closely apposable only at tip. In all females they are a little shorter than the carapace, are quite smooth, are rather slenderer than the other legs, and have slender palms, and fingers that are closely apposable in the greater part of their extent. In certain other adult males they are intermediate in condition, approach- ing more to the female type. The ambulatory legs are moderately stout and are hairy: the lst pair, which are the longest, are rather longer than the chelipeds; the others decrease gradually in length. Miers’ valuable paper, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1885, Vol. XV. pp. 6-8 should be consulted. After examining over forty specimens from the Andamans I adhere to Kossmann’s synonomy and opinion (loc. cit.) The characters upon which the separation of M. mascarenica from M. philyra is based are all variable; and I think that we have here to deal with a case of male dimorphism, such as is known to occur in certain Beetles, where one form of male is aberrant from the female type while another form of male resembles the female in certain par- ticulars: vide Bateson and Brindley, Variation in Secondary Sexual Characters, P.Z,.S., 1892, p. 585. Micippa thalia, Herbst. Cancer thalia, Herbst, Krabben, III. iii. 50, tab. lviii. fig. 3. Micippa thalia, Gersticker, Archiv. fur Naturgesch , XXII. 1856, p. 109; and Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 15; and A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 288, pl. xi. fig. 1; and Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust., p. 8 (et varr.); and Misrs, Zoology H. M.S. ‘Alert,’ pp. 182 & 198, and ANN. Mae. Nat. Hist., 1885, Vou. XV. p. 10 (wbi synon.), and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 70; and [Cano., Boll. Soc. Nat., Napol., III. 1889, p. 179]; and Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., etc., VII. 1893, p. 60; and Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 348. Micippa thalia (=var. aculeata), de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 98, pl. xxiii. fig. 3; and Krauss, Siidafr. Crust., p. 51; and Bianconi, Mem. Ac., Bologna, III., 1851, p. 103, pl. x. fig. 2; and Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust., pp. 5 and 8, pl. iii. fig. 5; and Hilgendorf, MB. Akad., Berl., 1878, p. 786; and Richters, Mébius, Meeres- fauna, Maurit., p. 142; and Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1885, Vol. XV. p. 11 (ubi synon.); and De Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 20; and Mary J. Rathbun, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVI. 1893, p. 92. J. 11. 32 252 A, Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, Micippe miliaris, Gersticker, Archiv. fur Naturges., XXII. 1856, p. 110; and Heller, Crust. Roth. Meer., SB. Ak., Wien, XLIII. 1861, p. 298, pl. i. fig. 1; and Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust., pp. 4 and 8; and Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1885, Vol. XV., p. 11. Micippa haanii, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 217; and Miers, Zool. H. M. §. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 517 and 524; and C. W. S. Aurivillius, Kongl. Sy. Vet. Ak. Handl., XXIII. 1888-89, No. 4, p. 52, pl. iv. figs. 1, la; and de Man, J. L. S., Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 20. Micippe pusilla, Bianconi, Mem. Ac. Sci., Bologna, 1869, Vol. IX. p. 205, pl. i. fig. 1: and Hilgendorf, MB. Ak., Berl., 1878, p. 787. Micippa inermis, Haswell, P. L. S., N. 8S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 445, pl. xxvi. fig. 3, and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 24. Body and ambulatory legs covered with a woolly tomentum. Carapace with the regions fairly well-defined, the hepatic regions depressed, and the surface closely and evenly granular. From the granular surface there usually, but not always, arise several large verti- cal spines, which are typically disposed as follows:—one on either supra-ocular hood, two on the gastric region in the middle line, and two placed obliquely on either branchial region. Any or all of these spines may be suppressed. The lateral margins are armed with an irregular series of spines or spinules, and a few spinules may exist on the pos- terior border in the middle line. - The rostram is deflexed nearly vertically in the adult female, less vertically in the adult male, and at an angle of 45° or less in the young male: it ends in two curved divergent spines. The basal antennal joint is produced at its antero-external angle to assist in the formation of the floor of the orbit, but there is a wide hiatus between this process and the post-ocular spine, so that the floor of the orbit is incomplete. The chelipeds in the adult male are as long as the carapace, are not much stouter than the other legs, and have slender palms, and long slender fingers which, though nearly straight, are closely apposable only in their distal half. In the adult female the chelipeds are equal in length to the post-orbital portion of the carapace, are slenderer than the other legs, and have tapering palms and minute fingers. The merus and carpus of the ambulatory legs are sometimes swollen. In the Museum collection are specimens, representing all the varieties of this species, from Mergui, Burma, Orissa and Malabar, as well as from Hongkong and Nagasaki. This species shows quite as well as M. cristata the close relation of Micippa to Maia. 1895. | A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 253 Micippa margaritifera, Henderson. Micippa margaritifera, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 348, pl. xxxvi. figs. 5-7. Carapace symmetrically sculptured, closely crisply and finely granular, and with the hepatic regions deeply excavate: there are three coarse spinules, disposed in a triangle base outwards, on efther branchial region, and a denticle at the anterior boundary of the branchial region ; and on the posterior margin are three smooth polished globules “ exactly resembling pearls ” inset. The rostrum is long, vertically deflexed in both sexes, and incurved at the tip, which ends in two shallow lobes—the outer angle of each lobe being marked by a spinule. The basal antennal joint has its antero-external portion greatly produced to complete the floor of the orbit. The chelipeds in the male are a little longer than the carapace, and have the palms broadened and inflated, and the fingers closely apposable only at the tip. In the female the chelipeds are very much slenderer than the other legs, are only as long as the post-orbital portion of the carapace, and have the hand very slender and tapering. The ambula- tory legs are remarkable for their large obtriangular foliaceous mero- podites, which in the first pair are specially remarkable, as they are closely apposable to the front, to form, as in Calappa, a shield. In the Museum collection are specimens from both sexes from the Andamans, from Ceylon (34 fms.), and from the Maldives (20-30 fms.). Micippa margaritifera, var. parca noy. I distinguish, provisionally, as a variety, two ovigerous females from the Andamans, in which the middle ‘“ pearl’? on the posterior border is replaced by a group of spinules, and in which the meropodites of the ambulatory legs are even more broadly foliaceous, CypHocarcinus, A. M.-Edw. Cyphocarcinus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., IV. 1868, p. 73; and Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., XIV. 1879, p. 664. Carapace elongate, subcylindrical, with the gastric region greatly elevated ; the anterior part of the gastric region, along with the front, being vertically defleced. The rostrum is formed of two little horns, each of which is sharply bifurcate at the tip, one branch being directed forwards and outwards, the other being recurved upwards. The eyes are small and are sunk in small tubular orbits formed in the typical Periceroid manner. The antenne are small: the basal joint has its antero external angle separated from the rest of the joint by a deep cleft. The external 254 A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, maxillipeds have the merus dilated at both the internal and external anterior angles. The chelipeds in the female are not longer than the 2nd pair of legs and are hardly stouter. The ambulatory legs have the dactylus recurved, strongly spinate along the posterior edge — prehensile. The sternum in the female forms a hollow, the mouth of which is com- pletely closed by the broad and perfectly flat abdomen. ? Cyphocarcinus minutus, A. M.-Edw. Cyphocarcinus minutus, A. Milne-Edwards, loc. cit. pl. xix. figs. 7-12. Carapace elongate, subcylindrical, the lateral borders nearly parallel in their posterior two-thirds, gently convergent anteriorly. Besides the greatly elevated and anteriorly deflexed gastric region, there are two or three slight bulgings on the side of either branchial region, a slight elevation on the cardiac region, and a median prolongation — overlapping the abdomen—of the posterior border. The hepatic regions are very small and are not visible from the dorsal aspect. The supra-orbital border bears one or two little teeth. The second joint of the antennal peduncle is much enlarged, the third is clavate, and the flagellum is hardly to be distinguished from the hairs on the third joint. The chelipeds in the female are smooth, but the legs are hairy and have the joints, especially the merus, somewhat broadened. Two adult females, one from the Pedro Shoal, the other from the Andamans, are in the Museum collection. The larger of the two is 10 millim. long and has the carapace deeply encrusted by a colony of calcareous Polyzoa. Macrocetoma, Miers. Macroceloma, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 665; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 79. Entomonys, Miers, Zoology H. M. 8. ‘ Alert,’ p. 525. Carapace subpyriform, but broadened anteriorly by the projecting orbits: the dorsal surface unarmed, or tuberculated, or with a few long spines: the margins without a series of elongated lateral spines, but often with a strongly developed lateral epibranchial spine, preced- ed by some smaller spines. The spines of the rostrum are well deve- loped. The eyes are retractile within roomy projecting tubular orbits, which are formed much as in Micippa. The antenney have the basal joint considerably enlarged and armed distally with one or two spines. The mobile portion of the antenna is sometimes concealed by the rostrum, sometimes exposed. The merus of the external maxillipeds is broader than the ischium, and notched at the internal angle for the insertion of the palp. 1895. ] A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 255 The chelipeds in the male have the palms enlarged, and the fingers either arched and meeting only at the tip, or not. The ambulatory legs are rather short. This genus might, without any unnatural stretch, be included with Micippoides, A. M.-Edw. (Journ. Mus. Godeffr. I., Crust., p. 254). Macrocoeloma nummifer, n.sp., Plate IV. fig. 4. Closely allied to Macrocoeloma concava, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Bra- chyura, p. 81, pl. x. fig. 2; and to Hntomonyx spinosus, Miers, Zoology H. M.S. ‘Alert,’ p. 526, pl. xlvii. fig. B. Carapace rather more than ; longer than broad, with the regions well-defined : its surface is regularly and sharply tubercular and is arm- ed with two sharp spines—one behind the other—on the gastric region, two larger—side by side—on the cardiac region, two still larger—one obliquely behind the other—on the lateral epibranchial region, and two very small ones—one behind the other—on the intestinal region. The rostrum consists of two straight sharp slightly diverging spines, which are about one-fifth or one-sixth the length of the carapace proper, and which in the male are slightly deflexed, but in the female are strong- ly deflexed. The basal joint of the antennes is broadly obtriangular ; its antero- external angle is produced to aid in forming the floor of the orbit—this orbital process having its free margin deeply excised; its antero-inter- nal angle carriesa stout vertically directed tooth. The orbits, which are in the form of large deep projecting tubes with jagged lips, are con- stituted as in Micippa. The chelipeds are closely and sharply granular as far as the fingers: in the male they are much stouter than the other legs, are nearly as long as the carapace and rostrum, and have large broad palms, and strongly arched fingers that meet only at the tip. In the female the chelipeds, although not mueh shorter than those of the male, are hardly stouter than the other legs, and have fingers that can be closely apposed throughout their extent. The ambulatory legs are slender: in all the meropodite has its posterior margin minutely spinulose, and has a spine on the far end of the upper margin: the first pair, which are the longest, are a little longer than the chelipeds. The rostrum carapace and legs are beset with stiff curly hairs. The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments. This species commonly encrusts itself with a plate armour of Orbitolites, rounded fragments of Nullipore, &c. 256 A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [N o. 2, Loc. Andaman Sea, 17-36 fms, Off Ceylon 34 fms. ‘Male. Adult female. Greatest length eve «soe yok onl bone, 21 millim. Oe, breadth eA ee 2 1G. Length of chelipeds ae fan) WeBber e a ete a Trartnia, Dana, Tiarinia, Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exp., Crust., pt. I. p. 109. Tiarinia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 664. Carapace subpyriform, somewhat broadened anteriorly, tuberculated, terminating in a rostrum composed of two moderately deflexed horns which are in close contact with one another, except sometimes at the extreme tip. The eyes are enclosed in tubular orbits formed by a prominent supra-ocular roof the anterior angle of which is strongly produced forwards, by a cupped post-ocular tooth, and by a process of the broad basal antennal joint, all three elements being in the closest contact. The mobile portion of the antenna is completely exposed. The external maxillipeds have the merus broader than the ischium owing to the expansion of its external angle, and the palp inserted in a slight notch in the internal angle of the merus. The chelipeds are little enlarged in the male: the ambulatory legs have the dactylus short and claw-like. The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments. Tiarinia cornigera, (Latr., Edw.) [Pisa cornigera, Latr., Encyc., X. 141.] Pericera cornigera, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 335; and Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 18. Tiarinia cornigera, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., Crust., pt. I. p. 110, pl. iii. figs. 5a-e; and Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 217; and Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 449, and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 28; and Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1880, Vol. V. p. 228; and Mary J. Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XV. 1892, pp. 243 and 276. ? Pericera tiarata and setigera, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 17. Tiarinia verrucosa, Heller, ‘ Novara’ Crust., p. 4, taf.i. fig. 3. Tiarinia mammillata, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. 8S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 448, and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 27. Body and ambulatory Jegs with many curly hairs. Carapace pyriform, the regions well-defined, the surface closely and very variedly pustular nodular and granular, but with the following markings fairly constant:—two parallel longitudinal lines of small nodules between the orbits; a “cross” of larger nodules on the gastric 1895. | A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 257 region, the base of the cross being formed by three pustules; three pustules arranged ina triangle base forwards on the cardiac region, behind which are three conical tubercles arranged in a transverse line; a coarse claw-like tooth at the lateral epibrancial angle. The rostrum consists of two moderately deflexed spines, which are parallel, and in the closest contact, either throughout their extent, or to near the tips, which may then be upcurved and slightly divergent: the length of the rostrum varies from nearly one-half to one-fourth the length of the carapace, its usual length is about #ths that of the carapace. The antenne have the basal joint broadened and produced to form the floor of the orbit, the antero-external angle being further produced to form a coarse spine: the next two joints are broadened and fringed with stiff bristles: the flagellum is short. The eyes are ensheathed in orbits which are formed as already described: the supra-ocular eave has a dog’s-ear form, and the post-ocular tooth is also salient. The cheli- peds in the adult male are as long as the carapace without the rostral spines, and are a little stouter than the other legs: the merus is nodular, most markedly so on the upper surface; the carpus is granular; and the palm — which is a good deal broadened and inflated—and the fingers, are smooth and polished, the fingers being arched and meeting only at tip. In the female and young male the chelipeds are only as long as the post-orbital portion of the carapace, are slenderer than the other legs, aud have the palm slender, the fingers however being arched. The ambulatory legs are stout, and have strong claw-like dactyli, the posterior border of which is denticulate; the ischium in all is swollen, and is more or less nodular on the upper surface; and the carpus in all is broadened : the first pair, which are considerably the longest, slightly exceed the length of the carapace and rostrum, In the Museum collection are forty well preserved specimens from the Andamans. © The closeness of the relation between Tiarinia and Micippa is well seen in the very young of the above species, in which the carapace is depressed and is so broad in front as to be almost oblong, and the rostrum is deflexed at an angle of 45°. Family Il. PARTHENOPIDAi. Parthenopiens (part.) and Canceriens cryptopodes, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat., Crust., I. pp. 347 and 368. Parthenopinea, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp., Crust., I. pp. 77 and 136, 258 A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. — [No. 2, Parthenopinea, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. p. 641; and ‘ Challen- ger’ Brachyura, p. 91. The eyes are usually retractile within small circular well-defined orbits, the floor of which is nearly continued to the front, leaving a hiatus which is usually filled by the second joint of the antennary ped- uncle. The basal antennal joint is small, and is deeply imbedded between the inner angle of the orbit and the antennulary fosse. The antennules fold a little obliquely. The Parthenopide are divided by Miers into two sub-families, namely :— Sub-family I. Parthenopinew ; in which the carapace is sometimes sub-pentagonal or ovate-pentagonal, more commonly equilaterally-tri- angular, and sometimes almost semi-circular or semi-elliptical in out- line; in which the cardiac and gastric regions are usually so deeply marked off from the branchial regions on either side as to make the dorsal surface of the carapace trilobed; in which the chelipeds are vastly longer and more massive than the ambulatory legs ; and in which the rostrum is either simple or obscurely trilobed. Sub-family II. Humedoninex ; in which the carapace is, commonly, sharply pentagonal, with the junction of the antero-lateral and postero- lateral borders strongly produced; in which the cardiac and gastric regions are not conspicuously marked off from the branchial regions ; and in which the chelipeds are of moderate size. Sub-family I. PARTHENOPINA, Miers. Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 668, Key to the Indian genera. I. Carapace not laterally expanded :— 1. Basal antennal joint very short, not nearly reaching the inner canthus of the orbit: fingers of chelipeds very strongly incurved... LAamMBRUS, 2. Basal antennal joint nearly reaching the inner canthus of the orbit: fingers slightly incur- 7 ls NAA ineb sss! ope anasraesarrninnc bor caceensesonoacod Aca URiTany a dim II. Carapace more or less expanded to form a vault in which the ambulatory legs are concealed :— 1. Carapace transversely triangular; greatly expanded both laterally and posteriorly ...... CRYPTOPODIA. 2. Carapace transversely triangular; expanded laterally, but not posteriorly: a ridge on the pterygostomian regiOn...csssecsccresseeseesesseseee LLETEROCRYPTA, 1895. ] A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 259 3. Carapace transversely oval; expanded laterally, but not posteriorly: no ridge on the ptery- SOSLOMIAN VELIOMs ssyseciesces Ulcneeseseceesses+deee) “CHTHRA, Lamprvs, Leach. Lambrus, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. XI. 1815, pp. 308, 310. Lambrus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 352. Lambrus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p. 146. Lambrus, Miers, J. L. 8., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 668; and ‘ Challenger ’ Brachy- ura, p. 91. Carapace either broadly triangular with rounded sides and pointed front, or ovate-pentagonal with front pointed but extremely short: the surface is granular, or tubercular, or spiny. The eyes are enclosed in distinct orbits, which have a suture above and a hiatus below, the hiatus being occupied by the second joint (true third joint) of the antennal peduncle. The antennules fold obliquely. The antenne are small: their basal joint, which is extremely short, and does not reach the front, is wedged in between the antennulary fossa and the large lobe that constitutes the floor of the orbit. The buccal frame is usually quadrangular, but is sometimes a little narrowed in front; it is completely closed by the external maxillipeds: the epistome is sometimes very large, sometimes narrow. The chelipeds are usually of immense size and length, out of all proportion to the short slender ambulatory legs: the meropodite and “hand” are usually prismatic, with the borders strongly dentate: the fingers are much shorter than the palm, and are abruptly curved in- wards and a little downwards. The abdomen of the female usually consists of seven segments ; that of the male of five or six. Professor A. Milne-Edwards, (Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. pp. 146- 148) subdivides the genus Lambrus into ten sub-genera, the indepen- dence of all of which, however, is not universally admitted. The sub-genera at present known to exist in Indian waters are shown in the following Key to the Indian sub-genera of the genus Lambrus. I. Carapace tuberculate, ovate-pentagonal, the rostrum not breaking beyond the general outline of the body: the buccal frame a little narrowed in front......csssscsveseres LAMBRUS, Jig te, 38: 260 lee III. 1B Ye A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. Carapace strongly carinated or tuberculated, broadly tri- angular (considerably broader than long), with rounded sides and a broad but sharp-pointed projecting ros- trum: no post-ocular constriction: chelipeds with the arm and hand straight, sharply trigonal, the edges of these joints, as also the outer edge of the carpus, being very sharply and stoutly serrated.......c..ss.cscssssecscservecs Carapace granular or spiny, usually as long as broad, with a projecting rostrum, and avery distinct post-ocular Constriction .......++ tevereseveccesress Seve scees teers cececereerceces Carapace granular, broader than long, and with the postero- lateral angle produced to form a great blade-like spine. Pterygostomian region deeply channelled, obliquely, the channel being closed below by thick fringes of hairs..... Carapace worn and eroded, broader than long, almost semi- circular in Outline, with the postero-lateral angle pro- duced; the rostrum more or less deflexed, and not, or hardly, breaking the general outline: no post-ocular, but a fairly distinct post-hepatic constriction: cheli- peds with the arm and hand indefinitely contorted, not sharply trigonal; and with their edges, if spinate, irre- gularly and bluntly so; the carpus quite smooth exter- [No. 2, PLATYLAMBRUS. RHINOLAMBRUS. AULACOLAMBRUS. nally : the chelipeds are short for the genuS...............4 PARTHENOLAMBRUS. Sub-genus Lamerus, A. Milne-Edwards. Lambrus, A Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust., I. p. 146. Lambrus, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 92, (part.) Carapace ovate-pentagonal, with the surface granular or pustular and but little carinate in the adult: rostrum exceedingly short. Lambrus longimanus, Leach. ? Cancer spinosus longimanus, Rumph, Amboin. Rariteitk., pl. viii. fig. 2. Cancer macrochelos, Seba, III. xix. 1, 8, 9. 2 Parthenope longimanus, Fabr. Suppl., p. 353. ? Cancer longimanus, Linn., Syst. Nat., II. 1046, 42. ? Cancer longimanus, Herbst, Krabben, I. ii, 2538, taf. xix. figs. 105, 107. Lambrus longimanus, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. XI. 1815, p. 310; and Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 354; and Cuvier, Regne Animal, pl. xxvi. fig. 1; (and ? Lambrus longimanus, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 30); and Bleeker, Crust de l’Ind. Archip., p. 17 (nec syn. pelagicus, Rupp.) ; and Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1879, Vol. IV. p. 20, and Zoology H. M. S. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 and 200, and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 95; and W. A. Haswell, P. L. 8., N. 8S. Wales, Vol. 1V. 1879, p. 449, and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 31; and A. O. Walker, J. L. S., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109; and de Man. J. L.S., Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 21 (ubi synon.) ; and Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1893, p. 349. 1895. ] A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 261 Carapace almost oval transversely, and with the surface granular or pustular. (In the young, besides tubercles, there are some coarse spinules in five series—a median, and two oblique lateral on either side.) The lateral borders are spinulate or crenulate anteriorly, spinate posteriorly, smooth quite posteriorly at the junction with the posterior border: the posterior border, except for a hook-like spinule at either end, and two spinules in the middle line, is smooth: there are often one or two curved spines On the branchial region: the pterygostomian region is quite smooth, but on the inferior branchial region are a few coarse spinules, most distinct at the bases of the legs. The rostrum, which is symmetrically trilobed, is very small, its length being less than one-twelfth that of the rest of the carapace. The chelipeds, which are massive, are about four times the length of the carapace in the male, about 33 times in the female: the mero- podite is prismatic, or, in transverse section, rhomboidal ; its anterior and posterior edges are armed with numerous, somewhat curved, spines —alternating larger and smaller; its upper edge, as sometimes either upper surface, has a row of spinules ; its lower edge is rounded, and has a discontinuous series of spinules; its under surfaces are smooth and polished : the carpus has 3 or 4 sharp thin teeth on its outer margin: the trigonal palm has twelve or more sharp thin laciniated teeth on its outer edge—alternately larger and smaller; along its inner edge is a long series of multicuspid spines; its under edge is finely beaded, and its under surfaces are almost smooth; its upper surface has numerous irregularly disposed spinules and granules: the dactylus has numerous spinules on the outer surface of its broad base. The ambulatory legs have the merus compressed and spinulate as to its edges, especially the posterior (inferior) edge: the longest of the ambulatory legs is hardly longer than the meropodite of the chelipeds. Colours in life, pale lilac dorsally, white ventrally. In the Museum collection are numerous specimens from the Madras coast, from Arrakan and Mergui, and from the Andamans. Sub-genus PLATYLAmMBRvS, Stimpson. Platyiambrus and Enoplolambrus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. pp. 146 and 147. Lambrus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 92 (part). Carapace carinated or tuberculated, broader than long, broadly triangular with rounded sides and a broad but acute and projecting rostrum: no post-ocular constriction: chelipeds with the meropodite dan palm straight, the former joint prismatic, the latter sharply tri- 262 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. | ENoR23 gonal, the anterior and posterior borders of both joints sharply laci- niate or serrate, as is also the outer edge of the carpus. Key to the Indian species of the sub-genus Platylambrus. (1. Infra-orbital lobe entire and I. Carapace with three dis- strongly produced at the in- tinct carinez, one median, and ner (inferior) angle to form one, oblique, on either side: a great spine plainly visible chelipeds with their sur- 3 from above on either side of faces (but not their edges) for the most part smooth: ambulatory legs, with few | 2. Infra-orbital lobe deeply spines, cleft, the inner portion not . or hardly visible from above JL. carinatus, Edw. the rostrum....... .....cos0.. LD. prensor. II. Carapace covered with great mushroom-like or paxilliform tubercles: chelipeds with their surfaces very strongly spinate or tuberculate: ambulatory legs strongly BPINILOTOUS. <.ses0csdocvesceusearrnaesuaruca unsignanavivasses soahe:sasves) | LNeChMMyUBa Lambrus (Platylambrus) prensor, Herbst. Lambrus prensor, Herbst, Krabben, II. ii. 170, tab. xli. fig. 3. Lambrus prensor, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 358. Lambrus jourdainii, F. de B. Capello, Jorn. Sci. Lisb., III. 1870-71, tab. 3, fie. 6. Lambrus prensor, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouy. Archiv. du Mus., Vol. VIII. 1872, p. 260 (foot-note) ; and Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p. 147 (foot-note). Lambrus prensor, Walker, J. L. 8. Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109 (name only). Our numerous specimens correspond exactly with Capello’s figure and succint and graphic description. M. A, Milne-Edwards at first as- signed Capello’s species to L. carinatus, Edw., but afterwards to L. pren- sor, and it is this last authority that I now follow. Carapace broader than long, broadly triangular with the sides round- ed: the median and branchial regions are strongly prominent, the former having three small spinules in the middle line, the latter having each two oblique granular ridges, one of which is very faint and runs to the large lateral epibranchial spine, the other of which forms a strong carina, and runs to the large spine at the postero-lateral angle. The antero- lateral margin is armed with 7 or 8 nearly equal-sized close-set compress- ed teeth, behind which, at the lateral epibranchial angle, is a very large blade-like spine: behind this again, on the postero-lateral border are two large teeth, the outer of which, at the postero-lateral angle, is nearly as large as the lateral epibranchial spine; and lastly on the posterior bor- der are three large curved spines. The rostrum is acute, concave at base, and slightly recurved at tip: on either side of the rostrum is seen from above a very strong and acute spine formed by the prolongation of the inner margin of the infra-orbital lobe—this lobe is entire. 1895. | A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 263 The chelipeds are massive and are about three times the greatest length of the carapace: their surfaces are almost smooth: the arm is rhomboidal in transverse section, and the palm is sharply trigonal : the lower edges of the arm, wrist and palm form a continuous line of beading: the upper edge of the arm is granular and spinular: the inner or anterior edges of the arm, wrist and hand are spinate—the spines growing larger towards the end of the palm, while the posterior (or outer) edges of the same three joints are very strongly and closely laciniate. As usual the spines in all cases have a tendency to be alternately larger and smaller. Of the ambulatory legs the merus, carpus and propodus have the anterior (upper) border strongly and sharply carinate, while the merus has also the posterior border spinate. This species is not uncommon along the Orissa coast, from 8 to 23 fathoms. Lambrus (Platylambrus) carinatus, Edw. Lambrus carinatus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 358. Lambrus carinatus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p. 147 (foot- note). Our specimens, which agree with the diagnoses of M. A. Milne- Edwards completely, are distinguished from those above described as Li. prensor, (1) by having the mid-dorsal carina formed by three great compressed teeth ; (2) by the single, and very high and sharply cut carina on either branchial region ; (3) by the smaller size of the spine at the lateral epibranchial angle and of the spine, at the postero-lateral angle, immediately succeeding it; (4) by the form of the infra-orbital lobe, which instead of being entire, is bilobed—the inner lobe, more- over, having a rounded apex, and not being visible from above; (5) by the meropodites of the ambulatory legs having their anterior (upper) edge serrate, not carinate, and by the carpopodites and propodites having the anterior edge smooth. These differences are constant ina series of twelve specimens, including both sexes. This species also differs from LZ. prensor in its much smaller size, three ovigerous females having the carapace 11 millim. in its greatest breadth (exclusive of spines), while ovigerous females of L. prensor have the carapace 28 to 30 millim. in its greatest breadth exclusive of spines. A 264 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, [ ? Lambrus (Platylambrus) holdsworthit, Miers. Lambrus holdsworthii, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. IV. 1879, p. 19, pl. v. fig. 3; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 93; and Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., (2) V. 1893, p. 350. The single specimen that I doubtfully refer, from Miers’ figure and description, to this species, has a close resemblance to both the species identified above as L. prensor and L. carinatus. It differs from them both (1) in having numerous scattered tubercles on the carapace, and (2) in having the large spine at the lateral epibranchial angle and the two outer spines on the pustero-lateral margin all of about the same size. Itresembles LZ. prensor, and differs from ZL. carinatus, in not having the branchial region traversed by a single sharp-cut carina: and it resembles L. carinatus, and differs from DL. prensor, in having a median line (though not a high carina) of three large teeth, in having the infra-orbital lobe deeply cleft and not exceedingly produced, and in having the anterior (or upper) edge of the meropodites of the ambula- tory legs dentate instead of carinate. | Lambrus (Platylambrus) echinatus, Herbst. Cancer echinatus, Herbst, Krabben, I. ii. 255, taf. xix. figs. 108-109. Parthenope giraffa, Fabr., Supplement, p. 353. [Maia echinatus and giraffa, Bose, I. 250]. Lambrus girauffa, Desmarest, Consid. Crust., p. 85. Lambrus echinatus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 356. Lambrus echinatus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 93. Carapace broader than long, broadly triangular with the sides rounded : the gastric and cardiac regions are elevated, and are delimited on either side from the elevated branchial regions by broad and deep grooves. The eutire carapace is covered, but not very densely, with large mushroom-like and paxilliform tubercles, the spaces between which are occupied, but not densely, by short, crisp, upstanding hairs. The lateral margins are armed with ramose spines, which increase in size from before backwards: the posterior and part of the postero- lateral margins are armed with tubercles like those on the surface of the carapace. The granular rostrum is broad and concave at the base, and is then suddenly narrowed to form a little peak. The chelipeds which are from 35 (female) to 3$ (male) the greatest length of the carapace, are distinguished by having their upper aspect (edges and surfaces) covered with ramose spines, and their under aspect covered with great pearly tubercles. The ambulatory legs are distin- 1895. ] A, Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 265 guished by the large and numerous spines on their 3rd, 4th and 5th joints. This species is not uncommon off the Orissa coast from 7 to 23 fathoms. Sub-genus Rurnotamsrus, A. Milne-Edwards. Rhinolambrus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p. 148. Lambrus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 92 (part.). Carapace triangular, usually as long as broad, with a broad pro- jecting somewhat declivous rostrum anda very distinct post-ocular constriction; surface of carapace very commonly, but not always, spiny and granular. Key to the Indian species of the sub-genus Rhinolambrus. F (i. Chelipeds nearly three times the 1. Carapace and length of the ca- chelipeds very rapace and ros- closely covered trum...... ....... LD. contrarius. with large rugged + granules and|ii. Chelipeds not sharp ramose two-and-a-half I. Chelipeds stout, spines. times the length three times to of the carapace twice or less the and rostrum........ L. longispinis. length of the cara- pace and rostrum. (i. Chelipeds three 2. Carapace with times the length few depressed tu- of the carapace bercles, or nearly and rostrum........ DL. pelagicus. smooth: chelipeds 4 with blunt teeth | ii. Chelipeds not or smooth gra- twice the length nules. of the carapace and rostrum ....... L. gracilis, (i. A single turret on the cardiac region, and on either branchial region : two large diverg- 1. Carapace at least ae Ee om ee II. Chelipeds slend- as long as broad: ae ‘ q at a4 2 Betis er, three-and-a-| large erectturret-{ Posterior border... 4. turriger. half to five times like spines on the the length of the carapace. carapace and ros- trum. ii. Two turrets on the cardiac region, and two on either branchial region: a single spinule on the posterior margin...... sesooree DL. cybelis. 2. Carapace broader than long; large \\ spines of ordinary form on the carapace L. petalophorus, 266 A. Aleock—COarcinological Fauna of India. Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) contrarius, Herbst. Cancer contrarius, Herbst, Krabben, III. iv. 18, tab. lx. fig. 3. [Parthenope spinimana, Lamk., Hist. Anim. Sans. Vert., V. 239. ] Lambrus spinimanus, Desmarest, Consid. Crust., p. 86, pl. iii. fig. 1. Lambrus contrarius, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 354. Lambrus contrarius, Bleeker, Recherches Crust. de l’ Ind. Archip., p. 18. Lambrus contrarius, &. Milne-Edwards, Maillard’s 1’ ile Réunion, Annexe F, p. 10. Lambrus contrarius, Brocchi, Ann. Sci. Nat., (6) II. 1875, Art. 2, p. 98, pl. xviii. figs. 166, 167 (o& appendages). ; Lambrus contrarius, Richters, in Mébius, Meeresf. Maurit., p. 145. Lambrus contraurius, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1880, Vol. V. p. 2380; and ‘ Challenger’ Brachyuragp. 94. Lambrus contrarius, J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc-, Zool., (2) V. 1893, p. 350. Carapace, with rostrum, slightly longer than broad, everywhere covered with jagged granules and spines: the regions are strongly convex, and, usually, in the middle line, are three or four, and again on either branchial region, one or two spines of predominant size. The rostrum is broad, prominent, declivous, and spiny or granular, both on the upper surface and along the margins. The hepatic regions are very prominent, and their angle is strongly produced. The orbital edge is prominent and the post-orbital constriction strongly pronounced. The chelipeds are about three times the length of the carapace and rostrum, and are extremely massive, the hands especially: above they are covered with large sharp jagged spines with rough tubercles interpersed ; below they are everywhere covered with rasp-like granules, The ambulatory legs are rather stout for a Lambrus, and have the merus somewhat spiny along one or both edges. Colours in spirit, mottled pink, tips of fingers purple-black, ambu- latory legs banded alternately yellow and bluish pink. Our largest specimens, a male and a female, are from off Colombo, 263 fathoms, and have a span (of chelipeds) of 290 millim. and 265 millim. respectively. Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) longispinis, Miers, Lambrus longispinus, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1879, Vol. IV. p. 18; Zoo- logy H. M. 8. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 and 199; and ‘ Challenger ’ Brachyura, p. 93. Lambrus longispinus, de Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch., LIIT. 1887, p. 229. Lambrus longispinus, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109. Lambrus longispinus, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1893, p. 350. Lambrus spinifer, Haswell, P. L. S., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 461, pl. xxvii. fig. 1; and Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 34. - Carapace, with rostrum, little longer than broad, its surface covered with spiny tubercles: There are four prominent spines in the middle — 1895.] A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 267 line, of which three are on the cardiac and one is on the gastric region ; in front ef the latter are two smaller spines placed transversely: on the branchial regions are some small spines set in two oblique series, and one large spine. On the antero-lateral margins are about nine small close-set blunt faintly-laciniated teeth, slightly increasing in size posteriorly ; on the postero-lateral margin are two large spines; and on the posterior border, in the middle line, is a pair of spines. The rostrum is broad, prominent, acute and declivous. The post-ocular constriction is distinct ; and the hepatic regions are well marked, with the outer border denticulate. The chelipeds in the male are about 2% times the length of the carapace and rostrum: they much resemble those of L. contrarius, the spines being for the most part jagged, and the tubercles rasp-like. On the anterior (inner) margin of the arm are 10 or 12 spines alternating in size, the last three being very small; on the upper surface of the arm three spines ave very prominent, as are three or four on the posterior (outer) edge. On the anterior (inner) margin of the hand are 7 or 8 spines increasing in size from behind forwards; while on the posterior margin are numerous spines —only three or four of which are large. The lower surface of the arms, wrists and hands is closely covered with large round rasp-like tubercles. The merus and sometimes the two following joints of the ambulatory legs, have the margins dentate. Our single specimen from the Arrakan coast, 13 fms., is plainly the same as Haswell’s L. spinifer, judging from his figure (tom. cit.) Both from that figure and from our specimen I should consider the species to be more nearly related to L. contrarius than to L. validus. Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) pelagicus, Ripp. Lambrus pelagicus, Riippell, Beschr. u. Abbild. 24 Art. Krabben des Roth. Meer., p. 15, pl. iv. fig. 1. Lambrus pelagicus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 355. Lambrus pelagicus, Riipp. (prob. = afinis, A. M.-Edw.) Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1879, Vol. IV. p. 21. Lambrus pelagicus, Ortmann, Zool. Forsch. in Austral. u. Malay. Archip., Jena, 1894, p. 46. Lambrus afinis, A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 261, pl. xiv. fig. 4. Lambrus afinis, Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 34. Lambrus affinis, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 93. Lambrus afinis, J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 350. [Lambrus afinis, F. Muller, Verh. Ges. Basel, VIII. p. 473.] [Lambrus affinis, Cano, Boll. Soc. Nat. Napol., III. 1889, p. 187.] Carapace, with rostrum, as long as broad: its regions well delimit- ed and faintly pitted and pimpled, the furrows between the regions J. ur. 34 268 A. Alecock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, being smooth and bare—except for a pimple at each of the four angles of the cardiac region. On either branchial region, above the postero- lateral angle of the carapace, is a bluntly conical spine. The rostrum is very broad, and is concave and bluntly pointed: on either side above the eye is a little eminence which carries a tuft of long silky hairs. The post-ocular constriction is distinct, as is also the post-hepatic. The antero-lateral (including the hepatic) margin is faintly crenulated : the posterior border is quite smooth. : The chelipeds in the male are three times the loneth of the cara- pace, but not more than 23 times in the female: the anterior (or inner) margin of the arm and hand is evenly and bluntly dentate, or crenulate ; the posterior (or outer) margin in the same joints is as evenly but much more bluntly and indistinctly dentate, and the lower margin faintly beaded : the carpus is either quite smooth or has a few nodules. The ambulatory legs are smooth, rather stout, and are longer than the hand. In the male near the anterior border of the 6th abdominal tergum is a strong spine. This is a fairly common species at the Andamans. Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) gracilis, Dana. Lambrus gracilis, Dana U. S. Expl. Exp. Crust., pt. I. p. 187, pl. vi. figs. 6 a—-b. Lambrus gracilis, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 94. Lambrus deflexifrons, Alcock and Anderson (nec Miers), J. A.S B., 1894, pt. ii. p- 199. Carapace, with rostrum, considerably longer than broad; with a pronounced post-ocular constriction; somewhat rhomboidal in shape: the regions are extremely prominent, especially the cardiac, which is capped by a conical tooth, and the branchial, which rises into an oblique crest terminating posteriorly in a tooth: the hepatic region forms a prominent tooth, behind which the rounded lateral margins are 6 or 7 toothed: there are two laminar teeth on the posterior border: other- wise the carapace is smooth. The rostrum is broad, deflexed, and dis- tinctly trilobed towards the tip. The chelipeds are not quite twice the length of the carapace and rostrum; and in the adult are not symmetrical—one, either right or left, having the hand much larger than the other. In the young the asymmetry is hardly noticeable. The arm has the anterior (inner) and posterior (outer) border irregularly armed with compressed blunt — spines, of which the one at the far end of the outer border is the largest —pbeing almost foliaceous: the hand has its inner and outer borders armed in the same irregular way, two or three of the teeth on the outer border, and one on the inner border being enlarged: the under surfaces 1895. ] A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 269 of the chelipeds are quite smooth, but the upper surface of the arm has an incomplete longitudinal line of beading. The ambulatory legs are long and particularly slender. In the Museum collection are specimens of males, ovigerous females and young, from the Andamans and from off Ceylon. Lambrus (Rhinolunbrus) deflexifrons, Miers. Lambrus deflexifrons, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. IV. 1879, p. 21, pl. v. fig. 5. Ceylon. This species, which is not represented in the Museum collection, is described as follows by Miers :— ““The carapace is strongly constricted behind the orbits, with the cardiac region very convex, and with an oblique but shallow sulcus on the branchial regions, and is covered with closely-set small tubercles ; the antero-lateral margins are unarmed; but there are two larger tubercles or small spines on the postero-lateral margins. The rostrum is vertically deflexed, triangular, and granulated above. The basal antennal joint is very small; the epistoma is large; the sub-hepatic and pterygostomian regions are not channelled. The anterior legs have the arm rounded and tuberculate above, with small spines on its anterior margin; the wrist is tuberculate; the hand with a few tubercules on its upper surface, the anterior margin armed with about ‘ten, and the posterior with four granulated spines. The under surface of arm, wrist, and hand is closely granulated. The ambulatory legs are smooth, and are not compressed and cristate as usual in the genus. The vertically deflexed rostrum and carapace, devoid of spines on its surface and anterior margins, and non-compressed ambulatory legs are characteristic of this species. It seems to be allied to ZL. gracilis, Dana, a species from the Fijis, in the form of the carapace and legs; but in that species the carapace has a spine on the cardiac and each branchial region, and elsewhere appears to be smooth.” Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) turriger, Ad. & Wh. Lambrus turriger, White, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 58; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX. 1847, p. 63; and Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 26, pl. v., fig. 2. Lambrus turriger, W. A. Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales, Vol. 1V. 1879, p. 449; and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 32. LaMBRUS TURRIGER, Miers, Zootocy H. M. S. ‘ ALERT,’ p. 201; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 96. Carapace, with rostrum, a little broader than long ; slightly granu- lar ; the regions well-defined and armed with huge, erect or semi-erect, knob-headed spines, as follows :—one on the gastric region, in the mid- 270 A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, dle line, one on the cardiac region in the middle line, and one on each branchial region: there is sometimes a little spinule in front of the gas- tric spine, and one in front of either branchial spine ; and on the pos- terior border, m the middle line, are two divergent spimes directed back- wards, The rostrum is broad, concave between the eyes, somewhat de- flexed, and may be described as trilobed near the tip—since it is there suddenly truncated and continued in the middle line only. There is a distinct post-ocular constriction, and the hepatic regions are well-defined laterally. The chelipeds are long slender and rugose: the arm is cylindrical, and the palm subcylindrical, becoming enlarged and trigonal near the fingers: in the male the chelipeds are from 43 to 53 times the length of the carapace and rostrum, in the female they are but 3} to 33 times this length, The ambulatory fegs are long, very slender, and perfectly smooth. In the Museum collection are numerous specimens from the Anda- mans, from the Madras coast, and from off Ceylon at 32 to 34 fathoms. There are undoubtedly two sorts of males : one sort resembling the female in having the chelipeds comparatively short, the other sort hay- ing very long chelipeds. Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) cybelis, n. sp. This species closely resembles L. turriger, from which it differs only in the following characters :— (1) the regions of the carapace are all more elevated, and on the cardiac region—one behind the other, in the middle line— as well as on either branchial region, are two very large semi-erect spines of equal size; while in the middle of the granular posterior border is a single spinule : (2) the surface of the carapace, besides being granular, is very evenly and regularly pitted or reticulated ; (3) the rostrum, which is nearly one-third the greatest breadth of the carapace, is more distinctly trilobed : (4) the chelipeds (which in females and young males are only 3t to 35 times the length of the carapace and rostrum), though of the same general slender proportions as in L. turriger, have the hand distinctly trigonal throughout, and the arm and hand armed with sharp laciniated spines on the upper aspect. A young male from off Ceylon, 34 fms., and two probably half-grown males, and an ovigerous female, from off the Andamans, 41 to 86 fathoms. 1895. | A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 271 The characters that distinguish this species are constant through- out the series, without any modification or variation. Greatest length of carapace in ovigerous female .,. 15 millim. Do. breadth do. do. do. vee Lomnillina: Length of chehpeds in ovigerous female fy 32, morlline: Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) petalophorus, n. sp. Carapace of the same general shape as in L. turriger, but broader posteriorly, where its breadth exceeds its length with the rostrum. The hepatic region is extremely well demarcated, not by its prominence, but by its almost vertical outer wall. The cristiform antero-lateral border, which runs from the angle of the buccal frame outside the limit of the hepatic region, is festooned by 7 or 8 close-set thin teeth, and there is a strong upcurved spine at the postero-lateral angle. The postero-lateral border carries three teeth, the innermost of which is hardly less prominent than that at the postero-lateral angle: the posterior border is finely denticulated. The rostrum, the breadth of which is about 2 the greatest breadth of the carapace, is elegantly trilobed. The regions of the carapace are strongly elevated, and have the surface pitted or reticulated: in the middle line on the gastric region is a single erect conical spine, on the cardiac region two; and on either branchial region there is a spine. In front of the gastric spine are two spinelets, disposed transversely. The supra-orbital margin is strongly arched, and the infra-orbital lobe is cut into two elegantly crimped leaflets or petals. The post-9cular constriction is distinct. ke chelipeds in the male are four and-a-half times the length of the carapace and rostrum: the arm is slender and subcylindrical, with a line of many spinules along both the inner and outer borders, a broken line of sharp tubercles along its upper surface, and a line of granules along its lower border, but is otherwise smooth and polished : the carpus has a few coarse spinules on its outer surface: the hand, though distinctly trigonal, is long and slender, but is enlarged at the far end; its inner and outer borders are irregularly and unequally laciniated, the teeth becoming larger and closer set towards the far end; except for a line of beading along its lower border and an occa- sional spinule on its upper surface, its surfaces are smooth and polished : the movable finger has its broad base denticulated. The ambulatory legs are very slender and very short—only one- 272 A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. z, fifth longer than the carapace : except for a line of spinules along the posterior (lower) border of the meropodite they are smooth. Greatest length of carapace (male) ... ee 16; millimy » breadth "3 rae je lS ze Length of cheliped et di fone =: Off Ceylon in deep-water. Colours in spirit: chelipeds and legs purplish white, carapace dull slaty purple. Sub-genus AuLaconamBrus, A. M.-Edw. Aulacolambrus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust., I. p. 147. Aulacolambrus, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 97. Pterygostomian region traversed, from the orbit to the afferent branchial orifice, by a deep channel, which is closed and converted into a tube by thick fringes of hairs: the lateral epibranchial spine is of huge size: the edges of the carapace chelipeds and legs are more or less conspicuously hairy. II. Carapace broad- Key to the Indian species of the sub-genus Aulacolambrus. Carapace as long as broad, with a projecting rostrum and a distinct post-ocular constriction; its surface closely covered with rasp-like tubercles: carapace and legs not conspicuously hairy....++...... “COEnDESOE L. sculptus. Wee eee eee eereee ferret ereres (1. Antero-lateral border with large spines in front of the large lateral epibranchial spines: spines of inner edge of hand er than long, its surface irregular- ly tuberculate; rostrum not or hardly projecting: no post-ocular constriction: mar- gins of carapace, chelipeds and legs fringed with re- markably long tangled hairs. strongly curved upwards and outwards.. 2. Antero-lateral border with small teeth in front of the large lateral epibranchial spines: spines of inner edge of hand not curved. (a. 4%. i: No spines in mid- dle line of cara- pace, or on bran- chial regions....... Some spines in middle line of ca- rapace, and on branchial regions: Spines on outer edge of hand very LOND eanessteake near oe L. cwrvispinis. L. hoplonotus. L. whitei. Lambrus (Aulacolambrus) sculptus, A. M.-Edw. Lambrus sculptus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 258, pl. xiv. fig. 3. Lambrus sculptus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 98. Lambrus sculptus, J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 350, The carapace is triangular, broad behind, and as long as broad. The rostrum is triangular, dorsally grooved and declivous, and tapers 1895. | A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 273 to a rounded point. The regions are elevated, and the median are separated from the branchial by deep furrows: all the regions are closely covered by rasp-like tubercles. The lateral borders are tubercular, and end posteriorly in a large spine directed outwards and somewhat backwards. Internal to this large spine is a much smaller spine; and the pos- terior border is tuberculate. The chelipeds are a little more than twice the length of the cara- pace, with the inner and outer borders serrated, and the upper surface covered with tubercles like those on the carapace: amid the serrations five large teeth on the outer border of the hand are very conspicuous. The ambulatory legs are slender and smooth. The epistome is sculptured, and is very deeply excavated in the middle line. The pterygostomian region is traversed by a canal running parallel with the buccal frame: the canal is perfectly smooth, and is closed below, and thus converted into a tube, by thick fringes of long hairs. I believe, with Ortmann, that this species is very probably identi- cal with L. pisoides, Adams and White (‘Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 28, pl. v. fig. 4), and perhaps with ZL. diacanthus de Haan (Faun. Japon. Crust., p- 92, pl. xxiii. fig. 1). It is a fairly common species at the Andamans and Nicobars. Lambrus (Aulacolambrus) hoplonotus, Ad. & Wh. Lambrus hoplonotus, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 35, pl. vil. fig. 3. Lambrus hoplonotus, A. Milne-Kdwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, . 258. Lambrus hoplonotus, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1879, Vol. IV. p. 22; and ‘ Challenger * Brachyura, p. 98. Lambrus hoplonotus, Haswell, P. L. S., N.S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 450; and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 33. Carapace with the outline in front of the huge lateral epibranchial spine almost semi-circular, the rostrum being extremely short and not breaking through the general outline. The carapace is granular, and has the regions well-defined but not elevated. The symmetrically rounded antero-lateral margin is regularly festooned with little round teeth of uniform size, and ends at a great projecting lateral epibranchial spine: behind and internal to this spine is another small spine: the posterior border is finely granular. The chelipeds, legs, and margins of the carapace are fringed with long hairs ; and the pterygostomian region is channelled just asin L. sculptus, The chelipeds in the male are a little more, and in the female a 274 A. Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, little less than three times the length of the carapace: the arms and hands are depressed trigonal, and the fingers small: the arm has its inner edge sharply tuberculate, its outer edge strongly 4 or 5-spinate, its lower edge beaded, its upper surface with a row of 4 or 5 large granules: the wrist has three strong spines along its outer edge: the kand has its inner edge sharply 9 to 1l-dentate, its outer edge very strongly 6 to 8-spinate, with small spinules alternating with the large spines, and its lower edge sharply and finely beaded. The ambulatory legs are perfectly smooth. All our specimens are typical according to Adam and White’s figure. This species is common at the Andamans. Lamnbrus (Aulacolambrus) curvispinis, Miers. ? Lambrus curvispinis, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. lV. 1879, p. 24; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. $8. This species, which Miers in his latest notice of it considers to be one of the numerous varieties of L. hoplonotus, resembles the latter species in every particular except (1) that the rostrum ends in a little bacillar spinule; (2) that the antero-lateral borders of the carapace instead of being crenate are powerfully spinate; (3) that the spines along the inner edge of the palm are strongly hooked upwards and outwards; and (4) that the inner surface of the arm bears a row of spinules. This species, or variety, which is twice the size of L. hoplonotus, is also very common at the Andamans. Lambrus (Aulacolambrus) whitet, A. M.-Edw. Lambrus carinatus, Adams and White (nec Edw.), ‘ Samarang’ Crust., p. 27, pl. v. fig. 3. Lambrus whitei, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouy. Archiv. du ues VIII. 1872, p. 260; and Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust., I. p. 147 (foot-notes). Lambrus whitei, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 98. In the form of the carapace, the hairiness of the edges of the lees and carapace, and in the presence of the pterygostomian canal, this species almost exactly resembles the two preceding species. The antero-lateral borders are sharply crenulate and end at a large outwardly and backwardly directed spine, internal to which is another largish spine ; while on the posterior border are four largish spines. The carapace is granular, and in the middle line are two conical spines, one on the gastric the other on the cardiac region, while on either branchial region are two similar spines. The spinature of the chelipeds is, in disposition, similar to that 1895. ] A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 275 of L. hoplonotus, but the spines, especially those on the outer edge of the hand, are very much longer, slenderer, and more acute. Several specimens, including ovigerous females, of this small species are in the Museum collection, from Arakan ; and from off Ceylon, 34 fathoms. The figure in Adams and White is an admirable illustration of this species. Sub-genus ParTHENOLAMBRUS, A. M.-Edw. Parthenolambrus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci, Mex. Crust., I. p. 148. Parthenopoides, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 672. Purthenolambrus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 99. Carapace semi-elliptical or semi-circular, with a nearly straight posterior margin, the postero-lateral angles being strongly produced. Chelipeds of no great length, never sharply serrate, and with the arms and hands indefinitely contorted. The rostrum is more or less deflexed. Key to the Indian species of the sub-genus Parthenolambrus. I, Carapace with the hepatic regions very prominent in the antero-lateral margin :— 1. Carapace broader than long, strongly convex, no- dular and eroded: chelipeds less than twice the length of the carapace............sssseeeeeeee DL. tarpeius. 2. Carapace as long as broad, compressed, with crist- iform edges, its surface almost devoid of gra- nules: chelipeds more than twice the length OF The CATAPACE ..c00...ccecesescsercerorscosscessseesess Le, NAYPAG. II. Carapace with the hepatic regions distinct, but not marked- ly prominent :— 1, Rostrum almost vertically deflexed: ambulatory legs dentate, but without true spines..... sssevoeee L. calappoides. 2. Rostrum moderately deflexed, with a prominent median lobe: meropodites of ambulatory legs each with three rows of close sharp spines...... DL. beaumontii. Lambrus (Parthenolambrus) calappoides, Ad. and Wh. Parthenope calappoides, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 34, pl. v. fig. 5. Lambrus calappoides, Haswell, P. L. 8.,N.S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 452; and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 35. Lambrus calappoides, Miers, Zoology of H. M.S. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 517 and 527; and ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 101. Parthenolambrus calappoides, R. I. Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1890, Vol. V. p. 75. Carapace almost semi-circular in outline, with an indentation Jeli eae 276 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, behind the hepatic regions: the regions are well-delimited, but not carinated or sharply raised; and the surface is granular without any very large spines or nodules. The rostrum is deflexed almost verti- cally. The eyes are sunk in deep orbits with swollen margins. The antero-lateral margins, and sometimes the postero-lateral, are closely festooned or incised, but in an irregular manner. On either side of the gastric region is a deep hollow; and on either side of the front part of the cardiac region is a deep foramen. The chelipeds in the male are not twice the length of the carapace : the arm is coarsely spinate along its convex inner border, and the hand still more coarsely and bluntly spinate along its contorted upper border. Ambulatory legs compressed, the 3rd to 5th joints having the edges irregularly dentate, this being most marked in the case of the last pair. Tke animal as a whole has a sort of boiled appearance. The species is very variable, and owing to frequent and extensive incrustation with barnacles, foraminifera, etc., is very hard to describe, In the Museum collection are specimens from the Andamans, Mergui, Arakan, Ceylon, and Malabar coast. Lambrus (Parthenolambrus) beaumontii, n. sp, Very near to Parthenope bouviert and trigona, A. M.-Edw., (v. Rev. et. Mag. Zool. (2) XXI. 1869, pp. 350-353). This species comes from deepish water, and is small and very variable — the adult female, especially, being so unlike the male, that if it were found apart, it would be considered distinct. The carapace is semicircular, the curve being broken (1) by the hepatic regions, and (2) by the projecting middle lobe of the rostrum. The elegantly curved antero-lateral borders are closely festooned by a row of thin, sharp, laciniated teeth, the bases of which are fused to- gether; of these teeth the first three, situated on the hepatic region, are smaller than the others, which are of equal size, except the last, and this forms the summit of the salient upcurved postero-lateral angle. The postero-lateral borders are irregularly serrated, and there is a spinule in the middle of the posterior border. The regions of the carapace are very salient and form three cariniform elevations: there is usually, but not always, in the male, and seldom in the female, a recurved spinule on the gastric region, in the middle line; and generally in the male, but seldom in the female, the conical cardiac region is surmounted by one or two spinules. 1895. ] A. Aleock—Carecinological Fawna of India. 277 The rostrum is trilobed, the small lateral lobes being formed each of a group of granules, and the larger, projecting, median lobe being spathulate, smooth, and somewhat deflexed. The surface of the carapace is somewhat granular and eroded, but this is often concealed by a glazing of stony alge. The orbits have the edges finely and evenly serrate. The third joint of the antennal peduncle is spiniferous. The segments of the sternum, as also the abdominal terga, are all deeply cut, and their surface, like that of the external maxillipeds and pterygostomian regions, is very sharply, closely and evenly granular, The chelipeds in the male are 23 times the length of the carapace ; in the female hardly twice that length: in both sexes they are top- heavy, owing to the distal enlargement of the palm and the great size of the fingers; they are everywhere granular, but most markedly so on the under surface: the inner border of the arm and palm, and the upper border of the movable finger, are irregularly spinulate, the outer border of the hand may have two or three irregularly disposed blunt teeth, and that of the arm a few spicules. The ambulatory legs charac- terize this species, for the meropodites, in all, are compressed-trigonal with all three edges strongly, sharply and closely spinate; the anterior, and often also the posterior, margins of the next two joints also are spinate or dentate. Male. Female. Greatest length of carapace vv» 10°5 millim. 9 millim. = breadth "7 Aad UR ees 9 . Length of chelipeds : 29 es Dorner. Loc. Off Ceylon 32-34 fms., and off the Andamans, 41 fms. Lambrus (Parthenolambrus) tarpeius, Ad. and Wh. Lambrus tarpeius, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crust., p. 35, pl. vii. fig. 2. Lambrus tarpeius, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 99. _ Carapace covered with numerous large nodules, and with the divi- sion into three lobes—a median and two lateral—well-marked. The hepatic region not only projects very strongly forwards, but is brought into greater prominence by the fact that the carapace is somewhat contracted kehind the eyes, and excavated and constricted behind the hepatic regions themselves: the antero-lateral margins are crenulate ; the produced postero-lateral angle ends in a rounded lobe-like spine, and the posterior and postero-lateral margins are irregularly and blunt- ly toothed. The rostrum, which is deeply excayated and considerably deflexed, ends in a blunt point. 278 A. Alecock—Carcinological Fauna of India, [No. 2, The chelipeds are massive and nodular, but even in the male are only about half as long again as the carapace, The ambulatory legs have the 3rd, 4th and Sth joints oompisenel and irregularly dentate along one or both edges. Our specimens, which are rather damaged, come from the Anda- mans to 20 fathoms, and from off Colombo, 263 fathoms. Lambrus (Parthenolambrus) harpax, Ad. and Wh. Lambrus harpax, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 25, pl. vi. fig. 3. Lambrus harpa», Haswell, P. L. S., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 450; and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 32. Lambrus harpax, Miers, Zoology H. M. S. ‘Alert,’ pp. 182 and 202; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 99. Male. Carapace depressed semi-elliptical, as long as broad, its surface almost smooth. The median region is carinated, the carina bifurcating anteriorly to enclose an elongate-triangular depression behind the eyes, and carrying a large spine in the gastric region (at the poiut of bifurcation), another large spine in the cardiac region, and a much smaller spine in front of the latter. The lateral margins are cristiform, with a series of crenations and sutures indicating fused teeth; and the hepatic region is prominent, with a cristiform edge: the postero-lateral angle is surmounted by an upturned laciniated tooth, the postero-lateral margins are dentate, and ou the posterior vorder is a triangular tooth with an obscurely tri- lobed tip: from the bluntly laciniated tooth of the postero-lateral angle a carina runs obliquely forwards and inwards onto the posterior part of the branchial region. The rostrum is strongly deflexed, and ends in an obscurely and unevenly trilobed tip. The chelipeds in the male are nearly 23 times the length of the carapace, and are thin and compressed, with sharp, almost cristiform, edges: in the arm both the inner and outer edges are unevenly dentate, and the lower edge faintly granular: the carpus has the outer edge compressed and crenulate: the thin hand has its inner edge crenulate, has a curved line of granules on its inner surface, and some granules on its outer sarface: the movable finger has its upper edge crenulated at base. The ambulatory legs are compressed, with the 3rd, 4th and 5th joints cristated above, especially in the last two pairs: in the last pair these joints have both margins rather strongly dentated. Our specimen is from the Andamans. Miers (Zoology H. M.S. ‘ Alert,’ p. 202) considers L. sandrockit, -1895.] A. Alcock—Careinological Fawna of India. 279 Haswell (P. L. 8., N.S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 452, pl. xxvii. fig. 2) to be identical with this species. ParTHENOPE, Fabr. Parthenope, Milne-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 359, (v. synon.) Parthenope, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 668. The form and structure of the carapace is somewhat similar to that of Parthenolambrus ; but the genus is distinguished from Lambrus by the nature of the so-called basal antennal joint, which is relatively long, and nearly reaches to the level of the inferior orbital hiatus: the fingers also are much less turned inwards. Key to the Indian species of the genus Parthenope. I. Carapace remarkably rugose or spinose: chelipeds nearly of the ordinary Lambrus form, and beset with huge spines: ambulatory legs strongly spinate :— 1. Carapace and chelipeds beset with coarse tuber- cles and spines: carapace about ? as long as VOAG erases edagaoG0n00s00"00 PHoudadaccncsaddonsaconbadeod P. horrida. 2. Carapace and chelipeds beset with spines, which are sharp and laciniate on the chelipeds: cara- pace only 2 as long as broad ............seceeeeee see P. spinosissima. II. The whole body and all the appendages beset with delicate paxilliform tubercles which unite to form a lace-work or frosting : chelipeds tapering, with long slender spiny fingers, nearly as long as the palm (sub-genus Partheno- METUS) Leese sisnseeses HOC OC LOOOUSOC shastene PO SHODOECCOO ANC CE CC IDO TIES " P. efflorescens. Parthenope horrida, Fabr. Rumph, Amboin. Rariteitk. ix. 1. ? Seba, III. xix. 6-7. Cancer horridus, Linn. Syst. Nat. II. 1047, 43. ? Cancer horridus, Herbst, I. ii. 222, tab. xiv. fig. 88. Parthenope horrida, Fabr., Suppl., 3538. Parthenope horrida, Leach, Zool. Misc., II. 107. Parthenope horrida, Desmarest, Consid. Crust., p. 1438, pl. xx. fig. 1. [ Parthenope horrida, Guérin, Icon. R. A., pl. vii. fig. 1.] Parthenope horrida, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 360. Parthenope horrida, Cuy. Regn. An., pl. xxvi. fig. 2. Parthenope horrida, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p- 255. Parthenope horrida, Martens, Archiv. fur Naturges., XXXVIII. 1872, p. 86 (note on habitat). Parthenope horrida, Miers, Phil. Trans., Vol. 168, p. 486. Parthenope horrida, Nauck, Z. Wiss. Zool., XX1V. 1880, p. 44 (gastric teeth). Parthenope horrida, C. W. S. Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak., Handl. XXIII. No, 4, 1888-89, p. 60. [Parthenope horrida, F. Muller, Verh. Ges., Basel., VIII. p. 473]. 280 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, Carapace somewhat pentagonal ; its length not quite ? its breadth ; its surface deeply eroded, strongly rugose, and sharply tubercular: its postero-lateral angle much produced outwards: antero-lateral margin coarsely spinate: postero-lateral and posterior margins granular, the former with a coarse spine. Rostrum short, moderately deflexed, end- ing in a blunt inter-antennulary tooth. Orbits circular, deep. Chelipeds huge, one much larger than the other, the larger twice the length of the carapace (in the female), covered with large coarse granular spines. Ambulatory legs stout, spiniferous; the dactylus smooth: the meropodite, in all, is compressed-trigonal, with all the edges spinate. The under surface of the body has a worm-eaten appearance: the sternum is deeply pitted, with a deep crescentic excavation between the chelipeds. The abdomen (of the female) with a series of deep excavations along either side, Off Ceylon, 34 fathoms. Parthenope spinosissima, A, M.-Edw. Seba, III. xxii. 2 and 3. Parthenope spinosissima, A. M.-Edw., in Maillard’s l’ile Réunion, Annexe F, p. 8, pl. xviii. Parthenope spinosissima, Alcock, J. A. 8. B., 1893, Pt. ii. p. 177. Carapace in the form of an equilateral triangle, its length only about % its breadth; its surface strongly rugose, and sharply tuber- cular and spinate: the antero-lateral borders are armed with large laciniate spines; the posterior and postero-lateral borders are sharply spinate: the strongly-produced and spinate postero-lateral angle runs forwards as a carina onto the branchial regions. The three lobes of the gastric region are greatly inflated. The rostrum is vertically deflexed, and ends in a strong sharp inter-antennulary spine. The chelipeds are very little asymmetrical, and are beset, nearly up to the tips of the fingers, with great ramose and laciniate spines. The ambulatory legs are armed with extremely sharp teeth almost up to the tip of the dactylus. The abdomen of the female has a median double series, and on either side a single series, of sharp spines. A male and female from the Bay of Bengal, 88 fathoms. Sub-genus PARTHENOMERUS, nov. Characterized by the chelipeds, which have a thigh-shaped mero- | podite, and taper to the fingers, which are nearly as longas the palm, and are extremely slender. 1895. | A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 281 Parthenope (Parthenomerus) efflorescens, un. sp. Carapace triangular, not quite ? as long as broad; its entire sur- face, above and below, as also that of the sternum, of the abdomen (in the female), and of all the exposed appendages—from the eye-stalks to the last pair of ambulatory legs, covered with a lace-work, or frosting, formed hy the partial contact of very delicate crisply paxilliform gra- nules. There are no large tubercles, and, except on the arm hand and fingers, no spines. On the arm, namely, there are two or three teeth with acicular tips, on both the lower-inner, and the upper-inner borders ; on the hand there are three needle-like teeth on the upper-inner, and three on the lower-inner borders; and the fingers are everywhere beset with long needle-like spines. The rostrum is nearly vertically deflexed. Only one cheliped remains in our unique specimen; and it, which is a little over twice the length of the carapace, has a most curious tapering form: the meropodite is huge and thigh-shaped, decreasing in size distally ; the carpus is slenderer than the end of the meropodite ; and the hand is still slenderer than the carpus: the fingers are long — nearly as long as the palm—are extremely slender, and, as already noted, are beset with long slender spines. A single female, from the Andaman Sea, 36 fathoms. Cryptopopia, Edw. Cryptopodia, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 360. Cryptopodia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), XIV. p. 669. Cryptopodia, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 101. Carapace very broadly triangular, with very large lateral clypei- form vaulted expansions which completely conceal the ambulatory legs, and are prolonged posteriorly far beyond the base of the abdomen; a large space between the gastric and the cardiac regions is triangular and concave. The rostrum is nearly horizontal, spatuliform and very prominent. The pterygostomian regions are smooth, not ridged. The orbits are very small, nearly circular, with a suture in the superior margin, The epistome is well developed; the antennulary fosse are narrow and somewhat oblique. The abdomen, in the male, is five- jointed; the third to fifth segments coalescent. The eyes are very small and retractile. The basal antennal joint is slightly dilated and does not nearly reach the internal orbital hiatus, which is filled by the second joint. The buccal cavity and external maxillipeds are small. The ischium-joint of the maxillipeds is not produced at its antero-internal angle; the merus is distally truncated, with the antero-external angle slightly produced, the interior margin notched below the antero-internal angle. The chelipeds are nearly as in Lambrus; the merus-joint has a wing-like lobe on the posterior margin near to the distal extremity ; the 282 A. Alcock—Curcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, palms of the chelipeds are elongated, tricarinated, and dentated (as in Lambrus) ; fingers short. The ambulatory legs are slender, decrease - successively but slightly in length, and have the fourth, fifth and sixth joints more or less distinctly carinated ; dactyli nearly straight. Cryptopodia fornicata, (Fabr.) Cancer fornicatus, Fabr., Ent. Syst., II. 453. Cancer fornicatus, Herbst, I. ii. 204, pl. xiii. figs. 79-80. Parthenope fornicata, Fabr., Suppl., p. 352. Maia fornicata, Latr., Hist. Nat. Crust., VI. 104. Oethra fornicata, Desmarest, Consid. Crust., p. 110. Cryptopodia fornicata, Milne-Kdwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 362 (v. synon.) Cryptopodia fornicata, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 90, pl. xx. figs. 2 and 2a; and (?) Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 32, pl. vi. fig. 4; and Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exp. Crust., pt. I. p. 140; and Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857. p. 220; and Haswell, P. L. 8., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 454; and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 87; and E. Nauck, Z. Wiss. Zool., 1880 (gastric teeth); and Miers, Zool. H.M.S. ‘Alert,’ pp. 182 and 203; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 102; and A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109; and J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1893, p. 351. Carapace broadly triangular, depressed: the antero-lateral margins more or less laciniated, the posterior and postero-lateral margins forming one strong curve, the edge of which is either unbroken or shows very faint traces of crenulation: the surface of the carapace is in the main smooth, but the triangular depression is a little pitted and is bounded by lines of granules, the lateral lines being produced well across the branchial regions. The rostrum is prominent, blunt-pointed, about as long as broad, and has its edge very faintly crenulate. The chelipeds are considerably less than twice the length of the carapace, and have massive sharply trigonal joints, with most of the edges strongly cristiform; and the fingers are massive and strongly incurved as in Lambrus: in the arm, the cristiform inner and outer edges are sharply laciniate, the latter being strongly alate, while the lower edge is beaded : in the carpus the outer edge only is cristiform: in the hand both the inner and outer edges are strongly cristiform and laciniate, the lower edge being crenate. The ambulatory legs have both edges of the merus raised into spiniform crests, and the upper edges of the next two joints carinate. In the Museum collection are numerous specimens from Palk Straits, Andamans and Persian Gulf. Oryptopodia angulata, Edw. and Lucas. Cryptopodia angulata, Edw. and Lucas, Archiv. du Mus., Vol. II. 1841, p. 481, pl. xxviii. figs. 16-19. Carapace convex, sharply pentagonal, with all the edges deeply 1895. ] A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 283 dentated, and all the angles produced to form curved spines; in addi- tion there is a second spine in front of the spine of either antero-lateral angle, and the part of the posterior border that is co-extensive with the abdomen is demarcated on either side by a strong spine. The rostrum ends inasharp point. The triangular depression of the carapace is very deep, and the lines which bound it are granular; there is an irregular patch of granules on either branchial region, and there is a line of granules passing forwards from the apex of the triangular depression to the base of the rostrum on either side. The chelipeds are much as in C. fornicata, with the exception that the carpus is semi-globular, and that the inner and outer margins both of the hand and arm are armed with sharp laciniate spines. The ambulatory legs have the merus simply carinate above, spinate-carinate below, the carpus and propodite carinate, and the dactylus strongly carinate on both edges so as to form a swimming blade. Orissa coast, 20-25 fathoms. Malabar coast, 28 fathoms. In a large male from the Malabar coast, the carapace is much more granular; and the chelipeds have the spinature much more acute and laciniate, and their surfaces—especially the under surface—gra- nular instead of nearly smooth. Cryptopodia angulata, var. cippifer, nov. In this variety the only differences are: (1) that the semi-globular carpus has a few granules on its upper surface ; and (2) that the tri- angular hollow in the middle of the carapace is rather deeper, and has certain large erect definitely-placed spines on the ridges that bound the hollow, namely,—two close together side by side in the middle line, in front; one at either branchial angle; and one in the middle line posteriorly, on the summit of the cardiac region. These spines are present in six specimens of both sexes, but are most pronounced in the male. Toc. Karachi. The largest specimen, female, has an extreme breadth of carapace of 45 millim. Herrrocryeta, Stimpson. Heterocrypta, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, Vol. X. 1874, p. 102. Heterocrypta, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p. 166. Heterocrypta, Miers, J. L. S., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 669; and ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 102. 20 30 284 A. Alcock—Careinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, Differs from Cryptopodia in the following characters :— The posterior border of the carapace slightly overlaps the abdo- men, but is not distinctly produced ; the lateral clypeiform expansions are also less produced, so that the legs when even moderately extended can be seen beyond them. The pterygostomian and sub-hepatic regions are traversed by a granular ridge which runs parallel to the antero-lateral border from the angle of the buccal cavity to the base of the chelipeds. Heterocrypta investigatoris, n. sp. Carapace broadly pentagonal; the posterior border almost straight, and crenulated ; the other borders sharply dentate. The central de- pression of the carapace is semi-circular and very deep, with the boundary raised into a carina: the horns of the semi-circle end each in a boss or mammillary tubercle, from which a carina runs backwards to the posterior angle of the carapace. The rostrum is very large and prominent, shaped like a leaf: its surface is smooth: that of the cara- pace is either smooth or granular—the granules, when present, being most abundant on the posterior part of the branchial regions. The chelipeds, which are twice the length of the carapace, have both the inner and outer edges of the arm sharply dentate (but not alate as in Oryptopodia), and the lower edge beaded: the carpus is sub- globular: the hand has both the inner and the outer edges bluntly dentate, and the under surface closely covered with bead-like granules. The ambulatory legs have the upper edges of the 3rd, 4th, and 5th joints sharply carinate: the meropodite also, in the case of the first two pairs of legs, has a single row of teeth or spines along its lower edge, and in the case of the last two pairs of legs has a double row of spines along the lower edge. Like all the species of this genus, this species is small, the breadth of the carapace in the largest specimen being 18 millim. It is not uncommon off rocky parts of the coasts of India up to and about 30 fathoms. It would seem to be allied to the Cryptopodia contracta of Stimpson (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 220). OxrtHRA, Leach. Oethra, Leach. Oethra, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 370. Oethra, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p. 170 (v. synon.). Oethra, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 669. The carapace is regularly oval (transversely), with its surface strongly rugose, and its antero-lateral edges somewhat upturned, The 1895.] A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 285 rostrum is obsolete, not breaking the general oval outline. The eyes are small; and the orbits are nearly circular, with two sutures in the upper border, and a hiatus at the iuner inferior angle, which is filled by the second joint of the antennary peduncle. The antennulary fosse are squarish, and are nearly filled by the large angular basal joint, internal to which the rest of the antennule folds obliquely, The basal antennal joint is oblong and angular, and reaches to the internal orbital canthus: the antennary flagella are rudimentary. The external maxillipeds completely close the buccal frame: their inner border is extremely straight and sharp cut: their palp is inserted at the antero-internal angle of the merus, and folds out of sight. The chelipeds are about equal in length to the carapace: they have somewhat the Lambrus form—having sharply prismatic joints and large inturned fingers, but are concave on the upper surface. The ambulatory legs are short, and decrease gradually in length : they are all strongly dentate-carinate, or cristate. The abdomen of the female (and young male) consists of seven segments. Oethra scruposa, L. [Cancer scruposus, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 4.50. ] Cancer polynome, Herbst, III. ii. 28, tab. liii. figs. 4-5. [ Oethra depressa, Lamk., Hist. Anim. Sans. Vert., V. 265. ] Oethra depressa, Desmarest, Consid. Crust., p. 110, pl. x. fig. 2. [Oethra depressa, Guérin, Icon. R. A., pl. xii. fig. 3.] Oethra scruposa, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 371. Oethra scruposa, Cuv., R. A., pl. xxxviii. fig. 2. Oethra scrwposa, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 221. Oethra scrwposa, A. M.-Edw., in Maillard’s Vile Réunion, Annexe F., p. 3; and Nouy. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 263. Oethra scruposa, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1898, p. 351. [ Oethra scruposa, F. Muller, Verh. Ges., Basel, VIII. 473. ] (Oethra scrwposa, var. scutata A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p. 170, pl. xxxi. fig. 2=Oethra scutata, 8. I. Smith, Amer. Journ. Sci., etc., XLVIII. 1869, p. 120; and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, Vol. IV. p. 280, is considered by M. A. Milne-Edwards to be only a variety of the Linnzan type.) The antero-lateral borders are divided into 6 or 7 indistinct lobes by deep narrow sutures, each fold being again subdivided near the edge by a faint crest. _ The gastric region is extremely prominent, and is divided into two lobes by a broad longitudinal channel, each lobe being sparsely granular: the branchial regions are also somewhat convex near their middle, the 286 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, convexities being granular: the rest of the carapace is somewhat con- cave. The chelipeds and ambulatory legs are rough: the chelipeds have the lower edge sharply dentate, and the outer edge of the carpus sharp- ly dentate: the ambulatory legs have the 3rd, 4th and 5th joints cari- nate or cristate above, and the 3rd and 5th joints cristate below: the dactyli are cristate on both edges, and end in little claws. The abdomen is deeply sculptured. Inthe Museum collection is a male from the Andamans, and a female from Ceylon. Sub-family II. HKUMEDONINA, Miers. Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 670. Carapace rhomboidal or pentagonal, with a spine at the junction of the antero-lateral and postero-lateral borders. Rostrum usually bifid or emarginate. Surface of carapace nearly flat. Chelipeds of moder- ate size and length. Key to the Indian genera of the sub-family HUMEDONINZE. I. Floor of the orbit not in contact with the front, but leaving a hiatus which is more or less filled by the second joint of the antennal peduncle. Chelipeds armed with large spines: ambulatory legs compressed :— 1. Spine of antero-lateral angle of carapace direct- OC LOLWALOR cra. encsacateeesccaener aires sigganae noncopiont ZEBRIDA. 2. Spine of antero-lateral angle directed straight outwards; last pair of legs dorsal in position... HUMEDONUS. II. Floor of the orbit meeting the front, so as to completely exclude the antennal peduncle from the orbit: chelipeds not armed: ambulatory legs not compressed..........sses+0. CERATOCARCINUS. ZEBRIDA, Adams and White. Zebrida, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 23. Zebrida, Miers, J. L. §., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 670. Carapace sub-rhomboidal, flattened, with the rostrum formed by two large, acute, laminar, almost parallel teeth; and with the antero- lateral angles produced to form two similar laminar teeth projecting forwards in a plane parallel to the rostrum. Orbits circular, their inner canthus being filled by part of the antennal peduncle, The antennules fold obliquely. The antenne are entirely concealed beneath the rostrum: their flagellum is well developed; and their basal joint is longish, reaching to the inner canthus of the orbit. 1895. | A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 287 The chelipeds are stout but short, the legs are compressed, and both are armed with large laminar spines of the same type as those that form the rostrum and the antero-lateral margins of the carapace. The ambulatory legs are subchelate much as in Acanthonyx. Zebrida adamsir, White. Zebrida adamsii, White, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 121; and Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1848, Vol. I. p. 223; and ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 24, pl. vii. fig. 1. Zebrida adamsii, J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1893, p. 351. Zebrida longispina, Haswell, P. L. S., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 454, pl. xxvii. fig. 3; and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 33. Body of a light delicate madder pink, the carapace with darker (liver-coloured) parallel longitudinal bands and alternating streaks, the legs and chelipeds with broad somewhat oblique cross-bands of the same darker colour: the median longitudinal dark band, and a band on either side of it, extend, discontinuously, from the carapace along the abdomen. The entire integument of the body and limbs is smooth, hard, and polished. The chelipeds are stout, with short squat joints: the arm is trigonal with sharp-cut laminar edges, the upper and lower of which end in sharp teeth; its broad distal end is also dentate: the wrist is surmounted by three laminar teeth disposed in a triangle: the hand has its upper edge raised into a compressed tooth. Of the ambulatory legs the 3rd, 4th, and 5th joints are strongly compressed, with the upper edges sharply and acuminately carinate ; the fifth joiut is enlarged distally, and the strongly recurved dactylus is retractile against it in the manner of a subchela. In the Museum collection are a male and female from the coast of Travancore, Eomeponus, Edw. Humedonus, Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 349. Eumedonus, Miers, J. L. 8., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 670. Carapace depressed, pentagonal : rostrum large, strongly prominent, bifurcate only near the tip. Orbits circular ; their internal hiatus occu- pied by part of the antennal peduncle. Antennules folding obliquely ; their basal joint of large size. Antenne entirely concealed beneath the front; both the peduncle and the flagellum short. Chelipeds more massive than the other legs, and in the male much longer; armed with large spines. Ambulatory legs compressed; their third joint cristate; the second pair a little shorter than the third; the fifth pair dorsal in position. The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven separate segments. 288 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, EHumedonus zebra, nu. sp. Carapace, in spirit, of a yellow colour, and traversed fore-and-aft by five broad parallel liver-coloured bands—a median and two lateral : the median and the inner lateral band on either side being continued a certain distance on to the abdomen. The carapace is sharply pentagonal, the antero-lateral angles being sharp and directed straight outwards. The rostrum forms a long, broad, sub-triangular lamina bifurcated near the tip. The chelipeds in the female are about the same length as the cara- pace: the ischium has a sharp tooth on its inner border, the merus has one on its inner and one on its upper margin, the carpus has a very strong one on its upper border, and the hand has two on its upper border: the legs have the merus strongly compressed, with the upper border dentate or cristate, and the dactyli are strongly recurved. Two ovigerous females from off Ceylon, 32 fms: the extreme length of the carapace of the larger specimen is 10 millim. Crratocarcinus, Adams and White. Ceratocarcinus, Adams and White, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 57, 1847; and ‘Sama- rang’ Crust., p. 33. Ceratocarcinus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., (Zool.) XIV. p. 670, 1879; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 104. Carapace sub-hexagonal, about as broad as long, with the dorsal surface nearly fiat, spinose or tuberculated. The spines of the rostrum are elongated, acute, and separated by a rather wide interspace, and there is a well-developed lateral epibranchial spine. The orbits are small and circular, and the sub-ocular lobe joins the front, so as com- pletely to exclude the antennz from the orbits. The basal joint of the antenne is slender and like the greater part of these appendages is hidden beneath the front. The external maxillipeds are small, the ischium-joint not produced at its antero-internal angle, the merus distally truncated, not produced at the antero-external angle, and scarcely emarginate at the antero-internal angle, where the next joint articulates. The chelipeds are relatively slender and somewhat elon- gated, with the joints not dilated, the merus and carpus sometimes armed with spines; the dactyli acute and shorter than the palms; the ambulatory legs are slender, with the joints not dilated, the merus sometimes armed with a distal spine ; the dactyli nearly straight. Ceratocarcinus longimanus, Ad. and Wh. Ceratocarcinus longimanus, White, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 57; and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1847, Vol. XX. p. 62; and ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 34, pl. vi. fig. 6. Ceratocarcinus longimanus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 105. 1895. ] A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 289 Carapace hexagonal: the spines of the rostrum far apart: lateral angles of the carapace in the form of stout outstanding spines the tips of which are turned forwards: a pair of sharp tubercles in the middle line behind the rostrum—these being tufted with hairs. Chelipeds stout, about twice the leugth of the carapace and ros- trum, finely granular, and longitudinally grooved. A single specimen of this small species, from the Malacca Straits, is in the Museum Collection. Appendix to sub-family ACANTHONYCHIN AL. MEN ZTHIOPS, n. gen. Closely allied to Mensxthius. Carapace pyriform, its surface smooth beneath a pubescent cover- ing. The rostrum consists of two acute slender spines of moderate length, which are in the closest contact throughout. The eyes, which are movable forwards but not retractile, are in great part concealed beneath a large, very conspicuous, laminar supra- ocular spine. No post-ocular spine. [A spinule is present on the ventral aspect of the hepatic region of the single species.] The basal antennal joint is broad; and the mobile portions of the antenne are visible, from above, on either side of the rostrum. The external maxillipeds have the merus as broad as the ischium, and the palp inserted at the antero-internal angle of the merus. The ambulatory legs, of which the first pair are longer than the rest, have strongly recurved prehensile dactyli. The chelipeds in the female (male unknown) are not enlarged. The abdominal segments in the female appear to be all distinct. This genus has a superficial resemblance to Oregonia, Dana; but in Oregonia there is a large post-ocular spine, quite distinct from the hepatic angle, and the eyes are said to be retractile against this spine. Mensethiops bicornis, n. sp. Body and legs tomentose, with additional long scattered sete. Carapace pyriform, somewhat Achzus-like in shape, there being a slight constriction behind the eyes, and another slight constriction behind the hepatic regions: the gastric and cardiac regions very promi- nent, the branchial regions prominent: the surface, when denuded, smooth, except for a granular ridge on the pterygostomian regions ; the hepatic regions are laterally rather prominent, and carry a small spinule 290 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, visible from above, on the ventral aspect of the antero-external angle, as well as a much smaller spinule on the dorsal aspect. There is also a spinule, in the middle line, on the gastric region, and one on the cardiac region, as well as one near the middle of either branchial region. The rostrum consists of two slender acute spines, which are about one-fourth the length of the carapace proper, and are in the closest contact up to the very tips. The eyes are movable forwards but are quite non-retractile back- wards, and are in great part concealed beneath a large laminar supra-ocular spine, which has its anterior angle produced forwards and its posterior angle produced outwards. No post-ocular spine. [The spinule on the ventral surface of the hepatic angle is in no sense a post-ocular spine. | The basal antennal joint is broad and has its outer edge irregu- larly wavy, somewhat asin Dana’s figure of Oregonia gracilis (U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust., I. pl. iii, fig. 2b.); it sharp antero-external angle is, like the following joints and the flagellum, plainly visible, from above, beside the rostrum: the mobile portion of the antenna is rather more than half the length of the carapace and rostrum. The chelipeds in the female are not stouter than the other legs, and are shorter than the carapace and rostrum: their palm is nearly twice the length of the fingers, which meet only at the tip. The ambulatory legs all have slender joints and a strongly recurved prehensile dactylus: the first pair, which are the longest, are, in the female, a little longer than the carapace and rostrum. A single egg-laden female has the following dimensions :— Length of carapace and rostrum _.., .. 624+2=82 millim. Greatest breadth of carapace a 6 cet, (OWOe aes Length of chelipeds ... aa as i pn eee Length of first ambulatory leg ae =H A Xt se Loc. Karachi. 7 The place of the above genus in the ‘“‘ Key to the Indian genera of the sub-family Acanthonychine ” (pp. 190 and 191 ante), is with Huenia and Menxthius, from both of which it is easily diagnosed (1) by the Pisa-like rostrum, consisting of two sharp slender spines in the closest contact throughout their extent, and (2) by the large antennary flagel- lum and by the eroded outer edge of the basal antennal joint. It has, indeed, the closest natural relations with Menzthius. The unique specimen has only just been received along with the “Investigator ”’ collections of the season 1894-95. 1895. ] J. C. Bose— Polarisation of Electric Rays. 291 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE III. Fig. 1. Lambrachzus remifer, o". » 2. Physachzus ctenurus, ¢; 2a. abdomen of ? x 4; 2b. abdomen of 36 x 4. » ¥% Physachezeus tonsor, ? » 4 4a. Grypachzeus hyalinus, ¢. PLATE IV. la. Inachoides dolichorhynchus, #*. 2a. Apocremnus indicus, ¢. Naxia investigatoris, d". Macroceloma nummifer, ¢. Maia gibba, ot. She 80 BOE ss PLATE Y. Acheeus cadelli, o. 2a. Chorilibinia andamanica. Callodes malabaricus, 9. 4a. Paratymolus hastatus, ?. Pree On Polarisation of Electric Rays by Double Refracting Crystals.—By Pror. J.C. Boss, B.a., (Cantas.) B. Sc. (Lonp.) [Read Ist May. | Plate VI. A ray of ordinary light incident on a crystal of Iceland spar is generally bifurcated after transmission, and the two emergent rays are found polarised in planes at right angles to each other. The object of the present inquiry is to find natural substances which would polarise the transmitted electrical ray. It was thought that the analogy be- tween electric radiation and light would be rendered more complete, if the classes of substance which polarise light were also found to polarise the electric ray. The identity of the two phenomena may be regarded as established, if the same specimen is found to polarise both the luminous and electric rays. As the wave length of an electrical ray is very large compared with that of visible light, one would think very large crystals, much larger than what occur in nature, would be required to show polarisation of electric rays. By working with electric radiations having very et or 292 J. C. Bose— Polarisation of Electric Rays. [ No. 2, short wave lengths, I have succeeded in obtaining very satisfac- tory results with crystals of moderate size. These experiments show that certain crystals are double refracting as regards electric rays, and that they polarise the transmitted beam. With the help of a rudely constructed apparatus, I was able last year to detect traces of these effects. The apparatus has since been improved in detail; it is now possible to detect the polarisation effects with certainty. The usual optical method of detecting the bi-refringent action of crystals, is to interpose the double refracting structure between two crossed Nicols. The interposition of the crystal generally brightens the dark field. This is known as the depolarising effect, and is regarded as a delicate test for double refracting substances. There is however, no depolarising effect, when the principal plane of the crystal coincides with the polarisation planes of either the polariser or analyser. The field also remains dark, when the optical axis of the crystal is parallel to the incident ray. A similar method was adopted for experimenting with polarised electric radiation. The electric ray is first polarised by a wire grating. A similar grating acts as an analyser. The two gratings are crossed, and the crystal to be examined is interposed. The Receiver is a modified form of ‘Coherer’ with its associated Voltaic cell and Galvano- meter. Brightening of the field is indicated by a throw of the Galvano- meter needle. APPARATUS USED, Radiator.—A small Ruhmkorff’s coil is used for the production of oscillatory discharges between two small metallic spheres, the diameter of each sphere being 15 c.m. The choice of a coil to produce electric oscillation has been a matter of necessity. I obtained oscillatory effects with ease and certainty by using a small influence machine of the Reple- nisher type. But in the damp atmosphere of Calcutta, the satisfactory working of such a machine is a matter of great difficulty, at least for the greater portion of the year. I had therefore to abandon the influ- ence machine with regret, and to use a Ruhmkorff’s coil instead. This coil caused me the greatest trouble. The discharge would of a sudden cease to be oscillatory ; after a great deal of coaxing it would work satisfactorily just for a short time. The only coil I could get, was a badly constructed one, with defective insulation. I made it serviceable by changing the condenser and improving the vibrator. By looking to many points of detail I succeeded in making the apparatus work with fair uniformity for several hours. It must be borne in mind that the Receiving apparatus also requires careful adjustment. 1895. ] J. C. Bose— Polarisation of Electric Rays. 293 Among the possible causes of unsteadiness may be mentioned the following— Ist. The current actuating the coil may vary after a time. To overcome this difficulty a fairly constant battery was made to charge a small storage cell, and a derived circuit from this cell was led to the Primary coil. 2nd. The interrupter may have its rate of vibration changed by heating, wearing out of contact points, and other causes. Any change in the periodicity of the vibrator is at once made evident by the corres- ponding change in the pitch of the note given out by the vibrator. 3rd. The sparking balls may have their surfaces roughened by the disintegrating action of the spark. To avoid this difficulty, the balls were thickly coated with deposit of gold, and were turned round at intervals to expose fresh surfaces. The coil with a storage cell is enclosed, with the exception of a horizontal tubular opening, inside a metallic box, not dissimilar in ap- pearance to an Optical Lantern. The interrupter is actuated by turn- ing a key from outside. The sparking balls are at one end of a brass tube 25 c.m. long and 5 c.m.in diameter. At the further end of the tube is the Polariser. Inside the tube is placed a convex lens with the spark gap at its principal focus. With the help of the lens and suitable diaphragms, the electrical beam is made approximately parallel. By means of an Iris diaphragm, the amount of radiation may be varied. Polariser.—The success of the experiment depends greatly-on the care with which the Polariser and Analyserare constructed. Fine copper wire ‘2m. m. in diameter is carefully wound in parallel lines, round two thin sheets of mica. There are about 25 lines for every cen- timetre. The mica pieces are then immersed in melted paraffin, and the wires thus fixed in situ. By cutting round, two circular pieces, con- taining the gratings are obtained. The mica pieces are too thin to pro- duce any disturbing effect. The gratings are fixed with wires parallel, at the ends of a tube 5c.m. long. This Polariser tube rotates inside the outer end of the tube which sends out the parallel electric beam. Analyser.—The Analyser is similar in construction to the Polariser. It rotates inside the Receiving tube, which contains the sensitive sur- face for detecting radiation. Receiver—The Receiving apparatus consists of a ‘Coherer’ with a Voltaic cell and Galvanometer in series. The Coherer is modified from its usual tubular form. The filings, a single layer thick, are spread over a large surface. This arrangement secures great sensitiveness. A pair of insulated wires from the ends of the Coherer, are led out to a distant dead-beat Galyanometer of D’Arsonyal type in series with a constant fae 294 J.C. Bose— Polarisation of Electric Rays. [No. 2, cell. The leading wires are shielded from radiation by enclosing them inside two coatings of tin foil, along the whole length. As an addi- tional precaution the Galvanometer is also enclosed in a metallic case, with a slit in front of the Galvanometer mirror. A spot of light refiect- ed from the mirror is received on a scale. By adjusting the electromo- tive force of the circuit, the sensitiveness may be increased to any extent desirable. When the Analyser and Polariser are properly constructed, and the two exactly crossed, no radiation will reach the sensitive surface, and the Galvanometer will remain unaffected. The field is then said to be dark. But any slight rotation of either Polariser or Analyser, will partially restore the field, and the spot of light will sweep across the scale. MetHop OF EXPERIMENT. The spark gap 2 m.m. in length is adjusted in a line inclined at 45° to the horizon. The wires of the Polariser are placed at right angles to this line. The transmitted beam is then plane polarised, its plane of vibration being inclined at 45° to the horizon. The Analyser is now adjusted in a crossed position, On starting the electric vibration, by closing the Ruhmkorft’s coil circuit, the Galva- nometer remains unaffected. The crystal to be examined is now interposed with its principal plane vertical. The Geological Department of India kindly lent me a large number of crystals for examination, for which I have to express my thanks. . Out of a large number of experiments, I give below an account of some typical cases, Rhombohedral System.—1° Beryl.—The first piece experimented on was a large crystal of Beryl. It is a Hexagonal prism with basal planes. The specimen examined has each face 11x5c.m. The three axes lying in the same plane are inclined at 60° to each other, the fourth axis which is also the optical axis, is at right angles to the plane containing the other three. This crystal was optically opaque. On interposing this block with its principal plane vertical, the Galvanometer spot flew off the scale. The crystal had thus produced the well known depolarising action. The crystal was now gradually inclined till its principal plane coincided with the polarising plane of the Polariser. There was now no action on the Galvanometer. On con- tinuing the rotation the Galvanometer at once responded. The spot became quiescent a second time, when the principal plane coincided with the polarisation plane of the analyser. 1895. ] J.C. Bose— Polarisation of Electric Rays. 295 The crystal was now placed with its optic axis parallel to the direc- tion of the incident ray. There was no action on the Galvanometer. Rotation of the crystal round this axis, did not produce any effect on the Galvanometer. The field continued to be dark. 2° Apatite.—This specimen exhibited decided double refraction. 3° Nemalite.—This is a fibrous variety of Brucite. This specimen exhibited a very strong depolarisation effect. It also exhibited certain interesting peculiarities which will form the subject of a future com- munication. Rhombie system.—A large piece of Barytes was found strongly double refracting. Triclinic system.—Microcline, a greenish blue crystal of the double oblique type, exhibited polarisation effect to a remarkable degree. Regular system.—A large crystal of Rock-salt was taken. This as was expected did not produce any effect. Having satisfied myself of the fact that systems of crystals other than regular, produce double refraction and consequent polarisation of electrical ray, I tried the action of electric radiation on crystals ordin- arily used in optical experiments. I got a fairly large piece of black Tourmaline. On interposing this with its plane vertical, there was prompt movement of the spot of light. There was no action on the Galvanometer, when the principal plane coin- cided with the planes of polarisation of either the Polariser or Analyser. With ordinary light a piece of Tourmaline of sufficient thickness absorbs the ordinary, but transmits the extraordinary ray. With the piece of Tourmaline used in the last experiment I found both the rays transmitted, but, it seemed to me, with unequal intensities. In other words, one ray suffers greater absorbtion than the other. It seems pro- bable that with greater thickness of crystal one ray would be completely absorbed. I found other crystals behaving more or less in the same way. lLreserve for another communication particulars of experiments bearing on this subject. Lastly I tried an experiment with a crystal of Iceland spar, taken out of a Polarising apparatus. With this I got distinct depolarising action. The above results, with the exception of the last, were obtained with uncut specimens. Their faces were often rough and irregular. Better results, were they needed, could no doubt be obtained by judicious cutting and polishing the faces. Summary.—lIt will thus be seen that crystals which do not belong to the Regular system, polarise the electric ray, just in the same way as they doa ray of ordinary light. Theoretically all crystals, with the 296 A. Alcock — New Species of Oxyrhynch Crab. [No. 2, exception of those belonging to the Regular system, ought to polarise light. But this could not be verified in the case of crystals opaque to light. There is no such difficulty with electric rays, for all crystals are transparent to them. As a matter of fact, all the above experiments with one exception were performed with specimens opaque to light. Explanation of the plate .. metallic box containing the Ruhmkorft’s coil. .. position of the sparking balls. .. position of the convex Lens. ..the Polariser. .. Iris diaphragm. .. the Crystal. ..the Analyser. .. the Coherer. ..the Galyanometer. In practice the Galvanometer is placed at a greater distance and the leading wires enclosed in tin-foil. QOPARTH AA Description of a New Species of Oxyrhynch Crab of the Genus Parthenope. —By A. Aucock, M. B., C. M. Z.S., Superintendent of the Indian Museum. [Read 8rd July.] The species here described is a true Parthenope as delimited by Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 668. PARTHENOPE INVESTIGATORIS, nN. Sp. Carapace almost equilaterally triangular, the sides very slightly curved: its surfaceis deeply eroded and rugose asin P. horrida and spinosissima, but is almost devoid of the sharp tubercles found in those species: the antero-lateral borders are slightly crenulate: the produced postero-lateral angle is rounded and nearly smooth: the posterior border bears five small eroded lobules avery small one in the middle line, with two larger ones on either side with intervening granules. The gastric region is enormously inflated as in P, spinosissima, and descends almost vertically to the vertically deflexed rostrum, the latter being fused with the interantennulary ey Al ete com | He's fers JOURNAL OF THE BorAtTiC SOCIETY OF BENGAL: ose sine Vol. LXIV. Part II.—NATURAL SCIENCE. SS No. III. —1895. A contribution to the History of Artificial Immunity By Suraeon- Lipvutenant-CotoneLt Grorce Rankine, M.D. [Read August, 7th. ] In these modern times when so much advance is being made in medicine, in the direction of the establishment of immunity against various toxic principles by the gradual habituation of the system to increasing doses of the virus, and then utilising the serum of the blood of animals in whom immunity has thus been established, for the ‘‘ Vacci- nation ” as it is conveniently termed of other non-protected animals, in many cases with complete success, it is not unworthy of us to enquire whether this is a newly discovered principle or whether it is merely a revival or development of a principle known to former ages. The latest development of the principle of antitowine immunity is the application of the method by which their presence in the serum is ensured, to snake poisoning. Dr. Fraser of Edinburgh has found a means of so modifying the tissues of a non-protected animal, by gradually accustoming the or- ganism to increasing doses of snake venom, that it not only exhibits certain resistance to even fifty times the minimum lethal dose, but also that the serum of the blood cf these immune animals acquires the pro- perty of acting as an antidote to the snake poison in other animals. To procure this condition of the blood the usual method is to inject the venom subcutaneously, but Dr. Fraser has also succeeded in immu- nising cats by the administration of cobra venom by the stomach, and itis this special fact which has led me to the consideration of the J. ul. 38 300 G. Ranking— Artificial Immunity. [No. 3, methods in use centuries ago for this same purpose: that is to say, for the prevention or cure of poisoning by snake venom. We know that centuries ago (about 450 B. C.,) Herodotus wrote about a people named the Psylli ( pvAdot) living on the shores of the Greater Syrtis who were said to be masters of a secret art enabling them to sscure themselves against the bites of venomous snakes. Another people, the Marsi of Central Italy, are said to have possessed the power of socharming venomous reptiles as to render them inno- euous. This power, though chiefly exercised by their priests, is said to have been possessed in common by the whole nation. Thus Virgil (4in, vii. 750) writes :-— Quin et Marrubia venit de gente sacerdos Fronde super galeam et felici comtus oliv& Archippi regis missu, fortissimus Umbro: Vipereo generi, et graviter spirantibus hydris Spargere qui somnos, cantuque manuque solebat, Mulcebat que iras, et morsus arte levabat. Even at the present day their descendants are to be found in and about Naples, who as itinerant snake charmers, claim to have inherited the same occult powers as their ancestors. The Hawwas or Hawis of modern Egypt, also lay claim to these same powers, so that although it has rather been the custom to regard this class of people as charlatans and their claims as absurd, it is, in view of the recent results obtained by Dr. Fraser, of no little interest to examine a little more closely and try to obtain a clue to the methods pursued in various ages to procure immunity against snake poison. Asaslight contribution to this I propose to put forward a fact which has perhaps not received the attention it deserves, though it is well known. I allude to an ingredient of the celebrated GL, or Snake-antidote of Persia. The composition of this famous antidote is ascribed to Feridin, king of the Peshdadian dynasty of Persia. The Arab historians how- ever assert that the best GL the Gyls Gb;3 “the selective anti- dote’”? was that of ‘Iraq or Baghdad, and that the Khalifah Al Mutawakkil (232-247 A.H.) was in possession of a by} of such approved virtue that he was in the habit of causing people to be bitten by venomous serpents, so that he might display the properties of his antidote which cured the sufferers on the spot. The proverb in Persian: dy) Boye 202550 998 Boyy7 G53! GL,IG While the tiryadg is being fetched from ‘Iraq the snake bitten victim becomes a corpse. is of constant application to remedies applied too late. 1895.] G. Ranking — Artificial Immunity. 301 There can be no doubt that this Gb;3 acquired a great reputation as a certain remedy for snake bite, and although its virtues may have been exaggerated, there is no reason for attributing to it the quality of uselessness, so that it really amounts to this, that the ancients were undoubtedly in possession of a means of counteracting the poison of venomous snakes. Up to the present cur position has been very different, in spite of all the labour which has been expended we have never as yet in modern times, at least, sofar as the history of medical science goes, possessed a reliable remedy for-snake bite. The effectual bite of a venomous snake has meant certain death. Our greatest authority, Sir Joseph Fayrer, states that after long and repeated observations in India and subsequently in England, he has been forced to the conclusion that all the remedies hitherto regarded as antidotes to snake poison are ab- -solutely without specific effect upon the condition produced by the poison. If then the ancients had so much the better of us, it is worth our while to find what clue to the solution of the problem we can gain from their practice. The statements regarding the constitution of this famous Gl,? are very few and very vague. But I have happened in the course of reading to light upon a passage in an Old Arabic MS. in the library of the College of Fort William, which throws a most interesting light upon the subject, and tends to corroborate the results obtained by Dr. Fraser. The passage I refer to runs as follows :—I quote it in full though the part referring to the etymology of the word (3'4)3 is common knowledge— {The quotation is from a MS. (No. 194.) called (phys ys (Ocean of Pearls) of date 937 H. (1530 A.D.) the author being Muhammad ibn- Yusuf, the physiciaa, of Herat. The MS. bears date 1114 H. (1702 _ A.D.) according to the colophon it is the work of one Hafiz Muhammad Husain ibn-Hafiz ‘Ali who copied it for his own use. The place where he copied it is not stated. | “The word 4,5” writes our author “is a Greek word derived from the word (327) whichis the name given to that which is veno- mous among animals, such for instance, as vipers and similar serpents. It is said that the (32,3 (tirydq) is only so called after the flesh of vipers has been cast into it, and then only because the viper is one of the venomous class of animals. One of the learned doctors states that the word (3,5 is derived in the Greek language from the name given to biting animals ( Gs¢¥} wly3 ) and venomous animals ( pred cf9d ) 302 G. Ranking — Artificial Immunity. [No. 3, which in their language are called (59375! and also from the name of the medicine for fatal poisons, because this medicine is of use for all those kinds of poison. Accordingly it was named (lsy3. The Arabs corrected this and called it GLI. (The antidote car’ éoxjv.) The Taj? states that it is only called @by3 because it contains the slaver (venom) of serpents ( whi sey ). Al Jauhari says, “The word @b,i is an Arabicised Persian word meaning an antidote for poisons, the Arabs call wine Gi2y because it dispels grief,” and in the Talkhis® it is called GL,M! Al-tary4q (with fatha) and ayy! a} les Tarydq al Fartiq the selective (or discriminating ) antidote ; also sei glyi Tirydg al Afa‘i and_»sM GL} Tiryaq ul Akbar, the chief antidote. This is that which restores the spirit of one who is suffering from the effects of poisonous drugs, to its normal condition. It takes four years in its preparation, and must not be used before that time has elapsed; it lasts from four to thirty years: the freshly prepared is efficacious in all cases, but in from thirty years to sixty yearsit becomes old and weak. The old 34,3 resembles an old man, and the freshly prepared is like the youth. The gM GL (tiryéq ul arba‘) is compounded of four in- gredients. The &S4H} SLi (tirydg ul Samdniya) is compounded of eight ingredients and is far more efficacious than the @ YiGby (tirydq ul arba‘). The eile Gk, (tiryaq ul mujdnin) is the name given to the flesh of hedgehogs, because it is good for sufferers from epilepsy and melancholia.” As to the other ingredients of this Gby we have little or no in- formation. Lane in his Lexicon states, that it contained “ the best sort of Jew’s pitch,” i.e, asphaltum, also called bo miémid: but the mere fact that the presence of either the flesh of vipers or their venom was indispensable shews that this was looked upon as the active ingredient, and it certainly appears that the administration of serpent venom as a means of establishing immunity against the bite of venomous snakes was known centuries ago. 1 (2) wx Onprov ® Key) date 709 H. (H. .K:) 8 Talkhis fil Lughat, by Abu Hilal Hasan ibn-Abdullah Askeri, died 395 H. 1895. | D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. 303 Novicize Indices IX. Some additional Papaveracese.—By D. Pratn. [Read August, 7th. ] The account of this natural order in the Flora of British India (i. 116-119) was published 23 years ago (May 1872). Since that date a number of forms new to the Indian area have been communica- ted to the Calcutta Herbarium from the various frontiers of the Empire. Some of these require to be added to the Indian Flora, not because they were unknown when the first volume of the Flora of British India was published—a few of them as a matter of fact are included in the Flora Indica published by Drs. Hooker and Thomson in 1855, which included in its purview the area beyond the north-west frontier comprising Beluchistan and Afghanistan that is excluded from the scope of the later work— but owing to extension of Indian territory towards the north-west during the past quarter of acentury. In the present paper it is proposed to provide diagnoses of those forms in as nearly as may be the style of the diagnoses in the Flora of British India ; to obviate the possibility of confusion between the forms now described and those given in the Flora, keys have been prepared showing the relationships of all the Indian species in each genus. To assure himself of the probable validity of the species here pro- posed as new, and of the accuracy of the nomenclature of those previ- ously described, the writer has compared examples of each with the material of the order contained ina number of European collections. He has also had the advantage of the use of the material in Herb. Saharaupur kindly placed at his disposal by Mr. Duthie, that in Herb. Ziirich kindly lent by his friend Prof. Schinz and that in the private collection of Mr. C. B. Clarke kindly lent by its owner. For facilities in consulting the public Herbaria at Kew, the British Museum, Paris and Geneva, the writer has to thank Mr. Dyer, Mr. Carruthers, M. Ed. Burean, and Dr. J. Mueller respectively ; while for permission to study the mate- rialin their magnificent private collections, he is deeply indebted to Me Casimir de Candolle and M. Barbey-Boissier of Geneva, and to M. Drake del Castillo of Paris. And for assistance and advice most ungrudg- ingly given during his study of these Indian species, the writer would wish to thank many friends, but more especially M. Casimir de Can- dolle, Geneva; M. Ad. Franchet, Paris; Dr. Batalin, St. Petersburg ; and Surgn.-Captn. Cummins, Army Medical Staff. The limitation of genera, at all times a subject of discussion, is particularly perplexing among Thalamifloral orders; the difficulties that beset the student of Papaveracee in particular are many and great. A complete review of these difficulties could only be appropriate 304 D. Prain— Some additional Papaveraceee. [No. 3 in a revision of the order as a whole. Still even in a partial and more or less cursory review like the present, it is impossible to avoid an allusion to some of them; a brief note is therefore added to the syste- matic account of each genus. PAPAVERACEA. Key to the Indian genera (including those newly reported), * Capsulses opening by short valves or pores :— + Stigmas radiating on a sessile disc; (sepals 2, petals 4) 1. Papaver. + + Stigmas at the top of a distinct style :— { Stigmas discrete above, patent; sepals 3, petals 6,... 2. ARGEMONE. t £ Stigmas concrete throughout, decurrent; sepals 2, petals 4 in 2 pairs, or 5-9 in an imbricate spiral 3. MEcoNopsIs. * * Capsules dehiscing throughout their length; (sepals 2, petals 4) :— + Stigmas sessile :— { Stigmas radiating; valves 3-4, pd 2; fruit without dissepiment nat g ... 4 ROEMERIA. t t Stigmas prolonged as 2 horizontal arms; fruit with a pseudo-replum in which the seeds are partially embedded ... eee -» 5. GLAUCIUM. + + Stigmas at the top of a distinct style :— t Stigmas concrete throughout, valves 3-6 « 6. CATHCARTIA, t I Stigmas discrete above, valves 2 a: «. 7. CHELIDONIUM, 1. (1.) PAPAVER Liny. Key to the Indian species (incorporating the new forms). * Perennial; scapes simple leafless; flowers orange-yellow ; (filaments subulate; capsule hispid; whole plant hirsute) . mae «. 1. P. nudicaule. * * Annuals; sinus Ieapetine leafy ; flowers ceoniee purple or pink :— + Stem-leaves not amplexicaul ; plants usnally hispid :— t{ Capsules hispid; leaves 2-3-pinnatifid; (flowers scarlet with dark purple eye) :— § Sepals obtuse: filaments dilated upwards ... 2. P. hybridum. § § Sepals with horn-like subapical processes; filaments filiform ... «. 3 P. pavoninum. t f Capsules glabrous ; leaves 1-2- he hd (filaments filiform) :— § Capsules subglobose stalked; lobes of disc overlapping eee aa -. 4, P. Rheas. § § Capsules oblong sessile; lobesof disc distinct :— § Lobes of disc plane and separated by shallow sinuses... “a 5. P. dubium. ™ § Lobes of disc strongly ridged and Semen by deep divisions (disc stellate) .. 6, P. turbinatum. 1895.] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveraceee. 305 + t Stem leaves clasping; plants glabrous and glaucous; (capsules glabrous) :— t Capsules obovate-oblong, sessile; filaments subu- late; small plants 6-12 in. high a ... 7. P. Decaisnei. t ~ Capsules globose, stalked; filaments dilated up- wards ; tall plants 2-4 feet high ... ... 8. P. somniferum. The genus Papaver is hardly an Indian one; P. somniferuwm is only known ag a cultivated plant while, except in a cultivated form, P. Rhwas is hardly known in India. P. hybridwm is a species widespread in the Mediterranean and Oriental regions ; P. pavoninum, P. turbinatum, P. Decaisnei are three species common in the Orient (Asia Minor, Syria, Persia, Afghanistan and Beluchistan) : all four species are therefore Indian only because, along its extreme north-west border, the Indian Empire includes a fringe of their natural geographical area. Of the remain- ing two the Alpine species, P. nudicaule, occurs only in the Hindu-Kush and Karakoram and is thus not even truly Himalayan, while the temperate species P. dubiwm is a mere corn-field weed. Even that is limited to the North-West Himalaya, where it occurs in a form which extends from Southern Russia through allthe intermediate countries to the area indicated. 1. (1.) Paraver nupicauLe Linn. Sp. Pl. ed. i., i. 507 (1753). Var. rubro-aurantiacum Misch. ex DO. Syst. Veg. ii. 70 (1821); Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 2344 (1822) ; DO. Prodr. 1., 118 (1824). P. ero- ceum Ledeb., Flor. Altaic. ii. 271 (1830). P, alpinum var. croceum Fisch. §& Mey. Ind. Sem. iii, 44 (1837); Ledeb., Flor. Ross. i., 87 (1842). P. nudicaule var. croceum Elkan, Monogr. Papav. 17 (1839); Walp. Rep. i. 111 (1842). P. nudicaule H. f. & T., Flor. Ind. 249 (1855) Boiss. Flor. Orient. i. 107 (1867); H. f. & T. Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 117 (1872). All the Indian wild specimens are referable to this particular variety which has orange-yellow flowers, dark coloured hairs on the scapes and dark-coloured sete on the capsules. The geographical area of this variety extends from Afghanistan, Northern Kashmir and Western Tibet, through Soongaria and along the Altai range to Mongolia and Northern China. A remarkably fine cultivated form of this plant is to be found in gardens in South-Eastern Tibet and in the Chumbi valley. The flowers are sometimes over 3 inches in diam. and though occasionally yellow, are usually dark purple and look very much like those of P. Rhwas. Some of the Tibet specimens are partial- ly double-flowered : these were collected in the province of Tsang and communica- ted to Calcutta by the Lama Ujyen Gyatsko. The Chumbi specimens were obtain- ed by one of Dr. King’s Lepcha collectors. It is somewhat remarkable that we have never yet succeeded in obtaining seeds of this plant which might be known as P. nudicaule VAR. grandiflora. Apparently it does not occur in gardens in Sikkim. 2. (2.) Papaver HysBRipum Linn. 3. (—.) Papaver pavontinum Schrenk ex Fisch. §& Mey. in Enum. Pl. nov. Schrenk 64 (1842); leaves pinnatipartite, segments oblong- 306 D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracez. [No. 3, linear incised-dentate sparingly hispid, filaments filiform, sepals hir- sute with a dorsal conical process under the tip; capsule ovate setose aculeate, stigma conyex rays 4-6. @0. A. Mey. in Ind. Sem. ix. 35, 82 (1843) ; Bunge, Rel. Bot. Lehm. 16 (1847); Stscheg. Bull. Soc. Mose. (1854) i, 151; Trautv. Bull. Soc. Mosc. (1860) i. 91; Regel §& Herder, Bull. Soc. Mosc. (1866) iii. 90; Boiss. Flor. Orient. i. 116 (1867); Osten-Sacken & Rupr. Sert. Tianschan. 38 (1869); Regel §& Herder, Bull. Soc. Mose. (1870) ii. 248. P. hybridum Kar. § Kir. Bull. Soc. Mose. (1842) i. 141 non Linn. P. cornigerum Stocks, Lond. Journ. Bot. iv. 142 (1852): HA. f. & T. Flor. Ind. 250 (1855); Walp. Ann. iv. 173 (1857). ‘ PansaB: Peshawar, Vicary! Stewart! Scinpe: Stocks! BritisH Be Lvucuistan: near Quetta, Sanders! Duke! Lace! Duthie! Appleton ! Distris. Throughout Beluchistan, Afghanistan, Turkestan and Soon- garia. Lk Annual, stems slender sparingly branched ; leaves, flowers and habit very like those of P. hybridum ; the capsules however are smaller while the horned sepals and the filiform filaments at once easily distinguish it. 4. (3.) Papaver Rua@as Linn. Sp. Pl. ed.i. i. 507 (1758). Var. typica; stigmatic rays 8-12. This is an extremely rare plant in India; the only undoubted specimens the writer has seen were collected by Sir D. Brandis in Chamba, Panjab Himalaya (Brandis n,. 4336!). Some specimens that may also be referable to genuine P. Rheas were collected in Kashmir by Dr. T. Thomson. These, however, in spite of the smaller number of their stigmatic rays, look more like a reversion to type, after “escape, ”’ of the following variety, than like the European plant. Var. latifolia; stigmatic rays 12-20. Papaver Rhoeas var. lati- folia Ham. Mss. in Wall. Cat. n. 8119 (1830). P. Hookeri Baker in Bot. Mag. cix. t. 6729 (1883). The Surruey Poppy: Journ. of Horticult. (1886) p. 367, £. 55. Cultivated in Indian gardens from Scinpe, Stocks! to the Norrs- West Provinces, Royle! Falconer! Thomson! King ! and Lower Brnaat, Hamilton ! Hooker ! : Annual, branched, 3-4 ft. high, covered with spreading hispid hairs; stem as thick as little finger at base, branches erect and ascending, flowering copiously ; flowers 2-4 in. across; petals in unequal pairs, crenulate, pale rose to bright crimson, base wedge-shaped with diffused white to blue-black spot; capsule 4—% in. diam., shortly stalked, crenations of disk rounded overlapping. From this description, which applies to the cultivated plant, it will be seen that there is hardly room for doubt that we have here to deal with only a form of P. Rheas. The distinguishing botanical feature is the larger number of stigmatic rays; on the strength of this character Mr. Baker has proposed specific rank for the plant. This it certainly does not deserve and from the existence of 1895. ] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. 307 a very intermediate state in Kashmir it is doubtful if its separation even as a variety is altogether valid. It is however very easy, even in the Herbarium, to distinguish this plant from cultivated forms of P. Rhwas proper introduced from Europe which grow with a luxuriance that equals that of var. latifolia itself. The form seems to have originated in Indian gardens and is supposed to have only recently been introduced to Huropean culture. This is however not quite exact, for the Poppy now known as the Shirley Poppy, which seems to be undoubtedly the Indian P. Rheas vAR. latifolia, has been in continuous cultivation in Scotland for over half a century. Occasional references in Indian writings to the presence of P. Rhwas must be discounted. In the majority of cases P. dubiwm, not infrequently P. turbinatum, is the species intended; the idea having become prevalent that the plant which is really P. Decaisnei is P. dubiwm, not unnaturally the casual observer supposes that what is really P. dubiwm must be P. Rheas.* 5. (4.) Papaver pusium Linn. Sp. Pl. ed.i., 11. 1196 (1753.). Var. glabrum Koch, Syn. 30 (1837). P. dubium var. levigatum ‘Elkan, Monogr. Papav. 25 (18389); A. f. & T. Flor. Ind. 250 (1855) ; Walp. Ann. iv. 176 (1857). P. levigatum M. Bieb. Flor. Taur. Cauc, ii. Suppl. 364 (1819); DC. Syst. Veg. ii. 78 (1821); Prodr. i. 119 (1824) ; Spreng. Syst. 1. 569 (1825); Reichb. Pl. Crit. iv. 41. t. 533 (1826); C. A. Mey. Verzeichn. Pfl. Cuuc. 175 (1831); Boiss. Flor. Orient. i. 114 (1867). P. glabellum Svev. ex DC. Syst. Veg. ii. 78 (1821). P. glabrum Royle. Ill. 67 (1839). All the Indian specimens of P. dubiwm are referable to this variety which is distinguishable from the type only by being subglabrous with the few setz on the scape, the lower surface of the leaves and the sepals, adpressed. In South-Hastern Kurope intermediate forms connecting this with true P. duwbiwm are plentiful; no such connecting forms and no examples of true P. dubiwm occur in India. The geographical area of this variety extends from Southern Russia, the Caucasus and Georgia through Hastern Asia Minor, Armenia and Persia to Northern Beluchistan, Afganistan and the North-West Himalaya as far eastward as Garhwal. The figure by Reichenbach quoted above (Pl. Crit. 533) is made from Bieberstein’s original examples collected near Odessa; that figured under the same name by the same author in Flor. German. t. 4478 b. is not this plant. 6. (—.) Papaver TuRBINATUM DC. Syst. Veg. ii. 84 (1821); leaves ]-2-pinnatisect, filaments filiform, capsule elliptic-oblong glabrous, stigma 6-10-rayed crenations of disc deeply cut, widely separated and ridged. DC. Prodr. 1. 120 (1824); Boiss. Flor. Orient. i. 144 (1867). P. macrostomum Boiss. § Huet. in Sched. Pl. Huet. (1855); Boiss., * In a circular regarding sheets missing from the Wallichian type Herbarium which is preserved in the rooms of the Linnean Society of London n. 8119 ig noted as being there unrepresented. This is a mistake; the specimen is present and in good condition; it has been overlooked owing to its having been inadvertent- ly glued down along with n. 8120. J. Il. 39 308 D. Prain—Some additional Papaveracese. — [No. 3; Flor. Orient. i. 115 (1867). P. Rhceas Wail. Cat. n. 8120 (1830) nec Linn. P, Rheas? H. f. §& 7. Flor. Ind. 251 (1855). Kasumirn: common, Falconer! Thomson! Aitchison! at Romoo, 6000 feet, Clarke n. 28543! at Srinagar, 5300 feet, G. Gammie/ culti- vated or an escape. BrnGau: cultivated, Hamilton! Distris. Yarkand, Afghanistan, Persia and Armenia. Annual, branched, 1-2 ft., scapes with adpressed hairs; leaves, habit and general appearance of P. dubiwm VAR. glabrum (P. levigatum M. Bieb.) and of b. Rheas var. commutatum (P. commutatum Fisch. and Mey.) but easily distin- guished from all forms of P. Rhwas by the shape of its capsule which is like that of P. dubium, and from all forms of P. dubiwm by its deeply lobed, star-like disc with ridged crenatures. Petals purple with a dark basal eye; capsule % in. —1l in. long. The presence of this species in India has been overlooked owing to its having been mistaken when in flower for P. Rhwas and when in fruit for P. dubiwm. Of its specific position there is not however any doubt: the Indian plant is exactly that which forms the type of P. macrostomum Boiss. and Huet. Since the publication of the Flora Orientalis however very large suites of specimens of P. macrostomum have been reported. These show that, like its allies P. dubium and P. Rheas, this is an extremely variable plant and a careful study of all the specimens in M. Boissier’s own Herbarium, in Herb. Kew and in Herb. Paris has convinced the writer that P. macrostomwm is not specifically distinct from P. turbinatum, the solitary specimen of which has the same capsule and disc and only differs in foliage and in stature from the original specimens of P. macrostomwm. Since the latter species was proposed all the necessary intermediates have been reported again and again. 8. (—.) Papraver Decaisnet Hochst. § Steud. in Schimp. Pl. Arab. exs.n. 125 (April 1836); leaves pinnatipartite, segments lanceolate- dentate, cauline rounded at base and amplexicaul; capsule ovate-ob- long glabrous, stigma 5-7-rayed. Boiss. Flor. Orient. i. 115 (1867). P. turbinatum Frresen. Mus. Senkenb. 173 (1834) non DO. Papaver sp. nov. Decaisne, Fl. Sinai. 45 (1835). P. dubium var. Decaisnei Elkan, Monogr. Papav. 26 (1839). P. dubium var. levigatum H. f. & T. Flor. Ind. 250 (1855) in part; Aitchison. Journ. Linn. Soc. xviii. 32 (1881) in part. non Elkan. PanyaB: Rawal Pindi, Aitchison n. 44! Trans.-Indus dist., Stewart ! Scinpe: Stocks! Duisrris. Beluchistan, Afghanistan, Persia, Arabia, S. Syria. A glaucescent glabrous annual or rarely a biennial 6-12 in. high, with very short stems and long peduncles; flowers 1 in. diam., sepals glabrous, petals obovate rose purple with dark eye; anthers shortly oblong. The Eastern limit of the geographical area of this species lies just inside the frontier of the Indian Empire along its whole north-west border. The species has been associated by Elkan and by most Indian botanists with P. dubiwm var. laeviga- twm, and the resemblance is indeed often very great. It is however easily distin- guished by its perfectly glabrous glaucous appearance and by its stem-leayes which 1895. ] D, Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. 309 clasp at the base. Some specimens collected by Dr. Stapf in Persia show that occa- sionally the species may be distinctly biennial. 9. (5.) PAPAVER SOMNIFERUM Linn. It is of interest, in connection with the theory that the people of China first learned the use of Opium and first obtained the Opium Poppy itself from India, to find from a careful examination of specimens of the Poppy cultivated for Opium in China that are preserved in the magnificent botanical collections of London, Paris and Geneva, that this Poppy belongs to a race quite distinct from the Indian plant, more nearly allied to the form of Papaver somniferwm that produces Persian Opium than to the form that is cultivated in Hindustan. The specimens referred to come from Yunnan, Szechuen, Hunan and Hupeh. Curiously the only Chinese specimens of Papaver somniferwm, cultivated for Opium, that are indistinguishable from the Indian race, which the writer has seen, are in Herb. Calcutta. They were communicated by Fortune in 1853 and are from the Hastern province of Che-kiang, not from Central or South-Western China where the Opium Poppy is chiefly cultivated. 2. (1*.) ARGEMONE Livy. 1. ARGEMONE MEXICANA Linn. Four of the gatherings issued by Wallich under this name (Cat. Lith. n. 8126) are really this species, the fifth (8126 H. from Kamaon) is the yellow-flowered Me- conopsis described by Hooker and Thomson as M. robusta. 3. (2.) MECONOPSIS Vicurer. Key to the Indian species (incorporating the new forms. ) * Stems, leaves, sepals and ovaries prickly ; stigmas pyramidal (flowers pale purple, papaveroid, (i.e., petals 4) exception- ally sanguinarioid, (i.e., 5-8) :— + Stems not leafy, radical leaves many persisting ; scapes radical 1-fld. or pseudo-cymose from agglutination of scapes, pedicels not or very rarely bracteate, torus distinctly enlarged ; leaves lanceolate (entire or, rare- ly, acutely dentate; capsules densely aculeate short oblong or obovate, twice as long as style)... «. IL. M. horridula. + + Stems leafy, radical leaves few vanishing ; flowers in racemose cymes with bracteate pedicels; torus not expanded ; leaves oblong :— { Leaves irregularly pinnatifid; capsules densely aculeate, short oblong or obovate, twice as long as style ... 0d .. 2. M. aculeata. { ~ Leaves with sinuate or subentire margins ; capsules sparsely aculeate long narrowly obconic, five times as long as style so0 . 3. M, sinuata. * * Stems, leaves, sepals and ovaries without SE ORICEE ; ee capitate entire or (in M. primulina) 2-lobed :— + Stems leafy :-— { Stems often branching, cymes many-flowered rare- 310 D, Prain— Some additional Papaveracee, [No. 3, Br ly simple; flowers papaveroid, (7.e., petals 4) ; (tall tomentose or hirsute plants, radical leaves few, cauline many all scattered; capsules setose) :— § Capsules ovate 8—11-valved, style short much thickened at base :— § Flowers yellow :— < Stems and leaves sparsely crinite at length glabrescent; cauline leaves pinnatifid, lobes rounded acute; sepals sparsely crinite capsule with few adpressed setae 4. M. robusta. x xX x xX Stems, leaves and sepals hispidly hairy and densely softly tomen- tose; cauline leaves coarsely dentate; capsule densely covered with ascending setae and close stellate pubescence ... .. 5 I. paniculata, § Flowers white (stems, leaves and sepals hispidly hairy and densely softly tomen- tose ; cauline leaves finely toothed) ... 6. M. superba, § § Capsules shortly cylindric 5-7-valved, style - long slender throughout :— {| Flowers dark fuscous-purple; stems, leaves and sepals sparsely hirsute with long hairs as are .. 7. M. napaulensis. §| § Flowers pale blue-purple ; stems, leaves and sepals softly densely puberulous ... 8. UM. Wallichis. t t Stems always simple, cymes few-fid. simple ; flowers sanguinarioid, (i.e., petals 5-9) ; (purple) :— § Radical leaves few vanishing; cauline close- set on a short stem (psendo-radical) scapes long: small glabrous or sparsely setose plants with narrowly ovoid glabrous capsules and 2-lobed stigmas ... was : .. 9. M. primulina. § § Radical leaves many persisting, cauline few the lower scattered the upper whorled; pedicels short; tall softly hairy plants with linear- oblong sparsely hispid capsules ... ... 10. M. grandis. + + Stems not leafy scapes numerous radical, (flowers purple, radical leaves many persisting) :— t Leaves simple dentate, scapes long, capsules linear- oblong sparsely hispid; large softly hairy plants with sanguinarioid flowers, (i.e., petals 5-8) « Ll. VM. simplicifolia. t t Leaves 2-3-pinnate; scapes short, capsules shortly obovate glabrous; dwarf perfectly glabrous plants with sub-papaveroid flowers, (i.e., petals 4 or 5)... 12. M. bella. Species 1-3 constitute the group Aculeate extending throughout 1895. ] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. 311 the Himalayas and Tibet and occurring in Szechuen and Yunnan; species 4-8, the group Robust peculiar so far as is known to the central and Eastern Himalaya; species 9 belongs to the group Primuline of which the remaining known members inhabit Szechuen and Yunnan ; species 10 and 11 to the Grandes of which the three other known members occur in Kansu, North Tibet, Szechuen and Yunnan; species 11 is the only representative of a very distinct group the Belle. The genus includes 2 other groups not represented in India; viz., the Chelidonifolis with 2 Chinese and 1 Western European species and the Anomale with 2 Californian species. Unlike Papaver, Meconopsis is a characteristically Himalayan genus since 12 species, or nearly one-half of the known forms have been reported from the Himalay- an region. Only two occur in the Western Himalaya; one, M. aculeata, extending from Garhwal and Kunawar to Kashmir, overlaps the eastern fringe of the area occupied by Papaver ; the other, M. robusta, which is perhaps only a condition, and certainly is at most the representative, of the more widely distributed M. pani- culata, is confined to Kamaon. It is only when we reach the region from Central Nepal eastward that we come upon the main body of the genus. In Central Nepal we find three species, M. paniculata. M. napaulensis and M. simplicifolia ; these we find in Hastern Nepal and Western Sikkim along with five other forms; I. Walli- chii, which seems only a local manifestation of M. napaulensis; M. sinuata, a similar local manifestation of M. aculeata; M. grandis, a local manifestation of M. simplicifolia; M. horridula, a somewhat variable species widely extended through- out Tibet and Western China of which M. aculeata and M. sinuata alike appear to be derivates ; lastly, the exceedingly distinct W. bella. Somewhat further east we come upon M. superba, a very handsome species that would however appear to be hardly more than a local representative of M. paniculata ; and M. primulina, a near ally, and perhaps only the local representative of a Szechuen species, MZ. Henrici. The region which includes Western and Central China from Kansu to Yunnan and Haupeh is quite as rich in species as the explored Eastern Himalaya. In Kansu there are three species; M. quintwplinervia and M. punicea extending to Northern Tibet, and HW. integrifolia exte:.ding to Szechuen and Yunnan; all three are near allies of the Sikkim M. simplicifolia. In Szechuen we find six; one species, confined to the province, is M. Henrici nearly allied to the Himalayan MW. primulina ; another is aform of the Tibeto-Himalayan WM. horridula; a third is apparently a form of the Sikkim M. sinuata; a fourth is M. integrifolia already discussed; the last two are species which are very distinct from the rest and which have no Hi- malayan representative, but which are very closely allied to each other; these are M. chelidonifolia, confined to Szechuen, and MM. Oliveriana extending also to Hupeh, In Yunnan, besides M. integrifolia and aform of the nearly ubiquitous M. horridula there are two species of the Primuline group, M. lancifolia and M. Delavayi.* These two species, originally tentatively referred by M. Franchet, in the absence of ripe fruit, to Cathcartia, are, as their distinguished author has * Meconopsis lancifolia Franchet M88. in Herb. Paris. Cathcartia lancifolia Franchet Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xxxii. 391 (1886). Meconopsis Delavayi Franchet MSS. in Herd. Paris. Cathcartia Delavayi Franchet, Bull. Soc, Bot. Fr. xxxii. 890 (1886). 312 D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. [No. eas most obligingly pointed out to the writer, trne Meconopses, the ripe capsules recently received having valves that are only partially dehiscent. Stiil another possible species is the plant described by M. Franchet as M. betonicefolia. It may well be a Meconopsis but the fruit is not ripe and from its evident close affirity to two Himalayan species that seem undoubtedly referable to Cathcartia this may also prove to be better placed in that genus. From Hupeh the already mentioned M. Oliveriana* is the only species as yet recorded; like WM. chelidonifolia it also occurs in Szechuen. From what has been said it will be clear that the home of Meconopsis is the conjoint Himalo-Tibetan and Tibeto-Chinese regions. But while this is the case there are three species that do not occur within this area and that exhibit a distri- bution which, even for outliers, is remarkable and peculiar. One species M. cam- brica, that on which Viguier originally founded the genus, is confined to Western Europe, where it extends from Portugal to Wales, Cumberland and Strath-Clyde, thus overlying the western fringe of the Papaver area as M. aculeata overlies its east- ern fringe. And strangely enough its nearest allies in the genus would seem to be M. chelidonifolia and M. Oliveriana—precisely the species from which it is fur- thest separated geographically. The two remaining species M. crassifolia and M. heterophylla occur in Western America. These are altogether anomalous in having valves which dehisce like those of Papaver by short subquadrate pores and in having their stigmatic lobes discrete as in Chelidoniun or in Argemone. More dis- concerting still is the fact that in the same area there occur two true Papavers, P. cali- fornicum, and P. Lemmoni, the former with a perfectly normal disc, the latter with an umbonate one like Papaver stylatum, while all four species are so very nearly related that it is only by an examination of their ripe capsules that they are to be definitely separated. It is not therefore surprising that so careful an observer and so great an authority on Californian species as Prof. E. Greene proposes to treat all four as congeneric. Whether, as he proposes, all should be treated as Papavers is a matter * Meconopsis Oliveriana Franchet §* Prain MSS. in Herb. Paris. and in Herb. Rew. Stems tall copiously branched, setulose below, glabrous above; leaves numer- ous, lower and middle shortly petioled sparingly strigose on both surfaces as are the upper sessile somewhat amplexicaul, ovate-oblong pinnatipartite; segments 1-2- jugate petiolulate ovate pinnatifid, lobes rounded obtuse, terminal segment deeply 3-fid: peduncles numerons slender and sepals glabrous; flowers solitary at the end of stem and of the many axillary always leafy branches; capsule long cylindrie 4-5-valved, glabrous ; placentas nerviform. . Cuina: Szechuen, Tchen-kéou-tin, Farges n, 390! Hupeh; Henry n. 6863! Stems erect 2-3 ft. high, as thick as a swan’s quill at base, flowers 8-12 ter- minal; buds globose; style very short and thick; capsule including style 13 in. long, tin. across ; rootstock villous. This species so closely resembles in all its vegetative characters M. chelidoni- folia Franchet, that at first it is hard to believe that they can be distinct. The fruit is however totally different; in M. chelidonifolia the capsule is short, ovate, $in. long, and } in. across, the style is distinct and slender and the placentas are deeply intruded as they are in the true Poppies. Another difference is in the colour of the petals which seem, judging from dried specimens in Herb. Paris, to be purplish ; certainly they are not bright yellow as in M. chelidonifolia. Both species mach resemble ' Cathcartia villosa. 1895.] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracer. 313 that requires, in the writer’s opinion, further consideration. It is true that in the genus Papaver, as at present understood, are included a number of forms nearly allied to P. armenaiacwm which have valves that dehisce like Meconopsis valves and have stigmas of the normal Meconopsis type, so that they differ from Meconopsis only in the absence of any style But it does not seem necessary on this account to propose that we should return to the view adopted by Linnzeus as regards the European, and by Don as regards the Himalayan species, and speak of all the Meconopses as Papavers. Another point of interest in the genus is the number of petals. This is given in most systematic treatises as 4. In the three species M. cambrica, M. chelidoni- folia, M. Oliveriana, forming the Chelidonifoliz, this is the case, asit isin the Anomalz (M. heterophylla, M. crassifolia) and in the Robuste (M. robusta, M. paniculata, M. superba, M. napaulensis, M. Wallichii). Among the Aculeate, M. aculeata and M. sinwata would appear to be always 4-petaled, but with M. horridula the ex- ceptions are quite as frequent as the rule. In M. bella which may have 4 petals we usually find 5; while in two groups—the Grandes (M. simplicifolia, M. quintupli- nervia, M. punicea, M. grandis, M. integrifolia) and the Primuline (M. Henvrict, MW. primulina, M. lancifolia, M. Delavayi)—we by no chance ever find 4 petals ; in all these species we find, as in Sanguinaria, 5-8 or 9 petals imbricately spirally arranged. Yet there is no doubt, in spite of this divergence from the characters usually ascribed to the genus that these species are genuine Meconopses. § 1. Aculeatee. Stems, leaves, sepals and ovaries prickly ; stigmas pyramidal ; flowers pale purple, usually Papaveroid, i.e., with 4& petals ; (occasionally in M. horridula var. typica ona usually in M. horridula VAR. racemosa with petals 5-8). 1. (2.) Meconopsis norripuLa H. f. & T. Var. typica; scapes radical one-fld; leaves membranous entire. M. horridula H. f. § T. Flor. Ind. 252 (1855) ; Walp Ann. iv. 171 (1857). Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 118 (1872). Srxxim: Kongra-Lama, Bomtso and Kan-ka-la, 14-17000 ft. abundant, Hooker ! Kan-kra-la and Donkia, G. Gammie! Cummins ! Cuumer: at Te-ling, Dungboo! Disrris. Central Tibet (Rockhill!) and South-Eastern Tibet (Thorold ! King’s Collectors !) Var. racemosa; some or all of the scapes agglutinated to form a leafless grooved stem with pseudo-racemose inflorescence and _ bractless pedicels ; leaves membranous entire or (rarely) dentate. M. racemosa Maxim. Bull, Acad. Petersb. xxiii. 310 et Mel. Biol. ix. 713 (1876) ; Forbes § Hemsl. Journ. Linn. Soc. xxiii. [Ind. Sinens. i.] 34 (1886) ; Maxim. Flor. Tangut. 1. 36. t. 9. £. 1-6 et t. 23. f. 26 (1889). Srxxim: Ta-ne-gang, Gia-gong and near Cho-la, King’s Collectors ! Lachung, Dungboo! Tankra-la (specimens with deeply dentate leaves), G. Gammie! Cuoumprt: Sham-chen, Dungboo! Ta-Chey-Kung, King’s Collectors! Distris. North Tibet (Przewalski!) Central Tibet (near Lhassa, Dungboo !) Northern Szechuen (Potanin !) 314 D. Prain— Some additional Papaveraces. [No. 3, It is impossible to sustain the specific rank claimed for this form. In the northern and central portions of the area inhabited by the species the two forms come from adjacent districts. In Sikkim, the extreme southern limit of its geographical distribution, the two forms grow intermixed ; all our Calcutta gather- ings, as well as Hooker’s original ones, show transitions from the one to the other. [Var. rudis; stems like those of var. racemosa but taller, thicker, hardly grooved and leafy at the base with the lower pedicels bracteate ; leaves very thick with subsinuate margins and very sparsely prickly as are the sepals and stems; capsules small, hardly exceeding in diam. the much expanded torus. M. racemosa Franchet, Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xxxili. 38 (1886) ; Plant Delavay. 41 (1889) vie Maxim. Yonnan: Li-kiang, Delavay ! a This plant, united by M. Franchet with Mr. Maximowicz’ M. racemosa, certainly | differs varietally in the points noted. | The suggestion made in the Flora Indica and again in the Flor. Brit. Ind. that M. horridula may after all be no more than an Alpine form of M. aculeata has not, so far, been supported by the collection of the necessary intermediate forms. On the contrary the facts of distribution among the members of the Aculeate group point decidedly in the opposite direction. Althongh M. aculeata has capsules re- markably like those of M. horridula its torus is not thickened, its leaves are widely dissimilar, its stem is leafy and its pedicels are bracteate. 2. (3.) Meconopsis acutnata Royle, Ill. 67. t. 15 (1839) ; Walp. Rep. i. 110 (1842); H.f. §& ZT. Flor. Ind. 253 (1855); Walp. Ann. iv. 171 (1857); Klotesch, Reis. Pr. Waldem. 129 (1862); Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 5456 (1864); Hf. & 7. Flor. Brit. Ind. 1. 118 (1872). M. Gulielmi- Waldemari Klotzsch, Reis. Pr. Waldem. 129. t. 36 (1862); Walp. Ann. vii. 86 (1868). M. napaulensis Jacquem. MSS. in Herb. Paris; Fale. MSS. in Herb. Saharanpur; nec M. napaulensis DO. Wall. Cat. n. 8122! It is not possible to accord even varietal rank to the form figured and des- cribed by Klotzsch as M. Gulielmi-Waldemari. 3. (—.) Meconopsis sinuata Prain; prickly, stem leafy, leaves oblong-lanceolate, flowers pale blue-purple; capsules long narrowly obconic, sparsely prickly. Var. typica ; leaves obtuse with sinuate margins. Sikkim: Patang-la, Pey-kiong-la and Ney-go-la, King’s Collectors ! Jongri, G. Gammie! Booran: Dichu Valley, Cummins ! [ Var. Prattii ; leaves subacute serrate or subentire. Szecaven: near Tachienlu, Pratt., n. 525!) Rootstock stout, fusiform ; stems 1-3 ft. smooth except for the scattered prickles. Leaves 4-7 in., long petioled, upper cauline sessile. Cymes few-fid., flowers 2-3 in. diam., pedicels bracteate slender fastigiate in fruit, prickly; petals 4. Capsule ec: 14-1} in. sparsely prickly, ultimately subglabrous; style +~-} in.; stigma small. Seeds scaberulons hilum slightly crested. This species has much the habit of M. aculeata of which it appears to be in 1895.] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. 315 the Eastern Himalaya the representative form. It has however different leaves and a totally different capsule with a much smaller stigma. The plant here des- cribed as vaR. Prattii has leaves quite like those of M. horridula yaR. racemosa thongh of somewhat thinner texture. But besides having bracteate pedicels it differs in having an unexpanded torus and a much less aculeate ovary. The cap- sules of vAR. Prattii are unfortunately not yet ripe but they agree exactly with those of typical M. sinwata at a similar stage and are totally unlike those of M. horridula or M. aculeatu at any stage. § 2. Robust. Tall often branching ; stems, leaves and sepals hir- sute or pubescent; ovaries’ setose; stigmus capitate; leaves pinuatifid to -partite, radical many withering, cauline numerous all scattered; flowers Papaveroid, i.e., with 4 petals. 4. (4.) Meconopsis ropusta H. f. & T. Flor. Ind. 253 (1855) ; tall, glaucescent, glabrous or sparsely crinite with soft flexuous spread- ing hairs, leaves pinnatifidly lobed, lobes rounded acute, tips of peduncles and sepals sparsely patently crinite; cymes simple, flowers sulphur yellow, margins of petals crenulate; capsule obovate-oblong 8-ll-valved, sparingly covered with adpressed sub-deciduous sete. Walp. Ann. iv. 171 (1857). M. nipalensis Hook. f. Bot. Mag. t. 0085 (1866) nec DO. et via H.f. & T. Flor. Ind. & Flor. Brit. Ind. M. robusta H. f. §. T. Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 118 (1872) in part ; excluding the Nepal plant anI the citation Wall. Cat. 8121. Argemone mexicana Wall. Cat. 8126 E (1830) nec Linn. Wail. Cat. n. 8124! Western Himataya: Kamaon, 8-10,000 ft. Blinkworth in Wall. Cat. n. 8124! 8126 E! and in a third specimen without number in the Wallichian type herbm.! Nanik, Strachey and Winterbottom ! Chenab Valley, Stewart! Hillis n. 1362! 1471! near Mussoorie, King! Pindi, Collett! Palang Gadh, Byaus; above Ramzi ; and Galmar, 10-12,000 ft., Duthie ! | Stems simple or branched 46 ft high almost 2in. thick at base; cymes lax-fid. 1-2 ft. long, flowers 2-3 in. across; sepals } in. ; styles thickened at base 4 in long; capsule, including style, 13 in. This species, apparently strictly confined to Kamaon though not at all uncom- mon there, is perhaps only a geographical form, certainly is the western represen- tative of the next species, from which it only differs in the want of fine pubescence intermingled with its long hairs, in the somewhat different lobulation of its leaves and in the margins of its petals being crenulate. Inthe Flora Indica Hooker ay ~ Thomson have cited only the Kamaon locality and only Wallich’s n. 8124, Wid 8126, both of which came from that province, for their species. The description given, however, of the capsule applies rather to Wallich’s n. 8121 from Nepal which is cited as equivalent to n. 8124, in the Flora of British India, where the locality Nepal is also given for the species. But the plant thus included (Wall. Gat. n. 8121) is not the same as the Kamaon one; it is the true M. napaulensis of DC, [Prodr, i. 121]—the crimson-flowered portion of Stylophorwm paniculatum of @. Don (Gen. Syst i. 135]—and is not distinguishable from the M. Wallichit var J. u. 40 316 D. Prain—Some additional Papaveraces. [No. 3, rubrofusca of Bot. Mag. t. 6760, This plant agrees with M. robwsta im having hirsute, but not tomentose, stems, leaves and sepals, but differs im having dark-red instead of yellow flowers and in having a narrower capsule with reddish spreading instead of adpressed or ascending yellow setze with about half the number of valves and with a Jonger style slender throughout. 5. (5.) Muconopsts pantcunata Prain; tall stout hirsute with soft flexnous spreading hairs and densely clothed with a soft substellate golden-yellow or grey pubescence; leaves linear-oblong or oblanceolate sinuately lobed, lobes widely-triangular-toothed, cymes paniculate or simple; flowers yellow, margins of petals entire; capsule obovate- oblong 8-ll-valved densely covered with ascending subpersistent sete and with close stellate pubescence. Var. typica; cymes paniculate, pedicels subfastigiate branched longer than the leaves even in flower sepals sometimes only puberulous. Papaver paniculatum D. Don, Prodr. Flor. Nep, 197 (1825). Sty- lophorum paniculatum G. Don, Gen. Syst. i. 135 (1831) in part only and as to the yellow-fld. plant cited. Meconopsis napaulensis Walp. Rep. a 110 (1842) not of DO. Meconopsis Wallichii H. f. § T. Flor. Ind. 254 (1855) Walp. Ann. iv.171 (1857); H. f. §& 2 Flor. Brit. Ind. i, 119 (1872) in part only dnd as to the citation Wall. Cat. n, 8123/b; not of Hook. Polychetia paniculata Wall. MSS. in Herb. Wall. . 8123/b. Nepan: Gossain Than; Wallich. n. 8.23/b! Sixxim: Jongri, King’s Collectors! Ling-tu, King’s Collectors! Phalloot, 10,000 ft., King’s Collectors! Lachung abd Tankra, 11,000 ft., G. Gammie! Bootan: Tak-poo, Dungbvo ! Var. elutau; cymes simple, pedicels usually solitary, sometimes 2 together, spreading; not or hardly longer than the leaves in flower, elongating and fasciculate in fruit. Meconopsis nipalensis H, f. & T. Flor. ind. 253 (1855) ; Hook. f. Ill. Him. Pl. t. 9 (1855); Walp. Ann. ive 171 (1857); H. f. & TV. Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 118 (i872): M. neépalensis Lemaire, Ill. Hortic. iii. 95 (1856) — not M. napaulensis DC. M. Wollas- tonii Regei, Gartenjl. xxv. 291 (1876) name only. Wall. Cat. n. 8123/a. CenrraL Himataya: Wallich, n. 8123/a! Sixxkim: Lachen, Hooker ! Natong; Dungboo! Patang-la, King! Jongri, King’s Colleetors ! Singa- lelah, G. Gammie! Lachung, G. Gammie ! Stems sparingly branched or simple 3-5 feet high, 2-3 in. thick at base ; radical and lower cauline leaves petioled 6-18 in. long; cymes lax-fid. 1-2 feet long conspicuous; sepals in VAR. typica }-{ in., in VAR. elata 1 in. long; flowers in VAR. typica 2 in., in vak. elatu 3 in. diam.; style thickened at base 3 in. long; capsule, including style, 14-2 in. a? ; ra | a Except for the more branching habit, the smaller amount of gross pubescence and the smaller flowers in var. typica there is nothing to separate the two varieties which pass into each other by many intermediates and are only sustained here in order the more easily to explain the somewhat complex synonymy which has arisen 1895. ] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveraceze. 317 from the inadequacy of the material in European Herbaria. In some cases var. typica has only a close stellate pubescence and then remarkably resembles IM. Walli- chii, but even if the colour of the petals has not been noted the ovaries with 10-11- placentas and the 10-11-lobed stigma, or at a later stage the larger ovate 10-11-valved capsule with shorter style much thickened below and the altogether different pubescence of the capsule amply distingnish this from M. Wallichir. That Wall. Cat. n.'8123/b is D. Don’s Papaver paniculatwm is made certain by the fact that Don has himself written this name on the type sheet of Wall..Cat. n. 8123/b, which moreover retains the original field ticket on which Wallich has written the MSS name Polychetia paniculata. D. Don has at the same time identified n. 8123/b with Meconopsis napaulensis DC.; this identification is quite ‘erroneous; Meconopsis napaulensis forms the red-flowered portion of G. Don’s ‘Stylaphorum paniculdtum whereas D. Don’s Papaver paiiculaium forms the yellow- flowered portion of G. Don’s Stylophorum paniculatwum. -Hooker and Thomson on the other hand have assigued the name M. nipalensis to Wall. Cat. n. 8123/a, and . have referred Wall. Cat. n. 8123/b to M Wallichii in this following Sir W. Hooker who does not however include Wallich’s yellow-flowered Nepal plant in his description of the blue-flowered Sikkim one though he cites the sheet itself. Besides being both, as it now transpires, truly conspecific, neither of the portions of Wallich’s n. 8128 agrees at all well with the original description of M. napaulen- sis; that description applies alone among the Himalayan species, to Wall. Cat. n. 8121 anda comparison of that number with the original M. napaulensis in Mr. C. de Candolle’s “ Prodromus Herbarium” shows them to be identical. The precise locality of Wall. Cat. n. 8123/a is doubtful. -The original field ticket is missing ; in the Lith. Cat. list it stands as ‘‘Kamaon?” This citation is almost certainly wrong; for the species does not occur amongst the plants sent by Blinkworth from Kamaon, «nd no collector has found it in Kamaon since Blink- worth’s time. In all probability, Wall. Cat. n. 8128 a, like n. 8123/b, came from Nepal. 6. (—.) Meconoprsis supersa King; tall stout hirsute with soft flextious spreading hairs and densely clothed with soft grey pubescence; leaves obovate oblong ‘serrate; cymes simple; flowers white margins ‘of ‘petals entire; ovary globose 7-ll-valved densely clothed with ad- pressed sete and with close stellate pubescence. Bootran: Ho-Ko-Chu, Dungboo! Stems simple, apparently 6 ft. high, 14 in. thick within 2 feet of top; cauline leaves sessile amplexicaul 10-20 in. long; cymes rather dense-fid, pedicels 2-3 in each axil; sepals 13-in. long; flowers nearly 4 in. diam. This véry fine plant is perhaps only a form of M. ‘paniculata VAR. elata; the chief differences are the larger size of allits parts, the white, not yellow, patals and the serrate but not lobed cauline leaves. The ovary is exactly like that of M. paniculata; ripe fruit is as-yet unknown. 7. ‘(—-) Meconopsis NapAutensts DC. Prodr. i. 121 (1824); tall glaucescent sparsely hirsute with soft flexuous spreading hairs rarely also thinly substellately pubescent, leaves lobed pinnatipartite or ly- rate-pinnatisect lobes rounded-oblong ‘widely crenate-dentate ; cymes simple or paniculate, tips of peduncles and sepals patently hirsute, 318 D Prain—Some additional Papaveracex. [No, 8, flowers’dark fuscous-purple, capsules subcylindriec or narrowly ovate 4-6-valved, densely covered with harsh sete at first yellow and ad- pressed at length rufous and spreading or subreflexed. Meconopsis robusta H. f. & T. Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 118 (1872) in part and as to the Nepal plant cited (Wall. Cat. mn. 8121) not of H. f. & T. in Flor. Ind. M. Wallichii var. rubrofusea Hook. f. Bot. Mag. t. 6760 (1884). Stylo- phorum nepalense Spreng. Syst. iv. cur. post. 203 (1827). S. panicula- tum G. Don, Gen. Syst. i. 1385 (1831) in part only and as to the crumson- jid. plant cited. Nepat: Gossain Than, Wallich n. 8121! Thari, in Eastern Nepal, King’s Collectors ! Sixxim: Tehni-Zen King’s Collectors! Tiamphung and elsewhere in Jongri, frequent, King’s Collectors! Stems simple 2-5 feet high, 4-1 in. thick at base; flowers nodding, 3 in. in diam. ; lower cauline leaves long-petioled ; sepals rather densely crinite but not or sparsely stellate-pubescent ; petals broadly obovate-oblong ; capsules 3-1 in. with a slender style 3—% in. long. The bibliographical relationship of this species to M. robusta and M. paniculata has been already explained. From both it is readily distinguished by its dark purple not yellow flowers, by its smaller capsnle with fewer valves and very dif- ferent sete, and by its much longer slender style. Its association with M. robusta has been due to both having rounded lobes of leaves and to the twe having very similar sepals. Its identification with M. paniculata has teen the result of a mis- apprehension on the part of Mr. D. Don who, of the two-Meconopsis collected by Wallich in Nepal, has, contrary to M. de Candolle’s explicit statement, selected the many-valved one as the eqnivalent of the Prodromus species. Mr. G. Don has attempted to overcome the difficulty thus created by treating these two Nepal plants, the red and the yellow-fid., as conspecific. This is however impossible for the botanical relationship of M. naprulensis is, as Sir Joseph Hooker has clearly shown, in the most recent notice of this species (Bot. Mag. t.6760), with M. Wallichir. It has many of the characters of that plant but besides having dark-red-, in place of pale-blue-purple flowers it is easily distinguished by its leaves and sepals being patently crinite with long hairs and by having very little, usually indeed none, of the close stellate pubescence that characterises the leaves and sepals of M. Wallichii where on the other hand there are none of the long hairs of M. napaulensis. This species has only recently been successfully introduced into Huropean Gardens, plants having been reared by Mr. G. Wilson in his garden at Weybridge from seeds sent by Dr. King. It may ultimately be satisfactorily proved that Sir Joseph Hooker’s suspicion, which the writer shares, that this and M. Wallichu are only forms of one species, is correct. In that case the name M. Wallichit which has become familiar in European horticulture will have to give way to the older name M. napaulensis, which is at present, but qnite erroneously, associated in European gardens with Wallich’s yellow-fld. species. In the meantime however it is more satisfactory and less misleading to treat M. napaulensis and M. Wallichii as speci- fically distinct. 8. (6.) Meconopsts Waxticun Hook. Bot, Mag. +. 4668 (1852) ; Jard. Fleur. iii. t. 315 (1853) ; Belg. Hortic. iv. t. 18 (1854); Flore des 1895.] D. Prain—Some additicnal Papaveracer. 819 Serres, viii. t. 735 (1855) ; H. f. & T. Flor. Ind. 254 (1855) ; Walp. Ann. iv. 171 (1857) ; H. f. § T. Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 119 (1872) eacluding in all cases the citation Wall. Cat. 8123/b and the Nepal locality. This is the pale-blue-fld. paniculate “ Poppy” familiar to all travellers in Sikkim. Dr. King’s Collectors have brought it also from Chumbi (Sham-Chen) and Dr. Cummins has sent specimens to Calcutta from Bootan (Dichu Valley) but though it thus extends further to the east than the F. B. I. indicates it has not as yet been collected in Nepal. The plant has long been cultivated in Hurope, seeds having first been sent home by Sir Joseph Hooker in 1848 and plants having been reared at Kew by Sir William Hooker who figured and described tke species. Sir William identified with this the paniculate form of Dr. Wallich’s yellow- flowered Nepalese species which is often remarkably like this pale-purple-fid. plant, until ripe fruit is obtained. There is however no possibility of confounding the capsules of the two—those of M. Wallichit are smaller and narrower with 5-6 valves, with spreading rufous setae anda longer slender style; the yellow-fld. plant has longer widely-ovate capsules with 8-11 valves, setae that are less patent and that remain yellow throughout and a shorter style much thickened at the base. One result of the identification of these two plants has been that the Meconopsis named in Dr. Wallich’s memory is one that he never collected or distributed. § 3. Piimuline. Stems very short simple, leaves and sepals glab- rescent ; ovaries glabrous (ina Chinese species strigose at apex); stigmas cleft or 2-lobed ; leaves simple entire, radical few vanishing, cauline nwme- rous close-set and pseudo-radical; flowers Sanguinarioid 1, e. with 6-9 petals. 9. (—.) Meconorsis primuLtina Prain; almost glabrous, stem short leafy at the base only, leaves linear-oblong entire acute, radical few spathulate, all narrowed into short petioles and very sparsely strigose on both surfaces flowers on a terminal and one to two axillary scapes pendulous dark violet-purple; sepals 2 glabrous, petals 6-8 imbricate narrowly ovate with a distinct claw; stamens about 50, fila- ments filiform as long as the ovary, anthers orbicular-ovate golden- yellow; ovary glabrous 4-carpelled narrowly ovate tapering into a slender style 5 as long; stigmas 2-partite lobes oblong plqno-convex, outer convex surface 2-stigmatic. Bootan: Do-lep, King’s Collectors ! Coumsi1: Sham-Chen, Dungboo! | Rootstock fusiform 1-4 in. long, neck clothed with old sheaths; leaves 14-23 in. by Lin.; central scape 7 in., lateral 83-4 in.; sepals } in., petals in. long, 4—% jin. wide, inner narrower; filaments of the outer series often united into petaloid phyllomes with antheriferous fringe; ovary $ in. long, 3% in. wide, placentas far intruded and passing up the substance of the style as 2 pairs of approximated traces, each trace bearing at the base of the style a projecting papilla laterally in- clined so that the 4 papilla are in 2 pairs alternate with placental traces and style lobes and opposite the stigmatic cleft, outer stigmatic loops alternate with placentas. The capsules though apparently full-grown are unripe. The nearest ally of this species is Meconopsis Henrici, Franchet [Journ. de 320 D. Prain= Some additional Papaveraces. [No. 3, Botanique v. 19 (1891,] from Szechuen which has more numerous leaves, also close- set on a short stem and not truly radical, more numerous stouter scapes and rather larger flowers that though nodding in bud are not nodding when full-blown. WM. Henrici has however a very different ovary which is depressed globose, strigose in its upper half and ‘considerably shorter than the style. In M. Franchet’s species the same peculiar grouping of the filaments of the outer series in flat phalanges is also sometimes met with but there are no epaulettes of papille on the capsule. Another species in which the leaves and stems are exactly like those of WM. prim- ulina is Meconopsis lancifolia Franchet, from Yunnan. This has @ ¢glabrons ‘ovary and short style and except in wanting the €paulettes and having ‘a less deeply lobed stiema hardly differs from W. primulina. The flowers too are almost identical but instead of having a few flowers on long scapes, it has numerous flowers arranged in a racemose cyme With the pedicels bractless a8 in M. horridula VAR. racemosa, whilé the sepals are slightly and the stem and pedicels are rather densely strigose. Another Yunnan species of this group is Meconopsis Delavayi Franchet, ‘of which the flowers are exactly as in M. lancifolia, M. Henrici ‘and M. primulina but which has solitary scapes and crowded very long-petioled pseudo-radical leaves with small spathulate-hastate blades. § 4. Grandes. Stemless or with simple stems, leaves and sepals softly hairy ; ovaries hispid ; stigmas large capitate ridyed ; leaves simple entire (in the Chinese) or dentate (in the Indian species), radical very numerous persisting, cauline, if present, few scattered beluw, whorled above ; flowers Sanguinarioid i.e. with 5-8 petals. 10. (—.) Meconopsts Granpis Prain; softly hairy, radical leaves tufted numerous ovate-lanceolate coarsely serrate, tapering into a long petiole ; cauline leaves shortly petioled or sessile; flowers large very deep blue; ovary subeylindric sparingly cov ered with harsh sis alune ultimately subdeciduous hairs ; placentas 5, slightly intruded ; style 2 = the length of ovary ; capsule linear-oblong, Sixkia: Jongri, in Western Sikkim, very common at 10-12,000 feet, King’s Collectors! Watt n. 5435! G. A. Gammie ! Rootstock stout, clothed with sheaths, neck villous ; ; radical leaves 33-7 in. by 1-2 in. with petioles 6—9 iu. long ; stem 13-8 ft. high leafy, leaves passing into bracts, the lower 1-3 ena the upper 3-5 collected in a whorl, lowest shortly eerolea vacant, the next 1-2 with axillary flower-buds: bracts of the whorl subequal 5-6 im, by 3 in. with 1-2 axillary flowers; main axis terminating in a 1-fld. scape extend- ing 6-18 in. beyond whorl ; sepals 2 hairy, petals 5-7 imbricate, buds 1} in., flowers 5 in. diam.; stamens @ ; capsules 2} in. long, seeds rugose. This one of the finest species of Meconopsis in the Himalayas, is evidently, i in sp'te of its great difference of habit, very closely allied to M. simplicifolia with which it agrees in having tufted coarsely dentate radical leaves and of which it has exactly the capsules and the seeds. It is also nearly related to Mevonopsis integrifolia Franchet [Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xxxiii. 389 (1886) et Plant. Delavay 41 (1889) ; ; Mawim. Flor. Tangut. i. 35 t. 9. f. 7-12 et t. 22. f. 23- -25 (1889) : Catheartia integri- folia Marim Bull. Ac. Imp. Petersb. xxiii. 310 et Mel. Biol. ix. 713 (1876) ; Forbes §° Hemsl. Journ. Linn. Soc. xxiii. (Ind. Sinens. i.) 34. (1886) ] which agrees with M. grandis in having tufted radical leaves and in having a stem that, though 1895. | D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracese. 321 shorter, has also 1-2 scattered leaves below and a whorl of 5-8 bracts with 2-3 axillary as well as a terminal flower above, but which differs in having all the leaves entire, in having yellow in place of dark purple flowers, and in having a very short style with a rather larger stigma. Of the two, M. integrifoliais perhaps the more beautiful species ; both must prove, when ultimately introduced, great acquisitions to European horticulture. M. grandis seems to be confined to the district of Jongri but is very plentiful there. 11. (—.) Meconopsis srmeuictrouta Walp. Rep. i. 110 (1842) ; if jf. & T. Blor. Ind. 252 (1855); Hook. f., Ill. Him. Pl. t. 8 (1855) ; dll. Hortic. iti. 114 (1856); Walp. Ann. iv. 170 (1857) ; Flore des Serres xiii. t. 1324 (1858) ; Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 118 (1872). Papaver simplicifol- ium D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 196 (1825) Stylophorum simplicifelium Spreng. Syst. iv. cur. post, 203 (1827); G. Don, Gen. Syst. i. 135 (1831). Wall. Oat. n. 8125. The species most nearly related to M. simplicifolia is M. quintuplinervia Regel [Gartenfl. (1876) 291, t. 880, f. b. c. Y d.; Maxim. Flor. Tangut. 34. t. 23. £. 27 (1889) ] from Northern Tibet and Kansu. WM. quwintwplinervia differs from the Himalayan species in having entire leaves, filaments sub-2-seriate those of the outer rather Shorter series being moreover slightly dilated upwards. A second closely allied species is M. punicea Maxim. [ Flor. Tangut. 34. t. 23. f. 12-21 (1889)] which also differs from M. simplicifolia in having entire leaves but is further easily distin- guished from both M. simpli:tfolia and M. quintwplinervia by having much longer and narrower petals and by having a short globose ovary with a much larger almost sessile stigma. § 5. Bellew. Stemless; scapes, leaves, sepals and ovaries glabrous, stigmas small capitate ; leaves 2-3-pinnatifid all radical numerous persisting, flowers sub-Papaveroid, t.e. petals 4 or 5. 12. (—.) Meconopsis Betna Prain, Journ, As. Soc. Beng. \xiii., pt. 2, 82 [ Novicize Indice vii. 71] (1894). This species is, as already mentioned in this work, very distinct from any hitherto reported Meconopsis and represents a group not very closely related to any of the preceding. This also, when ultimately introduced, must prove a great acquisition to Huropean horticulture. 4. (—.) RGAMERIA Mepik. Annual herbs with yellow juice; leaves petioled pinnatipartite with multifid lobes ; flowers in eymes, on slender leaf-opposed pedicels ; sepals 2, petals 4 violet-purple, with a dark basal eye; stamens nu- merous; ovary linear, stigmas 2-4-lobed sessile; rays opposite the many-ovuled placentas. Capsules elongated, 3-4-valved, 1-locular, dehiscing throughout their length; seeds scrobiculate, without crests. Species 2; Mediterranean and Oriental. Key to the Indian Species. * Capsule uniform, setosé ; filaments: filiform ww. =I. BR. hybrida. * * Capsule narrowed upwards, glabrous; filaments dilated 2. R. refracta. 322 D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. [No. 3, The area occupied by Remeria is the conjoined Mediterranean and Oriental regions so that only the merest fringe of their area comes within the limits of the Indian Empire. Like Pupaver therefore Remeria is not really an Indian genus. The nearest natural allies of its species are the prickly-capsuled members of Papaver § Rheades from which they only differ in having valves that dehisce throughout instead of by pores. By this character Remeria approaches Cathcartia and that so closely that, as originally defined, Cathcartia differs only from Remeria in haying crested seeds and differently coloured flowers. A new Cathcartia from Sikkim, however, agrees with Remeria in both characters ; but for the presence of a style, not admitted in the original definition, in the species of Cathcartia, that genus must have been merged in Remeria from which it therefore only differs by the character that separates Meconopsis from Papaver. The place usually assigned to Remeria in taxonomic works is close to Chelidonium and Glaucium ; the arrange- ment is neither natural nor convenient. 1. Ramerts HyBripa DC. Syst. Veg. ii. 92 (1821); leaves pinnati- fid to -sect ; filaments subulate ; capsule uniformly patently setose. Var. eriocarpa DO. Syst. ii. 93 (1821); leaf segments oval oblong, flowers small. R, pinnatifida Boivin in Belang. Voy. Ic. t. 2 (1838). R. orientalis Boiss. Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. li. xvi. 374 (1841); Flor Orient. i. 118 (1867). R. Schimperi Presl., Bot. Bemerk. 8 (1843). R. hybrida var. 8. H. f. § @. Flor. Ind. 257 (1855); Walp Ann. iv. 174 (1857). Norra-West Frontier: British Beluchistan; Hamilton! Duke! Duthie! Lace! Disrris. (of species) Westward to Spain: (of variety) Beluchistan, Afghanistan and Persia to Egypt. Flowers 1 in. in diam. Capsules 1-2 in. long more or Jess copiously setose alike on placental ribs and valves. The variety hardly differs from the typical R. hybrida, which in the true Mediterranean region is itself very variable, except in the shape of the leaf segments and the smaller size of flowers and fruit. All the specimens from British territory belong to this variety, which Boissier and others treat as a species. If so dealt with it should however be noted that the oldest name is not Boissier’s one of R. orientalis, but Belanger’s one of R. pinnatifida. The oldest name for the species as a whole is R. violacea Medik [Ust. Ann. iii. 15 (1792) ] but that employed by DeCandolle being in more general use I have continued its employment. 2. Roemer rerracta DO. Syst. Veg. 11. 93 (1821) ; leaves 2-pin- natipartite segments linear; flowers large filaments dilated ; capsule narrowed at the tip, glabrous. Delessert, Icon. Select. iii. t. 8 (1823) ; DC. Prodr. i. 122 (1824). R. rhoeadiflora Boiss. Diagn. ser. i. vi. 7 (1845) ; Flor. Orient. i. 119 (1867). R. hybrida vars. B. y. H. f. & VT’. Flor. Ind. 257 (1855) ; Walp. Ann. iv. 174 (1857). Nortu West Hmataya: Badakshan, Giles! Distris. Afghanistan, Beluchistan, Turkestan, Persia, Armenia. Flowers 2in. in diam. Capsules 1—2 in. long, without setae on the valves, some-. times with a few along the placental ribs. ee ee ae ee ee Se ne ee a ‘ -— + |. 2 1895. ] D. Prain—Some additional Papaveracee. 323 When M. Boissier in 1845 first defined R. rhwadiflora he considered it a species’ apart from R. refracta ; the only character, however, by which he could diagnose his Species was that its pedicels did not turn down. There is however no character to separate the two and M. Boissier admits this when in the Flora Orientalis he includes under R. rheadiflora the solitary gathering (Derbent, Steven!) on which the species R. refracta was founded! By an oversight, however, he omits to cite the name that DeCandolle had already given to the specimens of this gathering, or to merge his own later name init. The writer, who has examined both Steven’s, and therefore DeCandolle’s, as well as Boissier’s original specimens is satisfied that Boissier is right in considering the two conspecific. And anote by Stocks, on the specimen in Herb. Calcutta of the gathering from Beluchistan identified by Boissier with R. rheadiflora, shows that that botanist had already recognised the identity of Boissier’s species with R. refracta DC. 5. (—.) GLAUCIUM Tourner. Biennial or perennial glaucous herbs with yellow juice. Radical leaves rosulate petioled, cauline more or less amplexicaul incised or lobed. Peduncles axillary or terminal 1-fld. Sepals 2; petals 4, orange- yellow convolute, stamens numerous ; ovary linear; stigma 2-lamellate sessile, lamellae erect, alternate with the placentas and projecting at each end so as to form conjointly two horizontal arms stigmatic above, opposite the placentas. Capsule a slender cylindric pseudo-siliqua, valves dehiscing throughout their length and leaving a pseudo-replum resulting from union of margins of intruded placentae, in which the seeds are semi-immersed. Seeds scorbiculate without crests. Species about 15; throughout the Mediterranean, Oriental and Central Asian regions. Key to the Indian Species. * Pods slender, not much thicker than peduncles, slightly torulose, contorted or irregularly curved, rarely straight 1. G. elegans. * * Pods stout, nearly twice as thick as peduncles, not toru- lose, straight or only slightly regularly bent -. 2. G. squamigerum. Like Remeria and Papaver, Glauciwm is not a truly Indian genus. The difficulty of distinguishing satisfactorily the different forms has led in various taxonomic works to a great diversity of treatment. Inthe Flora Orientalis M. Boissier hag distinguished thirteen Oriental species; in Acta Hort. Petrop. (1887) Dr. Kuntze has proposed the extreme measure of reducing all the forms to one very variable species Glauciwm corniculatum. Doubtless the truth lies somewhere between these two extremes. M. Boissier was an author of the greatest care and of the highest judgment and the various forms that he describes are at all events recognisable, And though it is possible to some extent to justify the view of Dr. Kuntze when the genus is looked at from the monographer’s stand point, it is not necessary or advis- able to adopt it when dealing with the flora of a given area. Besides, an examination of Kuntze’s work does not leave the impression that he appreciates the value, even for varietal differentiation, of the characters exhibited by the varieties and sub- Jd. wu, 41 324 D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracez. [No. 3, varieties which he recognises. Kuntze’s later proposal, that the name Glauciwm, owing to its similarity to the name Glaua (Primulacee), must give place to another, is mere pedantic trifling with a subject that has some claim to serious treatment, 1. Guavctum ELEGANS Fisch. § Mey. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. i. 29 (1835); glabrescent, radical leaves obovate-oblong pinnatifid, lobes shortly ovate crenately toothed ; cauline cordate-amplexicaul broadly ovate obtusely toothed ; sepals papillose, petals small orange with red eye; capsule slender, torulose, often contorted, sparingly setose with spreading prickles, seeds oblong-cylindric curved. H. f. & T., Flor, Ind. 255 (1855) ; Boiss. Flor. Orient. i. 120 (1867). G. pumilum Boiss. Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. ii. xvi. 374 (1841). G. squamigerum Bunge, Rel. Bot. Lehm. 192 (1847) ; Boiss. § Buhse, Aufzihl. (1860) ; nec Kar. & Kir. Norru-West Frontier: Kohat, at Mirkhworli, Drummond! Distris. Afghanistan, Turkestan, and N. Persia to Armenia. Stems 1 ft. or higher, slender much branched, radical leaves 13-2 in., sepals 4 in. long, buds + in. diam. ; flowers 1 in. diam. ; capsule usually twisted 2-3 in. long, narrowed (subtorulose) between the seeds. 2. Graucrum squamigeruM Kar. § Kir. Bull. Soc. Mosc. xv. 141 (1842) ; glabrescent, radical leaves lyrate-pinnatifid, lobes ovate wide toothed, terminal subquadrate; cauline cordate-amplexicaul, broadly oblong acutely lobed; sepals glabrous, petals orange-yellow; capsule straight or curved, sparsely setose ; seeds reniform deeply pitted, Regel § Herd. Bull. Soc. Mosc. xxxvii. 406 (1864). G. persicum Bunge, Rel, Bot. Lehm 192 (1847) nee DC. G, corniculatum 4H. f. § ZT. Flor. Ind. 256 (1855) nec Linn. G, luteum var. fimbrillifera Trautv. Bull. Soe, Mosc. xxxiii. 92 (1860). G. fimbrilligerum Boiss. Flor. Orient. i. 120 (1867). Norru-West HrmatayaA: Badakshan, Giles! N.-W. Frontier: Kach, Lace! Nal, Duke! Disteis. Beluchistan, Afghanistan, Turkestan, Soongaria. Stems 1 ft. or higher, branching; radical leaves, 2-6 in., sepals $ in. long, buds 4 in. or less in diam. ; flowers 14-2 in. diam,, petals bright yellow (Aitchison) ; capsule usually slightly curved, 6-8 in. long ; adpressed aculeate, flattened (scale-like) setae ultimately suberect. Glaucium elegans is perhaps one of the most distinct of the forms in this troublesome genus where all the forms are somewhat variable and seem to pass one into the other. G. squamigerum, on the other hand, is, so far as Afghan and Beluch specimens are concerned, most like G. arabicum Fresen. from Sinai, which in turn much resembles and is perhaps only a geographical form of G. corniculatum, As represented in Herb. Kew, Herb. Boissier and Herb. DC., G. fimbrilligerwm Boiss. and G. squamigerum Kur. & Kir. would appear to be specifically separable but a fine suite of specimens from Turkestan in Herb. Paris shows that they pass into each other and that it is not possible to separate them even varietally. 1895. ] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveraces. 325 6. (3.) CATHCARTIA Hook. F. Key to the Indian species (incorporating the new forms). * Stigma large, style very short; flowers large, stamens numerous (32); a softly hairy plant with (cordate lobed leaves and) rounded yellow petals .. L. C. villosa. * * Stigma small, style distinct, flowers small, stamens defi- nite (16); glabrescent herbs with narrow pale-purple petals :— t+ Leaves hastate-entire to lyrate-pinnatifid; petals ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, apex subfimbriate .., 2. C. lyrata. + + Leaves ovate-lanceolate ; petals lanceolate, acute, apex entire a ... 3. C. polygonoides. A purely E. Himalayan genus only separable tegen Meconopsis by the character of capsule dehiscing by valves from apex to base. As originally described the genus was supposed to have no style. There is however even in the original species a distinct, though short, style. 1. Carucartia vitLosa Hook. f. Bot. Mag. t, 4596 (1851); Flore des Serres vii. t. 686 (1851); Lemaitre, Jard. Fleur. ii. t. 167 (1852) ; H. f. & T., Flor. Ind. 254 (1855) ; H. f., Ill. Him. Pl. frontisp. (1855) ; Walp. Ann. iv. 175 (1857); H. f. & T., Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 119 (1872.) This has been obtained in Hastern Nepal as well as in Sikkim by Dr. King’s Calcutta collectors. 2. CATHCARTIA LyRATA Ouwmmins §& Prain; glabrescent, rootstock slender clothed with sheaths; stem slender glabrous ; radical leaves few early withering, cauline 3-4 from hastate-entire to lyrate-pinnatifid sparingly hirsute on both surfaces; flowers small, blue, solitary or in few-fid. cymes; style distinct; stigma small 2-3-lobed; seeds smooth without crests. Stxximm Himataya; 13-14000 feet, not common; Ta-ne-da King! Chiani, Phallut, and Jongri, King’s Collectors ! Tankra, G. Gammie ! near Gnatong, H. A. Cummins ! Stem 3-10 in. simple or sparingly branched ; leaves 3-1} in. by 4-% in., radical disappearing, cauline petioles 3-1} in. Flowers 1-3 (usually solitary), sepals glabrous, buds + in. diam. nodding ; full blown flowers 1 in. diam.; pedicels very slender, petals narrowly to widely lanceolate rounded or obtuse rarely acute always fimbriate at the margin. Stamens 16, in 2 rows of 8 each; placentas 2-8, distinctly intruded. Capsules 14 in. long, very slender, erect, valves membranous. The complete elaboration of this interesting little species which has puzzled Indian botanists since 1877 when it was first obtained by Dr. King, is largely due to the efforts of Surgn.-Capt. Cummins of the Medl. Staff who met with it when stationed at Gnatong in 1893, and who has assisted the writer in preparing a description. The ripe fruits show that it is undoubtedly a Cathcartia; the valves dehisce to the base while the stigmatic rays are opposite the placentas. It differs however from the original Cathcartia villosa in having ripe seeds without a crested raphe, in having a distinct style, and a much smaller stigma. It must prove 326 D. Pirain— Some additional Papaveraces. [No. 3; a welcome addition to western horticulture when ite seeds are at length introduced to Europe. 3. CATHCARTIA POLYGONOIDES Prain; glabrescent, rootstock slender " clothed with sheaths ; stems slender strigose; radical leaf solitary per- sisting long-petioled, cauline leaves 2-3, lower long-petioled upper- most sessile clasping, ovate-oblong obtuse base cuneate, truncate or slightly cordate, margins entire or slightly incised crenate, sparingly hairy on both surfaces; flowers small blueish-white; style distinct, stigma small 2-3-lobed. CuumsBi: Sham-chen, Dungboo! Put-lo and Ling-moo-tong, King’s Collectors ! Stem 6-15 in. simple ; leaves 1}-2 in. by }-% in radical petioles 3 in., lower cauline petioles 1-4 in. long. Flowers solitary 1 in. diam. nodding, pedicels long slender ; petals narrowly lanceolate apex acute margin entire ; stamens 16 in 2 rows of 8 each ; placentas 2-3. The flowers and unripe capsules of this plant «re so remarkably like those of C. lyrata that there would seem no room for doubt as to its generic position. But it is at the same time remarkably like a small form of a plant from Yunnan described by M. Franchet as Meconopsis betonicaefolia [Plantae Delavayanae, 42, t. 12 (1889) ] of which it has all the habit and, though on a smaller scale, exactly the foliage. A finak judgment on both Cathcartia polygonoides and Meconopsis betonicaefolia can therefore only be given when ripe fruit of both plants has been received. The specific differ- ences between the two plants are the fewer (16) stamens in the Chumbi plant than in the Yunnan one, which has 64; the narrower much smaller petals ; and the smaller ovary and stigma. As regards stigma Meconopsis betonicaefolia more nearly approach- es Cathcartia villosa, but (like the two species now described) it hasa long style ; it has also more stamens (64 in 2 rows of 32 each in place of 32 in 2 rows of 16 each as in C. villosa). The ovary and unripe capsules of Meconopsis betonicaefolia, Cathcartia ¥ lyrata and C. polygonoides are remarkably similar; knowing that one of them is a Cath. cartia the writer thinks it possible that the other two may eventually prove to be members of the same genus. 7. (4.) CHELIDONIUM Toorner. Perennial glaucous herbs with yellow juice. Radical leaves petioled few erect or many rosulate, cauline few scattered, or 0, floral 0, or 2 terminal subopposed, or several near apex scattered. Flowers in fascicled or corymbose cymes. Sepals 2, petals 4, yellow or orange, convolute, stamens numerous, ovaries linear rarely ovate, 2-(rarely 3— 4)-valved; style distinct stigma 2-lamellate lobes erect alternate with placentas, sinuses not projecting into arms. Capsule slender cylindric, rarely ovate, valves dehiscing throughout their length. Seeds shining smooth or opaque pitted, not scrobiculate, raphe crested. Species 9; 7 Chinese, of which 1 (C. japonicum) extends to Japan, another (CA majus) occurs also in Japan, Mongolia and Dahuria, extends westward to Britain and is naturalised in N. America; 1 North American ; 1 Himalayan. 1895,] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. 327 In the Flora Indica (1855) Sir J. D. Hooker and Dr. Thomson founded a genus Dicranostigma on the Indian species here dealt with. This species (Dicranostigma lactucoides) was however subsequently referred to Stylophorum by Mr. Bentham and Sir J. D. Hooker [Gen. Pl. i. 53 (1862) ], by M. Baillon | Hist. iii. 114 (1871) ] and again by Sir J. D. Hooker and Dr. Thomson [Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 119 (1872)]. More recently Messrs. Prantl and Kundig have suggested [Engler, Natiir. Pflanzenf. iii. i. 189 (1891) ] that Dicranostigma should rather be referred to Hylomecon Maxim. [Prim. Fl. Amur. 36, t. 3 (1858)] a genus founded on a plant that was originally [Thunbg, Flor. Japon. 221 (1784) ; Seb. §¢ Zucc. Abh. Acad. Muench. iv. ii. 169 (1846) ] referred to Chelidoniwm, but that wasata later date [Miquel, Prolus. Flor. Japon. 199 (1867)] included in Stylophorum; this genus Mr. Prantl would reinstate. The view expressed by Prantl and Kundig is undoubtedly more tenable than that of the other authors quoted ; at the same time if the method of limitation adopted by them be accepted it would be more advisable to retain Dicranostigma also as a genus. In any case the name of the conjoint genus suggested by Prantl and Kundig must be Dicranostigma, not Hylomecon. But the species in question, formerly very inadequately known, has been recently communicated by Mr. Duthie from Kamaon (its original locality) and by the collectors of the Calcutta garden from Phari in the Eastern Himalaya. A study of these specimens and of the material of the allied groups Stylophorum and Hylomecon, preserved in the national Herbaria at Kew and at the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, shows however that it is impossible to accord generic rank to any of them, or to separate them satisfactorily from each other or from Chelidonium. A detailed review of the species belonging to this widened Chelidonium will be found in the Bulletin of the Boissier Herbarium. 1. Cuetiontom Dicranostiema Prain. Dicranostigma lactucoides H. f. § T. Flor. Ind. 255 (1855); Walp. Ann. iv. 272 (1857). Stylo- phorum lactucoides Baill. Hist. Pl, 11. 114 (1871); A. f. & T. Flor. Brit. Prd. 4, 119 (1872). N.-W. Hivataya: Kamaon, Strachey and Winterbottom n. 3! Duthie nn. 2699! 3819! 5326! Hasty. Himataya: Phavri, King’s Collector ! Nearly allied to Chelidonium Franchetianum Prain [in Bull. Herb. Boiss. ined.| and C. leptopodum Prain [Glaucium leptopodum Maxim. Mel. Biol. ix. 714 (1876) |, which belong equally to the section Dicranostigma. From both it differs in haying large stigmatic lobes, softly hairy capsules, and simple cymes. The section to which these species belong differs from the remaining Chelidonia is having a glaucioid habit—-~i. e, radical leaves many rosulate, cauline 0, floral apical all scat- tered. 328 G. King & D. Prain — New species of Renanthera. [No 3, On a new species of RENANTHERA.—By G. Kina and D. Prain, Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta. [Read July, 3rd.] Some years ago Lieutenant H. J. Lugard sent to the Calcutta Herbarium, for identification, some dried flowers and a living plant of what was evidently a species of Renanthera. The living plant unfor- tunately soon died in the uncongenial climate of Calcutta; the dried flowers were, however, sufficient to show that the plant probably belonged to a species near I. coccinea, Lour. Last year Lieutenant J.B. Chatterton was kind enough to send several plants of the same orchid to the Calcutta Garden, which were promptly transferred to the more suitable climate of the Cinchona Plantation in Sikkim. These plants flowered a few weeks ago and there is now no doubt that they belong to an undescribed species which from the resemblance of its flowers to the extended wings of a brilliantly coloured butterfly we now name R. Papilio. For a description of the flowers, drawn up from living specimezs, we are indebted to Mr. R. Pantling, of the Cinchona Plantation, who has also madea beautiful coloured drawing of the plant. RENANTHERA Papriio, n, sp. King and Prain. Leaves loriform, 2 to 2°5 in. long and about ‘5 in. broad; their apices blunt and unequally lobed. Inflorescence 9 to 10 inches long, laxly racemose, or rarely panicled, on stalks of about equal length or longer, the bracts small, the stalked ovary about 1 in, long. Dorsal sepal linear-oblong, contracted below the blunt sub-cucullate apex, ‘75 in. long. Lateral sepals twice as long as the dorsal, narrowly elliptic, flat, with undulate edges, the inner margins touching above the slender twisted claws; the apices sub-acute and divergent. Lateral petals ‘5 in. long, spathulate, slightly incurved. Lip with acuminate-side lobes each with a small youuded basal auricle, the middle lobe broadly ovate, concave, its apex acute and pointing forwards, the base auricled. Spur short and blunt, with two erect toothed divergent plates near its mouth. Column minutely ciliate behind the anther; stigma with a thin deflected trans- parent lip. Assam. The colour of the flowers is a brilliant scarlet with a tinge of lake. The toothed plates of the spur end abruptly at the base of the middle lobe of the lip and immediately in front of their termination there are three blunt tooth-like processes. In its habit and the colour of its flowers the species resembles &. coccinea, Lour., but the flowers are larger and the lobing of the lip and the shape of the lateral sepals are very different. — : , 1895. ] G. King & R. Pantling— New Orchids from Sikkim. 329 On some New Orchids from Sikkim.— By G. Kine and R. Pantie. The publication, in Sir Joseph Hookev’s Flora of British India, of his account of the Orchids of the Empire marks an era in the study of this most interesting Natural Family. Prior to the issue of Sir Joseph’s account of the group, it was extremely difficult to identify any Indian orchid that did not happen to have had a figure of itself published in some horticultural or botanical work. Now the work of determining the name of a species has been made comparatively easy ; and the facilities which have thus been provided have stimu- lated local research. In the present paper we offer to the Society descriptions of thirty-three new species —twenty belonging to the Tribe Epidendree, eight to the Tribe Vandex, three to the Neottiese, two to the Ophrydeex—which have been discovered in Sikkim within the past few years. Epidendree. MICROSTYLIS, Nutt. Microstyiis Maximowicziana,n. spec. Rhizome 2 to 4 in. long, with scattered root fibres and bearing a leafy pseudo-bulb 3 or 4 in. long. Leaves 4 or 5, elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, acute, tapering to the sheathing base, slightly oblique, 5 to 6 in. long. Raceme about 6 in long with numerous green flowers nearly ‘2 in. in diam., the stalk of the raceme 4 to 5 in. long. Floral bracts linear-lanceolate, equal to or ex- ceeding the stalked ovary. Sepals oblong, blunt, their margins re- curved, the lateral broader than the dorsal. Petals linear, all reflexed, the lip hood-shaped; its apex contracted, thickened and slightly crenate, and with two minute teeth above the pit; the side lobes sub- faleate, blunt. Arms of the column broad, overlapping and hiding the anther, the stigma occupying the whole face of the column. Lip of anther truncate. Sikkim: On the Mungpoo Cinchona Plantation, alt. 2,000 to 4,000 feet; flowers in July. The species is self-fertile. OBERONIA, Lindl. OBERONIA FALCATA, n. spec, Stems caulescent, tufted, 3 in. long. Leaves falcate, acute 1 to 2 in. long, and ‘25 in. broad. Racemes almost sessile, erect, 2 to 3 in, long; the flowers yellowish-green, minute, very numerous and sub-verticillate. F'lower-bract ovate, erose, equal to and sheathing the stalked ovary. Sepals broadly ovate, entire, re- flexed. Petals linear-oblong, blunt, entire. Lip twice as long as a 330 G. King & R. Pantling— New Orchids from Sikkim. [No. 3, the sepals, broadly oblong, flat except for a slight depression below the column; the side lobes short, subulate, spreading; the apex deeply bifid, the lobes oblong-acute, slightly divergent at their apices. Column with two fleshy wings. Anther membranous; the pollinia ovate, flattened and of a dark orange colour. Sikkim: at Labha, elevation about 6,000 feet? In flower in July. (Both locality and elevation are however doubtful). This belongs to same group as O. caulescens, Lindl. and O. Wight- zana, Lind]. OBERONIA LONGILABRIS, n. spec. Stems caulescent, slightly tufted, erect, sJender, 2 to 3 in. long. Leaves narrowly ensiform, acute, 1 to 15 in. long, and ‘2 in. broad. acemes slender, 2°5 to 3°5 in. long, nodding; their stalks ‘5 to 1°25 in., ebracteate. Flowers minute, rather sparse, green. Bract lanceolate, erose, much exceeding the stalked ovary, Sepals ovate, entire. Petals linear, blunt. Jip oblong, three times as long as the sepals, with two small rounded lobes at the very base, the apical lobes broadly lanceolate, sub-divergent, acute, the sinus apiculate, the surface of the lip with a lanceolate depression extending from near the sinus to the column and there becoming deeper. Column with small stout wings. Pollinia orange. Sikkim: at Songchongloo, elevation 6,000 feet ; in flower in July. A species near QO, caulescens, Lindl. OBERONIA MICRANTHA, n. spec. Acaulescent, height of whole plant 2°5 inches. Leaves narrowly-ensiform, sub-acute, ‘5 to 15 in. long, and from ‘1 to ‘15 in. broad. Lacemes about 1:25 in. long, on very short bracteate stalks. Flowers numerous, very minute, verticillate. Bracts linear-lanceolate, erose, equal to or slightly exceeding the ovary. Sepals broadly ovate, entire, spreading, minutely papillose externally. Petals narrower than the sepals, ovate, entire, recurved. Jp in general outline sub-rotund divided into a basal and apical part by deep lateral sinuses: the basal part concave, fleshy, its edges almost entire; the apical part transversely elliptic, thinner than the basal, with an acute apiculus and irregularly erose-dentate edges. Sikkim: at Tendong, elevation 6,000 feet; in flower in July. The nearest allies of this very distinct little species are O. myrt- antha, Lindl. and O. demissa, Lindl. OBERONIA PARVULA, n. spec. Acaulescent, not tufted or very slight- ly so: the height of the whole plant 125 to 2 in. Leaves two or three, *5 to nearly 1 in. long, and ‘12 to *25 in. broad, lanceolate, acute. Raceme *75 to 1 in. long, on a slender stalk about half as long. Flowers very minute, densely crowded, not verticillate. Bract lanceolate, as long as the stalked ovary. Sepals ovate, entire, the laterals larger 1895.] G. King & R. Pantling — New Orchids from Sikkim. 331 and wider-spreading than the dorsal, and keeled. Petals linear, trun- cate, shorter than the sepals, entire, pale yellow and transparent like the sepals. Lip reddish brown, with broad reniform base having a lateral sinus and a short convergent horn at each side at its anterior end: the apical lobe broadly oblong, deeply bifid, the lobes lancéolate and slightly convergent, and the sinus narrow, not triangular and with a concave emarginate apex. Stigma concave. Bhotan: at Guru-bathan, at an elevation of about 1,500 feet; in flower in February. A very distinct species. OBERONIA LOBULATA, n. spec. Acaulescent, not tufted. Leaves about four, large, oblong, sub-acute, 1°25 to 3 in. long, and -4 to °5 in. broad. Raceme 4 in. long, on a winged ebracteate peduncle about half as long, much decurved. Flowers distant, minute, green. Bracts broadly oblong, the apex convex and minutely erose equalling and sheathing the sessile ovary. Sepals ovate, acute, entire, reflexed ; the petals similar but narrower. Ip broadly triangular with irregu- larly erose margins, the apex with a broad shallow sinus and two short blunt lobes. Stigma convex ? Sikkim : in the valley of the Teesta, at an elevation of about 1,090 feet ; in flower in October. Collected only once. A remarkable species with the pollinia en- cased within the anther cells and not free as is usually the case in the genus Oberonia. OBERONIA PRAINIANA, n. spec. Acaulescent, and slightly tufted Leaves very fleshy, falcate, sub-acute, ‘5 to °75 in. long, and ‘25 in broad. aceme slender, many times longer than the leaves, erect, 4 in. long: stalk of the raceme attached to the uppermost leaf, minutely bracteolate, filiform, about 1 in. long. Flowers of a warm brown colour, verticillate, very minute. Bract oblong, sub-entire, equal to and em- bracing the stout sessile ovary. Sepals oblong, blunt, all much re- volute. Petuls elliptic-lanceolate, spreading, deeply serrate. Lip tri- angular-oblong with a circular nectar-bearing pit near its base and under the column, the apex blunt, the margins deeply erose-dentate. Pollinia 2 pairs, orange-coloured. Sikkim: in the Teesta Valley, at an elevation of about 1,000 feet ; in flower in July. A very distinct species remarkable or the great length of the slender inflorescence in proportion to the leaves, and for its unlobed but deeply erose dentate lip. J. 11. 42 332 -G. King & R. Pantling— New Orchids from Sikkim. [No. 3, DENDROBIUM, Swartz. DrnproBium CoESPITOSUM, n. spec. Pseudo-bulbs tufted, narrowly conical, from ‘5 to 1 in. long. Jeuves linear-obiong; the apex sub- obtuse, minutely and obliquely emarginate, about 1°5 in. lone and *25 in. broad. acemes terminal 1 to 2 im. long, the rachis slender, minutely bracteolate, 8- to 12-flowered. Sepuls and petals sub-equal, narrowly lanceolate acute, ‘25 in. long, slightly spreading. Lip slightly shorter, fleshy obovate-oblong,decurved at the base, otherwise flat, without lateral lobes, the margins ciliolate near the base; dise much thickened and deeply 3-grooved ; mentum concave. Anther papillose; pollinia thin. Sikkim: im the Naru Valley, at an elevation of 6,000 feet; in flower in June. : This species belongs to the group Stachyobiwm and is allied to D. alpestre, Royle, but that species has a lip with incised-serrate lateral lobes, a small crisped terminal lobe, and a central bi-lamellate dise. It is also allied, but not so closely, to D. eraeflorum, Griff. . DENDROBIUM PAUCIFLORUM, n. spec. Stems 2 to 3 feet long, as thick as a goose-quill, branching, and tapering towards each extremity, pendulous, smooth when young but slightly grooved when old. Leaves linear-lanceolate, obliquely aud minutely emarginate at the apex 3 to 4 in. long, and ‘5 to 75 in. broad. Facemes lateral about °5 in. long, 1-4-flowered ; flower-bract ovate, blunt ‘1 in. long. Flowers °75 in. long. Lateral sepals ovate; the dorsal narrower, blunt. Petals ovate- lanceolate, ciliolate. Lip *5 im, long, oblong, clawed: basal lobes narrow, directed forwards, fringed, the part between these lobes much thickened and bearing on its surface 3 raised lines ; terminal lobe flat, hispid with no central thickening or lines; mentum with a large nectar-secreting chamber, its upper (posterior) portion partially covered by the wings from the sides of the column. Sikkim above Engo, at an elevation of about 4,000 feet ; in flower in June. The flowers are of a golden yellow colour, the sepals and petals being broadly margined with crimson. The apical lobe of the lip is spotted with red. Its nearest ally is probably D. sphegidoglossuwm, Reichb. fil. The position of the basal lobes of the lip is so far forward that they are really not basal but lateral. BULBOPHYLLUM, Thouars. BULBOPHYLLUM CORNU-CERVI, n. spec. Pseudo-bulbs globular, touch- ing, only ‘lin. in diam. Leaf coriaceous, sub-sessile elliptic or elliptic- rotund tapering slightly to the base, 1 to 15 in. long and “6 to ‘8 in. broad. Raceme 1-4 to 1:75 in. long, on a sub-erect stalk rather longer 2’ as re 1895.] G. King & R. Pantling —New Orchids from Sikkim. 333 and stouter than itself and bearing at intervals a few minute bracteoles. Flowers rather distant, about °25 in. long. Dorsal sepal oblong, blunt, lying parallel to the column; the laterals broader, flat, with involute margins. Petals half as long as the sepals, lanceolate, l-nerved (in fresh flowers). Jip fleshy, sub-rotund with lateral sinuses; the basal portion thick concave; the anterior portion thinner and much deflexed so that its upper surface is convex, the edges entire. Column very short, with stout 2-3-fid arms variable in shape ; mentum flat, narrow- ing outwards, with a stout raised mesial line which begins as a hook at the lower margin of the stigma. Anther flat; pollinia small. _ Sikkim: near the base of the Engo ridge at an elevation of pro- bably about 2,500 feet: flowering in July. The sepals of this are green with reddish-brown margins ; the lip is yellow with a touch of dull red at the base. The nearest ally of this seems to be D. alcicorne, Par. & Reichb. fil. ButBoPpHYLLUM CLARKEANUM, n. spec. Rhizome long, about the thickness of a crow-quill, sending up at intervals of about an inch and a half, ovoid-globose obtuse pseudo-bulbs °35 to 6 in. long. Leaf nar- rowly elliptic, slightly notched at the apex, sessile, about 1 in. long and *5 iu. broad. Scape °5 to 1 in. long, slender, with 3 to 5 small sheaths 2-3-flowered. Flowers *3 in. long, their pedicels ‘2 in. long, borne at the apex of the scape, Sepals sub-equal, lanceolate-acuminate, their apices thickened. Petals about one-third of the length of the sepals, broadly ovate, obtuse, 3-nerved. Lip ovate, acute, decurved, the upper surface convex with an elongated central pit; the edges thin erose. Column with long projecting spurs. Western Dooar of Bhotan; in the Kumai Forest near the Jaldacca River, at an elevation of about 1,500 feet : flowering in June. This is allied to B. stenobulbon, Par. & Reichb. fil., but has different pseudo-bulbs and leaves. BULBOPHYLLUM CYLINDRICUM, n. spec. Rhizome long, creeping, ‘1 in. thick, with numerous sheaths towards the apex, bearing at distances of about two inches cylindric pseudo-bulbs truncate at the apex and 1 to 1°25 in. long, Leaf narrowly oblong, sessile, blunt, faintly notched at the apex, 25 to 3 in. long, and *4 to ‘5 in. broad. Scape about as long as the pseudo-bulb, slender, minutely bracteolate. Flowers 3 to 5, sub-umbellate, about °25 in. long. Sepals lanceolate, caudate-accuminate, the dorsal shorter than the laterals. Petals about one-fourth of the length of the lateral sepals, ovate, Sub-acute, 1- nerved. Lip oval, blunt, flat, its margins thin, entire, much reflexed. Column very stout, with short spurs; mentum conical. Anther with a raised fleshy mid-area, its lip truncate; pollinta divergent, 354 G. King & R. Pantling —New Orchids from Sikkim. — [No. 3, Sikkim: Mungpoo, at an elevation of about 3,000 feet : flowering in June. This is also closely allied to B. stenobulbon, Par. & Reichb. fil. of whichit has the leaves and pseudo-bulbs, but the flowers are different. It is likewise allied to B. Clarkeanum. BULBOPHYLLUM EBULBUM, n. spec. Rhizome ‘15 in. thick, smooth, bearing leaves at distances of three or four inches. Pseudo-bulbs none. Leaves with long petioles, the blades oblong-lanceolate, tapering to base and apex, about 7 in. in length and 1 to 1°25 in. broad: petiole 15 to 2 in., channelled. Raceme erect, rising immediately in front of a leaf, many-flowered, about 3 im. long, its stalk about half as long, bracteate. Flowers rather distant, ‘25 in. long. Sepals lanceolate, acuminate, (l-nerved ?), the dorsal shorter. Petals linear-lanceolate, l-nerved, half as long as the lateral sepals. Lip oblong, stipitate, deflexed from the middle, blunt, entire, longer than the lateral petals. Column stout, with mentum twice as long as itself and bearing a large swelling below the stigma. Anther thickened down the centre, entire. | Sikkim: at Sivoke, elevation 1,000 feet; in flower in July. The nearest ally of this is undoubtedly B. apodum, Hook, fil. from which it is however well separated by the shape of the leaf, and the non-auriculate lip. Beisoruyttum Lisreri, n. spec. Psendo-bulbs oblong-ovate, com- pressed, “35 in. long, arranged alternately and close together ona thread-like rhizome. Leaf fleshy, linear-oblong; sub-acute, sessile, 1 to 15 in. long. lowers ‘125 in. long, solitary from the bases of both old and new pseudo-bulbs, and much shorter than the latter, the shortly-stalked ovary enveloped by several shrivelled bracts. Dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, blunt; the laterals a little longer, cohering by their lower margins nearly to the tips and forming a kind of trough in which the lip lies, their margins ciliolate. Petals fleshy, ovate, erose at the apex, minutely ciliolate in the middle. Zip lanceolate almost flat, the apex alone slightly decurved, the base constricted into a short claw, the upper surface with a thickened yellow mesial line. Column very short, its spurs long, slender, up-curved. The galeate anther with a filiform attachment to the column. British Bhotan: at the Rumpti Lake, elevation 1,000 feet: flower- ing in March. This remarkable species was discovered by Mr. J. L. Lister, of the Bhotan Cinchona Association, “who gave it to Mr. Pantling. Itis one of the most curious in the whole genus. The flowers are of a dull — lake. 1895. | G. King & R. Pantling —New Orchids from Sikkim. 335 CIRRHOPETALUM, Lindl. CrirrHopeTALUM DyeErtIanuM, n. spec. Ihizome ‘1 inch thick. Pseudo- bulbs ovoid-globose, ‘35 to *5 in. long, touching or from °25 to °5 in. apart. Leaf fleshy, elliptic, blunt, sessile. Scape 2°5 in. long. filiform, pendu- lous, bracteolate only at the base, bearing 3 or 4 rather distant racem- ose flowers ‘65 in. long, each with a lanceolate acuminate basal bract equally the slenderly pedicelled ovary. Dorsal sepal ovate, acute, the laterals two and a half times as long, linear-oblong, acuminate, slight- ly oblique, and somewhat incurved at their apices but not cohering. Petals equal to the dorsal sepal in length, ovate, acute, erose. Lip narrowly triangular with a deep mesial groove to near the apex. Column with short up-curved spurs; mentum twice as long as the column. Anther minutely papillose. Sikkim: or the summit of Tendong, elevation 7,000 feet; in. flower in August. CIRRHOPETALUM SARCOPHYLLUM, n. spec. Rhizome ‘15 in. thick, bearing at intervals of 3 or 4 inches small flat disc-like pseudo-bulbs, 35 in. in diam. Leaf 4 to 9 in. long, pendulous, very coriaceous, oblong- lanceolate, sub-falcate, without visible nerves, contracted at the base to a thick cylindric petiole ‘75 to lin. long. Scape 3 or 4 in. long, pendulous, with a few equidistant ovate-lanceolate acute sheathing bracts *25 in. long and bearing at its apex an umbel of 3 to 7 shortly stalked flowers ‘75 in. long. Dorsal sepal ovate-acuminate °35 in. long, the laterals narrower, and twice as long, cohering for one-third of their length, free at the tips, glandular-puberulous. Petals oblong, falcate, acute ‘2 in. long. Jip tongue-shaped, channelled below. Ovlumn with slender divergent spurs with a smaller tooth at the base of each: men- tum stout with two parallel central raised lines. Lip of anther recurved. Pollinia cuneate. Sikkim: at Rishap, elevation about 2,500 feet; in flower in Sep- tember. The flowers are purplish speckled with yellow. CHRYSOGLOSSUM, Blume. CHRYSOGLOSSUM MACROPHYLLUM, n. spec. Pseudo-bulb sub-cylindric, thin, 6 in. long. Leaf plaited, oval, slightly narrowed at base and apex, 15 in. long and 7 in. broad: its petiole 8 in, long. Raceme about 6 in. long, many-flowered, its stalk about 12 in. long, sparsely bracteolate : Flowers *5 in. across, their ovaries *5 in. long, bracts lanceolate, reflexed, shorter than the ovaries. Sepals sub-equal, the dorsal lanceolate, the laterals faleate. Petals slightly broader than the sepals, falcate. Inp con- tracted into a claw at the base, mobile, oblong, abruptly decurved from 336, G. King & R. Pantling—New Orchids from Sikkim. [No. 3, the rounded basal lobes, the apex minutely emarginate and decurved : upper surface with two bold longitudinal minutely hispid lamellae running from the base to nearly the apex where they unite. Mentum half as long as the entire column. Anther with two projecting tri- angular wings. Pollinia 2, attached to a small viscid disc. } Sikkim: in the Chel valley, at an elevation of 4,000 feet; in flower in May. This differs from any Chrysoglossum known to us in having a wing- less column. The flowers have an unpleasant smell. ERIA, Lindl. EriA FIBULIFORMIS, n. spec. Pseudo-bulbs crowded and often over- lapping, much depressed, reticulate, *5 in. in diam. Leaves membra- nous, in pairs, oblanceolate, sub-acute, sessile, the edges minutely ciliolate, 1:75 in. long. Flowers in pairs, ‘25 in. long, their ovaries short, sigmoid, sub-campanulate. Sepals united to form a 2-lipped beaked sac, gibbous at the base. Petals oblong-lanceolate, sub-acute, obliquely curved, not quite so long as the calyx, their apices connivent above the very small lip, (1l-nerved ?). Lip half as long as the petals, clawed at the base, its upper surface concave, the side lobes broad and rounded, the part beyond them contracted and with laciniate edges, the apex carunculate, a small retrose callus in front of the basal claw. Mentum twice as long as the column, tapering downwards. Lostellwm very large and resting on the two lobes and upper margin of the stigma. Anther crested and tuberculate, its lip erose. JPollinia 8, barely co- hering by their minute membranes. Sikkim: in tropical valleys at the base of the hills, at Sivoke, ke. : in flower in October. This belongs to the section Porpax and is allied to E. Lichenora, Lindl. and FZ. ustulata, Par. & Reichb. fil. Its sepals are united to form a curious 2-lipped sac, sparsely hispid externally. All parts of the flower are of a uniform dull red colour. TAINIA, Blume. Tarnté Hoowertana, n. spec. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, tapering up- wards, 2 to 3 in. long, rising close together from a stout rhizome, and enveloped in ea which sheaths also the petiole nearly to its ‘apex. Leaf plicate, oblong-lanceolate, tapering much to each end, 12 to 18 in. long and about 3 in. broad, its petiole somewhat shorter. Raceme about 10 in. long, its stalk about twice as long, glaucous, bearing two or three sheathing bracts near the base: floral bracts lanceolate, 25 in: long, Flowers about 1 in. long, their ovaries *75 in. Sepals and 1895.] G. King & R. Pantling—New Orchids from Sikkim. 337 petals sub-equal, lanceolate, accuminate. Lip oblong with rather large blunt incurved side-lobes and a dilated sub-reniform apex apiculate in the centre ; upper surface of the middle of the lip with 3 ridges which, beginning at the base as lines, pass into converging lamellae towards the apex; spur blunt, incurved, exceeding the sepals by "12 in. Column winged. Anther with two bosses. Sikkim ; in the valley of the Teesta at an elevation of 1,000 feet; in flower in March. The colour of the sepals and petals is greenish with brown lines : the lip is white, and its lamellae are yellow spotted with pink. The anther is pink and its bosses are dark red. The species is near to 7. viridifusca. We have dedicated it to Sir Joseph Hooker. CALANTHEH, R. Br. CALANTHE TRULLIFORMIS, n. spec. Leaves linear-lanceolate, acute, sessile, 9 to 12 in. long. Raceme about 9 in. long; its stalk about the same length, puberulous. Flowers 14 to 18, scattered, about 1 in. in diam.; floral bracts linear-lanceolate equal to or exceeding the stalked puberulous ovaries. Dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, narrowly acuminate °75 in. long; lateral sepals lanceolate, falcate, longer than the dorsal. Petals linear, acute, shorter than the lateral sepals. Lip sessile, trowel- shaped, the base entire, the sides irregularly crenate-dentate, not lobed ; the apex acuminate, entire: the upper surface with two converging lamelle extending from its base midway to the apex: spur short, stout; its mouth triangular, its interior bristly. Pollinia in 4 clavate unequal pairs. Sikkim: on Mahaldaram Peak: elevation 6,000 feet; flowering in in July. A species allied to C. puberula, Lindl. but differing from that species in having sessile leaves and a lip without side lobes. The colour of the sepals and petals is brown with a mesial and marginal green lines. The hp is white, with a triangular pink mark at the base. Vande. EULOPHIA, R. Br. EULOPHIA GENICULATA, n. spec. Leaves about three and a half feet in length of which the petiole forms one-third, the blade linear-lanceolate, acute, plicate. Flowering scape about 18 in. long, clothed through- out with sheathing bracts 1 to 3in. long, and bearing at its apex a 6- to 8-flowered raceme. Flowers 1 in. in diam., each with a lanceolate acute bract equalling the sub-sessile, cylindric ovary. Dorsal sepal elliptic, blunt: the two lateral elliptic-lanceolate, sub-acute. 338 G. King & R. Pantling—New Orchids from Sikkim. [No. 8, Petals oblong, blunt, shorter than the sepals, connivent over the column. Lip oblong, with long shallow side-lobes, its body as far — as the end of the side lobes with three to five parallel thickened nerves which end beyond the extremities of the side-lobes in a carun- culate area on the truncate apical lobe: spur geniculate, short. An- ther with a small 2-lobed lip. Sikkim: in the valley of the Teesta: elevation about 1,000 feet: flowering in August. The sepals of this are brown, the petals and lip pale yellow. The petioles of the two leaves form a pseudo-stem rather shorter than the scape, and they are enclosed within two sheaths about 9 inches long. This pseudo-stem is bound to the scape near its base by two short broad sheaths which originate from the tuber. The nearest ally of the species is HL. lachnocheila, Hook. fil. CYMBIDIUM, Swartz. Cympipium MunroniAnuM, n. spec. Terrestrial. Leaves stiff, erect, ensiform, 16 to 20 in. long and °75 in. broad, tapered into a petiole or not. Racemes stout, erect, about one foot long, about half being stalk, with two or three distant closely embracing sheaths 1 in. long. Flowers about 7 or 8, distant, 1 in. in diam., their bracts *25 to ‘35 in. long, lanceolate. Sepals and petals sub-equal, oblong-lanceolate, acute. Lip lanceolate (when flattened out), everywhere concave on the upper surface ; the lateral lobes elongate and shallow, the body with two parallel smooth lamelle in its centre ending with the side-lobes, the apical lobe narrow and reflexed. Pollinia 4, plano-convex, the gland narrow. Sikkim: in the Teesta Valley on dry knolls: at an elevation of 1,500 feet: flowering in May. The flowers of this species are sweetly-scented: the sepals and petals are straw-coloured and each has 5 dotted or streaked lines: the lip is white except its apical lobe, which is pale yellow transversely blotched with red. Its nearest ally is OC. ensifoliuwm, Swartz, under which it appears to be included by Lindley and other authorities. This Sikkim plant appears to us to differ very materially from the true Chinese C. ensifolivm. We have dedicated the species to the late Mr. James Munro, for many years resident in Sikkim, and well-known, not only as a lover of plants, but as a man of great sincerity, and of unlimited kindness and hospitality. CyMBIDIUM SIMONSIANUM, n. spec. Leaves linear, sessile, the apex acute and sub-oblique: length 3 feet or more: breadth ‘4 in. Raceme 8 in. long, pendulous, shortly stalked, sheathed at the base by large 1895.] G. King & R. Pantling— New Orchids from Sikkim. 339 imbricate bracts 1 to 2'5 in. long. Flowers about 10 to 12, sparse, their bracteoles very short. Sepals sub-equal, linear, slightly wider near the apex, about lin. long. Petals rather shorter than the sepals, con- nivent round the column. Jip with long shallow erect blunt entire side-lobes parallel with, and as long as, the column; the apical lobe ovate, apiculate, deflexed; lamelle of the lip 2, stout, parallel, clothed with glandular hairs, ending abruptly with the basal lobes but conti- nued partly into the apical lobe as thickened lines. Pollinia falcately ovoid, compressed; the gland large, Sikkim: in the valley of the Teesta: elevation about 1,000 feet. Assam: locality unknown; flowers in August. The flowers of this species are sweet-scented: the sepals and petals are white with a crimson central line; the lip is also white, but has oblique crimson lines on the lateral lobes, with large blotches of the same colour on the apical lobe: the column is of a very dark crimson, and the anther of a pale yellow colour. Specimens of this plant were sent many years ago from Assam by the late Dr. J. C. Simons, to whom the Calcutta Herbarium is indebted for numerous contributions of plants, and for a large number of drawings of orchids. The species is now dedicated to his memory. CympBipiuM GAMMIEANUM, n. spec. Leaves linear, slightly narrowed to the base, the apex acute, 2 to 3 feet long and about °75 in. broad. Raceme pendulous, about 12 in. long with a stalk about three-fourths as long, laxly or densely-flowered, the bracteoles minute, the stalk enveloped in large imbricate sheaths 3 to 4 in. long. Sepals linear- lanceolate or linear-oblanceolate, 7-nerved, 1°5 to 1°75 in. lone and about °45 in. broad. Petals linear-oblong, sub-falcate, slightly shorter than the sepals, 7-nerved. Lip about as long as the sepals, oblong, the side lobes shallow, elongate, acute, the apical lobe sub-orbicular undu- late, puberulous, separated from the lateral lobes by a sinus; lamella of the lip 2, pubescent, parallel, but meeting and ending abruptly with the side lobes opposite the ciliolate sinus. Column slender, slightly winged. Capsule 2 in. long. Sikkim: at elevations of from 5,000 to 7,000 feet: flowering in September and October. ; The colour of the flowers in this species is a dirty yellow: the lip is of a brighter yellow and has brown lines on its side lobes. Indivi- duals with flowers of a paler yellow are however very common, and these have usually densely-flowered racemes like C. elegans, Blume; while the plants with dirty yellow flowers have lax racemes suggestive of those of C. longifolium, Don. This species, although common in Sikkim; has hitherto remained un-named. We dedicate it to Mr. J. 1. 43 340 G: King & R. Pantling—-New Orchids from Sikkim. [No. 3, J. A. Gammie, Deputy Superintendent of the Government Cinchona Plantation in Sikkim, whose work in the cultivation of the medicinal species of Cinchona and in the local manufacture of Quinine is so well- — known and so highly appreciated. The species is allied to C. Mastersit, Benth. and C. affine, Warn. SARCOCHILUS, R. Br. SARCOCHILUS RETRO-SPICULATUS, nu. spec. Leafless; the roots large, numerous and flat. Scape about °75 in. long, bearing at its apex | or 2 green, minutely bracteolate flowers ‘2 in. long. Sepals and petals sub- equal, linear-lanceolate, wide-spreading, the laterals inserted on the sides of the lip. ip sessile, linear-lanceolate, the apex with a retrorse tooth; the base sub-gibbous, side lobes none: the spur globose, its mouth contracted. Column very short. Pollinia 4: the caudicle short, dilated below the pollinia, the gland ovate. Sikkim: at elevations of about 5,000 feet; flowering in June. A very inconspicuous species, remarkable for the curious retro- flexed apical spicule-like appendage of the lip. SARCOCHILUS CREPIDIFORMIs, b. spec. A minute leafless plant with comparatively large spreading roots. taceme erect, ‘35 in. long, flowers "15 in. long, bracteate, distichous, opening singly. Sepals sub-equal, ovate, blunt. Petals shorter than the sepals, lanceolate. Lip sessile on the column, forming a roundish cup with entire edges, about equalling the dilated horizontal spur which is pilose just inside its mouth. Column very short. Anther thin, with a slightly deflexed fleshy lip. Pollinia 4, all attached to a single thread-like caudicle: gland ovate. Ovary long, sub-sessile: fruit 1 in. long, cylindric. ‘ Sikkim: in tropical valleys: flowering in September. The sepals and petals of this curious little plant are greenish, the lip is white, and the stigma has purple margins, It is named from the resemblance of the combined lip and spur to a slipper or last. SARCOCHILUS BIMACULATUS, n. spec. Stem very short. Leaves linear- oblong, narrowed to the base, sub-falcate, the apex obliquely bifid, 2 in. long, and 35 in. broad. Raceme stout, °75 in. long, compressed, and with persistent triangular bracts. Flowers confined to the upper half of the rachis, distichous, ‘3 in. in diam., sessile. Sepals sub-equal, evate-lanceolute, apiculate, the laterals attached to the base of the column, Petals shorter than the sepals, ovate, sub-acute. Iip springing at right angles from a short mentum, and lying parallel to the column; its side lobes narrow, elongate, falcate, acute at the apex: apical lobe triangular, very fleshy and with two flat calli at its base where the side lobes end: the centre of the body of the lip with larger elongate calli 1895.] G. King & R. Pantling—New Orchids from Sikkim, B41 near its union with the mentum. Stigma large. Rostellum small. Pollinia ovoid, the caudicle oblanceolate ; the gland very small, ovoid. Capsule 1°5 in. long, triquetrous. Sikkim: in the valley of the Teesta; elevation about 1,500 feet: flowering in July. The flowers are white, with two blotches of brown on the calli of the lip. They open singly and smell of almonds. SACCOLABIUM, Blume. SaccOLABIUM PSEUDO-DISTICHUM, n. spec. ~ Stems slender, 6 to 9 in. long; slightly-branching. Leaves fleshy, lanceolate, the apex finely and minutely bifid, ‘5 to -75 in. long, and °2 to -25 in. broad. Pedunele °35 in. long, sub-umbellately 5- or 6-flowered. Flowers ‘3 in. in diam. bracts minute. Sepals and petuls sub-equal, oblanceolate-oblong. Lip with a wide hemispheric spur; side lobes absent; terminal lobe broadly cordate, blunt, entire, fleshy, coneave, deflexed, quite without callus. Column very short. Pollinia 2, entire, ovoid-globuse; gland deeply 2-lobed. ; Sikkim: at elevations of 6,000 to §,000 feet: flowering time August to October. This grows along with S. distichwm Mindl. to which it is closely allied. As in that species the sepals and petals are greenish or yellowish with purple spots; the lip in this is yellow, except the terminal lobe which is orange. The chief distinction between the two is to be found in the lip which, in this, is entirely without calli of any kind ; while, in S. distichum, the lip has two large calli situated at its base. The times of flowering of the two are moreover separated by three months. yee Neottiex. CHEIROSTYLIS, Blume. CHEIROSTYLIS FRANCHETIANA, n. spec. Jtoots short tubercular. Stem 6 to 9 in. long, the nodes slightly swollen. Leaves few, scattered, glabrous; linear-lanceolate and much reduced in the flowering plant; in the young plant ‘25 to ‘35 in. long, ovate and shortly petiolate. Raceme pubescent, 1- to 2-flowered. Flowers ‘25 to *3 in. long, with ovate bracts shorter than the ovary. Sepals oblong, curved, con- nate for one-third their leneth; the dorsal concave, shorter than the laterals. Petals broad, sub-quadrate, with an oblique central nerve. Lip slightly exceeding the sepals, abruptly deflexed from a saceate base ; the limb very shortly clawed, deeply divided into two linear obliquely sub-acute rather divergent lobes. Column with two pyriform processes “BC i stn od 342 G. King & R. Pantling—New Orchids from Sikkim. [No. 3, immediately beneath the rostellum. Anther-beak decurved. Pollinia sub-obovate, divergent when released from the anther; the caudicle acuminate and the gland oblong. Sikkim : above Sureil ; elevation 6,500 feet : flowering in August. A very distinct species, named in honour of M. Franchet, the distinguished French Botanist who has so successfully elaborated the extraordinarily rich collections made by the Abbé Delavay in the highlands of South-Western China. GOODYERA, R. Br. GoopyrrA Hemsieyana, n. spec. Height of entire plant 6 to 10 in. of which 3 in. are spike: roots few, thick. Leaves 3 to 5, scattered, unequal, broadly ovate, acute, glabrous like the stem, dark green with white nerves ‘8 to 1°8 in. loug and ‘5 to 1 in, broad. Flowers sub- secund, ‘5 in. long, the bracts equalling the ovaries. Sepals 3-nerved, white with pink lips, the laterals ovate-acuminate, the dorsal oblong- lanceolate and clothed externally with long sparse hairs. Petals oblong- lanceolate, falcate, 3-nerved. ip oblong with a sharp tooth at each side of the mouth of the sub-saccate base; the limb oblong entire, obtuse, the lamellae scabrid. Column beaked. Pollinia elongate-obovate, with a short caudicle and a long narrow lanceolate pointed gland. Sikkim: on Senchal; elevation 7,000 feet: flowering in July. This differs from G. viftata, Benth., notably by its laxly hairy sepals, and by the scabrid lamellz of the lip. Dedicated to Mr. W. B. Hemsley, F.R.S., formerly Assistant for India, now Principal Assistant, Herbarium, Royal Gardens, Kew. GASTRODIA, R. Brown. GastropiA Dyertana, n. spec. Rhizome short, twice as thick as the stem, horizontal, with slender spreading roots. Stem about the thickness of a crow-quill, 12 to 15 in. long, bearing sheathing bracts *S in. long at intervals. Flowers 3 or 4 near the apex of the stem, 5 or “6 in. long, brownish, nodding. Sepaline tube cylindric, glabrous, the mouth 3-lobed. Petals minute, sub-rotund, entire, inserted on the’ sepaline tube near the bases of two of its sinuses. Dipas long as the column, but shorter than the sepaline tube, ovate-lanceolate, clawed, flat with undulate-crenate edges and with 4 parallel thickened lines from the base to nearly the tip: claw short, and bearing two sub-globular calli. Column with winged sides, the apex truncate and 4-toothed ; pollinia narrowly and obliquely ovoid. Sikkim: at elevations of 7,000 feet; flowers in August. This is allied to G. ewilis, Hook. fil., but that species has smaller 1895. ] G. King & R. Pantling— New Orchids from Sikkim. 343 flowers with fimbriate (or glandular) lateral petals and a lip with 2 long wing-like central lamelle. This is less closely allied to G. orobanchoides, Benth., which has erect flowers and a ventricose sepaline tube. It agrees with G. eluta, Blume, in haying two callosities on the claw of the lip. Dedicated to Mr. W. T. Thiselton Dyer, F.R.S., C.M.G., C.LE., Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew. Ophrydee. HABENARIA, Willd. HABENARIA BIERMANNIANA, n. spec. Height of plant 9 to 15 in.; tubers cylindric-ovoid, 1°25 in. long, sparsely hairy, Leaves, 4 or 5, cauline, scattered, amplexicaul, lanceolate, acute, boldly nerved, 2 to 3 in. long. Spike 4 in. long, rather sparsely flowered; bracts linear- lanceolate, acuminate, exceeding the sessile and scarcely beaked ovaries. Flowers °3 in. long. Sepals and petals sub-equal ; sepals ovate, lanceolate, with oblique bases, concave, sub-acute, cohering and, with the triangular- lanceolate petals, forming a hood from the base of which the lip and spur projects. Lip fleshy, linear-oblong, tapering slightly to the obtuse apex, the side-lobes minute and tooth-like ; spur about as long as the lip, curved, sub-obovate, dorsally compressed. Colwmn arching over the mouth of the spur. Caudicles slightly shorter than the obovoid pollinia; gland short, linear-oblong. Sikkim: on Sinchal; at an elevation of 8,000 feet : flowering in July. A very distinct species dedicated to the memory of the late Adolf Biermann, for many years resident on the Government Cinchona Planta- tion in Sikkim, and who died as Curator of the Botanic Garden, Calcutta. HABENARIA CUMMINSIANA, n, spec. Height of plant about 9 in. Leaves 2 to 4, unequal, crowded in the lower part of the stem with a smaller one a little below the spike, broadly elliptic to lanceolate, rather thick, 2 to 3in. long and 1 to lin. broad. Stem angled between the small uppermost bract-like leaf and the base of the spike. Spike 3 in. long, rather densely-flowered, bracts longer than the slender beaked ovaries, their edges ciliolate. Flowers (to the tip of the spur) °75 in, long. Dorsal sepal ovate °25 in. long; the laterals narrower, wide-spread- ing, their edges ciliolate, 4 in. long. Petals fleshy, slightly exceeding the dorsal sepal, triangular, sub-faleate, the inner edge irregularly crenate near the base, the outer edge entire, the apex sub-acute, the base truncate. Lip very fleshy, without side-lobes, longer than the lateral sepals, almost cylindric, abruptly deflexed from the thin flattened base (? claw), the surface of the cylindric part slightly carunculate : 344 Frank Finn— Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. [No. 3, spur slender curved, longer than the ovary, slightly compressed laterally. Column very short: stigmas large, tapering towards the entrance to the spur. Pollinia cylindric, slightly clavate, rather longer than their caudicles and attached to them at half a right angle; gland small, sub- rotund. Sikkim: at Gnatong; elevation 11,000 feet: flowering in July; collected by Mr. Pantling and also by Dr. Cummins, Surgeon to the detachment of troops stationed near the Thibet frontier, to whom we have dedicated the species. This belongs to the section Hologlossa anda is allied to H. pachy- caulon, Hook. fil., but it is perfectly distinct from that species. ~~ Contributions to the Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry, No. I. Experiments with a Babbler (Crateropus canorus).—By FRANK FInn, B.A., F.Z.8., Deputy Superintendent of the Indian Museum. Not long after my arrival in Calcutta in October 1894, I commenced some researches on the common ‘“ warningly coloured” butterflies of the locality, in the hope of supplying some of that experimental proof of the unpalatability of such species, the insufficiency of which Professor Poulton (the Colours of Animals, p. 227) so justly deplores. My most complete experiments were made with the common Babbler Crateropus canorus, ® representative and abundant insectivorous bird in India, whose habit of going about in small flocks is indicated by its native name of “ sat-bhai’’ and the English ones of “Seven Brothers” and “Seven Sisters.” This bird, asit frequents trees and bushes, though often feeding on the ground in the open at a short distance from these, must constantly encounter butterflies in repose; that it often succeeds in capturing them on the wing I very much doubt, its weak clumsy flight being certainly most ill-adapted for such a performance. ‘Though it can swallow whole butterflies of considerable size, it often transfers its prey to one foot, and thus holding it, easily picks off the wings. In confinement this species speedily becomes tame enough to feed from the hand, and will eat table scraps, boiled rice, &c., quite readily. So tame were some birds which I kept, that, when after being kept about a fortnight (some of them longer) they were released, they stayed about the compound for about three days, still willing to take insects from my hands. Thus I had an opportunity of checking the results of the experiments I had made on them during their incarcera- tion—a piece of good fortune which has not so far, I believe, fallen to the lot of any previous experimenter. 1895.] Frank Finn— Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. 345 As I intend to make this paper the first of a series, in which I shall record the results obtained by experiments with several more species of birds and with insectivorous animals of other groups, I refrain at present from drawing any general conclusions; such as can be drawn from the experiments given below will be perfectly obvious to any one who has studied this subject. I have much pleasure, however, in here expressing my sincere thanks to Dr. Alcock, Superintendent of the. Indian Museum, for the kind interest he has taken in my experiments. To him I owe the ac- commodation of a. small aviary for some of my birds, and permission to use the services of the Museum collectors for obtaining insects— requisites indispensable for successful experiments. I have also to record my obligations to Mr. L. de Nicéville, and to Mr. Barlow of the Museum staff, for assistance in naming the insects herein and after dealt with. — EXPERIMENTS WITH BABBLERS IN CONFINEMENT. Serres ‘A. November 11th.—Offered various insects to four Babblers ( Crateropus canorus) which I had just bought and placed in a large hutch, after I had given them some boiled rice, which they ate readily. They seized cockroaches (Periplaneta americana) and Cuatopsilia readily, squabbling over them, and one ate a Terias whole. They tackled two Danais chrysippus just as readily, and I thought I saw one swallowed ; certainly there seemed no difference in their behaviour. Later on in the day, giving the birds two more Danaids, they certainly seized and mauled them, but left them for a little while at any rate; and I found pieces of body and wing from the previous specimens. But these disappeared later. A Delias eucharis was torn to pieces, and some of the body at least eaten before my eyes. November 12th.—The Babblers had still some rice left this morning ; I took it away and gave them butterflies. I saw Dunais chrysippus and Delias eucharis mauled and left, while of a specimen of a protect- ively-coloured species part at least was eaten. Terias to-day was pecked and left, and even tle common Hesperid and a Catopsilia pecked about much; and though I believe they were eaten in part, I could not be quite sure. November 13th.—This morning the Babblers had no food and were hungry when I came to them. They took and mauled three Danais chrysippus, but I saw none eaten ; even one with the wings removed was left. One of them battered and partly at least ate a skipper. A larger skipper (Tagiades) was seized, mauled, and apparently eaten, A Catopsilia had its wings picked and knocked off and was eaten, A 346 Frank Finn — Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. [No. 3, Delias eucharis (minus abdomen) was mauled and left. A female Hypolimnas misippus was taken, and part at least was eaten. The birds take all butterflies one gives them and batter them a bit. Some of the Danaids may have eventually been eaten. Next day I released these Babblers, not having got any very conclusive results from them. They did not seem very keen on but- terflies, and were perhaps not healthy. Moreover it was difficult to observe them in a hutch. EXPERIMENTS WITH BABBLERS IN CONFINEMENT. Senizs B. December 11th.—A fresh Babbler confined alone pulled about an Euproctis moth for a time, but I found it left afterwards. I gave him separately an abdomen which he had knocked off, but did not see it eaten. December 12th.—Babbler appeared to eat a bit of an Huproctis abdomen. December 13th.—This saelsees cs with another, and other birds being now in a small aviary, with } inch-mesh netting, I saw one of them seize an Huproctis. A Babbler also pulled another of these insects to pieces, but did not eat it as far as I saw. December 14th.—A Babbler ate a Papilio demoleus* whole, but did not eata Danais chrysippus and Delias eucharis, though descending from his perch to eat a Catopsilia. December 15th—The birds in the aviary being hungry, I put in some butterflies. I saw a Babbler eat a Terias. Later on, after the birds had had some food (meal moistened with water) I put in more butterflies, and saw a Babbler eat a Danais genutia, D. chrysippus, and Delias eucharis. Two EHupioctis were eaten by Babblers. Two Danais genutia were seized and torn to pieces, and part of one was apparently eaten by the Babblers, which showed some signs of apparent dislike ; of two D. chrysippus then given, one was torn up and eaten, and the other torn up and rejected, by a Babbler, which then took and left a D. genutia and Delias eucharis, and then went and ate some rice. After this I released the other birds in the aviary, as they had no chance with the Babblers, About this time I added a third specimen of the latter. December 16th.—One of the Babblers took and ate nearly whole, after much rubbing and pecking, a caterpillar rather larger and much hairier than that of the Buff-tip (Pygaera bucephala). I think this is the larva of whose hairs I recently got my fingers full. The bird had * erithonius auctorum. 1895.] Frank Finn— Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. 347 food by it, and had had cockroaches in the morning. Another cater- pillar, smaller, and covered with long whitish hair, with two pencils of hair near the head, was untouched. December 17th.— A Babbler ate an Huproctis readily. The hairy caterpillar not eaten yesterday was still untouched, so I took it away. December 18th—The Babblers ate four specimens of Huproctis ; they were hungry. They ate some Catopsilia and other non-warningly- coloured butterflies with relish, and ate also three Danais genutia; but only one of these was eaten directly by one and the same bird, and the others were evidently not relished much, for the birds ate Papilios* of equal size much more readily. Specimens of a black beetle with yellow patches (Mylabris sp.) were taken, and the elytra got rid of, but the birds did not seem to like the body, and I saw one left, December 19th. The birds were hungry in the morning, and one ate a Danais chrysippus readily enough. Then a D. limniace was readily eaten. An Huploea was also eaten; the bird pecked it about on the ground much first, seeming especially to attack the yellow anal organ. A cockroach subsequently put in excited more competition than these but- terflies, and caused a fight. Several D. genutia and chrysippus were then turned into the aviary, and two of the Babblers immediately attacked them. I gave them some Huproctis, and they ate some, I believe all, of them. By this time, too, they had torn all the Danais to pieces, and as I saw no bodies lying about, I presume eaten them, though they had now some plantain (a food they did not relish). In the evening an Huploea was eaten, though there was food in the cage. Yesterday, I think, I put the hairy caterpillar which had previously escaped destruction, in again. It remained untouched for a day, and next morning I found it dead in the water. The birds seemed never even to look at it. December 21st.—Two of the Babblers had been placed in the cage of a Bhimraj (Dissemurus paradiseus), and this bird put in the aviary with a Laughing Jackass (Dacelo gigas,) (not used in these experiments ) aud one Babbler. Another of the hairy caterpillars noted previously (Dec. 16th) as eaten by a Babbler remained untouched for some time, but afterwards I found it dead and deprived of its hair, but uneaten. I don’t know which bird did this. I puta mixed lot of butterflies in the aviary, and saw the Babbler, which was hungry, three times take and eat a non-warningly- coloured butterfly in preference to Danais chrysippus and D. genxtia, which it could easily have caught. Indeed, I saw it take and drop a D. genutia, and seize and eat a Papilio*® instead. It ate a grasshopper before any butterflies, At the end of the day two Papilios (one torn) * Not P. aristolochiz, . J. um. 44 348 Frank Finn— Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. [No. 3, and most if not all of the warningly-coloured species were left, though the Babbler readily ate grasshoppers. Yet, when I gave an Huploea to the other two Babblers in the cage, one took and ate it whole, though they had had some grasshoppers, and did not eat some Dunais chr ysipprs and genutia which I put in, so far as I saw. Between this last date and January 35rd, I took, with one exception, no notes on the behaviour of the Babblers. I added during this time other specimens and had as many as twelve at once. However, I turned out three of these, and started the next series of experiments with nine birds, including the three used in the above series of experiments. I have a note for December 28th, on which date I gave the Babblers a small black and yellow zygaenid moth, which none touched, though some evidently saw it. The other birds had been removed. Before beginning to take the systematic notes which follow, I had more than once given the birds butterflies, and had seen Danais, &c., devoured. I cannot give the exact dates of the experiments following, but they took place on and after January 3rd of 1895, on consecutive days for the most part. I have endeavoured to record each day’s ex- periments separately. One and possibly two, of the present birds were young, but my notes are not quite clear on this point. EXPERIMENTS WITH BABBLERS IN CONFINEMENT. Series C. IT. Putin, in the evening, first some grasshoppers, which were immediately devoured, then some butterflies (Danais chrysippus, genutia and limniace, Huploeu, Papilio aristolochiae and some non-warningly co- loured kinds). The Danainae were most numerous, and all were at- tacked, but the non-warningly-coloured species disappeared first. How- ever, all the others but one Danais genutia and the Papilio aristolochiae were killed and more or less mauled, and some eaten. I saw one bird take and reject an Huploea, and another eat one. The Papilio aristolo- chiae was refused four times at least, and sometimes looked at and not touched. I then took it out. A very worn female specimen of Hlymnias undularis was one of the first insects seized by the Babblers, as also were the D. limuiace. There was food in the cage at the time. Il. The butterflies offered and partly left yesterday had dickippeeee this morning, with the exception of a few bits of wing, though there was stillsome food. Inthe evening I put some butterflies (one each of Danais chrysippus, genutia, and limniace and some other kinds), into an insect cage, and placing this in the aviary watched the result. One bird went in and took out a Catopsilia, which seems to be a favourite. Another (young) went in and took a female Elymnias undularis, though he could see its mimetic upperside ; but he lostit, The three Danais were the last a 1895.] Frank Finn—Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. 349 left. Even two of these were ultimately taken, and I suppose eaten ; I did not watch the whole process. The other, a D. chrysippus, was at the top of the cage, and possibly hard to get; I took it out. The young Babbler took, instead of a Danais genutia, a specimen of Nichitonia xiphia, which he seemed not to like. However, later on I could only find a few bits of wing left of all the butterflies I had put in, so I suppose it was eaten after all. The birds had had some grasshoppers first. Ill. Puta Danais genutia into the aviary, where a Babbler took it and ate it whole. A D. chrysippus was taken by a Babbler, which was pulling off the wings with no great eagerness, when another took it away and ate the body. An Huploea (rather crushed) was eaten readily enough, with part of the wings, by a Babbler. I then put in several D. chrysippus and genutia, and the birds ate them all and fought over them. I saw one throw up a body two or three times before swallowing it, A D. chrysippus was first taken when I put in two of each kind (D chrysippus and D. genutia) dead. The birds had had some grasshoppers some hours before. Some time afterwards I killed and put in— . (a.) One each of Danais chrysippus, genutia, and limniace, Euploea, and Catopsilia. A bird snatched the D. limniace before I took my hand away, and the Catopsilia was not, I think, the next taken. The Huploea was swallowed whole. (b.) Two D. chrysippus anda large brown species put in; a bird first took the latter. : (c.) The same two D. chrysippus were put in together with a Junonia. Two birds advanced at once and one took the Junonia, the other a D. chrysippus. The Junonia was eaten before my eyes, and I saw the other begun upon. (d.) Ivrepeated this experiment with two D. chrysippus and another protectively-coloured specimen. ‘his latter was taken by the first bird which came. About this time I saw a bird eat the body of a Danais, and soon found two lying about. The birds pecked but did not seem to care for them. (e.) I put in a Catopsilia and two D. chrysippus ; two or three of the birds came at once. One took the Cutopsilia and another a D. chrysippus. (f.) Putina Catopsilia and one D. chrysippus. The first comer took the former, and immediately afterwards the latter was taken. The Catopsilia was eaten at once withsome of its wings. The body of the other was eaten after some rubbing ; I do not know whether the eater was thie individual which took it. 350 Frank Finn — Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. [No. 3, (g.) Put in another D. chrysippus and a small fritillary, Atella phalanta. A bird took and ate the latter; the former was unregarded for a little time at least, then a bird took and ate at least some of it. (h.) A Babbler took and pulled about a Delias eucharis, but then left it. Loffereditagain,andit was refused by a bird or two, though another appeared to eat part of it. I then put in one Danais genutia, two D. limniace, and several D. chrysippus, which were immediately attacked as they fluttered about. All of these last mentioned were soon killed and torn to pieces, and I saw at least three eaten, though the birds had rice, &c., in the aviary. IV. The birds had had no insects but-a fly or two when I gave them (dead). (a.) Two Danais chrysippus and one Papilio demolews. The latter was taken first. I took the former away and (b.) Presented them again with another P. demoleus. Two birds, one young, went for the Papilio; theolder got it, and then the other bird took a D. chrysippus. (c.) Put in two more D. chrysippus and a P. demoleus. 460 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin--. Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, 8€5. LAMPIDES MARGARITA, Martin. L. margarita, Martin, Einige neue Tagschmetterlinge von Nordost-Sumatra, pt. 2, p. 9, n. 8 (1895). Occurs very rarely at Bekantschan and in the Battak mountains. 866. *LAMPIDES SUIDAS, Felder. Hagen. Originally described from Luzon in the Philippines, from whence I possess specimens. We have not obtained it in Sumatra. 367. LamerIpES BocHIDES, de Nicéville. L bochides, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vi, p. 367, n. 16, pl. F, fig. 15, male (1891). Rare, has been obtained at Selesseh and in the Battak mountains. 368, Lamprpes abput, Distant. Very rare in the Battak mountains. Originally described from a unique female from Malacca in Dr. O. Staudinger’s collection, which I have examined at Dresden. The male, which is of a peculiar shade of metallic green on the upperside, is the L. marakata of Doherty, deserib- ed from Padang Rangas, Perak, Malay Peninsula, in Butt. India, vol. iii, p. 174 (1890). 369. LAMPIDES LUCIDE, de Nicéville. L. lucide, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8S. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 33, n. 29, pl. v, fig. 3, male (1894). g Excessively rare, Dr. Martin has only obtained a few specimens in the Battak mountains, of which four males are in my collection. All the Sumatran Lampides, with the exception of one species, are true forest butterflies, which greatly enliven and cheer the gloomy evergreen primeval forests by the vivid and brilliant coloration of their wings. So perhaps they to some extent compensate for the observed poverty of blue flowers in the forest which has been noted by many writers. L. celeno, Cramer, like species of Nacaduba, Catochrysops, Hveres and many other Lycenide, is found on wet spots on the roads. JL. lucide, the most distinct of the Sumatran Lampides, occurs only on the Central Plateau. L. margarita, Martin, L. bochides, de Nicéville, and L. abdul [recte abdula, and so given in the Index to the plates of Mr. Distant’s book] are found at higher elevations, from Bekantschan to the Plateau; while the remaining species are inhabitants of the forests of the alluvial plain. J. celeno, L. saturata, Snellen, L. talinga, Kheil, D, elpis, Godart, and L. kondulana, Felder, are common ; IL subdita, Moore, L. cleodus, Felder, and L. bochides are scarce; while L. margarita, L. abdul, and L. lucide are very rare. 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin —Butterflies of Sumatra. 461 All the Lampides are very restless and quick on the wing, and never settle for a long time, consequently from the denseness of the plant- growth in the forest are not easily captured. 370. CATOCHRYSOPS sTRABO, Fabricius, Hagen as strabo, Fabricus [sic] and kandarpa. Staudinger as kandarpa. The C. kandarpa of Horsfield is a synonym of C. strabo. 371. CATOCHRYSOPS LITHARGYRIA, Moore. First described from Ceylon, but found also in Assam, Burma, the Andaman Isles, and the Philippine Isles. 372. CarocHRysops cNEJUS, Fabricius. Snellen. The three species of Catochrysops in Sumatra occur at the lower elevations, and are not found higher than Bekantschan. The males of C. strabo, Fabricius, and C. lithargyria, Moore, are very com- mon on roads, where they act as miniature scavengers, but the females must be sought for in gardens or small jungle. The males of @. strabo in particular occur in large numbers, thirty to fifty specimens, on the margins of puddles, and form beautiful violet patches of colour on the sunny roads. C. lithargyria is a little rarer than C. strabo, and may be considered to be a good species, Dr. Martin noting that he possesses females probably of this species which differ slightly in the shade of blue on the upperside of both wings from undoubted females of C. strabo. C. cnejus is quite as common as C. strabo, but is seldom found on roads as it prefers gardens in which the common Chinese bean ( Vigna sinensis, Savi.) is cultivated, on the flowers of which the larva feeds. The figures of C.strabo and C. cnejus in Distant’s Rhop. Malay. are not good, being far too reddish in shade on the upperside. The widely distributed C. pandava, Horsfield, which is common at Singapore, and is the most plentiful of all the Nicobarese butterflies, is strangely enough apparently absent from Sumatra. 373. CAsTALIUS ROosIMoN, Fabricius. Grose Smith. Hagen. 374. CasTALIus ANANDA, de Nicéville. First described from Sikhim, occurs also in Assam, Upper Burma, Orissa, and South India. 375. Casratius prion, Doubleday and Hewitson. Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Distant. 462 I. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterjlies of Sumatra. [No. 3, 376. CasTaLius roxus, Godart. Hagen as roxus, Godardt [sic]. Staudinger. 377. CastTaLius ELNA, Hewitson. Widely distributed, found in North-Eastern and Southern India, Burma, the Andaman Isles, the Malay Peninsula, and Java. OC. rosimon, Fabricius, C. ethion, Doubleday and Hewitson, C. roxus, Godart, and O. elna occur in the plains and outer hills south of Bekantschan and Bohorok. C. rosimon, C. rowus,and C. elna are found on roads and grassy places such as forest tracts overgrown with high grass, and settle with folded wings on the ground if moist, or on the tops of flowering Graminex. OC. ethion keeps more to low shrubs, and is found inside the forest. CO. ananda, de Nicéville, is only found in the forest on certain bushes in February and March. Dr. Martin took it, also in March and April, at Singla below Darjiling in the Western Himalayas only on certain trees, but I have caught the male in the same place on the wet sand in the beds of streams. The female of C0. ethion, which has no blue coloration on the upperside of both wings, is so far quite similar to the male of C. rowus, our most common species, but the markings of the underside will instantly distinguish them. C. elna, the largest of our Oustalius, is decidedly rarer than C. rosimon, C. ethion, and C. roxus; C. ananda is the rarest of all, and found only at the higher elevations, 378. PonyomMatTus Beticus, Linneus. Snellen. Hagen. Distant as bexticus [sic]. This widely-spread butterfly occurs in Sumatra near the sea, as Dr. Martin has taken it at the Saentis Estate and at Loboe Dalam on the flowers of the common kidney bean (Phaseolus vulgaris, Linneeus), and also very high in the mountains at Soengei Batoe and on the Central Plateau, but it is never found in the intermediate area. Dr. Martin is quite unable to account for this fact, which has also been observed by Dr. Hagen, who has taken P. beticus near Laboean on abandoned Indigo plants, and believes that the butterfly was imported to this very low elevation from Singapore when the Malays first introduced the Indigo plant from thence. 379. *CUPIDO ZTHERIALIS, var. Hagen. Iam unable to trace this species. 380. *Lyc#NA AUGUSTA. Grose Smith. I have failed to discover this species also. 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 463 3881. *Lycmnopsis CYLINDE, Boisduval. Grose Smith. Originally described from Dorei, New Guinea. Unless the type of this species still exists in M. Charles Oberthiir’s collection, it will be impossible to identify it from Boisduval’s short description. 382. AMBLYPODIA NARADA, Horsfield. Hagen. Grose Smith as anitu. The A. anita of Hewitson was originally described from Siam, and is the common Indian and Ceylonese species. The coloration of the male on the upperside of both wings is more purple than blue, and it is not found south of Burma. A. narada is rich deep blue, and occurs in the Malay Peninsula. In Sumatra it is by no means common in the forests of the plains, and Dr. Martin possesses other specimens from Asahan and Indragiri. Dr. Martin notes that he has some very small examples of both sexes with a broader brown margin to the upperside of the forewing, and the markings of both wings on the underside more prominent, than in typical specimens. 383. Iraora rocHANA, Horsfield. Originally described from Java. The I. boswelliana of Distant, described from Penang and Singapore, is a synonym of this species. Dr. Martin remarks that the male has three tails. As figured by Horsfield and Moore in Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C., vol. i, p. 44, n. 68, pl. ia, fig. 10, male (1857), there are only two. 384. Iraota nita, Distant. Hasirat: Malacca ( Distant); N.-E. Sumatra. Expanse: 6, 1'4 to 1°6 inches. Description: Mare. Urpersipe, both wings black, with rich pur- ple markings. Forewing with a streak occupying the middle of the discoidal cell for its whole length; two short streaks in the median inter- spaces, a very large one in the submedian interspace bisected by the sub- median fold, not reaching the outer margin; a short streak at the base of the sutural area. Hindwing with the disc purple divided by the black veins; the costa and abdominal margin rather broadly pale fuscous; tails two, of equal length, short, narrow, black tipped with white. UnpERSIDE, both wings coloured and marked as in the female. Antenne black, the tip of the club above gamboge-yellow, beneath also of the same colour, but gradually merging into the ferruginous colour of the middle and base of the club. Head with two white lines across the face, the orbits white. Palpi with the apex black, the base white. Abdomen above black, beneath whitish. 464 WL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, After all, this species turns out to be a true Jraota, though it is somewhat aberrant, as both sexes have two tails (in I. rochana the male has two [Dr. Martin says three] and the female three tails; in I. timoleon, Stoll, and allies the male has one and the female two tails), and the shape of the wing differs also somewhat from typical Jraotas, in both sexes. The neuration, however, is quite normal. In Sumatra both the species of Ivaota are rare, the males even more so than the females. Dr. Martin took the first male of I. rochana, Horsfield, a very large specimen, measuring 1°7 inches, at Namoe Oekor in August, 1892, and the first male of J. nila near Bekantschan in October, 1893. We have other specimens taken at Selesseh in July, and in the Battak mountains in September. 385. SURENDRA AMISENA, Hewitson. Grose Smith. Hagen, 386. SURENDRA FLORIMEL, Doherty. Originally described from Lower Burma. 387. *SurReNDRA VIVARNA, Horsfield. Hagen. Originally described from Java, from whence I have a good series of both sexes. S. amisena, Hewitson, and 8S. florimel, Doherty, both occur at low elevations in the forests of the plains, the former is very common near Selesseh, the latter much rarer. The males of the two species must be differentiated by the markings of the under- side of the wings. In habits they resemble those of the following genus. 388. ARRHOPALA CENTAURUS, Fabricius. Butler. Distant. Occurs in the sultanate of Indragiri. 389. ARRHOPALA AGNIS, Felder. Grose Smith. Hagen. The shade of coloration of the upper- side of the male is more variable in this species than in any other known to me; in some specimens it is almost pale blue, and there is nearly every gradation to be met with till deep purple is reached complet- ing the series. It is acommon species, and is found in Burma, the Malay Peninsula, and Nias; in Sumatra it occurs at Selesseh and in the Battak mountains. 390. ARRHOPALA ACE, de Nicéville. A. ace, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii, p. 329, n. 6, pl. H, fig. 13, male (1892). Originally described from Perak in the Malay Peninsula. I possess — 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 465 a single example from the Battak mountains of Sumatra. Itis a very distinct and easily recognised species. 391. ARRHOPALA ADOREA, de Nicéville. A common species at Bekantschan and in the hills. 392. ARRHOPALA ATOSIA, Hewitson. Hewitson. Hagen. Grose Smith. Butler. Kirby. Distant. Originally described from Sumatra. A common and easily recognised species. 393. ARRHOPALA AMPHEA, Felder. Originally described from Luzon in the Philippines. It is near to A. abseus, Hewitson, but the male may be known from the same sex of that species by having the purple coloration of both wings on the upperside nearly twice as extensive. 394. ARRHOPALA AROA, Hewitson. Hewitson. Grose Smith. Butler. Kirby. Distant. Originally described from Sumatra, and is probably La commonest species of the genus found in the island. 395. *ARRHOPALA ATRAX, Hewitson. Grose Smith. Probably incorrectly identified, as it is strictly confined to India as far as I am aware. 396. ARRHOPALA ADATHA, Hewitson. A fairly common species in Sumatra. 397. ARRHOPALA PSEUDOMUTA, Staudinger. Amblypodia pseudomuta, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii, p. 125 (1889). Arhopala raffesti, de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. iii, p. 248, n. 803, pl. Frontis- piece, fig. 136, male (1890). I possess only one specimen of this species from Sumatra. 398. *ARRHCPALA AGESILAUS, Staudinger, var. masor, Staudinger. Amblypodia agesilaws, Staudinger, var. major, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii, p. 128 (1889). Staudinger. Described typically and figured (J. c., pl.i, fig. 17, male) from Palawan in the Philippine Isles, and the var. major from Malacca and Fort de Kock in Sumatra, It appears to be very close to A. pseudomuta, Staudinger. We have failed to recognise it. 466 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, 399. *ARRHOPALA ANUNDA, Hewitson. Grose Smith. Originally described from Borneo, but unknown to us. 400. ARRHOPALA TEESTA, de Nicéville. Found at Selesseh and in the Battak mountains. It occurs in Java as well as in India, and may be the same species as A. turbata, Butler, from Japan. 401. ARRHOPALA APIDANUS, Cramer. Grose Smith. Distant. Not rare. As usual with this species, the female in Sumatra is more frequently met with in collections than the male. 402. ARRHOPALA DIARDI, Hewitson. Grose Smith as capeta. Found in the Battak mountains. The “ Amblypodia” capeta, Hewitson, described from Sumatra, is the female of A. diardi, of which Hewitson described the male only. The species has a wide range, being found in Assam, Siam, the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Java. 403. ARRHOPALA AZINIS, de Nicéville. A. azinis, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soo., vol. x, p. , n. 20, pl. T, fig. 31, male (1896). Described from a single male in Dr. Martin’s collection taken at Bekantschan in March, 1894. 404. ARRHOPALA AzATA, de Nicéville. A. azata, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. ,n. 21, pl. T, figs. 32, male ; 33, female (1896). Occurs also in Perak in the Maiay Peninsula; in Sumatra it has been taken in March, July, and November. 405, ARRHOPALA ANTHELUS, Doubleday and Hewitson. This fine species occurs at Selesseh in Sumatra, and I possess speci- mens also from Java. The males from Sumatra are of a deeper shade of blue on the upperside of both wings than typical specimens from Burma, while Javan specimens are normally coloured. 406. *ARRHOPALA ANARTE, Hewitson. Hagen. Grose Smith as anartes [sic]. Kirby. Distant. This species doubtless occurs in Sumatra, though we have never met with it. It is found in Burma, the Malay Peninsula, and Borneo. 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra, 467 407. *Arrmopata AuxnstA, Hewitson. Hewitson. Kirby. Originally described from Sumatra, but we have not met with this fine species. A. auzea, de Nicéville, from Java, is a local race of A. auvesia. 408. ARRHOPALA BUXTONI, Hewitson, Hewitson. Grose Smith. Staudinger, Distant. Originally des- eribed from Sumatra, where it is found at Selesseh. 409. ARRHOPALA FARQUHARI, Distant. Snellen as ewmolphus. Hagen as eumolphus. Grose Smith as eumolphus. The A. euwmolphus of Cramer was described from the Bengal Coast, so it appears best to retain that name for the Hastern Himalayan, Assamese, and Chittagong Hill Tracts form. Its female is the A. bupola of Hewitson. The female of A. farquhari is probably the A. mazwelli of Distant. Snellen suggests that A. atosia, Hewitson, is the female of the Sumatran form; in this I cannot agree with him, vide Butt. India, vol. ii, p. 242. I possess a long series of A. adonias, Hewitson, from Java from whence it was originally described. All my specimens appear to be females, and as the markings of the underside agree closely with those of A. ewmolphus, A. farquhari, A. helienore, Doherty, and A. horsfieldi, Pagenstecher, I am inclined to believe that its male is a green species which does not appear to differ at all from the same sex of A. farquhari, though the Javan female (true A adonias) is of quite a different shade of colour on the upper- side of both wings, being a pale silvery blue, to the deep purple colora- tion of the female of the true A. farguhari from Burma, the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo. In Sumatra A. farquhari is found at Bekantschan and in the Battak mountains. 410. ARRHOPALA 1ROGON, Distant. Originally described from Perak in the Malay Peninsula. Very rare in both-sexes, but the female seems to be more often met with than the male. 411. ARRHOPALA HORSFIELDI, Pagenstecher. Amblypodia horsfieldi, Pagenstecher, Jahr. des Nass. Ver. fir Naturk., vol. xliii, pp. 99, 106 (1890). Arhopaia basiviridis, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vi, p. 373, n. 21, pl. G, fig 22, male (1891). Originally described from East Java by Pagenstecher, and from the Malay Peninsula and Borneo by myself. In Sumatra it is found in the Battak mountains. Jit, 59 468 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, 412. ARRHOPALA ANNIELLA, Hewitson. Originally described from Singapore froma male. From super- ficial appearances only one would say that the A. artegal of Doherty from Mergui in Lower Burma is a synonym of this species. Against this is the fact that Doherty described his species from two male speci- mens, while the description and figure agrees with the female of A. anniella. In Sumatra A. anniella occurs in the Battak mountains. 413. ARRHOPALA SINGHAPURA, Distant. Originally described from Singapore. Dr. Martin writes to me that he possesses this species from Sumatra, that it is a good species, and is very different from A. anniella, Hewitson, as it has a blunt and broad tail tipped with white, and is a smaller insect. On the underside A. anniella has white scales which are entirely wanting in A. singhapura, of which also the metallic green markings near the anal angle of the hindwing are largely different and more prominent, also shaped differ- ently to those in A. anniella. The markings on the underside of A. singhapura are also much nearer to those of A. diardi, Hewitson, than to those of A. anniella. Till I received this note from Dr, Martin I thought that A. singhapura might bea synonym of A. anniella, Distant having figured the female of the former and the male of the latter. 414. *ARRHOPALA rNoRNATA, Felder. Grose Smith. I have failed to recoguise this species from any locality. 415. *ARRHOPALA PERIMUTA, Moore. Grose Smith. This is a very distinct and easily recognised little species, and Mr, Grose Smith is not likely to have wrongly identified it. I have no record except the above of its occurrence south of Mergui in Lower Burma. 416. ARRHOPALA MORPHINA, Distant. Very rare, found in the Battak mountains only. It is one of the most beautiful and distinct species in the genus, and was originally described from Perak in the Malay Peninsula. 417. ARRHOPALA OVOMACULATA, Hewitson. Originally described from Sumatra. It occurs in the Battak mountains rarely in August, 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 469 418. ARRHOPALA AGHSIAS, Hewitson. Grose Smith. Originally described from Borneo. I possess one example only from Sumatra. Hewitson describes four discal spots on the underside of the forewing, but he figures five, while my specimen has six. 419. ArRRHOPALA ANILA, de Nicéville. A. anila, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. ihe, ee (1896). I have thus named the variety a of Hewitson’s A. agesias, as I see no reason why it should not be a quite distinct species. It occurs in the Malay Peninsula, at Namoe Oekor in Sumatra in August, and in Borneo. 420. ARRHOPALA METAMUTA, Hewitson. Grose Smith. Butler. Kirby. Distant. Originally described from Sumatra, where it does not appear to be at all a common species. 42], ARRHOPALA HYPOMUTA, Hewitson. Grose Smith. If I have correctly identified this species, it is common in Sumatra. 422. ARRHOPALA AMPHIMUTA, Felder. Hagen. I possess one male specimen from Sumatra, which I identify a little doubtfully as this species, 423. ARRHOPALA ANTIMUTA, Felder. Snellen. A common species. It has no tail, and is easily recog- nised from A. atosia, Hewitson, which is tailed, by this feature. Both species have a patch of differently-formed scales in the middle of the forewing on the upperside in the male. 424. ARRHOPALA DAVISONII, de Nicéville. A very common species in Sumatra as elsewhere. 425. ARRHOPALA AVATHA, de Nicéville. A. avatha, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. SP) OS gyn es pl. T, fig. 34, male (1896). Differs from A. davisonti, de Nicéville, in having the black margin to both wings on the upperside in the male twice as broad, 470 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. (No. 3, 4°96. ARRHOPALA ASIA, de Nicéville. Arhopala asia, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii, p. 333, n. 9, pl. U, fig. 16, male (1892). Originally described from the Malay Peninsula. I possess several male specimens from Sumatra which agree with the type. 427. ArrHopaLa (Acesina) Ammon, Hewitson. Oviginally described from Singapore. Occurs in Sumatra in the Battak mountains, 428, Arrgopata (Mahathala) amerta, Hewilson. Hagen. Not uncommon; as usual, the females are more often met with than the males. This genus is the one most largely represented in Sumatra, which may perhaps be its head quarters, though the Malay Peninsula may possibly possess quite as many species. All are found in forests, but nevertheless their more or less metallic blue, purple, and green colours are not at all-conspicuous and they do little to enliven the somber depths of the forest, as the restless species of Lumpides do. Arrhopalas never come to smal] streams or damp spots on roads to suck up the moisture, or to flowers, they hardly ever fly unless disturbed, and as they always settle with folded wings, of which the undersides present only dull brown, grey, or dull purple colours, little is seen of them. ‘They rest on leaves of shrubs of moderate height, and never fly for any length of time or to a distance, feeling themselves much more secure when at rest. ‘I'bere is therefore only one way to see and capture them, and that is to walk through the underwood and disturb them by beating the bushes and low trees, and thus to cause them to fly. The following species are found only in the mountains at high elevations:—A. azinis, de Nicéville, A. azata, de Nicéville, A. teesta, de Nicéville, A. anthelus, Doubleday and Hewitson, A. ovomaculata, Hewitson, A. ammon, Hewitson, and A. morphina, Distant. All the rest occur in the plains. A. centawrus, Fabricius, so common elsewhere, we have never seen in Deh, but Dr. Friedl Martin took a single specimen at the Gading Hstate in Indragiri, south of Siak, in November, 1894. The rarest species are A. amphea, Felder, A. annt- ella, Hewitson, A. diardi, Hewitson, and A. morphina, Distant. Of the three metallic green species none is common, but A. farquhart, Distant, is less scarce than A. horsfieldi, Pagenstecher, whereas A. trogon, Distant, is the rarest of the three, Dr. Martin in thirteen years’ collect- ing having obtained only two specimeus. 429. Cureris mALAyica, Felder. Hagen. Originally described from Malacca. 1895.1] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 471 430. CureEtis msopus, Fabricius. . Originally described from the Hast Indies. 431, CuReETIS FELDERI, Distant. Originally described from Province Wellesley and Sungei Ujong in the Malay Peninsula. 432. CURBETIS SPERTHIS, Felder. Hagen. Originally described from Malacca, We have followed Mr. Distant’s identifications of these four species, as we have specimens from Sumatra‘which agree with his descriptions and figures of them, Whether they are all distinct, or how many of them are so, we are not prepared to say. The males are far more commonly met with than the females ; which latter have the upperside of the wings orange bordered with black, never with the orange colour replaced by white, the more usual form of the Indian species. 433. CURETIS INSULARIS, Horsfield, A well marked, easily identified, and probably valid species origi- nally described from Java. 434, *Curetis BuLis, Doubleday and Hewitson. Snellen. Typically not met with by us in Sumatra. 435. *CURETIS BARSINE, Felder. Hagen. Originally described from Amboina. Not met with by us in Sumatra. All species of Cwretis in Sumatra occur at low elevations with the exception of CO, malayica, Felder, which is found in the moun- tains as well as in the plains.. The males usually rest with closed wings on leaves near small streams, never fly for long distances, and do not go down to wet spots on roads very often, though the males are sometimes so found. The females are occasionally only caught in the forest. Their flight is so rapid that they can hardly be followed with the eye, butif they settle ou the upperside of a leaf with closed wings their silvery-coloured underside at once betrays them, but if they are frightened they settle on the underside of the leaves, where they are of course invisible. 436. *ZeepHyRUS ABSOLON, Hewitson. Z. absolon, de Nicéville, Journ, Bomb. Nat. Hist, Soc., vol. ix, p. 291, n. 23, pl. P, figs 33, male; 34, female (1895). Recorded by me from West Java; recently captured by Dr. Hagen 472 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, on Mount Kaba, 5,200 feet, in South Sumatra. He saw seven or eight specimens, but caught only one male, which Dr. Martin has seen. 437. Iterpa ma, de Nicéville, n. sp. Hagen as epicles, Godardt [sic]. Hasitat: Battak mountains, N.-E. Sumatra. ExpansE: o, 14to 15; 9, 1°5 to 16 inches. Description: Mane. Uppersipe, forewing differs from typical I. epicles, Godart, from Java, in the iridescent deep purple colour being of greater extent, approaching much nearer the costa and the outer margin; never with a diffused yellow patch beyond the end of the dis- coidal cell. Hindwing with the purple coloration of greater extent also, the orange lunules on the margin greatly reduced in size and fewer, confined more to the anal angle. Unpersipr, both wings as in I. epicles. Femare. Uppersipe, forewing differs from typical I. epicles in having the orange area much larger, almost reaching the base of the wing. Hindwing differs in having a very large continuous orange area occupying the outer half of the wing, instead of a series of con- joined broad marginal lunules, with sometimes a small indistinct diffused orange patch on the disc. UNpERSIDE, both wings as in the male. It is possible that ‘‘ Thecla” phenicoparyphus, Holland, described from Hainan Island, (the type being said to be a male but probably actually a female) is the name which will have to be applied to the Western Chinese and Indian form of I. epicles, as from the figure and description of the type of that species, the orange areas on the upper- side of both wings appear to be of about the same extent; the fore- wing, however, has the orange area (though it is variable in extent) always less than half as large as it is in true I. epicles. I. ila differs from both in the female by the orange area on the upperside of the hindwing occupying fully half the surface instead of being confined to a marginal band. I. ila is not very common on the Central Plateau, but occurs throughout the year, as there are specimens in Dr. Martin’s collection taken in every month. I have described it from a long series of both sexes. 438. DacaLaNa vipuRA, Horsfield. Grose Smith. Hagen. Distant. Occurs in the plains and on the outer hills. Is common at Selesseh in April. The collectcrs brought in perbaps five or six males to one female. 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 473 439. Camena cippus, Fabricius. I have caught this species at Selesseh in October, but it is very rare in Sumatra, as Dr. Martin possesses only one other specimen taken in July also near Selesseh. 440, CAmENA cotys, Hewitson. Originally described from Nepal. It is very rare in Sumatra, I possess two males only. Probably often overlooked owing to its strong superficial likeness to the more common Dacalana vidura, Horsfield. 441, CAMENA CRETHEUS, de Nicéville. C. cretheus, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 294, n. 24, pl. P, fig. 35, male (1895); idem, id., l. c., vol. x, p. ,»n. 24, pl. T, fig. 35, female (1896). Very rare, occurs in the Battak Mountains of Sumatra in March, and in Western Java. Easily recognised by the base of the costa of the forewing on the underside being yellow, 442, ApHnmus LoniTa, Horsfield. Grose Smith. A common species, spread over the whole of our area with the exception of the Central Plateau; the males on roads, on the margins of forest, and also on grassy places; females somewhat scarcer, They are very fond of executing the rubbing and revolving movements of the hindwings observed in many of the Lyceenide. 443, *Apunmus syamA, Horsfield. Staudinger. As this species occurs in the Malay Peninsula and in Java, it is almost certainly found also in the intervening island of Sumatra, though we have never met with it. 444, *APHNEUS VULCANOS, Fabricius. Hagen. Occurs commonly in Java, and is almost certainly to be found in the south-east of Sumatra, which is only separated from Java by a narrow and shallow strait. 445, APHNEUS HIENDLMAYRII, de Nicéville. A, hiendlmayrii, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. Ixiii, pt. 2, p. 38, n. 33, pl. v, fig. 5, female (1894). ; Very rare, only three female specimens have been obtained in March and August at Selesseh. The male still remains to be dis- covered. 474 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, 446. TasurtA BURBONA, Hewitson. Myrina burbona, Hewitson, Il. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. Supplement 24, n. 66, pl. Supplement iiia, fig. 95, female (1878). Charana datoe, Martin. Hewitson. Hagen as jalindra. Staudinger as jalindra. Grose Smith. Originally described from Sumatra. It is a local race of T. jalindra, Horsfield, from Java, J’. indra, Moore, from India, and 1’, tarpina, Hewitson, from the South Andaman Isles. The male of the Sumatran race has the black border to the forewing on the upperside narrower than in the allied species. Dr. Martin described the male, Hewitson the female. Only a few males obtained in forest near Selesseh in April, May and June ; no female. 44.7, *Tayuria LONGINUS, Fabricius. Staudinger. Found on both sides of Sumatra—in Java and in the Malay Peninsula—so it is almost certain to occur in Sumatra also. 448, TayurtA MANTRA, Felder. From Namoe Oekor to Bekantschan; is rarer than the species which next follows. 449. TaJURIA TRAVANA, Hewitson. Grose Smith. Distant. Staudinger. Kirby. Butler. Originally described from Sumatra and Borneo. Common ai low elevations in Sumatra. 450. Tasuria TurRA, de Nicéville. ° T. tura, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 301, n. 27, pl. P, fig. 39, male (1895). Found very rarely in August in the Battak Mountains of Sumatra, and in Western Java. 451, Tasurza tyro, de Nicéville. T. tyro, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 302, n. 28, pl. P, fig. 40, female (1895). Occurs rarely in Burma and Sumatra. 452. *Tasuria 1s£us, Hewitson. Grose Smith. Kirby. Originally described from Sumatra and Sarawak in Borneo. We have seen no specimen of it from Sumatra. See remarks below, No. 458. f y ae 4] > > 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra, 475 453. Tasuria tHRIA, de Nicéville. T. thria, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. , n. 26, pl. T, figs. 38, male; 39, female (1896). Found in Tenasserim, Burma, and the Battak Mountains south of Bekantschan, Sumatra, in March, May and July. It is rare, and may easily be distinguished from its allies by the male being entirely black on the upperside of the forewing. 454. TAaJURIA BLANKA, de Nicéville. T. blanka, de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. Ilxiii, pt. 2, p. 39, n. 34, pl. iv, fig. 4, female (1894). Two females of this very rare species have been obtained in the higher mountains ; the type specimen in October, 1893. 455. TasuriA DONATANA, de Nicéville. Originally described from Burma. Two male specimens only have been obtained in March and July at Bekantschan at the foot of the Battak mountains in Sumatra. This species is quite distinct from the Celebesian species, TZ. orsolina, Hewitson, to which it is nearly allied. 456. Ops oayaEs, de Nicéville. O. ogyges, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 298, n. 26, pl. P, figs. 36, male ; 37, female (1895). Originally described from Maulmain in Burma. Very rare, Dr. Martin obtained one male specimen in the Battak mountains in Sep- tember, 1894, which I have not seen. 457. Ops MELASTIGMA, de Nicéville. In O. ogyges, de Nicéville, the “‘ male-mark” on the disc of the forewing on the upperside is indistinct, and can be seen only in certain lights. In O. melastigma it is exceedingly prominent, quadrate, and dingy black or fuliginous in colour. It is very rare in Sumatra, Dr. Martin possesses a single male taken in the Battak mountains in December. 458. BRITOMARTIS CLEOBOIDES, Elwes. B. cleoboides, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 306, n. 1 (1895). Messrs. Grose Smith and Kirby have both recorded Tajuria isseus, Hewitson (see No. 452) from Sumatra, but probably the specimens so identified should be the present one, which has only recently been described. The true ‘ Iolaus” iseus, the type specimen of which was ‘e J. 1 60 476 . de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, probably from Sumatra (Hewitson gives Sumatra and Sarawak as the habitat of I. iszus on page 44 of Ill. Divrn. Lep.), is a Tajuria. It was described from a male, its female being probably the T. relata of Distant. Hewitson in Supplement page 10 of the above-quoted work described a male I. isseus (which I identify as Britomartis cleoboides, Elwes), from Borneo, and said, incorrectly as [ believe, that his first description and figure instead of applying to a male should be to a female. To sum up:—“ Iolaus” iseus, and Tajuria relata, Distant, stand as Tajuria isseeus, Hewitson, male and female, from the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra; while Hewitson’s second figure of “ Iolaus” isceus in the supplement of his book, which is also taken from a male, stands as Britomartis clevboides, Elwes, from Burma, Sumatra, Java and Borneo. It is rare in Sumatra, found in June and July at Selesseh. 459. Briromartis BuTo, de Nicéville. B. buto, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 308, n. 29, pl. P» fig. 41, female (1895). Occurs in Burma and Sumatra; described from a single example from each locality. 460. Suasa surssa, de Nicéville. 8. suessa, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii, p. 337, n. 14, pl. H, figs. 8, male; 9, female (1892). Originally described from the Malay Peninsula. Found very rarely in the Battak mountains from Namoe Oekor to Bekantschan in Decem- ber and January, and again in July. 461. *THAMALA MARCTIANA, Hewitson. Butler. Kirby. Grose Smith. Originally described from Sumatra, and Sarawak in Borneo, but not obtained by us. It almost certainly occurs in Sumatra, as it is found in the countries on both sides of it. 462. HypoLyc®Nna ERYLUS, Godart. Hagen as erylus, Godardt [sic]. Common at low elevations and throughout the year. The female is very rare. 463. HypoLycHNA THECLOIDES, Felder. Staudinger. Very rare, only two specimens obtained, both females, one at Selesseh, the other in Indragiri in February. 464. HypontycxNa sipyLus, Felder. I possess a single worn female example from Sumatra which 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra, 477 appears to represent this species. It occurs also in Celebes and Amboina, the allied H. tharrytas, Felder, being found in the Philippines. 465. Cuitarta TorA, Kheil. C. tera, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 311, n. 31, pl. P, fig. 43, female (1895). Originally described from Nias; occurs also in the Malay Penin- sula in Perak, in Sumatra at Selesseh and Bekantschan, and in Borneo. It flies in every month in the year in Sumatra; the males are found with different species of Nacaduba, &c., on wet spots on roads. 466. CuHtLiaria mMerGuIA, Doherty. _ Originally described from Lower Burma. Found in Sumatra from Bekautschan to the higher Battak mountains in the last three months in the year, but is a rare species. 467. CHLIARIA AMABILIS, Martin. C. amabilis, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 309, n. 30, pl. P, fig. 42, male (March, 1895); Zeltus amabilis, Martin, Hinige neue Tagschmet- terlinge von Nordost-Sumatra, pt. 2, p. 11, n. 9 (October, 1895). Found in Java. In Sumatra it flies from Selesseh to Bekantschan in June, July and August. Rare, Dr. Martiu has obtained five or six specimens only. 468. Ze.ttTus Erouus, Fabricius. Hagen. Grose Smith. Found all over our area and is everywhere common, the males on wet roads, the females much scarcer and flying in the jungle. Dr. Martin has made the same observation that I did fourteen years ago when I first saw this butterfly alive (Journ. A. S. B., vol, 1, pt. 2, p. 59, n. 105 (1881) that “The male when flying over small puddles of water reminds one very much of a common blue-bodied dragonfly.” . 469. Nerocueritra amrita, Felder. Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Occurs in the mountains south of Bekantschan in July. We have never seen a male, and the female is rare. 470. NrocueritRA NAMOA, de Nicéville. WN. namoa, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. Ixiii, pt. 2, p. 41, n. 86, pl. v, fig. 9, male (1894). Described from a unique male captured in the Battak mountains 478 —s«L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, in May, 1893. Since thena second specimen was obtained in December, 1894, at the same locality by a clever Battak collector named Sinobar. 471. NEOCHERIIRA NISIBIS, de Nicéville. N. nisibis, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 316, n. 33, pl. P, fig. 45, female (1895). : Described from two females, one each from the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra. : 472. Turix Gama, Distant. This is a very remarkable genus, the male having a somewhat similar tuft of hairs on the upperside of the forewing to that found in the © genera Dacalana and Arrhenothrix, It occurs rarely in Sumatra from Selesseh to Soengei Batoe in May, June and July. The males vary in size from 1°45 to 1°75 inches. 473. Manto MARTINA, Hewitson. M. martina, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 314, n. 34, pl. P, fig. 44, female (1895). Originally described from Borneo, but is found also in Burma, the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra. Occurs at low elevations as high only as Namoe Oekor from February to July and again in October. 474. Jacoona anasusa, Felder. Hitherto known only from the Malay Peninsula. The female has still to be discovered. Very rare, only two specimens obtained in thirteen years, both at Selesseh in May. 475. NEOMYRINA HIEMALIS, Godman and Salvin. Hagen. With the exception of Arrhopula agnis, Felder, this is the largest of our Lycenide. Very rare, as it flies very high and quickly in the forest. Dr. Martin once saw a specimen flying across a small open grassy patch from one piece of forest to another. Its flight was so rapid that its long tails were nearly invisible, and at first sight it gave the impression of being a specimen of the smaller white Catopsilia (C. pyranthe, Linneus). It is found over the whole of our area, with the exception perhaps of the Central Plateau. Dr. Martin has specimens from the Gayoe-lands, Selesseh, Deli and Asahan. 1+ is probably less rare in the western part of our area, as at Padang Tjer- min in Langkat an amateur collector obtained some ten specimens in one year, ~ 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 479 476. TicHerrA AcTE, Moore. Common from Namoe Oekor to the Central Plateau throughout the year. 477. CHERITRA FREJA, Fabricius. Hagen as freya [sic]. Grose Smith. Still commoner than the foregoing species, and occurs in forest only over the whole of our area. . 478. Rirra aurea, Druce. R. aurea, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. , n. 80, pl. T fic. 45, female (1896). Found in large forest near Selesseh, Namoe Oekor, and from Ban- dar Kwala in Serdang in March, April, May and June. The female is much rarer, and lacks on the upperside the splendid orange gloss on both wings. The silky ‘‘ male-mark ” of this species closely resembles that organ in Biduanda cinesioides, de Nicéville, No. 486 below. 479. HoraGa HALBA, Distant. Originally described from Penang. It occurs from Selesseh to Bekantschan, and in the months of March, July and October. Very rare, as Dr. Martin has not obtained more than four specimens in thir- teen years. 480. CATAPGCILMA ELEGANS, Druce. Grose Smith. Hagen. Common throughout the year over the whole of our area with the exception of the higher elevations, and found not only in forests, but also near roads, and settled on small bushes. Dr. Martin has never seen this butterfly on the wing in the morning, it appears very late in the day, at one or two o’clock p. ma. The males are very fond of fighting, but return always with great exactitude to the leaf from which they started to do battle with the foe, which is usually another male of the same species. 481. SEMANGA SUPERBA, Druce. Hasirat: Borneo (Druce) ; Malacca, Malay Peninsula (Distant) ;. N.-E. Sumatra. Expanse: 6, 1:1 inches. Description: Mate. Uppersipe, both wings differ from those of the female only in having the purple area considerably larger, more shining and richer in shade. Forewing with the apex more acute and the outer margin more convex than in the female. Hindwing lacks the 480 IL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No, 3, discal orange band of the female; the wing is also narrower and the outer margin straighter. UNpersibdE, both wings as in the female. Grose Smith. In Sumatra it occurs rarely in the Battak mountains - and at Selesseh in July, August and October. 482. BmpUANDA THESMIA, Hewitson. Grose Smith. Staudinger. Distant. Very common in the forests from the plains to the elevation of Bekantschan, and occurs all the year round. Both sexes rest on the buds of some moderately high shrub, with the head mostly downwards. It occurs exactly in the same locali- ties and is quite as common as Marmessus moorei, Distant, which it greatly resembles. If one species mimics the other it would be difficult to say which is the model and which the one that copies it. 483. *BIDUANDA ESTELLA, Hewitson. Hewitson. Grose Smith. Kirby. Both sexes originally described from Sumatra. As Hewitson does not mention any secondary sexual characters in the male, and the inner margin of the forewing as des- cribed and figured is straight instead of bowed outwardly, it is more than probable that it does not come into the genus Biduanda, as that genus possesses male secondary sexual characters, but in the absence of specimens I do not know where else to place it. 484. Bipuanpa sczvA, Hewitson. Originally described from Singapore. In Sumatra it is found only in the mountains at higher elevations, where it flies throughout the year, as Dr. Martin possesses specimens from every month. It must be very common under favourable conditions, as one collector once brought in a consignment of sixty specimens. The female is very rare. 485. BIpDUANDA NICEVILLEI, Doherty. First discovered in Burma. Very rare in the Battak mountains, Dr. Martin possesses three females only taken in January, March and December. Dr. Martin thus describes his specimens, the female being hitherto unknown. ‘“ Fremate. ExpanseE: 1°35 inches. Uppersipn, forewing brown, in the middle somewhat brighter, more reddish. Cilia dark brown. Hindwing with two subanal black spots, somewhat con- fluent, bordered inwardly by a large pure white area which occupies the posterior half of the wing; a fine anteciliary black line. Cilia white. Tails three, white. UNbeERsIDE, both wings as in the male.” 486. Bipvanpa crnesioipes, de Nicéville. Originally described from the Malay Peninsula. Is not as rare as 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 481 the foregoing species, but is much rarer than the two other Biduandas. Found in the Battak mountains in January, April, July and December. The male has a very conspicuous sexual mark on the upperside of the forewing. 487. Marmessus mooret, Distant. Hagen. Staudinger. Distant. Snellen. One of the commonest lycznids of the forest of the plains and outer hills, and flies throughout the year. Superficially very similar to Biduanda thesmia, Hewitson, not only in coloration and form, but also in habits. Mr. Distant has figured on pl. xliv, fig. 11 of Rhop. Malay. a very small female of this species as a variety. Such dwarf forms in both sexes are not at all rare in Sumatra. 488. MarMmessus Borspuvattt, Moore. Dr. Martin possesses a single pair which appertains to this species, as they have a large discal orange patch on the upperside of the fore- wing. They were taken in the Battak mountains in February. 489. *MarMessus RAVINDRA, Horsfield. Hagen. Grose Smith, As this butterfly is found in Nias and Java, it not improbably occurs in south-eastern Sumatra also. 490. Eooxynipes THARIS, Hiibner. Grose Smith. Moderately common in the low forests at Selesseh and Namoe Oekor, and occurs throughout the year. It is rarer than B. thesmia, Hewitson, and M. moorei, Distant. 491. Loxvura atymMNnus, Cramer. Hagen. 492, Loxura cassiopeta, Distant. Hagen. Originally described from Perak in the Malay Peninsula. Both the species of Lowwra occur throughout the year at low elevations not much higher than Namoe Oekor in forest or its margins. They have a short and jerky flight, and are weak on the wing, never flying for long distances. ’ 493. Yasopa pita, Horsfield. Grose Smith. Hagen. Originally described from Java. 482 . de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, 494, Yasopa pirang, de Nicéville. Y. pitane, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 50, n. 10, pl. L, fig. 5, male (1893). The female of this species still awaits discovery. Both species of Yasoda occur only at high elevations, Y. pita, Horsfield, in March, October and December at Soengei Batoe, Y. pitane only on the Central Plateau in March and August. Both are really and actually rare butterflies. . 495. ARAOTES LAPITHIS, Moore. Found from Selesseh to Bekantschan, and is moderately rare in forests from March to August. On the wing its habits are like those of M. moorei, Distant, and, as the white band on the underside of the forewing is not seen when resting with closed wings, is often taken for that common species, and thus escapes being captured. 496. SITHON NEDYMOND, Cramer. Grose Smith as nedymond and chitra, Hagen as nedymond and chitra. Staudinger. Kirby. Distant. S. nedymond is the male and 8. chitra, Horsfield, the female of one and the same species. Occurs over the whole of our area, aS we possess specimens from Stabat, Selesseh, Namoe Oekor, and from the Battak mountains, taken from March to August, and October to December. In primeval forest on low bushes, mostly resting on the underside of leaves. S$. nedymond and S. chitra are always taken at the same time and in the same localities, though we have never succeeded in getting them paired. The species is far less rare than it was formerly believed to be. 497. DruporIx EPIJARBAS, Moore. Moderately rare in forests from Selesseh to Bekantschan, the female much rarer than the male. Males differ greatly in size, from 1:2 to 1:7 inches. Flies from March to August and again in December. 498. Zrnasea pistorta, de Nicéville. A rare butterfly here as elsewhere, Dr. Martin has only four specimens, three males and one female, the latter captured in January, the former from June to August. Occurs from Namoe Oekor to Soengei Batoe. 499. RapaLa DELIOCHUS, Hewitson. A very rare species. I caught a single maleat Selesseh in October. Dr. Martin possesses a few of both sexes from Selesseh to Bekantschan 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 483 taken in May, June, July and October. The males vary greatly in size, the smallest measures ‘95 of an inch, the largest 1:35 inches. The markings and coloration of the underside remind one of those of Lampides, which is considered to be a protected genus, and may perhaps to some extent account for the scarceness of specimens of R. deliochus in collections, as they are passed over for the common species of Lampides which they may mimick. 500. Rapata RHa@cuS, de Nicéville. R. rhecus, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 319, n. 35, pl. P, fig. 47, male (1895); idem, id., l.c., vol. x,p. , n. 27, pl. T, fig. 40, female (1896). Taken at Bekantschan and in the Battak mountains, where this fine species is fairly common in May and July, rarer in March, April and October. The female on’the upperside is somewhat marked with red on both wings, on the inner margiu of the forewing, and near the anal angle of the hindwing, an unusual feature in this genus. 501. Rapana scurstacea, Moore. A few specimens only from Selesseh taken in May and June. 502. RAPALA SCINTILLA, de Nicéville. Hitherto known from Sikhim only. Its occurrence so far south is very interesting. It is quite a distinct species, which can always be discriminated in both sexes by the peculiar coloration of the under- side alone, though as regards the male the restriction of the blue gloss to the upperside of the hindwing best distinguishes that sex. In Sumatra it is commoner than R. schistacea, Moore, and is found from Selesseh to Bekantschan from March to June. 503. RapaLa orsEIS, Hewitson. Hewitson. Grose Smith. Kirby. Distant. Originally described from Sumatra, certainly the commonest species of the genus, and found from Bindjei to Soengei Batoe throughout the year. 504. *RapaLaA CHOzEBA, Hewitson. Hewitson. Grose Smith as var. chozeba. Hagen as Deudoryx [sic] chozeba. Kirby. Originally described from Sumatra. We have failed to recognise it. It is very near to R. orseis, Hewitson. 505. Rapaa Nissa, Kollar. Only two females taken in the Battak mountains in October, 1893. J. u 61 484 lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, 506. RapaLa ABNORMIS, Elwes. R. abnormis, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. 642, pl. xliv, fig, 2, mate. Originally described from the Karen Hills, Burma. A very rare species with the underside quite uniquely marked. Three specimens from the Battak mountains in July. 507. RAPALA PHERITIMA, Hewitson. Originally described from Borneo (Sarawak). It is recorded by Moore in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 528, from Tounghoo in Burma, Singapore, and Sumatra, but not from Borneo, from whence the type came. Dr. Martin obtained a single pair in Indragiri in Eastern Sumatra in February. 508. RapaLa rHoporis, de Nicéviile. R. rhodopis, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. , n. 28, pl. T, figs. 41, male; 42, femule (1896). Occurs rarely in the Battak mountains in March, May, July, August, and September, and again in December. Also one male taken at Selesseh. 509. RapaLa rHoDA, de Nicéville. R. rhoda, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. , n. 29, pl. T, figs. 48, male; 44, female (1896). Described from a single pair obtained in the Battak mountains in February. 510. Rapana surrusa, Moore. Originally described from Burma, found alsoin Assam. Rare in Sumatra, Dr, Martin possesses only two females, and I three males and two females taken at low elevations. 511. *RapaLa MELAMPUS, Cramer. Snellen as Deudoryx [sic] melampus. Hagen as Deudoryx [sic] melampus. As Heer P. C. T. Snellen has recorded this species in two of his papers on the butterflies of Sumatra as well as Dr. Hagen, there can be no reasonable doubt that it occurs in the island, though we have not met with it. 512. Rapata JARBAS, Fabricius. Next to R. orseis, Hewitson, this is the commonest species of the genus in Sumatra at low elevations, not higher than Namoe Oekor. 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 485 Occurs not only in forest, but also in gardens and near houses. It often flies very late in the afternoon, Dr. Martin has taken it between 5 and 6 P.M. 513. RAPALA XENOPHON, Fabricius. Distant. Much rarer than BR. jurbas, Fabricius, and occurs at a higher elevation from Selesseh to Bekantschan. We have specimens taken in March, July, and December only. 514. Rapata pomitia, Hewitson. Grose Smith. Dr. Martin obtained a single female in November at Kepras. It is a most aberrantly-marked and coloured species. 515. BINpAHARA PHOCIDES, Fabricius. Very rare in Sumatra, Dr. Martin in thirteen years having obtained only three males and one female in February, May, and July. Only from higher elevations in the Battak mountains. Distant’s figure of the species (Rhop. Malay., pl. xx, fig. 25, female) is an exceptionally bad one. The males vary greatly in size, the smallest measuring 1°35, the largest 1:75 inches; Dr. Martin’s only female taken in February measures 1°6 inches. 516. Binpanara sucriva, Horsfield. One male only, taken in the Battak mountains in July. It is on the underside of both wings very similar to the same sex of B. phocides, Fabricius, but it has on the upperside of the hindwing a blue band extending along the margin from the apex to the third median nervule, and increasing in breadth posteriorly. The occurrence of this species recorded from South India, Ceylon and Java, together with B. phocides, Fabricius, (which has no blue band in*the male), recorded from Sikhim, Bhutan, Assam, Burma, the Andaman Isles, the Malay Peninsula, and Nias, in North-Eastern Sumatra is a very interesting fact. Mr. W. H. Miskin records B. sugriva from Cape York in North Australia, the Solomon Islands, and the Aru Islands, but in my opinion these specimens are probably not typical, but represent distinct local races. 517. *SrytHusa nasaka, Horsfield. Grose Smith. Originally described from Java, so that it is quite possible it occurs also in Sumatra though we have not met with it, especially as it is found again in Northern India. 486 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3. 518. Sinruusa amBa, Kirby. Originally described from Malacca, occurs also in Burma. 519. SrinruHusa MALIKA, Horsfield. S. malika, de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. lxiti, pt. 2, p. 43, n. 87, pl. v, figs. 18, male; 6, female (1894). Snellen. Grose Smith. Kirby. This species and S. amba, Kirby, occur in the mountains rarely at higher elevations south of Bekant- schan. Of §. amba Dr. Martin possesses specimens taken in April and May, and again in July and August, and S. malika in March and April, June and July, and October and December, so of the former there may be two, and of the latter three generations in the year, Family PAPILIONIDA. Subfamily Pierivaz. 520. Leprosita xIpH1A, Fabricius. Snellen as nina. Wallace as nina. Hagen as nina. Distant. Very weak and slow on the wing, and behaves exactly as the European Leptidia (= Leucophasia) sinapis, Linneeus, does, flying near the ground and seldom settling. It has been well named ‘“‘The Wandering Snow- flake.” Occurs in open places in forests or on their margins, from Selesseh to Bekantschan, rather rare than common, occurs ail the year round except possibly in June, from which month Dr. Martin does not possess any specimens with dates. 521. *Derias ninus, Wallace, Hagen as ninus and dione. Staudinger as dione. Originally des- cribed from Mount Ophir, Malacca, Malay Peninsula. Dr. Hagen records it from the Karo mountains. We have not met with it. Accord- ing to von Mitis (Iris, vol. vi, p. 100, n. 5 (1893), D. aglaia, Linneeus, is an older name for D. dione, Drury, that species however being confined to the Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, and China. Von Mitis restricts D. ninus to the Malay Peninsula, 522. *DELIAS PARTHENOPE, Wallace. Hagen. Mitis. Originally described from Singapore and Borneo. Not obtained by us. Dr. Hagen says it is found only on the alluvial plain near the sea, is the only butterfly of the mangrove forest, and is even sometimes observed at sea. ' 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 487 523. *Devias EGIALEA, Cramer. Wallace. Snellen. Staudinger. Kirby. A Javan species, which may perhaps occur at the south-eastern end of Sumatra. 524. Derias ToBAnANA, Rogenhofer. D. tobahana, Rogenhofer, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xlii, p. 571, n. 1 (1893); id., Mitis, Iris, vol. vi, p. 102, n. 13, pl. ii, fig. 1, female (end of January, 1893). D. derceto, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii, p. 557, n. 12 (23rd April, 1893) ; idem, id., 1. c., vol. viii, p. 52, n. 12, pl. L, fig. 4, male (1893). Rogenhofer. Hagen. Originally described by Herr Rogenhofer and I from Sumatra. Found only on the Central Plateau in the Toba and Karo districts, where it is by no means common, and strange to say, -the males rarer than the females. Dr. Martin has specimens taken only in March, May, June, July, and September. It is of very delicate struc- ture, and seldom seen perfect. 525. DeLiASs BELLADONNA, Fabricius. Pieris chrysorrhea, Vollenhoven, Mon. Piérides, p. 6, n. 3, pl. ii, fig. 4, male (1865). Kirby as chrysorrhea [sic]. I do not propose in this place to discuss the innumerable forms of this species which have been described and named, of which von Mitis enumerates seven “ varieties” besides the type, and has omitted two others, D. hearseyi aud D. boylex, both of Butler. To these names I have to add the “ Pierts”’ chrysorrhea of Vollenhoven, described from the mountains in the interior of Sumatra. This species does not appear to have ever been properly understood, even von Mitis in his recent Monograph of the genus does not put it in the same group as D. belladonna. The figure differs from our specimens of D. belladonna from the Battak mountains in having the white areas on the upperside of both wings, but especially of the hindwing, larger and more or less coalescing. The figure does not show the ckaracteristic yellow spot at the base of the hindwing on the upperside owing to the way the specimen drawn was set, the costa of the hindwing being broadly covered over by the forewing. The non-perception of this spot is probably the cause that the species appears never to have been recognised until now, combined with the fact that D. belladonna in none of its forms was ever suspected to occur in the region of the equator. The vast stretch of country between Assam, the most southernly point hitherto known for D. belladonna, and Sumatra has however been partially bridged over by the discovery of the butterfly by Capt. E. Y. Watson in the Chin and Shan Hills of “ 488 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 8, - Upper Burma, and by Colonel C. T. Bingham at the top of Mooleit mountain and at a lower elevation in the Daunat Range, both in Middle Tenasserim, Burma. The Burmese and Sumatran speci- mens in our collection quite agree, and would probably be called var. amarantha, Mitis, by the describer, who gives Daryjiling as the habitat of that form. In Sumatra it is very rare, occurring only at Soengei Batoe and on the Central Plateau, Dr. Martin in thirteen years collecting only obtained ten specimens, of which seven were captured in June and July, and one each in January, March, and October. All these specimens shew but little variation in colouring and markings. The single female Dr. Martin possesses has the ground-colour slightly lighter than in the male, more brown than black, the spots on both wings are larger and more yellow, in the male they are whitish, and the anal area is pale yellow instead of dark yellow as in the male. Dr. Martin gives the expanse of his male specimens as 1°8 to 2°4, of the female 2°3 inches, hence they average somewhat less than specimens from the Eastern Himalayas. Since the above was in type I have seen Heer P. C. T. Snellen’s note on this species in Tijd. voor Ent., vol, xxxviii, p. 26 (1895), in which he calls P. chrysorrhwa a small local variety of P. belladonna. 526. Deias auauce, Butler. Snellen as belisama. Hagen as belisama, and belisama, var. glauce. Wallace as belisama. Staudinger as belisama. Kirby as belisama. Grose Smith. The true D. belisama of Cramer, is, I believe, confined to Java, while D. glauce takes its place in Borneo and Sumatra. It is common on the Central Plateau round the Battak kampongs, where it.frequents the red flowers of the “ Datap” trees (Hrythrina indica, Lam.), according to Dr. Hagen. Dr. Martin has obtained a few specimens also from Soengei Batoe and even from Bekantschan, where they may perhaps have been carried by one of the frequent heavy storms that occur in the mountains. The female is very melanic in its colouring, as the white areas on the upperside of both wings in the male are very greatly reduced in the female. It occurs most commonly from May to July, but it flies in every month in the year. 527. DeE.LIAS HYPARETE, Linneus. ? Hagen. Wallace. Common over the whole of our area, even on the Central Plateau, mostly in orchards near houses, as the species of Viscum on which the larva feeds grows very frequently upon fruit- trees, especially on Anonacex. If flies throughout the year, but is most abundant in May. The larva is yellow and hairy; the pupa is dark 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 489 yellow with deep shining black (as if varnished) spots. The males are very fond of flowers, on which they settle with closed wings like an Euplea. It is almost certain that all the species of Delias feed in the larval state on Viscwm and Loranthus which are found everywhere, and as there are species of Loranthacee occurring also on Rhizophores (Mangrove trees) on the sea beach, the strange fact which has been observed by Dr. Hagen that D. parthenope, Wallace, is the only butterfly found in the Mangrove forests, is explained. 528. DeELIAs SINGHAPURA, Wallace. Hagen. One female only obtained near Selesseh in June, 1894. 529. Detas DANALA, de Nicéville. D. danala, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 51, n. 11, pl. L, fig. 9, male (1893). D. karo, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 33, n. 61, pl. i, fig. 4, male (1894). Hagen as karo. 530. Dertias Hacent, Rogenhofer. D. hageni, Rogenhofer, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xlii, p. 572, n. 2, (end of January, 1893) ; id., Mitis, Iris, vol. vi, p. 113, n. 75, pl. iii, fig. 5, male (1893). D. datames, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii, p. 557, n. 10 (23rd April, 1893) ; idem, id., 1. c., vol. viii, p. 53, n. 13, pl. L, fig. 8, male (1893). D. simanabum, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 34, n. 638, pl. i, fig. 3, female (1894). Hagen as hageni and simanabum. Both D. hageni and D. danala, de Nicéville, occur only at the elevation of Soengei Batoe and on the Central Plateau ; they are most numerous from June to August, during the other months of the year but few specimens have been obtained. 531, PRIONERIS CLEMANTHE, Doubleday. Hagen. Rare in our area, a few specimens only from near Selesseh including one of the excessively rare females. Like Hebomoia borneénsis, Wallace, it is more common on our western boundary, as the Gayoe collectors have brought in males in large numbers, Flies from January to June, but is most abundant in February. 532. PRIONERIS HYPSIPYLE, Weymer. P. hypsipyle, Weymer, Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. xlviii, p. 12, n. 10, pl. i, fig. 1, male (1887). Hagen as hypsypule [sic]. My female differs from the male only in the forewing being blunter, less produced at the apex. Dr. Martin 490. LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, and I have obtained a single example each of this sex. The male is. somewhat variable, in some specimens more than half the discoidal cell on the underside of the hindwing is black, with a very small basal vermilion patch, while in others there is no black coloration in the cell at all, and the vermilion patch is very large. Intermediate examples occur between these two extremes. Both sexes are quite distinct from the Javan P. autothisbe, Hiibner. The males are very common, quite as common as are Hiposcritia pandione, Hiibner, and H. cardena, Hewitson, all through the year at Soengei Batoe and on the Central Platean, where in every month hundreds of males are brought in by the collectors. Both sexes mimic Delias glauce, Butler. Dr. Martin thus describes his female example, which was taken in March, 1893 :—‘‘ Mimics the same sex of D. glauce, Butler. The outline of the forewing is quite rounded like that of a Delias, and the costa of course is not serrated. The base of the costa of the forewing on the upperside has two minute sulphur- yellow streaks which in the male are black. The upperside of the forewing has a more bluish and the hindwing a more reddish and transparent colour than in the male. The white spots at the apex and on the outer margin of the forewing both above and below are very much reduced, the inner series entirely wanting except the anteriormost spot, the outer series consisting of five spots, in the male there are six, which are indistinct, obsolete, and whitish. The underside of both wings is duller than in the male.” 533. CATOPSILIA CROCALE, Cramer. Hagen as crocale (1775), catilla (1779), and pomona (1775). Wallace as alemeone, Cramer (1777). Grose Smith. Butler. Distant. This is the largest and commonest species of Cafopsilia occurring in Sumatra. Most authors retain QO. catilla, Cramer, as a species distinct from C, crocale. I have bred both species from found larve (not from the egg laid by a known female in confinement, which is practically the only conclusive test of the distinctness of species), and have failed to discover any differences in the larva and pupa of the two supposed distinct species. My opinion is that O. crocale is extremely variable, and that the variations noted are not due to seasonal causes. Dr. Martin does not agree with me that we have here to deal with one protean species, but maintains that there are really two quite distinct species. At his request I give below his reasons for this conclusion. I may add that I have carefully examined a very large mass of material in the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and my own, and find that the distinctive characters on which Dr. Martin relies to separate them are all quite inconstant. and entirely break 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. 491 down, the black antenne of O. crocale being sometimes found with the ocellated underside of OC. catilla, and vice versa. The restriction of the yellow coloration of the upperside of both wings of the male to the basal area, or its equal diffusion over the whole surface, correlated with the presence or absence of the ocelli on the underside, is also quite an unstable feature by which to distinguish the two species. Dr. Martin writes :— “‘T am quite unable to follow Mr. de Nicéville in his amalgamation of C. crocale and C. catilla, and am forced to keep them separate for the following reasons :— “. crocale, the far commoner species, occurs in Sumatra on roads, near houses and gardens, and is never found in the forest. It some- times appears in large numbers, in which case the larve are very destructive, as in January, 1893, near the Poengei Estate, five kilometers north of Bindjei, they destroyed in a short time a fine plantation of young iron-wood trees, Cassia florida, Vahl., valued at least at $ 3,000, by eating up all the leaves and suffocating the plants. All the grass and every low shrub near this murdered plantation was covered with the pupe, and after the butterflies had emerged, the whole place looked as if there was a heavy snow-storm in progress, the air being full of large flakes of snow. I took there many hundreds of specimens of both sexes, but amongst them was not a single C. catilla. This seems to me to be an abundantly conclusive fact. The antenne of C. crocale are black in both sexes, and the males have the underside of both wings simply yellow and white of a washed-out shade. The tuft of hair on the inner margin of the forewing is whitish. There are two forms of the female of C. crocale:—I1, the form figured by Distant in Rhopalocera Malayana, pl. xxv, fig. 12, without any yellow colour near the base of both wings on the upperside; Sumatran specimens are even somewhat darker than Distant’s figure, and show on the upperside of the hindwing four or five submarginal black lunules, this form being the rarer one. II, the commoner form is brighter, not so black as the first form, the basal half of the upperside of both wings is nearly as yellow as in the male, the black markings on the costa, apex, at the end of the discoidal cell, and the outer margin of the forewing on the upperside are sharper defined. ©. crocale is enormously common, and occurs throughout the year; the males are fond of flowers, and especially of the Hibiscus rosa-sinensis, Linnzeus, to the deep crimson cups of which they present a beautiful contrast when settled. The larva feeds on the leaves of the above-mentioned Cassia florida, and sometimes in company with Catopsilia pyranthe, Linneus, on Cassia alata, Linneeus, and is of a yellowish-green or yellowish-brown colour, with a lateral blackish-brown streak. The J. wm 62 492 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, pupa, suspended by a white median girth, is green with a yellow lateral streak and a very pointed head.” *C. catilla is found only in the forest, the males on forest ronda on wet spots together with Dycenidze and Papilionine, but they form the larger number of such congregations, and often occur in such large crowds that dog-cart horses get frightened on approaching one of these white spots on the road, which all at once flutters up into the air with an audible sound. If driven away from these favourite spots, they fly rapidly in Indian file up and down the forest roads, and fall in again on the same spot when the danger is passed. C. catilla appears never to be a destructive insect as is CO. crocale at times. The antenne in both sexes are distinctly red. The male has on the underside of both wings at the termination of the discoidal cell some red spots, one in the forewing, two in the hindwing, the latter with silvery centres. The sexual tuft of hair is of a darker shade of yellow than in C. crocale, and the whole colouring of the underside is of a dull, silky, or leather- like gloss. There is also on the underside of the forewing a somewhat obscure reddish band, commencing near the apex of the wing, and extending towards the middle of the inner margin, ending on the second median nervule. C. catilla also has two forms of female :—I, the form figured by Distant on pl. xxv, fig. 15, which exhibits nu- merous varieties as regards the extent of the reddish-brown colour on the underside of both wings, there being all gradations from speci- mens with very little red to quite dark ones. II, the second form is on the upperside of both wings pale sulphur-yellow, and not dark yellow as in the first form, and the costal and marginal black spots on the upperside of both wings are not so distinct; on the underside there is never any reddish-brown colouring. This form is the rarer, I have always obtained one of it to five of the other. I am entirely ignorant of the larva, pupa, and food-plant of C. catilla; but as the larval stages of the two other Catopsilias occurring in Sumatra, C. pyranthe, Linneus, and C. scylla, Linneus, which I know very well, differ only slightly from those of C. crocale, it may be anticipated that the early stages of C. catilla also possess the same characteristics. C. crocale, C. pyranthe, and C. scylla I bave bred on different species of Cassia, so also C. catilla will probably be found some day in the larval stage feeding on a Cassia growing in the forest.” 534. CaATOPSILIA PYRANTHE, Linnzus. Grose Smith. Snellen. Wallace. Hagen as pyranthe, philippina and chryseis. Distant as chryseis, The form of this species found in Sumatra has in both sexes on the upperside of the forewing a broad 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 493 outer black margin, this form being the C. chrysets of Drury. It is quite typical throughout the Malay Peninsula, but when it reaches the latitude of Burma it gradually merges into typical C. pyranthe, which latter is found all over India and Ceylon. It is not seasonally dimor- phic in Sumatra as it is in India. In our area it is found only at low elevations, not higher than Namoe Oekor, where it is local owing to the presence or absence of Cassia alata, Linneus, the food-plant of its larva. As this tree is very partial to swampy ground, and even grows in swamps with brackish water, C. pyranthe occurs very near the sea, and flies all the year round. It has only one form of female, but it is variable, some specimens being much more melanic than others. The larva is quite green, without the lateral brown streak of C. crocale, Cramer. The pupa has a blunt rounded head, not a pointed one as in C. crocale. 535. Caropsinia scynLa, Linneeus. Snellen. Grose Smith. Hagen. Kirby. Distant. Wallace. Dr. B. Hagen informed Dr. Martin that this species was net at all rare near Medan, the capital of the Deli district, from 1879 to 1882. Dr. Martin had never seen it in the plains, and had received a few specimens only from the Central Plateau from Battak collectors. In Penang and Singapore on the mainland of Asia it is always very com- mon in gardens. So Dr. Martin would hardly believe Dr. Hagen that C. scylla belonged to the fauna of the plains of Sumatra, especially as Dr. Martin never saw or obtained any specimens from 1882 to 1894. Suddenly in August and September of the latter year, after nearly twelve years interval, C. scylla appeared everywhere in Deli and Langkat in suitable places such as gardens and fallow-land near houses where Cassia sophera, Linneeus, the food-plant of the larva, grows. Since then C. scylla belongs to our fauna, although it is the rarest of all our Catopsilias, and we would call attention to the in- teresting fact that a butterfly has disappeared for twelve years from a spot in every way apparently suitable for its existence, and has again reinstated itself by immigration from the south-west (the Battak and Gayoe mountains) or from the east (the Malay Peninsula over the shallow Straits of Malacca). The larva is dark velvety-green, with a yellowish-white lateral streak, and some very minute black spots on each segment anterior to the streak, the whole surface delicately ringed or indented like a leech. The pupa has a pointed head like that of C. crocale, Cramer, but is shorter and more convex than the slender pupa of that species. 494 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No.3 536. UpAIANA CYNIS, Hewitson. Pieris cynis, Hewitson, Ex. Butt., vol. iii, pl. Pieris viii, fig. 54, male (1866). Udaiana pryeri, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 301 (1885). Udaiana androides, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 32 (1894). Hewitson. Wallace. Butler. Kirby. Distant. Hagen as cynis and androides. Originally described from Sumatra, I have a large series of both sexes of this species in my collection from three distinct localities, the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra and Borneo. In all of these they present exactly similar and parallel variations. The males have the underside of the hindwing (1) entirely pure white, (2) with the base sprinkled with greenish-fuscous scales, (3) with the base heavily marked with a broad black band, beyond which, crossing the disc of the wing but not reaching the costa or abdominal margin, is a fuscous rather broad line or fascia, and every gradation exists be- tween these three forms. The latter form is the U. pryert of Distant, described from North Borneo. The females vary greatly in the extent of the development of the fuscous coloration on the upperside of both wings, in the palest form, which has been named U. androides by Hagen, this is hardly more extensive than in the male, while every gradation exists until the darkest form figured by Distant in Rhop. Malay., pl. xxvi, fig. 6, is reached. In the case of U. cynis, U. pryeri, and U. androides I am sure we have to do with one protean species only. In this Dr. Martin entirely agrees with me for the reason that he has caught all three forms at the same time in the forest near Selesseh. U. cynis is found exclusively in the forest and throughout the year, but only at low elevations not higher than Namoe Oekor. The males some- times come to wet spots on roads together with Catopsilia catilla, Cramer, and species of Verias; the females are captured on the green flowers of a low creeper in the forest. U. cynis never occurs in the black-soil-forests of Deli, but as soon as the red-soil-forests of Langkat and Serdang are entered there it appears at once. 537. TErRIAS HARINA, Horsfield. Hagen. Wallace. This is the true Terias of the forest, where it is found somewhat rarely frequenting flowers together with species of Zemeros and females of Lycsenide. It is found throughout our area, with perhaps the exception of the Central Plateau, and flies throughout the year. 538. TrRIAS LIBYTHEA, Fabricius. Snellen as brigitta. Hagen as brigitia, var. drona, and drona. The “Papilio” brigitta of Cramer was described from “ La Céte de Guinée.” 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 495 It is treated by Trimen as a purely African butterfly. The original figure does not at all agree with the original figure of T. drona, Hors- field = 7. libythea, Fabricius, as it has no black border to the hindwing on the upperside. Watson in Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p- 515 (1894) says that 7’. drona as identified in the British Museum has the “marginal band of hindwing evenly narrow throughout.’’ This is incorrect, as a glance at the original figure will show, at the costa it is broad, fining away to nothing at the anal angle. Butler states in Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xvii, p. 221 (1886) that the unique specimen described by Horsfield is a female. I doubt this, I should say it was a male, as it is clear yellow on the upperside; were it a female it would have a heavy sprinkling throughout of black dots. It therefore agrees in this character with 7’. libythea, which is defined by Watson as having the “marginal band of hindwing broad at apex and narrow at anal angle.” Butler in Cat. Fab. Lep. B. M., p. 227, says that 7. lébythea is “an unspotted variety of Horsfield’s T. drona.”’ From a careful examination of my series of Terias of this group, it appears to me that 7. libythea (following the identification of this species in the British Museum) is the dry-season form, with T. rubella, Wallace, as a synonym, and 7’. drona the wet-season form, with T. senna, Felder, as a synonym, of one and the same species. The wet-season form (7. drona) alone occurs in Sumatra. In Sumatra it is found only on the Central Plateau of Tobah and Karo, and even there is not very numerous and occurs only at certain times. Though the collectors were instructed always to catch this species when they could, they only brought in specimens in December and January, when it appears to be common, and in May and July, when it appears to be rare, and not a single one in any other month, so the species in Sumatra would appear to be double-brooded. 539. 'TrriaAs TILAHA, Horsfield. Hagen. Sumatran specimens have a reniform mark at the end, and a W-shaped mark at the middle of the diseoidal cell of the forewing on the underside. The female is paler on both surfaces than the male, of a lighter more gamboge-yellow colour, with the marginal band on the upperside of the hindwing twice as broad, narrow at the apex, very broad at the anal angle, and extending on to the disc on either side of the submedian nervure. It is the rarest Terias of our area, found throughout the year on the outer mountains and also in the plains, as several specimens have been obtained at Selesseh, though Dr. Hagen says that it is not found below an elevation of 500 feet. In 1887 Dr. Martin took a specimen at the-Terdjoen Estate very near the sea. It 496 lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, must be more common in the Gayoe-lands, as the Gayoe collectors always brought it in largely. 540. Terrias sari, Horsfield. Wallace. Distant. This species is well figured by Distant, and by Snellen in Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, pl. i, figs. 8, 9, male (1892), as I’. hecabe, Linneus, var. two. The Sumatran is absolutely identical with the Indian form. Both sexes have a double line at the end and a small linear marking at the middle of the discoidal cell of the forewing on the underside. The female is of a paler yellow colour than the male, with the marginal band on the upperside of the hindwing twice as broad throughout its length, posteriorly inwardly diffused and powdery. 4'. sodalis, Moore, described from the Mergui Archipelago in Lower Burma, the types of which are in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, is a synonym of T. sari. Moore says his species is smaller than T. sart, but we have Sumatran specimens quite as small, but the marginal band on the upperside of the hindwing in both sexes is certainly somewhat narrower in both sexes of 7’. sodalis than in T. sari, but this very poor character is not in my opinion sufficient to separate the two specifically. 541. Tertas Tosa, de Nicéville, n. sp. Hasitat: N.-E. Sumatra. Expanse: &, 1°2and 16; 2, 1°6 inches. Description: This species has been well figured by Snellen in Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, pl. i, figs. 10, 11, female (1892), as 1. hecabe, Linneus, var. one. It appears to be allied to 7. sari, Hors- field, and has in both sexes a double line at the end, and two (instead of one) small markings towards the base of the discoidal cell. Like T. sari, it has the cilia of both wings black. It differs, markedly, however, from that species in its much smaller size; its very pale primrose colour (T. sari is dark yellow) ; in the very large apical brown patch on the underside of the forewing of ZT. sari reduced to a small linear brown band, and the oblique brown marking at the outer angle of J’. sarz altogether absent. The “ male-mark” in this form is short, broad, and very prominent. The female is even paler yellow than the male, being almost as white as in the same sex of YT. harina, Horsfield. The marginal band on the upperside of the hindwing is twice as broad as itis in the male, being of the same width as in the male of JZ. tilaha, Horsfield. It is possible that the male of T. toba has been figured by Distant in Rhop. Malay., pl. xxvi, fig. 13, male, as T. senna, Felder. True T. senna (see No. 538 above) belongs 1895.] lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 497 to quite a different group, T. toba being of the hecabe group. Described from two males and one female. 542. Trrias ANDERSONIT, Moore. This also appears to be allied to 7. sari, Horsfield, the males are the same size, the “male-mark” ig the same, not as in the preceding species, it agrees with J. sari alsoin the markings of the discoidal cell of the forewing on the underside ; differing, however, in its paler colour, though it is not as pale as the preceding species; in having on the underside of the forewing either no apical brown patch or a very small linear one, and no oblique brown marking at the outer angle as T. sari has. The cilia isblack asin T. sari, It differs only from the types of T. andersonit now before me in its usually rather larger size and somewhat paler coloration on both surfaces. One specimen agrees in all respects with Distant’s figure of T. senna, Felder, Rhop. Malay., pl. xxv, fig. 14, female, in having the markings of the underside entirely obliterated. 543. TeRIAS HECABE, Linneeus. Hagen. Snellen. Grose Smith. Wallace. Distant. This species has been well figured by Snellen in Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, pl. 1, figs. 6, 7 male [nec female] type (1892), see his Index to the Plates, p. 85. According to Capt. E. Y. Watson (Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p- 509 (1894), T. hecabe may be known by never having ‘‘ More than two streaks or spots in the discoidal cell on the underside of the forewing in addition to the reniform spot on the disco-cellular nervules.” He has identified for me from Sumatra both the rainy-season form (true T. hecabe and T. hecabeoides, Ménétriés), which has “No apical brown patch on the underside of the forewing,” and the dry-season form (T. excavata, Moore), which has at the ‘“ Apex of the forewing on the underside a more or less strongly pronounced brown patch.” Seasonal forms in Sumatra, are, I believe, quite unknown, so perhaps, as in the case of Melanitis ismene, Cramer, the two forms, dry and wet, which are seasonal in India, occur together and without any reference to the dryness or humidity of the atmosphere in Sumatra. T. hecabe is numerically by far the commonest species of the genus in Sumatra, and Capt. Watson has kindly identified six different varieties of it for me, some of which he names T. hecabeoides, Ménétriés, T. excavata, Moore, T. swinhoet, Butler, T. patruelis, Moore, and JT. merguiana, Moore. It would, 1 think, serve no useful purpose in our at present very superficial and inadequate knowledge of the genus as represented in the Malay Archi- pelago to define precisely all these varietal forms, some of which may perhaps be distinct species. It remains for a local observer to breed 498 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, them carefully in large numbers from eggs laid in captivity, so as to ascertain if these varieties are seasonal forms, true species, or individual variations only. Dr. Wallace notes that “The varieties of this species are infinite over its extensive range, aud cannot be profitably separated.” 544. TERIAS SILHETANA, Wallace. This species has been figured by Snellen in Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, pl. ii, figs. 12, 13, male (1892) as T. hecabe, Linnzeuss var. three. It seems to be rare in Sumatra, we possess but very few specimens. It may be known by having three dark streaks or spots (T. hecabe, Linnzeus, has never more than two) in the discoidal cell of the forewing on the underside in addition to the reniform spot on the disco-cellular nervules. All our specimens are of the rainy-season form, which has the apex of the forewing on the underside unmarked with brown. 545. Terras TEcmessa, de Nicéville, n. sp. Terias sari, Horsfield, var. a, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 305, n. 3, pl. xxvi, fig. 3, male (1885). Hasirat: Penang, Malay Peninsula; N.-E. Sumatra. Expanse: 6, 2°] inches. Description: Mate. Of large size and rich dark yellow color- ation on both surfaces. Upperstpe, forewing exactly as in Sumatran specimens of J’. sari, Horsfield. Hindwing with the black margin broad, but a little variable in breadth, its inner edge festooned between the veins, dying away to nothing at the anal angle, the black border of about the same width as in TJ. sari. UNpersipE, forewing with a W-shaped brown marking near the base of the discoidal cell, a promi- nent zigzaged one across its middle, and a prominent double linear one at its outer end; a large brown apical patch as in T. sari, but always bearing outwardly some suffused spots of the yellow ground-colour. Hindwing marked as in TJ. sari, but the brown markings rather more prominent. Czlia of both wings black throughout. The large apical brown patch on the underside of the forewing will at once separate it from all the named forms of T. hecabe, Linneus, known to me, but the patch is precisely similar to that found in India in one of the dry-season forms of 1’. silhetana, Wallace, that species, however, having four instead of three disco-cellular markings; while the presence of two markings in the discoidal cell besides the disco- cellular one will distinguish it from T. sari. Described from six males from N.-E. Sumatra and one from Penang. The female is unknown. 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 499 546. *TERIAS EUMIDE, Felder. Grose Smith. Originally described from Celebes. Wailace gives North Celebes and the Sula Islands as its habitat, with a “var.’’ from Batchian. We have seen nothing like it from Sumatra. 547. *TERIAS LATILIMBATA, Butler. T. latilimbata, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol, xvii, p. 221, pl. v, fig. 5 (1886). Both sexes originally described from Sumatra. 548. *Turras BIpeNs, Butler. _ . bidens, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xvii, p. 222, pl. v, fig. 7, female (1886). Originally described from Sumatra from a female. 549. *Terrras semirvsca, Butler. T. semifusca, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xvii, p. 222, pl. v, fig. 8, female (1886). ; Originally described from Sumatra from a female. We are unable to recognise any of these species of Mr. Butler’s. All Terias are weak on the wing, fly slowly, and never leave the ground for a high flight. They are all, with the except? 4 of T. harina, Horsfield, found in open places, in gardens, on roads, and near houses, the males frequently assembling in large numbers on wet spots on roads and by the sides of rivers and streams. TJ’. hecabe, Linnzeus, sometimes appears in swarms, and its larva may then prove very des- tructive to Cassia plantations. Cassia florida, Linneus, is its favourite food-plant, on which the eggs are sometimes deposited singly as are the eggs of the Catopsilias, but sometimes on a single leaf a large number are placed in a rhomboid shape. In the latter case the green pilose larva with a yellowish-white lateral streak and a black head (all the larve of Catopsilias have a head concolorous with the body) live in societies, and the pupa are also suspended sociably, a fact not previously we believe observed in Lepidoptera. If the pupa hang from leaves they are green, if near the flowers of the Cassia they are yellow, and if the caterpillars leave the food-plant and pupate on certain high Graminex they are blackish-brown like the seed of the grass. As the pupe are arranged at regular distances apart, the deception is a very good one and must greatly protect them, as men, animals and birds at a superficial glance would take these pup to be only withered flowers of the Cassia or ripe seeds of the grass. After six days in the J. 11 63 500 I. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 8, pupa state the imago emerges. Though so weak and slow in flight, they are very clever in avoiding being caught by the net. 550. Dercas Gosrias, Hewitson. Grose Smith. Wallace. Staudinger. Kirby. Distant. Hagen. Ts rather rare, and occurs from Bekantschan to the Central Plateau. Collectors never bring in more than two or three specimens at one time. We have specimens caught from February to August only. 551. Ixras LupeKkinei, Vollenhoven. Hagen. Wallace. Kirby. Originally described from a male from the mountainous country in the interior of Sumatra. It is very rare, Dr. Martin has only two males taken in January of the last year of his residence in Sumatra, one caught in the Battak mountains at a high elevation, the other taken near Bohorok near the western boundary of our area, where also Dr. Dohrn’s collector obtained several males. 552. Ixras FLavipennis, Grose Smith, I. flavipennis, Grose Smith, Nat. Wand. in the East. Arch., p. 275 (1885); id., Grose Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Ex., p. 2, n.3, pl. Ivias i, figs. 6, 7, male [nec female] (1888) ; id., Weymer, Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. liii, p. 121 (1892). Thestias flavipennis, Snellen, Tijd. voor. Ent., vol. xxxiv, p. 335, pl. xvi, figs. ], 2, male; 8, 4, female (1892). Iwias pyritis, Weymer, Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. xlviii, p. 13, n. 11, pl. i, fig. 4, male (1887). Hagen. Snellen. Originally described from Sumatra where it alone occurs and only at high elevations, from Soengei Batoe to the Central Plateau, and the males are very common on the sandy banks of little streams; the females, very rare and taken in the forest only, come to hand in the proportion of one to a hundred males. They probably escape capture by the collectors owing to their white colour, being mistaken for the common species of Catophaga and Hiposcritia. Occurs throughout the year, Dr. Martin has specimens taken in every month. Both Drs. Martin and Hagen have obtained it from the Gayoe- and Alas-lands, where the butterfly possibly occurs at a lower elevation than in the Battak mountains. 553. CAToPHAGA NERO, Fabricius. Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Wallace. Staudinger. Semper. A very variable species in both sexes. Males from Sumatra have the ground-colour on the upperside of both wings “ golden-yellow ” (Appias / 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 501 figulina, Butler), rich orange, or deep crimson, with an equally inconstant development of the black markings along the veins, and of the discal fascia. The females also shew somewhat similar variations. Males are not rare in large forest, and frequent wet spots on roads. Females are very rare, Dr. Martin has only four specimens. It is found throughout the year and over the whole of our area except at the higher elevations ; even occurs near the sea, Dr. Martin having taken it at the Saentis Hstate. It flies very rapidly if pursued. The A. nebo, Grose Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Ex., pl. Appias i, figs. 1, 2, male (1894) described from Upper Burma, and of which I possess both sexes from the same locality taken in April, is I believe only a spring dry-season form of C. nero. Other synonyms of this species appear to be Tachyris galha, Wallace, described from N. India; Pieris domitia, Felder, described from Luzon; Pieris zamboanga, Felder, described from Mindanao; Pieris asterope, Felder, described from Luzon; Appias mindanensis, Butler, from Mindanao; and perhaps the Tachyris nero, var. palawanica, Staudinger, described from Palawan, is hardly separable. 554. CaTopHAGA HIPPO, Cramer. Grose Smith as enaretfe and lyncida. Hagen as lyncida and hippo. Wallace. Staudinger as lyncida, var. hippo. Distant as enarete, var. C. lyncida was described and figured by Cramer from a male speci- men, the habitat given being “Surinam,” which, as in nearly all similar cases, was probably a lapsus calami for Sumatra. C. hippo, Cramer, was figured and described from a female specimen, the habitat given is “ The west coast of Sumatra.” These two names may perhaps represent opposite sexes of one and the same species; but as Wallace says that “ Tachyris” hippo “ Is distinguished from its allies [‘‘ Papilio” lyncida, &c.| by the clear ochre-yellow colour of the under surface of the lower wings in both sexes,’’ I have used C. hippo for the species, though C. lyncida is the older. The latter name applies to the Javan form, which has the ground-colour of the underside of the hindwing entirely white. The C. enarete of Boisduval was described from the “ Moluccas,” probably in error, and is recorded by Dr. Wallace from Borneo, and may perhaps be kept distinct from C. hippo, as it has the outer black margin to the hindwing on the underside in the male broader than in that species. C. hippo in Sumatra is a con- stant species, and does not exhibit the great seasonal dimorphism which is found in the Indian forms. It is much commoner than C. nero, Fabri- cius, and the females are not very rare. It is found throughout the year, but only in or near the forest. The males often assemble twenty or thirty together on a small puddle on the road, the female is found in 502 LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, the forest hunting for flowers for herself, or for the food-plant of her larva. Dr. Martin has often seen them on the same flower that is frequented by the female of Udaiana cynis, Hewitson. He has bred the butterfly from the larva found feeding ona small shrub called by the Battaks “ Daoen Tangla,” which grows on the banks of rivers. The larva superficially does not greatly differ from the larve of the Catopsilias, but in shape is more slender. The pupa, however, is quite different, with a stellar indented thorax. The imago emerges in seven days. Only bred females have the beautiful olive-green colouring ; almost as soon as they fly, this colour is bleached out. C. hippo occurs all over our area, and is one of our most common butterflies, 555. CaTopHAGA Lets, Hibner. Hagen as amasene and leis, Distant. Wallace as alope. Grose Smith as alope. I follow Mr. Distant in his identification of this species, not having Hiibner’s Zutraege Ex. Schmett. to consult; also in considering C. alope, Wallace, from India, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo, to be asynonym. O. amasene, Cramer, described from China, is super- ficially like the male of O. leis, and probably Dr. Hagen identified this species under that name. Semper identifies C. leis as “ Appias’’ agave, Felder, from the Philippines. In Sumatra (C. leis is restricted to the plains, and is only found in forest throughout the year. The female is very rare; the male comes to damp spots on forest reads as does Catopsilia crocale, Cramer, aud many other Pierine. Common near Paya Bakong, the small forest reserve mentioned in the Introduction (page 359). Distant has well figured the male and two forms of the female from the Malay Peninsula. 556. CaTOPHAGA PAULINA, Cramer. Grose Smith as albina and paulina. Hagen as paulina and albina. Semper identifies this species from the Philippiues as “ Appias” albina, Boisduval. The male of C. paulina from Sumatra exhibits the same variations as it does in India, some specimens on the upperside of the forewing having a marginal black thread only, others have the apex widely, the outer margin decreasingly to the outer angle, powdered with black scales, while there is found every gradation between these two extremes. There are three distinct forms of female, the first and second are white on the upperside of both wings, the third is dark primrose-yellow-coloured ; on the underside of both wings the first is of ‘A glossy tint of pearly-white” as Wallace well expresses it, the second has the apex of the forewing and the entire hindwing rich ochreous, the third has these areas of a different shade, ochreous * 1895.] lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 503 diluted with pearly-white, the discal area of the forewing primrose- yellow, with a broad dark gamboge-yellow area occupying the basal two-thirds of the discoidal cell. Dr. Martin thinks that C. leis, Hibner, and C. paulina may be one and the same species, I keep them distinet as I canfrom my Sumatran specimens separate them easily into two species in both sexes. The male of C. leis has on the upperside of the forewing an inner apical broad black band (vide Distant’s figure) which is quite wanting in C. pawlina; the female of C. leis has the base of the forewing on the upperside more broadly black especially at the inner margin than in C. paulina, the base of the hindwing also black, in C. paulina it is white, on the underside of the hindwing in (. leis there is a submarginal series of suffused dark spots and the margin itself is also blackish, while in C. paulina the hindwing is concolorous throughout. In spite however of these apparently good differences it is quite possible that specimens intergrading between the two species may exist in Sumatra as they certainly doin India. Itis an insect of the alluvial plain aud occurs in the forests, the males on roads with C. leis, Hiibner, the females rarer and within the forest. It flies throughout the year, and is common at Paya Bakong and near Selesseh, not found higher than Bekantschan. 557. HIPOSCRITIA PANDIONE, Hiibner. Hagen. Staudinger. Grose Smith as lelage [sic]. The H. lalage of Doubleday, from the Himalayas, Assam, and Burma, is quite distinct from the present species. Males of H. pandione are very common at high elevations from Soengei Batoe to the Central Plateau. The Battak collectors often brought in hundreds of males, but never a female. Occurs throughout the year, as we have specimens caught in every month. Of late the Battaks received orders not to catch any more specimens. 058. HIposcRITIA LEPTIS, Felder. Staudinger. Distant as leptis, var. plana. Hagen as leptis, var. plana. The Appias plana of Butler was described from Malacca and Borneo, and cannot be retained as distinct from the present somewhat variable species. H. leptis is rather rarer than H. pandione, Hiibner, and occurs throughout the year occasionally near Selesseh but commonly at Bekantschan. ‘The female is very rare, Dr. Martin possesses three only, which present quite distinct indications of an obscure submarginal fascia on the underside of the hindwing, which, however, is absent in three females from Sumatra and one from Java in my collection. 504 lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, 559. HrposcRITIA CARDENA, Hewitson. Grose Smith. Snellen. Wallace. Distant. Hagen. Quite as common as H. pandione, Hibner, and occurs in the same localities throughout the year. No female obtained. 560. SALETARA NATHALIA, Felder. Grose Smith. Snellen as panda. Hagen. Wallace. Distant as nathalia and panda. Mr. Distant records both S. panda, Godart, and S. nathalia from the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra, Dr. Wallace con- siders that S. panda is confined to Java, while S. nathalia also oceurs in Java, and in the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, the Philippine Isles, and Celebes. §. panda in the male is known by the pale primrose- yellow colour of the upperside, while 8. nathalia is “creamy white with a faint greenish tinge.” I greatly doubt if this character is sufficiently constant to separate the two species, I have one specimen from Sumatra which is quite intermediate between them. Mr. Distant considers that S. nathalia having five [three according to my way of computing them] subcostal nervules to the forewing in the male, while §. panda has only four [two], while the females of both species has four [two], is a character by which the two species may be separated, though he admits that he has a specimen of §. nathalia in which one wing has the neuration of §. nathalia, while the other has that of S. panda. In my series of thirty males of this genus, I have one from the Philip- pines and one from Singapore with two subcostal nervules only, one from Singapore, one from Great Nicobar, and one from Little Nicobar with two subcostal nervales on one side only and three on the other, while all the rest have three subcostal nervules on both sides. The females seem to be more constant, having two subcostal nervules only in all the specimens I have been able to examine. Neuration certainly will not suffice to keep these two species distinct. I use Felder’s name for the species as most of the writers on Sumatran butterflies have done so, and as the majority of male specimens from thence agree with the description of that species rather than with that of S. panda, the older name. It has been beautifully figured by Heer P.C. T. Snellen as Pieris panda, Godart, in Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, pl. ii, figs. 9, 10, male; 6, 7, female (1892). It is found only in the forest at low ele- vations, not higher than Namoe Oekor as far as we have noticed, but Dr. Hagen mentions its occurrence on the Central Plateau. Not at all common, and flies from March to July. The Saletara schoenbergi of Semper, described from Nias and South-East Borneo, also from Great and Little Nicobar in my collection, has been described and figured by 4 1895.] . de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 505 Snellen in Tijd. voor Ent., vol, xxxviii, p. 24, pl.i, fig. 3, male (1895), as Pierts panda, Godart, var. 561. HeEBOMOIA BORNEENSIS, Wallace. Grose Smith as glaucippe. Snellen as glaucippe. Hagen as glau- cippe, var. sumatrana, Hagen; and glaucippe, var. sumatrensis, Hagen. Wallace as glaucippe. Distant as glaucippe. As will be seen above, all authors have recorded this species as H. glaucippe, Linneeus, except Dr. Hagen, who in his first Sumatran paper calls it H. glaucippe, var. sumatrana, and in his second paper H. glaucippe, var. swumatrensis, for the reason that other loca] races have been named H. celebensis, Wallace, H. borneénsis, Wallace, H. philippensis, Wallace, and H. javanensis, Wallace [nec javaensis, Hagen]. But Dr. Hagen’s names cannot stand, as the Sumatran race is identical with the Bornean one which has already been named, and has the orange apical area on the upperside of the forewing in the male reduced to a patch half as large as that found in true H. glaucippe from North India, Burma, and the Malay Peninsula. The South Indian and Ceylonese form strangely enough agrees with the Javan, and should therefore be known as H. garanensis, Wallace. H. borneénsis is rare in our area. Dr. Martin has only once at Namoe Oekor captured a specimen himself, and Dr. Hagen records only two specimens from Sumatra. These three specimens were observed by their captors to settle quite suddenly on a low shrub with folded wings, having descended from a high and rapid flight. From Selesseh, Bohorok, and the outer ranges of the Battak mountains a few specimens have been ob- tained, including two females only; but on the western boundary of our area it must be very common, as the Gayoe collectors brought in hundreds of males. It flies from March to August, but is most abun- dant in May, 562. NEPHERONIA VALERIA, Cramer. Wallace. Staudinger. Hagen. Semper as lutescens. WN. valeiia was originally described from a male from Java. WN. lutescens, Butler, was originally described from a male from Borneo. Wallace, while re- taining the Bornean form under N. 3 valeria, says that the male has the forewing rather more elongated than in the typical Javan form, with a slightly concave outer margin. I have a large series of both sexes of N. valeria from the Malay Peninsula (called N. lutescens by Distant), Sumatra, Nias, Java, and Borneo. JI find both sexes in all localities slightly variable, and I do not think it is possible to create (in the sense of separating them off into local races with distinctive names) local races for them. WN. valeria is a very quick flying and restless insect, 506 LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, is not very rare at Selesseh and in the outer hills as far as Bekantschan, and is found from March to September, but not in any other month. The female is decidedly rare, and always has the basal markings on the upperside of both wings gamboge-yellow. Jt is a beautiful mimic of Danais aspasia, Fabricius. 563, HupHina napDINA, Lucas. Snellen. Hagen as remba. The Huphina remba of Moore is a quite distinct species, and is confined to South India and Ceylon. H. nadina is very common at high elevations, at Soengei Batoe and on the Central Plateau, on the sandy banks of hill streams throughout the year. The female is very rare, and Dr. Martin has only obtained two specimens in thirteen years. . 564. HupHIna NERISSA, Fabricius. Hagen as Pieris nerissa, Fabricius, var. swmatrana, Hagen, H. ne- rissa appears to be the oldest name for the species of this group, and was originally described from China, Butler records it from Hong-Kong, the Indian forms of which, generally known as H. phryne, Fabricius, appear to be highly variable and subject to seasonal dimorphism in all localities where the climate exhibits two well-marked seasons, a wet and adry. Even specimens from a limited area and an equable climate like the Battak mountains in Sumatra shew considerable variation in the coloration of the underside of both wings, some examples being much richer yellow than others, and the black lining to all the veins greatly differing in width. It is much rarer than the foregoing species, but is found in the same localities from April to September, most numerous in May and July. Dr. Martin possesses no female. 565. Hournina Lea, Doubleday. Grose Smith as var. naomi. Snellen. Hagen as lea and amalia. Wallace as amalia. Kirby as amalia. Distant as amalia. The «“ Pieris’? naomi, Wallace, was described from Lombock and Flores, and is not at all likely to occur in Sumatra. ‘ Pieris” amalia, Vollenhoven, was originally described from Sumatra and Banca, a female from the latter island being figured. Vollenhoven gives for “ Pieris” lea the islands of Borneo and Banca, so that both species according to him occur in the latter island. Wallace keeps the two species distinct, and gives Borneo and Banca for H. lea, Singapore and Sumatra for H. amalia. I have a large suite of specimens of H. lea from Burma, the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra and Borneo, and am unable to find any constant character by which H. amalia can be distinguished from it. 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 507 Males of H. lea are common in the forests of both the plains and mountains, and we have specimens taken at Selesseh and Bekantschan from February to October, but none from the remaining months. The female is decidedly rare. 566. *HupuHINA JupiTH, Fabricius. Hagen. H. judith is confined, as far as I am aware, to Java, where it replaces H. lea, Doubleday, of Borneo, Banca, Sumatra, the Malay Peninsula, and Burma. The occurrence of H, judith in Sumatra, is, I think, more than doubtful, Subfamily PApILIoNINe. — 567. Tropes (Trogonoptera) BrooKiana, Wallace. Grose Smith as brookeana [sic]. Snellen as brookeana [sic]. Hagen as brookeana [sic]. Wallace as brookeana [sic]. Rothschild as brookianus [sic]. Distant as brookeana [sic]. Staudinger. Kirby. Occurs throughout the year in the plains and outer hills, not much higher than Bekantschan, at Selesseh, and even near Bindjei, in Padang Bedagei and Asahan down the coast; abundant at Quala Loemoerak near Bohorok, where the males are fond of frequenting a hot sulphur spring. The female is very rare, Dr. Martin obtained only three. 568. Tromes (Pompeoptera) HONRATHIANA, Martin. Ornithoptera honrathiana, Martin, Berl. Ent. Zeitsoh., vol. xxxvii, p. 492 (1892); idem, id., Nat. Tijd. voor Neder.-Indié, vol. liii, p. 332, n. 1 (1893). Martin. Hagen. Rothschild as J. vandepolli honrathianus. This is a local race of “ Papilio” van de polli, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxxili, p. 22 (1890), from Java, differing therefrom in the abdomen in both sexes being very hairy and entirely black instead of more or less yellow beneath. It is found only on the Central Plateau, and never below 3-4,000 feet, and is not so rare as 7. cunifer, Oberthiir. The egg is salmon-coloured. ‘The types were taken in December, but it probably flies all the year round. 569. Tropes (Pompeoptera) HELENA, Linneeus. Cramer as minos. Snellen. Grose Smith as minos. Kirby as minos. Hagen as hephestus. Wallace as pompeus. T’. pompeus, Cramer, by which name this species is generally known, was originally described from a female from Bataviain Java. 1’. minos, Cramer, was originally des- cribed from a female said to have come from the West Coast of Sumatra, but is really confined to 8S. India. 1’. helena is common throughout the J. mu 64 508 LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, year in the plains of Sumatra, but does not occur probably much higher than Namoe Oekor. It flies quite close to the sea, as Dr. Hagen took it plentifully in his garden near Laboean. There are two forms of female ; I, with somewhat light, whitish forewing and very black hindwing, which is the rarer ; II, with entirely black forewing, but with only small black spots on the hindwing, which is the commoner. Every gradation between these two extreme forms exists in Sumatra as elsewhere. Rothschild records the typical form from 8.-E. Sumatra; also (6%), ab. pluto, Felder, from §.-W. Sumatra; and (d), 7’. helena cerberus, Felder, from Sumatra. 570. Troipes (Pompeoptera) ampurysus, Cramer. Grose Smith. Hagen as amphrysus, var. rubricollis [sic]; and amphrysus, var. ruficollis. This species was originally described from a male from Batavia in Java. T. ruficollis, Butler, was described from Malacca in the Malay Peninsula. I can find no constant character by which to separate these two species, and Mr. Butler in his original de; - cription of the latter does not say how they are supposed to differ. Heer P. C. T. Snellen says also that the two species are identical. It occurs in Sumatra throughout the year in the plains and on the outer ranges of the hills, but not higher than Bekantschan, and is commoner than 1’. helena, Linneus. Dr. Martin has twice bred it, the larva feeding on a creeper with large trilobate leaves. The egg is spherical and yellow, and in three or four days the caterpillars emerge. When full grown the larva is of a coffee-brown colour, and has on each segment four, five, or seven fleshy processes, those on the first four segments (omitting the head) are apically thickened and rounded and are bent backwards, on the other segments they are directed forwards. The larve devour not only the leaves, but also the bark and soft shoots of their food- plant if there are no more leaves to eat, and make a very audible noise while eating, just as the larve of large Suturnias do. They are very delicate, and especially so when they have fixed themselves for their transformation to the pupa state, when on no account should they be touched. The pupa is yellow, is dorsally notched, and is suspended by a black median silken girth. If the pupa is touched, disturbed in any way, or even blown upon, it makes quite a loud noise by moving the abdominal segments one over the other, which noise is so loud that it is probably sufficient to scare away some of its enemies. After from 26 to 29 days the imago emerges, which is the longest pupal rest known to us for purely tropical butterflies—at least as regards all such species as we have bred. Even the large Papilios such as P. memnon, Linneus, do not remain more than 15 or 16 days in the pupal stage. Rothschild ~ Hy is, oy. tins 2 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 509 records (c) I. amphrysus flavicollis, Druce, (b*), ab. ruficollis, Butler, from Sumatra. o7L. Tromes (Pompeopiera) CcUNEIFERA, Oberthiir. Ornithoptera amphrisius, Fabricius, ab. cuneifera, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent., vol. iv, p. 110, n. 9 (1879). Papilio (Ornithoptera) ritsemz, Snellen, Notes from the Leyden Museum, vol. xi, p. 153 (1889). Ornithoptera ritsemz, var. sumatrana, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 19, n. 5 (1894). Hagen as ritseme, var. sumatrana. Found from January to July only at high elevations to the south of Bekantschan and at Soengei Batoe. It is rare, as Dr. Martin in thirteen years ebtained only three males and two worn females. He notes ‘That the Sumatran race of T. ritsemx, originally described from Java, differs from Javan specimens in not having the two cuneiform velvety dark brown spots on the upperside of the abdomen; the forewing is coloured and marked exactly like Javan examples; the hindwing has the submarginal row of dusky powdered spots so very conspicuous and complete in Javan specimens very slightly indicated, faint, and reduced to one or two only, in Sumatran examples.” Rothschild does not allow this species specific rank, but gives it in his exhaustive paper in ‘“ Novitates Zoologice,” vol. ii, p. 232 (1895), entitled “A Revision of the Pupilios of the Eastern Hemisphere, exclusive of Africa,” under Troides amphrysus, Cramer, as (d), T. amphrysus sumatranus, Hagen. Unfortunately this paper only reached me when the whole of the present article was in print, so that on this occasion I am not able to give it full justice. All Troidesare true inhabitants of the forest, but the yellow species (Pompeoptera) in both sexes are very fond of flowers, Hibiscus, Ixora, and Poinciana pulcherrima, and so approach houses and are seen in the gardens, but they never settle on roads. J, brookiana (Trogonoptera) on the contrary never settles on flowers, but only on damp spots on roads and also near houses on manure heaps and kitchen middens. All of them were very appropriately named generically Ornithoptera by Boisduval, as on the wing they really look very much like birds, especially T. brookiana, which when sailing high over a road or in the forest has a most striking resemblance to the small and common Swift of the tropics. Usually they fly slowly, bnt if pursued their flight becomes extremely rapid, so that they are soon borne out of reach and sight. They never entirely settle on flowers, but seize them with their forelegs, they float above the flower by gently moving the wings for a few seconds, when they seek another. They are strong fliers, as the females in especial have to make long journeys to find the rare food- plant, when so flying they keep high up in the air, doubtless to 510 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra: [No. 3, overlook a large stretch of jungle. All Troides are early risers, and are already out at 7 o’clock in the morning; in the hottest hours of the day they are rarely seen, but appear again late in the evening at 5 or 6 o’clock, when with the exception of some Satyrinse, Amathusiins and -Hespertide all other butterflies have gone to rest long ago. Mr. Walter Rothschild refers to the are Peninsula local race as T'. brookianus albescens. 572. Paprtio (Menelaides) antirHus, Fabricius. P. antiphus, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 20, n. 12, pl. i, fig. 1, larva (1894). Grose Smith. Snellen as anthipus [sic]. Hagen. Staudinger. In Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., first series, vol. xxv, p. 20 (1865), Dr. Wallace records P. diphilus, Esper, = P. aristolochiz, Fabricius, from Sumatra, ut this probably in error, as on page 43, n. 26 (1. c.) he omits Sumatra from the habitat of the species. It is not a little remarkable I think that P. diphilus should occur commonly in the Malay Peninsula and Java, between which Sumatra lies, but not in Sumatra itself, it being replaced by the present species. In Java both P. diphilus and P. antiphus are found. In Sumatra P. antiphus flies in the plains throughout the year and quite near the sea,is common at Laboean and ‘Terdjoen, but certainly not much higher than Namoe Oekor. It is seen on roads, in gardens and orchards, near rivers, is plentiful on the above-mentioned Veronica-like blue flower, but not in large forest. It flies slowly and sails near the ground, and is the most common Papilio of Sumatra next to P. polytes, Linneus. The larva is velvety black, with numerous black red-tipped fleshy tubercles or processes, the sixth segment is milky- white much as in P. erebus, Wallace. It feeds according to Dr. Hagen on the same Piperacea as P, erebus, Wallace, but Dr. Martin has also bred it on the common Aristolochia indica, Linneus, and notes that the full-fed caterpillar feeding on the latter plant is reddish-brown through- out without the milky-white saddle-mark on the sixth segment. The pupa is brown, with blunt notches and protuberances. This larva, like that of Troides amphrysus, Cramer, eats not only the leaves but also the stalks of the food-plant. Rothschild does not consider P. antiphus to be a species distinct from P. aristolochiz, but records it from Sumatra as (g), P. aristolochiz antiphus, Fabricius. 573. *Papitio (Menelaides) coon, Fabricius. Grose Smith. Wallace. Distant. There are typical specimens of. P. céon in Dr. Staudinger’s collection from Padang in Western Sumatra, though the locality is somewhat doubtful, as the specimens may have been obtained from old collections with wrong labels given by dealers. It occurs also in Java and Borneo. aes 1895.] LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—- Butterflies of Sumatra. 51Y. 574. Papitio (Menelaides) pEviANus, Fruhstorfer. P. doubledayi, Wallace, var. delranus, Fruhstorfer, Ent. Nach., vol. xxi, p. 196 (1895). Hagen as doubleday:. Originally described from Deli in Sumatra. Wallace gives P. cdéon, Fabricius, from Sumatra, Java, and Borneo, and says that P. doubledayi, Wallace, the Indian form, differs from it in having the markings red instead of yellow. Vhe Sumatran form in both sexes has the markings at the anal angle of the hindwing dis- tinctly red, while P. céon from Java has them equally distinctly yellow. The abdomen of our Sumatran examples is, however, more yellow than red. We have thus true P. cod occurring in Sumatra, and also an interme- diate form between that species and the continental P. doubledayi, shew- ing the exact region where the one species is gradually becoming trans- formed into the other. LP. delianus is rare in the forests of the plains and outer hills, is found at Selesseh, Namoe Oekor, and as high only as Bekantschan. It chiefly frequents the flowers of high trees and so is seldom caught. It has a fluttering but quick flight. Dr. Martin hag specimens from so far south as Asahan. Rothschild does not allow P. delianus full specific rank, but records it is P. céon, Fabricius, (4), P. doubledayi delianus, F ruhstorfer. 575. Papitio (Menelaides) Neptunus, Guérin. Hagen as neptunus, var. sumatrana, Hagen. The Malayan Penin- sula form of P. neptwnus as figured by Distant has four crimson spots on both sides of the hindwing in the male, while the Sumatran form has only two; the female has three spots on both sides in the Malayan Peninsula form, while the Sumatran has two on the upperside and three on the underside. In all other respects the species from these two localities agree as far as I can see. JI have not seen specimens from Borneo, from whence P. neptunus is recorded by Wallace. It is certain- ly one of the remarkable butterflies of the world; the anal half of the abdomen in both sexes being of a bright chrome-yellow colour is in unique and startling contrast to the rest of the black abdomen and the black wings with the crimson spots on the hindwing. No doubt this staring yellow-tipped abdomen serves as a very efficient danger-signal or warning-colour to the enemies of butterflies to leave this particular species severely alone, the butterfly being obviously a protected one and with a very.strong scent. It is quite as rare as P. delianus, Fruhstorfer, and is found in the same localities. Its flight is very slow and sailing, always high in the air and out of reach of the net. It is almost impossible to obtain perfect specimens. Rothschild records this species from Sumatra as P. neptunus, Guérin, (a*), ab. swmatranus, 512 I. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, Hagen, and notes that ‘ This aberration is not confined to Sumatra, but seems to be there the usual form.” 576. *Papiuio (Pangerana) pRiaPus, Boisduval. Grose Smith. Wallace. Kirby. As far as I am aware, this species is confined to Java and Borneo (Rothschild, however, says that it ‘“‘ Does certainly not occur in Borneo’’), but it is possible that it may be found in the extreme south-east of Sumatra adjoining Java. Dr. Wallace places it in the memnon group, but as the males differ greatly in shape from all the species of that group, and moreover have the abdominal mar- gin of the hindwing folded over anteriorly twice as in the species of the now group, P. priapus appears to me to be better placed in the subgenus Pangerana, Moore, of which Papilio varuna, White, is the type, and which will probably embrace P. nox, Swainson, and its allies. All the species of this group, as well as all Troides, have as imagines a very strong scent, and are certainly highly protected. 577. Papiio (Pangerana) sycorax, Grose Smith. P. (Pangerana) sycoraz, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 54, n. 15, pl. M, fig. 1, male (1893). Grose Smith. Distant. Hagen. Originally described from Sumatra, but found also in the Malay Peninsula. In Sumatra it flies from Bindjei to south of Bekantschan, but not on the Central Plateau. We have numerous specimens from Selesseh, and Wr. Martin took it himself at Quala Minchirim near Bindjei, and at Roemah Kenang- kong near Toentoengan, throughout the year. Dr. Hagen has quite recently caught it in Kedjang in Southern Sumatra. It has a bold and high flight like a V’roides, and is not easily captured, but in the forest near Selesseh there was a tree of Jambosa aquxa, Rumph., in flower, on which in July, 1893, the collectors obtained considerable numbers of both sexes by using a long bamboo-handled net. P. erebus, Wallace, P. sycorax, and P. hageni, Rogenhofer, are all apparently commoner in the female than in the male sex, which is the reverse of nearly all other species of Papilio. Herr Puttfarcken has observed a female of P. sycorax depositing eggs on a lime tree (Citrus sp.) at Bandar Quala in Serdang. 578. Papinio (Pangerana) HAGENI, Rogenhofer. P. (Pangerana) hageni, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 55, n. 16, pl. M, fig. 2, female (1893); idem, id., Journ. A. S. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 45, n. 39, pl. iv, fig. 6, male (1894). Rogenhofer, Hagen. Originally described from Sumatra, where 1895.] lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 513 it flies throughout the year on the Central Plateaus of Tobah and Karo only rarely, the male even rarer than the female. Dr. Hagen has seen it on the wing, and describes the flight as “ memnon-like;” it fre- quents the flowers of Pavetta. This butterfly as well as P. sycoraz, Grose Smith, by reason of their curious white wigs proved very attrac- tive to the Malay collectors, so they awarded them the name “ Kapala Putih,” which means “ White Head.” It may however have been due to the fact that they received an extra douceur for every Kapala Putih they caught that they took such interest in these two particular species. 579. Papitio (Pangerana) EREBUS, Wallace. P. erebus, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 26, n. 25, pl. i, fig. 2, larva (1894). Hagen as noctis and erebus. The P. noctis of Hewitson appears to be a distinct species confined to Borneo. P. erebus occurs in Sumatra throughout the year, as we have specimens caught in every month. It is absolutely restricted to the forest, and even there does not go to roads or rivers, but flies slowly through the thickest undergrowth, where it avoids the net very cleverly by its highly irregular and erratic flight, and by dodging amongst the bushes, consequently really perfect specimens are hardly ever obtained. The males are much rarer than the females, but may sometimes be caught on the borders of the forest on the sweet smelling Veronica-like blue flower of a small tree, The larva has been figured by Dr. Hagen, is brown with black markings, the sixth and seventh segments with a white saddle-like band, and the whole body is furnished with long fleshy tentacles very similar to those in Troides. It feeds on a Piperucea called ‘‘Dahoen Peandang” by the Malays, Dr. Martin saw three larve in Dr. Dohrn’s possession in February, 1895. The pupa, according to Dr. Hagen, is exactly like that of the Javan P. nox, Swainson. 580. Papitio (Araminta) peMoLion, Cramer. Grose Smith as demoleon [sic]. Snellen as demolion, Linneus [sic]. Hagen. Wallace. Staudinger. Distant. Flies from March to July in the forests of the outer hills, from Selesseh to south of Bekantschan ; is rather rare in our area; the males have a very quick and restless flight and frequent flowers, on which they do not settle, but abstract the honey while hovering. The larva feeds on Citrus, and is very similar to that of P. polytes, Linneus, but is of a darker green colour. In Java it is very plentiful near Semarang. 514 WL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 8, 581. Parinio (Charus) HeLENvus, Linneeus. Z Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Wallace. Butler. Distant. Dr. Wallace separates off the Sumatran and Javan form of P. helenus from the North Indian form as a “Local form b,” differing in being “Smaller; the third and fourth lunules from the anal angle beneath very small or quite absent.” Next to P. polytes, Linneus, and P. antiphus, Fabricius, this is our most common Papilio, a true inhabi- tant of the forest, found over the whole of our area, even on the Cen- tral Plateau, but most plentiful on the outer hills. The male has a quick and powerful flight, and frequents flowers and wet spots on forest roads. The female is rarer, and must be looked for in the forest when depositing her eggs. The larvais most common in February on different species of Citrus, it is superficially very similar to that of P. memnon, Linneus, but is somewhat smaller and has brownish-red lateral streaks. The pupa is smaller and much more slender, but is coloured like that of P. memnon. The imago emerges in from 14 +0 15 days. Rothschild records this species from Sumatra as (e), P. helenus palawanicus, Staudinger. 582. Papiuio (Charus) iswara, White. Hagen. Very rare in our area, more common on the western boundary, as most of the specimens received have been from the Gayoe-lands. Occasionally taken at Selesseh and Besitan. Found in the plains and outer hills. During a short collecting trip in Indra- giri in the middle of Sumatra, Dr. Fried] Martin found this species very plentifully in February, 1895, but not a single specimen of P. helenus, Linnzeus, was observed. 583. Paprcio (Charus) NEPHELUS, Boisduval. Grose Smith. Hagen as albolineatus, Fabricius [sic]; nephelus; and nephelus, var. saturnus. Wallace. Staudinger. Distant as nephelus, var. saturnus. Forbes as saturnus, Butler as saturnus. Distant notes that in a Sumatran specimen of this species in his collection “The pale stramineous markings above are more or less shaded with dark ochraceous.” This remark probably applies toafemale. P. albolineatus, Forbes, was described from Borneo, and is figured in Aid, vol. 1i, pl. clxvi, fig. 1. We have seen no specimen of it from Sumatra, though Dr. Hagen has recorded it from thence. P. nephelus is rarer than P. helenus, Linneus, and occurs throughout the year in the plains and on the outer hills, but not on the Central Plateau. It is also a true forest butterfly; the males have a very quick and restless flight, are fond of flowers, but settle only for a very brief period; never observed 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 515 on roads. The larva feeds on different species of Citrus, the larva and pupa being practically identical with those of P. helenus, so that it is only when the imago emerges that one is able to know with certainty which species is being bred. The pupal state lasts about a fortnight. Rothschild records it from Sumatra as (b), P. nephelus saturnus, Guérin, (a*), 2-ab. albolineatus, Forhes. 584. Papiuio (Charus) piopHantus, Grose Smith. P. diophantus, Grose Smith and Kirby, Bhop. Ex., vol. i, pl. Papilio i, figs. 4, male ; 3, female (1887). Grose Smith. Hagen as diaphantus [sic]. Hasitat: N.-H. Sumatra. EXpANSE: Q, 4°7 inches. Description: Frmanr. Differs from the male in being larger. Urrersipn, both wings paler. Forewing with a diffused discal macular pale ochreous band from the inner margin to the lower discoidal nervule. Hindwing with the large quadrifid whitish patch of a deeper and more ochreous colour than in the male, and continued to the abdominal margin in a narrow decreasing deep ochreous band. UNDERsIDE, both wings as in the male. Restricted to Sumatra, and found, like P. forbest, Grose Smith, only on the Central Plateau not below 3,000 feet. ‘The males on sandy river beds throughout the year. The female is very rare, Dr. Martin obtained two or three only in thirteen years. Messrs. Grose Smith and Kirby say that their fig. 3 is taken from a female. If this is so (it looks like a male) it differs greatly from the female described above by me. 585. Papitio (Iliades) meEmnon, Linneous. Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen as memnon and esperit. Wallace. Staudinger. Kirby. In Sumatra the female of this species is repre- sented by four distinct forms :— I. Tailless, nearest to the male; forewing with a red epaulette, z.e., the base of the discoidal cell on the upperside is red; the disc of the forewing beyond the discoidal cell towards the apex is whitish, there are all gradations from a few whitish streaks only between the veing to a large apical white area bearing a few black streaks and crossed by the black veins, the extreme apex of the wing is always dusky. Abdomen quite black, with the exception of the extreme apex which is yellow. This form from Sumatra is figured by Wallace in Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, first series, vol. xxv, pl. i, fig. 3 (1865). II. Tailless; forewing with a creamy-white epaulette; the disc J. 1 65 516 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, of the forewing beyond the discoidal cell towards the apex not whitish, but nearly as dark as in the male, but of a somewhat duller shade. Hindwing has the abdominal margin on the upperside yellow. The posterior moiety of the abdomen rich chrome-yellow. Til. Tailless; forewing with a red epaulette; the dise of the forewing beyond the discoidal cell towards the apex whitish as in Form I. Hindwing on the upperside with a large outer discal white area, bearing a series of seven submarginal rounded black spots, of which the four posterior ones are somewhat cuneiform in shape, and are surrounded by the white area, the abdominal margin yellow as im Form If. Abdomen as in Form II. TV. Tailed; the tails shew much variety, being sometimes spatu- late, sometimes simple and straight without any apical swelling; fore- wing with a red eépaulette. Hindwing on the upperside with a large discal white area consisting of eight spots, and filling the discoidal cell all except the base; the abdominal margin being yellow. Abdomen entirely yellow except for a dorsal median black streak. Forms I and II are common, III is rather rare, IV is very rare, Dr. Martin obtaining seven specimens only. Dr. Martin has frequently bred it, and has obtained all four forms of the female from eggs laid by one mother. Four eggs deposited by a tailed female (Form IV), did not yield a single tailed descendant like herself. The larva is green with some whitish lateral streaks and bluish markings. The pupa is sus- pended on the leaves or stalks of its food-plant, Cctrus limonellus, Hassk., and Citrus decumana, Linneeus, it is green with the upperside yellow: if suspended on wood it is greyish-brown of the same shade as the wood. On one occasion a larva suspended itself on a common blue, white, and red tin of Huntley and Palmer’s biscuits, and this pupa was very bright, and exhibited some blue and red tints. After 14-15 days the imago emerges, om one occasion during a most unusual spell of dry weather, one specimen remained 43 days in the pupa stage. This example was a very fine and large tailed Form IV female, but all the other tailed females bred by Dr. Martin emerged as usual in about a fortmight. P. memnon is common throughout the year in the plains, not higher than Bekantschan, in gardens and orchards, near liouses and villages everywhere where species of Citrus grow. It is most plentiful in March, The male has a quick, restless, undulating flight, it frequents flowers, but never goes to wet spots on roads, and is mostly busy in search of the female through the orange and lime thickets round the Malay villages. The female has a slower, more sailing flight, and is often to be seen on lime trees depositing her round green eggs one at a time on young shoots. The full-fed larva from Java has been fgured by -J7 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 517 Heer M. C. Piepers in Tijd. voor Kat., vol. xxxi, p. 350, pl. vill, fig. 5 (1588). 586. Papritto (Iliades) rorpust, Grose Smith. P. forbesi, Grose Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Ex., vol. i, pl. Papilio i, figs. 1, 2, male (1887); id., Martin, Nat. Tijd. voor Neder.-Indié, vol. liii, p. 335, n. 2 (1893). Grose Smith. Hagen. The male is somewhat variable, on the upperside of the hindwing in some specimens the usual four anal grey lunules are almost obliterated. There are two forms of female :— I. Forewing almost as in the male, somewhat paler only except the inver margin broadly towards the base. Hindwing with the anal half not quite touching the discoidal cell creamy-white, this area ending anteriorly at the second subcostal nervule; bearing in the submedian interspace an oval black spot which inwardly touches the narrow black abdominal margin, two conical equal-sized spots in the median inter- spaces, a conical but smaller spot than the two which precede it in the discoidal interspace; the margin bears five large black spots, of which those in the median interspaces alone are free. Underside, forewing somewhat paler than in the male. Hindwing has the basal red streaks as in the male, the large creamy-white area spotted with black as on its own upperside, but in the upper subcostal interspace there is an addi- tional oval small whitish spot crowned with a few turquoise-blue scales, with some similar scales in the interspace above. II. Similar to Form I, but the forewing has a creamy-white epaulette as in the Form II of the female of P. memnon, Linneus, in Sumatra. It is possible that this form of P. memnon may mimic Form II of P. forbest. P. forbesi is found on the Central Plateau only, at a not less eleva- tion than 3,000 feet above the sea, and flies all through the year. The male is common, and is caught on the sandy banks of hill streams; the female of both forms is excessively rare, Dr. Martin obtaining five specimens only. The first male was obtained by Mr. H. O. Forbes near Lake Ranau in Benkoelen quite in the south of Sumatra, the females described in 1893 by Dr. Martin were obtained in the previous year. 587. Papitio (Laertias) potyres, Linneus. Snellen as pammon and polytes. Grose Smith as pammon and polytes. Hagen. Wallace as theseus. Kirby as numa, Weber, and antiphus, De Haan (nec Fabricius). Distant. Dr. Wallace separates off the Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Lombock, and Timor form from the India, Ceylon, China, and Malay Peninsula form, true P. polytes, under the name of P. theseus, Cramer, which differs in the male being 518 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, “Smaller, and the tail always reduced to a projecting tooth.” Neither — of these characters is constant, in specimens from N.-E. Sumatra the length of the tail especially is very variable, and it is often quite as long as in Indian specimens. In Sumatra P. polytes has two forms only of female :— I. Very similar to the male. II. Mimicking P. antiphus, Fabricius. This is the P. theseus of Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ii, pl. clxxx, fig. B (1777), described from the west coast of Sumatra; it is also figured by Wallace in Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., first series, vol. xxv, p. 52, n. 63, pl. ii, fig. 7 (1865), from Suma- tra. This form has practically no white spots on the disc of the hind- wing as in the corresponding second form of the female of the Indian P. polytes, which there mimics P. aristolochiw, Fabricius, a butterfly which in Sumatra is replaced by P. antiphus, though very rarely there is just a trace of a whitish spot in the discoidal cell. Papilio numa, Weber, was described from Sumatra, from the description it would appear to be the ordinary second form of the female of P. polytes found in India, so Weber’s habitat is almost certainly incorrect. P. polytes is the most common Papilio of our area, and occurs probably everywhere except at the higher elevations and on the Central Plateau. It flies in gardens, orchards, on roads, near rivers, houses, and villages, and is always to be seen in the neighbourhood of lime trees. The females prefer to lay their eggs on young and low trees of species of Ovztras, and deposit three or four eggs only on each bush. The young larva, like those of P. memnon, Linneeus, P. helenus, Linneus, and P. nephelus, Boisduval, have a strong superficial likeness to a bird’s dropping, which doubtless at this stage greatly protects them. The pupal stage is eleven days only. Heer M. C. Piepers has bred it in Java, and has figured three stages of the larva in Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxxi, p. 352, pl. viii, figs. 6, 7,8 (1888). Rothschild records it from Deli, Sumatra, as P. polytes, Linneus, typical form; also as P. polytes theseus, Cramer, (g!), 9Q-f. javanus, Felder, from Sumatra, rare; also as P. polytes theseus, Cramer, (7), Q-f. loc. theseus, Cramer, common. 588. Papriio (Menamopsis) perses, de Nicéville. P. (Menamopsis) perses, de Nicéyville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. xiii, pt. 2, p. 46, n. 40, pl. iv, fig. 7, male (1894). P. hewitsonii, Westwood, var. swmatrana, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 20, n. 11, (1894). Hagen as hewitsonii, var. swumatrana. Also very rare, six specimens only in thirteen years, on high elevations not below 3,000 feet on the Central Plateau of the Karo Battaks and in the Gayoe territory in Bc i 1895.] lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 519 November and January. The Hon. Walter Rothschild in Novitates ZLoologicer, vol. ii, p. 362 (1895), records this species as P. slatert perses, de Nicéville, from North-Eastern Sumatra. Neither Dr. Martin or I can agree with him in sinking P. hewitsoni, Westwood, from Borneo, and P. perses as sub-species of P. slateri, Hewitson, from N.-E. India, and P. tavoyanus, Butler, from Burma. The two latter have extensive blue markings on the upperside of the forewing, which the two former entirely lack, and no intergrades between them have been found, so we think that P. hewttsoni should stand as a full species, with P. perses as a local race. 589, Papit1o (Menamopsis) purra, de Nicéville. P. (Menamopsis) petra, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. Ixiii, pt. 2, p. 47; n. 41, pl. iv, fig. 5, male (1894). Described from a single example from the Gayoe mountains taken in January, 1893. No specimens have been obtained since. Rothschild records this species as (c), P. slatert perses, de Nicéville, (a?), ab. petra, de Nicéville. He may be correct in assigning it to the position of an aberration only, but as the type is unique, it may be kept distinct for the present till further specimens are obtained and we know more about it. Mr. Rothschild’s note is as follows:—‘‘ This insect has been dis- covered in the same district where P. perses, de Nicéville, was obtained, and it is most probably nothing but an atavistic example of the latter, provided it has the same structural characters as P. sluteri, Hewitson. I have not had the opportunity to examine a specimen of this aberra- tion.” (Nov. Zool., vol. ii, p. 363 (1895). 590. Parinio (Hupleopsis) BUTLERT, Janson. Grose Smith as paradoxa. Wallace as paradoxa, local form 6, Hagen as paradowa, var. zanoa. Dr. Wallace describes this species from Sumatra without naming it as follows :—‘“‘Smaller than P. para- doxa, Zinken-Sommer, from Java and Borneo; intermediate in the markings between the Java and Borneo forms; interior row of elongate marks on the upperside of the forewing light blue, not descending to the outer angle.” Mr. Butler has described and figured three species of the paradoxa group from Sarawak in Borneo, viz., P. zanoa, P. kerosa, and P. juda. Without having the actual types to compare with Sumatran specimens, it is difficult to say if any of these supposed distinct species are the same as P. butleri; they are all obviously very nearly allied to that species and to one another. P. butleri was des- cribed from Malacca, and is recorded by Distant fidm Province 520 I. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, ‘Wellesley and Kwala Lumpor in Selangor alsoin the Malay Peninsula, I possess two specimens from Quang and Kwala Lumpor. Sumatran specimens agree fairly well with Malay Peninsula ones, and with Distant’s figure of the species, pl. xxviia, fig. 6, male. Both sexes mimic the corresponding sexes of Huplea linneeit, Moore. Dr. Martin has obtained two females only of P. butleri, which mimic the female of H. linnexi. It is rare in the plains and outer hills, near Selesseh, in Padang Bedagei and Asahan, also in the Gayoe territory, but certainly not muck higher than Bekantschan, and flies from January to June and again in September, but in no other months. The males if undisturbed are on the wing exactly like H. linnzi, but as soon as they scent danger they assume the typical rapid flight of a Papilio. They are very fond of wet swampy spots on roads in the forest. The females are very scarce. Dr. Martin’s brother bred it in Asahan in 1891 from larve found on a low shrub (not a creeper) in the forest; they were velvety black with fleshy red tubercles. The pupa, suspended by a black median girth, adheres by the three posterior abdominal segments to a branch of the food-plant, and looks like an obliquely cut off bit of stick as do the pupe of all this group. The pupa is quite rigid, and has no motion in the abdominal segments whatever. 591. Papitio (Hupleopsis) mniama, Wallace. P. enigma, Wallace, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, first series, vol. xxv, p. 60, n. 83, pl. vii. fig. 3, male (1865). Described by Wallace from Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo. The specimen figured is from Sumatra. It is possible that the butterfly figured by Distant in Rhop. Malay., pl. xxvii, fig. 6, as the female of P. butleri, Janson, is the true female of P. enigma. (Wallace records that species from Malacca as noted above, but Distant concludes that the Malaccan specimen so identified is the P. butleri described subse- quently as a distinct species.) It is extremely difficult to say who is right, Wallace or Distant; the butterflies of this group are excessively rare, so that it is almost impossible to get together sufficient material to decide the point. Dr. Martin has two females only, one taken on the outer hills south of Namoe Ockor, in December, the other in Indragiri in the middle of Sumatra, in February. These specimens agree with Distant’s figure above quoted, and I prefer to consider them to represent P. enigma rather than to be a dimorphic form in the female of P. but- lert. Dr. Martin, as noted above, possesses the ordinary form of the female of P. butlert which mimics the female of Huplea linnei, Moore, and was uukuown to Distant. 1895.] LL. de Nicéville & Dr: L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 521 592. Paprtio (Hupleopsis) PENOMIMUS, Martin. P. penomimus, Martin, Hinige neue Tagschmetterlinge yon Nordost-Sumatra (Munich), pt. 1, p. 2, n. 2 (1895). This butterfly, though it has the facies of the species included in the dissimilis group (subgenus Chilasa), may belong to the paradora group (subgenus Hwpleopsis), as it has the hindwing at the termination of the upper subcostal nervule produced, that being a characteristic feature of the species of the latter group. P. penomimus reminds one somewhat of P. ramaceus, Westwood, Trans. Hunt. Soc. Lond., 1872, p- 95, pl. v, fig. 3, from Borneo, which species, however, is placed by Rothschild under P. leucothoé, Westwood. It is very rare in the forests of the plains and on the outer hills, occurs near Selesseh, at Bekantschan, and at Bandar Quala in Serdang from January to March and again in June. Dr. Martin bred it from some larve found by Herr O. Puttfarcken at Bandar Quala in Serdang in May, 1894. They feed on a low shrub in the forest called by the Malays ‘‘ Dahoen Laksah,” are velvety green and deep indigo blue, with round lateral red spots, and short fleshy tubercles. The pupa is similar to that of P. butleri, Janson, being sus- pended by a black girth to a stalk of the food-plant, the three posterior abdominal segments greatly flattened on the side touching the stick, As the stalk was still green, the pupa also was mostly green with brown and white markings. The imago emerged in 16 days. From what I can gather from Mr. Rothschild’s paper on Papilios; the three last named species all belong to P. paradoxus, Zinken-Sommer, sub-species telesicles, Felder. Mr. Rothschild’s collection appears to contain only three males and one female of the group from Sumatra, of which he enumerates the female as P. paradoxus telesicles, Felder, (7*), Q-ab. daja, Rothschild. He does not say what his males are. When he wrote his paper Dr. Martin’s description of both sexes of P. penomimus had not reached him. Dr. Martin writes to me that after examining Dr. Staudinger’s collection at Dresden, he considers that the three species we have enumerated above are all one, aud that in Sumatra it is trimorphic in the female. What he has described as the male of P. penomimus is an error, all his specimens of that species being females. Rothschild names Distant’s figure in Rhop. Malay., pl. xxvila, fig. 6, male “ (n*), ab. distante”’; and Distant’s figure pl. xxvii, fig. 6, female, “‘ (w®), ab. nepticula.”” As regards P. xnigma, Wallace, Rothschild records it as ‘‘ (q#), d-ab. enigma, Wallace.” 593. Paprtio (Hupleopsis) mG1ALuS, Distant. P. velutinus, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xvi, p. 343 (1885). Grose Smith as cawnws. Wallace as caunus. Butler as velutinus. 522“. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, Originally described from the Malay Peninsula and is a local race of P. cau- nus, Westwood, of Java. It is one of a group which are amongst the most perfect mimics known, their models being the different local races of Euplea diocletianus, Fabricius. It is very rare, Dr. Martin in thirteen years has obtained two specimens only, both males, in forest near Selesseh, the first on 23rd April, 1893, the second on 15th July, 1894. The first was captured by a very clever Chinese collector, who watched and followed the butterfly for nearly half the day before he was able to catch it. He correctly took it for a Papilio, but thought it might be a female of P. butleri, Janson. Rothschild records this species from Sumatra as P. caunus xgialus, Distant, and notes that ‘“‘ The type- specimen of P. sxgtulus, Distant, now in my collection, does not differ from that of P. velutinus, Butler, in the British Museum, except in the submarginal markings of the hindwing, which are a little smaller in P. velutinus; one of my three P. egialus from the Malay Peninsula has these spots, however, not larger than the type of P. velutinus.” 594. Papic1o (Achillides) ansuna, Horsfield. P. arjuna, Horsfield, var. gedeensis, Fruhstorfer, Ent. Nach., vol. xix, p. 287 (1893) ; idem, id., Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. lv, p. 118 (1894). Wallace. Hagen. Staudinger. Herr H. Fruhstorfer has recently described not only P. gedeensis from W. Java and Sumatra, but also P. prillwitzi from W. Java, and P. tenggerensis from KE. Java, while admitting the occurrence of P. arjuna also in Java. I have not suffi- cient material to form an opinion as to whether or not all these four species (five including P. karna, Felder), all closely allied, and from one island, are distinct and valid. Herr Fruhstorfer has sent me specimens of P. gedeensis from Java which agree with my Sumatran examples of P. arjuna, They differ from Horsfield’s figure of the latter in lacking a pale green band across the disc of the fore- wing on the upperside. In Sumatra specimens are found with and without the green band; the latter are the commoner. Further obser- vations appear to be necessary before Herr Fruhstorfer’s species can be accepted. P.arjunain Sumatra is restricted to the Central Plateau, where it is common and flies throughout the year, as the collectors brought in specimens in every month. Is not nearly so shy or quick on the wing as P. palinurus, Fabricius. Rothschild places P. tenggerensis as a pure synonym of P. arjuna; he gives P. gedeensis as P. arjuna, Horsfield, (a*), ab. gedeensis, Fruhstorfer ; and allows P. prillwitzi full specific rank. 24 ‘, Penh ally pikes a ps — ; 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. 523 595. Pavrnto (Achillides) Karna, Felder. P. (Achillides) discordia, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii, p. 343, n. 17, pl. I, fig. 2, male (1892). Hagen as karna. When describing this distinct species I over- looked P. karna, Felder, described from Java, as Mr. Kirby had placed it in his Synonomic Catalogue as a “var.” of P. arjuna, Horsfield, instead of admitting its undoubtedly valid specific rank as he should have done. It is very rare, and occurs on the western boundary of our area in the Gayoe territory, from whence in thirteen years Dr. Martin obtained. only ten specimens in the months of January and May. This fine species is much larger than P. arjuna. Mr. Rothschild considers P. karna to be a sub-species only of P. arjuna, and records it from Sumatra as (b), P. arjuna karna, Felder. 596. Parriio (Harimala) pAuinurus, Fabricius. Grose Smith as palinurus and brama. Hagen as palinurus and brama. Wallace as brama. Butler as brama. Distant as brama. Kirby as palinurus, De Haan (nec Fabricius). No author as far as IT am aware has ventured to point out how P. palinurus, Fabricius, and P. dxdalus, Felder, are supposed to differ. Dr. Wallace in his paper on the Papilionide of the Malayan Region keeps P. brama, Guérin, described from the Malayan Coast, and P. dsedalus distinct, but does not mention P. palinurus at all. The latter was described by Fabricius from Tranquebar. P. palinurus is found in Burma, the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and the Philippine Isles, P. dedalus in the Philippines. A closely allied species is P. crino, Fabricius, erroneously described from Africa, but found from Northern India to Ceylon, I have a good series of P. palinurus from all the localities above named, and can find no single character by which to separate them. The exact position of the discal green band on the upperside of the hindwing seems to be inconstant, in some specimens it reaches well into the discoidal cell, in others it is bounded by the disco-cellular nervules. In Sumatra P. palinuwrus is found in the plains only of Deli and Langkat, occurring throughout the year, and is decidedly rare, but is somewhat commoner in Serdang. It flies in the forest and settles on wet spots on forest roads. It is fond of flowers, Ivora, Lantana, &c., goes to gardens, and is very shy and quick on the wing. It is not protected against birds, as Dr. Martin has often picked up wing's without body. 597. Paptrio (Meandrusa) PAYENI, Boisduval. Grose Smith. Hagen. P. evan, Doubleday, from N.-E. India, is a Je ti 66 524 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. (No. 8, local race of P. payeni, Boisduval, from which it differs chiefly in being larger. P. payent was originally described from Java. Rare at high elevations, not below 2,000 feet in the Battak and Gayoe mountains in March and September. Only five specimens obtained in thirteen years. Rothschild records it from Sumatra and Borneo as (b), P. payent brunet, Fruhstorfer, Ent. Nach., vol. xx, p. 300 (1894), originally described from Brunei, North Borneo. | 598. Papitio (Pathysa) ANTIPHATES, Cramer. P. itam-puti, Butler, Nat. Wand. in East. Arch., p. 276 (1885). Snellen. Hagen as antiphates; and antiphates, var. pompilius. Wallace as antiphates, local form a, Podalirius pompilius, Swainson. Distant as antiphates, var. pompilius. This is a very variable species wherever it occurs, and as the variations found do not appear to be res- tricted to geographical areas, it does not seem possible to break up the parent species described from China into local races. It is common over the whole of our area, in and near forest, and throughout the year, but most abundant in March. The males come in crowds to wet spots on roads, and settle among a number of Pierinw, where they evidently feel protected as they also have white wings; when on the wing they look like a “‘ White,” as their long tails when flying rapidly can hardly be seen. The females are only caught in the forest as they do not come to roads. Heer M. C. Piepers has bred it in Java, and has figured the larva in Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxxi, p. 349, pl. viii, fig. 4 (1888). Roths- child records the typical race of P. antiphates from Eastern China; the Sumatran form as a subspecies, (b), P. antiphates alcibiades, Fabricius ; with an aberration which “* Seems to be the usual form in Sumatra, but occurs also in other localities,” as (c*), ab. ctamputi, Butler. 599. Papinio (Pathysa) rNsuLaris, Staudinger. P. agetes, Westwood, var. insularis, Staudinger, Iris, vol. vii, p. 349 (1895). Hagen as agetes. Staudinger as agetes, var. insularis. This species was described from Sumatra interior, and the Kina Balu mountain in Borneo. 1 allow it specific rank with some misgivings. The Hima- layan, Assamese, and Burmese forms (true P. agetes) have the second band from the base of the forewing ending at the submedian nervure, in the Malayan Peninsula form it ends in the middle of the submedian interspace (vide Distant’s figure in Rhop. Malay., pl. xlii, fig. 8), in Sumatran specimens the band is the shortest of all, and ends on the median nervure, All the markings in the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra specimens are darker than in the typical Indian form. But all three forms evidently grade almost imperceptibly the one into the other. St elie ¥ : 1895.] UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 525 Found only at high elevations, not below 3,000 feet, on the Central Plateau and in the Gayoe mountains, throughout the year, but most abundant in December and January, in which months the Battak col- lectors brought in hundreds of males. This butterfly, like species of Charawes, very easily rots, as all specimens brought from the moun- tains if not properly dried at once in the sun or by the fire fall to pieces. Rothschild records this species from Sumatra as (b), P. agetes insularis, Staudinger. 600. Paprtio (Pathysa) HEeRMOCRATES, Felder. Hagen as anticrates, var. Flies only in the forests of the plains, where it is very rare. A few specimens only obtained at Paya Bakong near the sea in April, and one from near Selesseh in June. Dr. Hagen had only one specimen from the Gayoe-lands. Rothschild records it from Sumatra as (d), P. aristeus hermocrates, Felder. 601. Papinio (Zetides) EMPEDOCLES, Fabricius. Hagen. This species appears to be migrating westwards, Dr. Wal- lace in 1865 recorded it from Borneo, it has within the last five years appeared in Sumatra, and in Malacca, Penang and Perak in the Malay Peninsula. In Sumatra only three specimens have been taken in June and December at a high elevation in the mountains. Rothschild records it from Java, Banka Island and Palawan. 602. Papinio (Zetides) puRYPYLUS, Linnzeus. Wallace as jason. Grose Smith as eurypilus [sic]. Snellen as yason. Hagen as eurypylus and telephus. Dr. Wallace in Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, first series, vol. xxv, pl. vill, fig. 4 (1865), has figured the outline of the costa of the forewing of this species from Sumatra. Heer M. C. Piepers has bred it in Java, and beautifully figured three stages of the larva under the name of P. jason, Esper, in Tijd. voor Hot., vol. xxxi, p. 347, pl. viii, figs. 1, 2, 3 (1888). Rothschild records this species from Sumatra as (h), P. eurypylus axion, Felder. 603. Papitio (Zetides) Mucistgeus, Distant. Hagen. Rothschild does not allow P. mecisteus specific rank, he records it as (h), P. ewrypylus axion, Felder, (b?), ab. mecisteus, Distant. 604. Papruio (Zetides) rvemon, Boisduval. Wallace as P. jason, Esper, variety or dimorphic form a. Distant. Hagen. Dr. Wallace writes of this species:—“This may be a distinct species, but is more probably a case of dimorphism. The two forms 526 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, [P. jason and P. evemon] are absolutely identical, except that the red spot at the base of the hindwing on the underside, in P. jason, Esper, is constantly absent in P. evemon, Boisduval.”” Rothschild gives. P. evemon full specifie rank. . ? 605. Papriio (Zetides) BATH¥YCLES, Zinken-Sommer. ; Grose Smith. Hagen. Rothschild records the typical form from Java, and “Most probably also in South-West Sumatra,” and the ordinary Sumatran form as (b), P. bathycles bathycloides, Honrath, These four last mentioned species are all inhabitants of the plains, where’ they occur throughout the year in and near forest, the males often settled in dozens on wet spots on roads. They are all quick and strong on the wing, but not quite as fast-flying as P. sarpedon, Linneus. Tf chased away from their favourite spots they behave very like species: of Catopsilia, and hurry up and down the forest roads in Indian file. P. mecisteus, Distant, and P. bathycles are somewhat the rarer, the latter is also found at higher elevations than the others, to the south of Bekantschan. 606. Paprtro (Dalchina) sArpepon, Linneus,. Snellen. Hagen. Grose Smith. Wallace. Distant. Commor all over our area, from the plains to a high elevation throughout the year on forest roads. The males sit often six or eight together on @ wet spot on the road. It has a very strong, quick, and jerking flight. I have figured and described a highly melanic aberration of this species: from Sumatra in Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vin, p. 54, n. 14, pl. L, fig. 11, male (1893). Heer M. C. Piepers has bred it im Java, and has figured the two final stages of the larva in Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxxi, p. 346, pl. vii, figs. 8, 9 (1888). Rothschild records the typicak form of the species from Sumatra. 607. Papr.to (Dalchina) ctoantHus, Westwood. Snellen. Hagen as cloanthus, var. swmatrana, Hagen. Rothschild records it from Sumatra as (c), P. cloanthus sumatranus, Hagen. The Sumatran form is slightly more melanic than the typical form from North India and Assam, that is to say, the black areas in the forewing are somewhat larger, thereby reducing the bluish-green markings some- what. It is almost doubtful if Sumatran specimens could be correctly sorted out from Indian ones if the labels from both were removed and the specimens mixed up. The Western and Central Chinese form, P. cloanthus, var. clymenus, Leech, is a good local race, and can be dis- tinguished at a glance. In Sumatra P. cloanthus is found on the Central 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 527 Plateau, not below 3,000 feet, where it occurs not very rarely throughout the year. 608. *Paprnio (Zetides) ARYCLES, Boisduval. Wallace as rama. Butler. As this species occurs in the Malay Peninsula and in Borneo, I have no doubt that Messrs. Wallace and Butler have correctly recorded it from Sumatra, though we have not met with it. The P. rama of Felder, is a synonym of P. arycles. Since the above was in type I find that Rothschild has four males from Palembang in the south of Sumatra. 609. PaprLto (Zetides) AGAMEMNON, Linneeus. Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Wallace. Distant. Dr. Wallace records this species from Malacca, Sumatra, Borneo, and Java as local form c. “Size small; tail very short.” The typical form of P. agamemnon he gives from India, and Manilla in the Philippine Isles. He has figured the outline of the costa of the forewing of this species from Sumatra in Trans, Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, first series, vol. xxv, pl. viii, fig. 6 (1865). Rothschild records the typical form from Sumatra. Heer M. C. Piepers has bred it in Java, and has figured all stages of the larva in Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxxi, p. 341, pl. vii, figs. 1-7 (1888). It is common throughout the year everywhere in the plains where Anona muricata and Michelia champaca, Linneus, the food-plants of the larva, are found, and frequents the flowers of the Lantana, &c., m gardens and near houses. As the butterfly is found also often in the forest, some wild species of Anonacew or an allied plant for the larva to feed on must grow there. The full-fed larva exists in two varieties, a bright transparent shining green form, and a yellow form, both having on the first three segments (omitting the head) a horny tubercle with orange base one on each side of each seg- ment. The pupa, which bears a nose-like projection from the thorax directed forwards over the head, is green with some brownish markings, and is suspended by a white girdle. After 15 days the imago emerges from the pupa. The female butterfly prefers young low plants of the Anona on which to lay her eggs, as on young newly planted bushes four or five caterpillars are often found together. A “variety” of P. agamemnon from Western Java has been described and figured by Heer P. C. T. Snellen in Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxxvii, p. 71, n. 3, pl. ii, fig. 3, female (1890). Tt has all the usual macular green markings of the upperside of a deep ochreous colour, probably due to chemical action, possibly that of cyanide of potassium. 528 =. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, 610. Papruio (Paranticopsis) xANTHOSOMA, Staudinger. P. maccareus [sic], Godart, var. zanthosoma, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii, p. 7 (1889). Hagen as macareus, Godardt [sic]; and macareus, var. aanthosoma. Staudinger as macareus ; and maccareus [sic], var..zanthosoma. Occurs throughout the year in the plains (Selesseh and Paya Bakong), on the outer hills, and as far south as Soengei Batoe, also in the Gayoe terri- tory; most abundant in November, March and April. In November, 1894, two Malay collectors brought in 104 male specimens collected in ~ six days from Kepras near Bohorok. We have never seen a female. The male may be a mimic of Danais vulgaris, Butler, or, as it has a deep yellow abdomen, of Danais banksti, Moore. They fly exactly like a Danais, but betray themselves to the collector by coming to wet spots on roads, which Danais seldom do; also when settled they keep their wings in constant motion, whereas a Danais always rests with folded motionless wings. Rothschild records this species from Sumatra as (c), P. macareus xanthosoma, Staudinger. 611. Parinio (Paranticopsis) LeucoTHoE, Westwood. P. lewcothoé, Westwood, var. interjectus, Honrath, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch., vol. xxxvii, p. 490 (1893). Hagen as lewcothoé ; and leucothoé, var. interjectus. Distant. Stau- dinger. A variable species as regards the extent of the white markings in all the localities where it is found. Occurs in the forests of the plains (Selesseh), and outer hills (Namoe Oekor), not much higher than Bekantschan; also in Asahan and Indragiri, Rather rare in February and March, and again in September. Its habits on the wing are similar to those of P. butleri, Janson. It is doubtless a good mimic of a brown Huplea. Rothschild records it from Sumatra as (b), P. leu- cothoé interjectus, Honrath. 612. Paprio (Paranticopsis) DELESSERTII, Guérin. Grose Smith. Hagen as laodocus, The P. delessertit of Guérin described originally from Pulo-Pinang, has priority over P. laodocus, De Haan, by one year. The butterfly is a beautiful mimic of Ideopsis daos, Boisduval. The female is paler than the male, from which it may instantly be known by the two spots beyond the discoidal cell bisected by the lower discoidal and third median nervules in the forewing being fused into a large quadrate patch. Found throughout the year in the plains and outer hills, most abundant from February to April, Dr. Martin took it himself near Paya Bakong not far from the sea. Very common on the western boundary of our area at Bohorok 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 529 and in the Gayoe territory. The males come to roads and to sandy river banks; the females are very rare, and Dr. Martin obtained three only. 613. Paprtio (Paranticopsis) mMEGARUS, Westwood, Hagen. Very rare in our area, perhaps less scarce on the western boundary, four specimens only obtained from January to March at Kepras and Bohorok. Dr. Hagen obtained a single example from the outer hills. 614. Leprocrrcus curius, Fabricius. Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Staudinger. Distant. 615. Leprocircus meces, Zinken-Sommer. Hagen. Staudinger as virescens. Both species of Leptocircus occur throughout the year in the plains and on the outer hills ; they are fond of running water, and fly very low over open grassy places on river banks; they often settle on wet sand, but never on the grass. When flying they make constantly a strange vibrating motion with the hind- wings, which adds to their strong likeness to dragonflies. The females are rare. Family HESPERIID &. In the family Hesperiidse we have followed the order given in Captain EH. Y. Watson’s paper in the Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, vol. ix, p. 411 (1895), entitled “A key to the Asiatic Genera of the Hesperiide,” which considerably changes the sequence of the genera in Captain Watson’s previous paper in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1893, p. 3, “ A proposed Classifica- tion of the Hespertidx, with a Revision of the Genera.” 616. ORTHOPH®TUS PHANHUS, Hewitson. Grose Smith as phaneus [sic]. Occurs rarely in forest near Selesseh and on the outer hills, only two male specimens obtained, one in April, the other in August. 617. CHARMION FICULNEA, Hewitson. C. ficulnea, de Nicéville, Journ. A.S.B., vol. Ixiii, pt. 2, p. 49, n. 1 (1894). Grose Smith. On the outer hills and near Bekantschan throughout the year not very commonly. 530 Li: de Nicéville & Dr. ‘L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, 618. *CELENORRHINUS LADANA, Butler. Astictopterus ladana, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. 662, pl. xliii, Be 4, male. F Grose Smith. I have never seen this species. 619. CELENORRHINUS LEUCOcERA, Kollar. Throughout the year, but most plentifully in March, and fairly common from Bekantschan to the Central Plateau, never at lower elevations. 620. CELENORRHINUS SIMULA, Hewitson. Pterygospidea simula, Bewitcon Ann. and seh of Nat. chs fourth series, vol. xx, p. 321 (1877). - Hewitson. Grose Smith. Originally described from Sumatra. Occurs at the same time, and in the same localities, as C. lewcocera, Kollar, but is somewhat rarer. 621. CErLHNORRHINUS ASMARA, Butler. Hagen as acmara [sic]. Very rare, only two specimens obtained from the mountains in October. 622. CELENORRHINUS AURIVITTATA, Magee: Hagen. Common throughout the year from Selesseh to Bees schan; very plentiful near Namoe Oekor. It is very quick flying, and always settles on the undersides of leaves near the ground. 623. CoLADENIA DAN, Fabricius. Snellen. Hagen. Staudinger. Common over the whole of our area, and flies throughout the year, often frequenting the same flowers as Zemeros albipunctata, Butler, and Z. emesoides, Felder, on which it settles in nearly the same manner, so that it is only when the insect is in the net that its identity can often be determined. 624. Dario prea, de Nicéville. D. dirx, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. ,n. 37, pl. Q, fig. 49, male (1896). Rare, five specimens only, from May to July near Selesseh and on the outer hills near Namoe Oekor. 625. Satarupa Gopata, Moore. Only at higher elevations south of Bekantschan rarely throughout the year. It is an interesting fact that this butterfly, which has only hitherto been recorded from Sikhim, Assam, and Burma, should occur as far south as Sumatra. 1895.] LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 531 626. Sararupa AFFINIS, Druce. The “ Tagiades” niphates, Weymer, Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. xlviii, p. 15, n. 13, pl. i, fig. 5, male (1887), from West Sumatra (Padang) is a synonym of this species. In Sumatra it occurs at the same elevations as §. gopala, Moore, but also lower down on the outer hills. It is a much commoner butterfly, and flies throughout the year. 627. *Sararupa samBARA, Moore. Hagen. This is probably an incorrect identification, the last-named Species being intended. Herr G. Weymer notes (I. c.) that Tagiades cosima, Plotz, described from North India, is a synonym of this species. 628. OpINA HIEROGLYPHICA, Butler. Excessively rare, only one specimen from Bekantschan in October, 1893.* 629. *TaGIADES JAPETUS, Cramer. Snellen. Hagen. Originally described from Amboina. We have nothing from Sumatra agreeing exactly with Cramer’s figure, which shews on the forewing the usual three subapical transparent white dots, two similar spots in the discoidal cell, and two on the disc divided by the second median nervule. It is very closely allied to the next species. 630. Taciapes GANA, Moore. Snellen. Hagen as gaua [sic]. Not rare in the plains. 631. Tacrapes articus, Fabricius. Occurs commonly over the whole of our area, * T take this opportunity to describe a butterfly closely allied to Odina hiero- glyphica. OpINA orTYGI4, de Nicéville, n. sp. Hapitat: Daunat Range, Tenasserim, Burma. EXpPaNsE: Male, 1°45 inches. ‘DescripTION: Mate. Closely allied to “ Plastingia” hieroglyphica, Butler, described from Sarawak (Borneo), differing therefrom on both surfaces in having all the black markings reduced by half, ali the orange markings therefore greatly enlarged. It may be said (to judge from Mr. Butler’s figure) that O. hieroglyphica is a black insect with yellow spots, while O. ortygia isa yellow insect with narrow black lines dividing the surface into irregular orange tessellations. I hope to more fully describe and figure this very beautiful butterfly at a sub- sequent date. The type is unique in my collection. J. 1 67 582 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, 632. TaGIapEs ToBA, de Nicéville. T. toba, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc, vol. x, p. , n. 32, pl. T, fig. 47, male (1896). Oceurs somewhat rarely in March, April and October in the mountains south of Namoe Oekor. 633, TaGiAbES DEALBATA, Distant. Found rarely in the mountains south of Namoe Oekor. 634. TacrapEs RAVI, Moore. Hagen as rani [sic]. Butler. Not uncommon in the plains. 635. TaGIADES PRALAYA, Moore. Not common in the mountains south of Namoe Oekor. 636. TAGIADES TRICHONEURA, Felder, Grose Smith. Hagen. Occurs rarely in the same regions as the last-named species. 637. TAGIADES PINWILLI, Butler. Originally described from Malacca. Excessively rare, a single specimen only obtained on the outer hills on 9th July, 1894. I have both sexes of this species from Toungoo in Central Burma. All the species of J'agiades are true inhabitants of high forest, and are very quick on the wing, but they never fly for long distances, and settle often with outspread wings, mostly on the underside of leaves. The species which have white markings on the wings when flying look wholly white. 638. TAapENA LAXMI, de Nicéville. Originally described from Upper Tenasserim and Perak; occurs also at Singla, below Darjiling, in May. In Sumatra it is rare in the forests of the outer hills near Namoe Oekor. Dr, Martin possesses three pairs only, taken in February, May to August, and December. 639. TAPENA THWAITESI, Moore. Originally described from Ceylon. Is not the “ Plesionewra” atilia, Mabille, var. palawana, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii, pp. 157, 165, pl. ii, fig. 11, male (1889), the same species as, or very closely allied to, T. thwaitesi? The description and figure are said to have been taken from a male specimen, but the markings are those of the female of T. thwaitesi. This species is very rare in Sumatra, only two specimens having been obtained in April in the forest near Selesseh. 1895.] lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 533 Dr. Martin informs me by letter from Munich that he possesses three specimens of a third species of Tapena which may perhaps be T’. agui, de Nicéville. As I have not seen these specimens I cannot in- clude them in the list. 640. Oponropritum ancuLatA, Felder. Hagen as angulatus [sic]. Staudinger. The